UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from
to
Commission file number 1-4482
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
New York
|
|
11-1806155
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
|
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification Number)
|
|
|
|
50 Marcus Drive, Melville, New York
|
|
11747
|
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip Code)
|
(631) 847-2000
(Registrants telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which
registered
|
Common Stock, $1 par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Preferred Share Purchase Rights
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes [ ] No [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of the registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer [X] Accelerated filer [ ] Non-accelerated filer [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes [ ] No [X]
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the
registrants most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $3,841,026,588.
There
were 122,901,974 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 16, 2007.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The definitive proxy statement related to the registrants Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be held May 8, 2007, is
incorporated by reference in Part III to the extent described therein.
PART I
Item 1.
Business
.
Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the company or Arrow) is a global provider of products,
services, and solutions to industrial and commercial users of electronic components and computer
products. The company believes it is one of the electronics distribution industrys leaders in
operating systems, employee productivity, value-added programs, and total quality assurance.
Arrow, which was incorporated in New York in 1946, serves as a supply channel partner for more than
600 suppliers and more than 140,000 original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), contract
manufacturers (CMs), and commercial customers.
Serving its industrial and commercial customers as a supply channel partner, the company offers
both a wide spectrum of products and a broad range of services and solutions, including materials
planning, design services, programming and assembly services, inventory management, and a
comprehensive suite of online supply chain tools.
Arrows diverse worldwide customer base consists of OEMs, CMs, and commercial customers. Customers
include manufacturers of consumer and industrial equipment (including machine tools, factory
automation, and robotic equipment), telecommunications products, automotive and transportation,
aircraft and aerospace equipment, scientific and medical devices, and computer and office products.
Customers also include value-added resellers (VARs) of computer products.
The company maintains nearly 240 sales facilities and 21 distribution and value-added centers in 55
countries and territories, serving over 70 countries and territories. Through this network, Arrow
provides one of the broadest product offerings in the electronics distribution industry and a wide
range of value-added services to help customers reduce their time to market, lower their total cost
of ownership, and enhance their overall competitiveness.
The company has two business segments: electronic components and computer products. Approximately
80% of the companys sales consist of electronic components, and approximately 20% of the companys
sales consist of computer products. The financial information about the companys business
segments and geographic operations can be found in Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Electronic Components
The companys global electronic components business, one of the largest distributors of electronic
components and related services in the world, spans the worlds three largest electronics markets
North America, EMEASA (Europe, Middle East, Africa, and South America), and the Asia Pacific region.
The North American Components (NAC) group includes sales and marketing organizations in the United States,
Canada, and Mexico. The EMEASA components group is divided into the following three regions and
also has operations in the Republic of South Africa, Argentina, and Brazil:
-
|
|
Northern Europe, which includes Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Ireland,
Latvia, Lithuania, Norway, Sweden, and the United Kingdom.
|
|
-
|
|
Central Europe, which includes Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Czech
Republic, Germany, Hungary, Netherlands, Poland, Russian Federation,
Slovakia, Switzerland, and Ukraine.
|
|
-
|
|
Southern Europe, which includes Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria,
Croatia, Egypt, France, Greece, Israel, Italy, Portugal, Romania,
Serbia and Montenegro, Slovenia, Spain, and Turkey.
|
In the Asia Pacific region, Arrow operates in Australia, China, Hong Kong, India, Korea, Malaysia,
New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, and Thailand.
Within electronics components, approximately 76% of the companys sales primarily consist of
semiconductor products and related services, and approximately 24% of the companys sales are of
passive, electromechanical, and interconnect products, consisting primarily of capacitors,
resistors, potentiometers, power supplies, relays, switches, and connectors.
Most of the companys customers require delivery of the products they have ordered on schedules
that are generally not available on direct purchases from manufacturers, and frequently, their
orders are of insufficient size to be placed directly with manufacturers.
3
Most manufacturers of electronic components rely on authorized distributors, such as the company,
to augment their sales and marketing operations. As a marketing, stocking, and financial
intermediary, the distributor relieves manufacturers of a portion of the costs and personnel
associated with selling and stocking their products (including otherwise sizable investments in
finished goods inventories, accounts receivable systems, and distribution networks), while
providing geographically dispersed selling, order processing, and delivery capabilities. At the
same time, the distributor offers a broad range of customers the convenience of accessing, from a
single source, multiple products from multiple suppliers and rapid or scheduled deliveries, as well
as other value-added services, such as materials management, memory programming capabilities, and
financing solutions. The growth of the electronics distribution industry has been fostered by the
many manufacturers who recognize their authorized distributors as essential extensions of their
marketing organizations.
Computer Products
The companys global computer products business includes Arrows Enterprise Computing Solutions
(ECS) business, which is a leading distributor of enterprise and embedded computing systems and
storage, software, and services to resellers in North America, as well as the Nordic region and
Central and Eastern Europe. The company began its global expansion of its ECS business into the
European marketplace with the acquisition of DNSint.com AG (DNS), based in Munich, Germany, in
December 2005 and expanded into the United Kingdom with the
December 2006 acquisition of InTechnology plcs
storage and security distribution business (InTechnology), based in Harrogate, England. ECS
increased its presence in the storage and security markets with the InTechnology acquisition and
in value-added software through the November 2005 acquisition of Alternative Technology, Inc. (Alternative
Technology), which is headquartered in Englewood Colorado, and
supports VARs in delivering
software solutions that optimize, accelerate, monitor, and secure an
end-users network. The company also has dedicated computer products businesses in France, Spain, and the United
Kingdom.
Within computer products, approximately 49% of the companys sales consist of enterprise and
embedded computing systems and related services, 26% consist of storage, and 15% consist of
software. The remaining 10% of the companys computer products sales consist of industrial
computer products.
The distribution of computer products has evolved in recent years from a business dominated by
inventory, integration, and supply chain efficiency to a business focused on sales management,
business partner enablement, and demand generation. Manufacturers of computer products are
rationalizing supply chain and channel strategies as they seek to maximize selling opportunities
while extracting efficiencies from routes to market. Increasingly, they look to the distribution
channel as an out-sourced selling entity that helps them achieve growth goals but under a variable
cost model that allows them to be more competitive in the market. In better serving the needs of
the manufacturers, the companys business focus is to be an extension of the manufacturers sales
and marketing organizations, as well as to support traditional supply chain management for vendors
with those requirements.
A key component of the channel strategies of computer products manufacturers is a segmentation of
product offerings into open-sourced and closed-sourced distribution channels. Under open-sourced
distribution, a broad population of the manufacturers distribution partners is able to sell the
products in this category. Products subject to closed-sourced distribution are sold by a limited
number of distribution partners. The company sells products in both distribution channels with a
higher weighting on closed-sourced products.
The company primarily goes to market through a large population of VARs authorized to sell a
manufacturers products. VARs range in size from small to medium-sized businesses and are typically
structured as sales organizations and service providers. They purchase computer products from
distributors and manufacturers and resell them to end-users. The company provides sales
enablement, back-office, and integration support to its VAR partners in order to help them
profitably grow their businesses.
Customers and Suppliers
The company and its affiliates serve more than 140,000 industrial and commercial customers.
Industrial customers range from major OEMs and CMs to small engineering firms, while commercial
customers include
primarily VARs and OEMs. No single customer accounted for more than 2% of the companys 2006
consolidated sales.
The products offered by the company are sold by both field sales representatives, who regularly
call on customers in assigned market areas, and by inside sales personnel, who call on customers by
telephone from the companys selling locations. The company also has sales teams that focus on
small and emerging
4
customers where sales representatives regularly call on customers by telephone
from centralized selling locations, and inbound sales agents serve customers that call into the
company. Each of the companys North American electronic components selling locations, warehouses,
and primary distribution centers are electronically linked to the companys central computer
system, which provides fully integrated, online, real-time data with respect to nationwide
inventory levels and facilitates control of purchasing, shipping, and billing. The companys
international electronic components operations have similar online, real-time computer systems, and
they can also access the companys Worldwide Stock Check System, which provides access to the
companys online, real-time inventory system.
The company sells the products of more than 600 manufacturers. No single supplier accounted for
more than 7% of the companys 2006 consolidated sales. The company does not regard any one supplier
of products to be essential to its consolidated results of operations and believes that many of the
products currently sold by the company are available from other sources at competitive prices.
However, certain parts of the companys business, such as the
companys ECS business, rely on a limited
number of suppliers. Most of the companys purchases are pursuant to authorized distributor
agreements, which are typically cancelable by either party at any time or on short notice.
Distribution Agreements
It is the policy of most manufacturers to protect authorized distributors, such as the company,
against the potential write-down of inventories due to technological change or manufacturers
price reductions. Write-downs of inventories to market value are based upon contractual
provisions, which typically provide certain protections to the company for product obsolescence and
price erosion in the form of return privileges and price protection. Under the terms of the
related distributor agreements and assuming the distributor complies with certain conditions, such
suppliers are required to credit the distributor for reductions
in manufacturers list prices. In addition, under the terms of many such agreements,
the distributor has the right to return to the manufacturer, for credit, a defined portion of those
inventory items purchased within a designated period of time.
A manufacturer, which elects to terminate a distribution agreement, is generally required to
purchase from the distributor the total amount of its products carried in inventory. As of
December 31, 2006, this type of repurchase arrangement covered approximately 83% of the companys
consolidated inventories.
While these industry practices do not wholly protect the company from inventory losses, the company
believes that they currently provide substantial protection from such losses.
Competition
The companys business is extremely competitive, particularly with respect to prices, franchises,
and, in certain instances, product availability. The company competes with several other large
multinational and national distributors, as well as numerous regional and local distributors. As
one of the worlds largest electronics distributors, the companys financial resources and sales
are greater than most of its competitors.
Employees
The company and its affiliates employed nearly 12,000 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2006.
Available Information
The company makes the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, any current
reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to any of these reports available through its website
(
http://www.arrow.com
) as soon as reasonably practicable after the company files such material with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The information posted on the companys
website is not incorporated into this annual
report on Form 10-K. In addition, the SEC maintains a website
(
http://www.sec.gov
) that contains
reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the SEC. The annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006,
includes the certifications of the companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as
Exhibits 31 (i) and 31 (ii), respectively, which were filed with the SEC as required under Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and certify the quality of the companys public disclosure.
The companys Chief Executive Officer has also submitted a certification to the New York Stock
Exchange (the NYSE) certifying that he is not aware of any violations by the company of NYSE
corporate governance listing standards.
5
Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the names, ages, and the positions held by each of the executive
officers of the company as of February 23, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
William E. Mitchell
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer
|
Peter S. Brown
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
|
Kevin J. Gilroy
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and President of Arrow Enterprise
Computing Solutions
|
Michael J. Long
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and President of Arrow Global Components
|
M. Catherine Morris
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and President of Arrow Enterprise
Computing Solutions
|
Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Vincent T. Melvin
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Vice President and Chief Information Officer
|
Set forth below is a brief account of the business experience during the past five years of each
executive officer of the company.
William E. Mitchell was appointed Chairman of the company in May 2006. He has been President and
Chief Executive Officer of the company since February 2003. Prior to joining the company, he
served as Executive Vice President of Solectron Corporation and President of Solectron Global
Services, Inc. since March 1999.
Peter S. Brown has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary of the company for
more than five years.
Kevin J. Gilroy was appointed Senior Vice President of the company and President of Arrow
Enterprise Computing Solutions in January 2007. Prior to joining the company, he served as
President and Chief Executive Officer of OnForce, Inc. from May 2006 to December 2006 and Executive
Vice President and General Manager of OnForce, Inc. from November 2005 to May 2006. He also was an
independent consultant from October 2005 to November 2005. Prior thereto, he spent over
twenty-four years at Hewlett-Packard Company, most recently as Senior Vice President and General
Manager of Worldwide SMB Operations Segment from May 2004 to October 2005, and Vice President and
General Manager of Americas Commercial Channels from January 2002 to May 2004.
Michael J. Long was appointed Senior Vice President of the company in January 2006 and, prior
thereto, he served as Vice President of the company for more than five years. He was appointed
President of Arrow Global Components in September 2006. Prior thereto, he served as President of
North America and Asia/Pacific Components from January 2006 until September 2006, President of
North America from May 2005 to December 2005, and President and Chief Operating Officer of Arrow
Enterprise Computing Solutions from July 1999 to April 2005.
M. Catherine Morris was appointed Senior Vice President of the company and President of Arrow
Enterprise Computing Solutions in January 2007. Prior thereto, she served as Acting President,
Arrow Enterprise Computing Solutions from September 2006 to December 2006; Vice President, Support
Services, North America from October 2005 to August 2006; Vice President, Finance and Support
Services, Enterprise Computing Solutions from September 2002 to September 2005; and Vice President,
Corporate Development of the company from January 1999 to August 2002.
Paul J. Reilly was appointed Senior Vice President of the company in May 2005 and, prior thereto,
he served as Vice President of the company for more than five years. He has been Chief Financial
Officer of the company for more than five years.
Vincent T. Melvin was appointed Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the company in
September 2006. Prior to joining the company, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief
Information Officer of Sanmina-SCI, Inc. from December 2001 to September 2006.
6
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
.
Described below and throughout this report are certain risks that the companys management believes
are applicable to the companys business and the industry in which it operates. There may be
additional risks that are not presently material or known. There are also risks within the
economy, the industry and the capital markets that affect business generally, and the company as
well, which have not been described.
If any of the described events occur, the companys business, results of operations, financial
condition, liquidity, or access to the capital markets could be materially adversely affected.
When stated below that a risk may have a material adverse effect on the companys business, it
means that such risk may have one or more of these effects.
A large portion of the companys revenues comes from the sale of semiconductors, which is a highly
cyclical industry, and an industry down-cycle could have a material adverse effect on the companys
business.
The semiconductor industry historically has experienced fluctuations in product supply and demand,
often associated with changes in technology and manufacturing capacity, and is generally considered
to be highly cyclical. Sales of semiconductor products and related services represented
approximately 56% of the companys consolidated sales in 2006 and 53% in both 2005 and 2004, and
the companys revenues, particularly in its electronic components businesses, tend to closely
follow the strength or weakness of the semiconductor market. While the semiconductor industry has
strengthened in recent years, it is uncertain whether this improvement will continue, and future
downturns in the technology industry, particularly in the semiconductor sector, could have a
material adverse effect on the companys business and negatively impact its ability to maintain
current profitability levels.
If the company is unable to maintain its relationships with its suppliers, its business could be
materially adversely affected.
Substantially all of the companys inventory is purchased from suppliers with which the company has
entered into non-exclusive distribution agreements. These agreements are typically cancelable on
short notice (generally 30 to 90 days). Certain parts of the companys business, such as the
companys ECS business, rely on a limited number of suppliers. To the extent that the companys
significant suppliers are unwilling to continue to do business with the company, the companys
business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, to the extent that the companys
suppliers modify the terms of their contracts with the company (including, without limitation, the
terms regarding price protection, rights of return, rebates, or other terms that are favorable to
the company), or extend lead times, limit supplies due to capacity constraints, or other factors,
there could be a material adverse effect on the companys business.
The company operates in a competitive industry and continues to be under the pressure of eroding
gross profit margins, which could have a material adverse effect on the companys business.
The market for the companys products and services is very competitive and subject to rapid
technological change. Not only does the company compete with other distributors, it also competes
for customers with many of its own suppliers. Additional competition has emerged from third-party
logistics providers, fulfillment companies, catalogue distributors and online distributors and
brokers.
Additionally, prices for the companys products tend to decrease over their life cycle, which can
result in decreased gross profit margins for the company. There is also substantial and continuing
pressure from customers to reduce their total cost for products. Suppliers may also seek to
increase their own profitability by reducing the companys gross profit margin on products they
sell to the company. The company expends substantial amounts on the value creation services
required to remain competitive, retain existing business, and gain new customers, and the company
must evaluate the expense of those efforts against the impact of price and margin reductions.
Further, our margins are lower in certain geographic markets and certain parts of our business than
in others. For example, the components we sell in the Asian markets tend to have lower profit
margins than in North America and Europe. Additionally, our ECS products typically have lower
profit margins than our components
businesses. As our ECS sales and sales in lower margin jurisdictions have increased as a
percentage of overall sales, our profit margins have fallen. Thus, the companys consolidated
gross profit margins have eroded over time, from 16.2% in 2004 to 15.0% in 2006. If the company is
unable to effectively compete in its
7
industry or is unable to maintain acceptable gross profit
margins, its business could be materially adversely affected.
Products sold by the company may be found to be defective and, as a result, warranty and/or product
liability claims may be asserted against the company, which may have a material adverse effect on
the company.
The company sells its components at prices that are significantly lower than the cost of the
equipment or other goods in which they are incorporated. Since a defect or failure in a product
could give rise to failures in the end products that incorporate them (and claims for consequential
damages against the company from its customers), the company may face claims for damages that are
disproportionate to the revenues and profits it receives from the products involved in the claims.
While the company and its suppliers generally exclude consequential damages in their standard terms
and conditions, the companys ability to avoid such liabilities may be limited as a result of
differing factors, such as the inability to exclude such damages due to the laws of some of the
countries where it does business. The companys business could be materially adversely affected as
a result of a significant quality or performance issue in the products sold by the company, if it
is required to pay for the damages that result. Although the company currently has product
liability insurance, such insurance is limited in coverage and amount.
Declines in value and other factors pertaining to the companys inventory could materially
adversely affect its business.
The electronic components and computer products industries are subject to rapid technological
change, evolving industry standards, changes in end-market demand, and regulatory requirements,
which can contribute to the decline in value or obsolescence of inventory. During an economic
downturn, prices could decline due to an oversupply of product and, therefore, there may be
greater risk of declines in inventory value. Although most of the companys suppliers provide the
company with certain protections from the loss in value of inventory (such as price protection and
certain rights of return), the company cannot be sure that such protections will fully compensate
it for the loss in value, or that the suppliers will choose to, or be able to, honor such
agreements. For example, many of the companys suppliers will not allow it to return products
after they have been held in inventory beyond a certain amount of time, and, in most instances, the
return rights are limited to a certain percentage of the amount of product the company purchased in
a particular time frame. In addition, as discussed below, the company historically has sold and
continues to sell products that contain substances that are regulated, or may be regulated, by
various environmental laws. Some of the companys inventory may become obsolete as a result of
these or other existing or new regulations. All of these factors pertaining to inventory could
have a material adverse effect on the companys business.
The company is subject to environmental laws and regulations that could materially adversely affect
its business.
The company is subject to a wide and ever-changing variety of foreign and U.S. federal, state, and
local laws and regulations, compliance with which may require substantial expense. Of particular
note are two European Union (EU) directives known as the Restriction of Certain Hazardous
Substances Directive (RoHS) and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive. These
directives restrict the distribution of products within the EU containing certain substances and
require a manufacturer or importer to recycle products containing those substances. In addition,
China has recently passed the Management Methods on Control of Pollution from Electronic
Information Products, which will eventually prohibit the import of products for use in China that
contain the same substances banned by the RoHS directive. Failure to comply with these directives
or any other applicable environmental regulations could result in fines or suspension of sales.
Additionally, these directives and regulations may result in the company having non-compliant
inventory that may be less readily salable or have to be written off.
In addition, some environmental laws impose liability, sometimes without fault, for investigating
or cleaning up contamination on or emanating from the companys currently or formerly owned,
leased, or operated property, as well as for damages to property or natural resources and for
personal injury arising out of such contamination. As the distribution business, in general, does
not involve the manufacture of products, it is typically not subject to significant liability in
this area. However, there may be occasions, including through acquisitions, where
environmental liability arises. Such liability may be joint and several, meaning that the company
could be held responsible for more than its share of the liability involved, or even the entire
share. In addition, the presence of environmental contamination could also interfere with ongoing
operations or adversely affect the companys ability to sell or lease its properties. The
discovery of contamination for which the company is responsible, or the enactment of new laws and
regulations, or changes in how existing
8
requirements are enforced, could require the company to
incur costs for compliance or subject it to unexpected liabilities.
The foregoing matters could materially adversely affect the companys business.
The company is currently involved in the investigation and remediation of environmental problems at
two sites and has been named as a defendant with regard to a third site as a result of its Wyle
Electronics acquisition, and the company is in litigation related to those sites.
As a result of its acquisition of Wyle Electronics (Wyle) from the VEBA Group (VEBA) in 2000,
the company assumed Wyles outstanding liabilities, including the responsibility for certain
environmental contamination at sites formerly owned by Wyle. The agreement pursuant to which the
company bought Wyle from VEBA contains an indemnification from VEBA to the company for all of the
costs associated with the Wyle environmental obligations. Three sites are known to have such
contamination, one at Norco, California, one at El Segundo, California, and the third at
Huntsville, Alabama, and the company has thus far borne most of the cost of the investigation and
remediation of the Norco and Huntsville sites, under the direction of the cognizant state agencies.
The company has expended more than $17 million to date in connection with these sites. With
regard to the El Segundo site, the company has also been named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in
connection with alleged contamination at a small industrial building formerly leased by Wyle
Laboratories. The outcome of the lawsuit, the nature of any contamination, and the amount of any
associated liability are as yet unknown.
VEBAs successor-in-interest, E.ON AG, acknowledged liability under the VEBA contractual
indemnities with respect to the Norco and Huntsville sites and made a small initial payment, but
has subsequently refused to make further payments. As a result, the company has initiated
litigation against E.ON AG and certain others in the United States District Court for the Central
District of California and in the Frankfurt am Main Regional Court in Germany. The company
believes strongly in the merits of its cases and the probability of recovery from E.ON AG, but
there can be no guaranty of the outcome of litigation, and, should the company lose on all of its
claims in both cases, it would bear all of the cost of the Wyle environmental obligations. Because
characterization and remedial design is not yet complete at any of these sites, the future costs in
excess of accrued costs associated there with are as yet undetermined and could have a material
adverse effect on the company.
In addition, the company is, along with other parties, a defendant in three suits, all of which
have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes, by plaintiff landowners and residents in Riverside
County Court in California for personal injury and property damages allegedly caused by the
contaminated groundwater and related soil-vapor found in certain residential areas adjacent to the
Norco site. Wyle Laboratories, formerly a division of Wyle Electronics, has demanded defense and
indemnification from the company in connection with the litigation, and the company has, in turn
demanded defense and indemnification from E.ON AG. The claims for indemnification are at issue in
the U.S. District Court and Frankfurt Regional Court proceedings.
While the company believes strongly in the merits of its claim for indemnification against E.ON AG
and has no reason to believe that the plaintiffs allegations of damages in the Norco matter
pending in Riverside County have merit, there can be no guaranty regarding the outcome of any of
the matters, and should the company be found to be liable for damages and E.ON AG found not to be
liable to indemnify the company for those damages and those costs that will be incurred in the
future, it could have a material adverse effect on the company.
The company may not have adequate or cost-effective liquidity or capital resources.
The company needs cash or committed liquidity facilities to make interest payments on and to
refinance indebtedness, and for general corporate purposes, such as funding its ongoing working
capital, acquisition, and capital expenditure needs. At December 31, 2006, the company had cash
and cash equivalents of $337.7 million. In addition, the company currently has access to credit
lines in excess of $1.3 billion. The companys ability to satisfy its cash needs depends on its
ability to generate cash from operations and to access the financial markets, both of which are
subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors
that are beyond its control.
The company may, in the future, need to access the financial markets to satisfy its cash needs.
The companys ability to obtain external financing is affected by its debt ratings. Any increase
in the companys level of debt, change in status of its debt from unsecured to secured debt, or
deterioration of its operating results may cause a reduction in its current debt ratings. Any
downgrade in the companys current debt rating
9
could impair the companys ability to obtain
additional financing on acceptable terms. Under the terms of any external financing, the company
may incur higher than expected financing expenses and become subject to additional restrictions and
covenants. For example, the companys existing debt agreements contain restrictive covenants,
including covenants requiring compliance with specified financial ratios, and a failure to comply
with these or any other covenants may result in an event of default. An increase in the companys
financing costs or a breach of debt instrument covenants could have a material adverse effect on
the company.
The agreements governing some of the companys financing arrangements contain various covenants and
restrictions that limit the discretion of management in operating the business and could prevent
the company from engaging in some activities that may be beneficial to its business.
The agreements governing the companys financings contain various covenants and restrictions that,
in certain circumstances, could limit its ability to:
|
|
|
grant liens on assets;
|
|
|
|
|
make restricted payments (including paying dividends on capital stock or redeeming or
repurchasing capital stock);
|
|
|
|
|
make investments;
|
|
|
|
|
merge, consolidate, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets;
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt; or
|
|
|
|
|
engage in certain transactions with affiliates.
|
As a result of these covenants and restrictions, the company may be limited in how it conducts its
business and may be unable to raise additional debt, compete effectively, or make investments.
The companys failure to have long-term sales contracts may have a material adverse effect on its
business.
Most of the companys sales are made on an order-by-order basis, rather than through long-term
sales contracts. The company generally works with its customers to develop non-binding forecasts
for future volume of orders. Based on such non-binding forecasts, the company makes commitments
regarding the level of business that it will seek and accept, the inventory that it purchases, the
timing of production schedules, and the levels of utilization of personnel and other resources. A
variety of conditions, both specific to each customer and generally affecting each customers
industry, may cause customers to cancel, reduce, or delay orders that were either previously made
or anticipated. Generally, customers cancel, reduce, or delay purchase orders and commitments
without penalty. The company seeks to mitigate these risks, in some cases, by entering into
noncancelable/nonreturnable sales agreements, but there is no guaranty that such agreements will
adequately protect the company. Significant or numerous cancellations, reductions, or delays in
orders by customers could materially adversely affect the companys business.
The companys non-U.S. locations represent a significant and growing portion of its sales, and
consequently, the company is increasingly exposed to risks associated with operating
internationally.
In 2006, 2005, and 2004, approximately 53%, 47%, and 46%, respectively, of the companys sales came
from its operations outside the United States. As a result of the companys foreign sales and
locations, its operations are subject to a variety of risks that are specific to international
operations, including the following:
|
|
|
import and export regulations that could erode profit margins or restrict exports;
|
|
|
|
|
the burden and cost of compliance with foreign laws, treaties, and technical standards
and changes in those regulations;
|
|
|
|
|
potential restrictions on transfers of funds;
|
|
|
|
|
foreign currency fluctuations;
|
|
|
|
|
import and export duties and value-added taxes;
|
|
|
|
|
transportation delays and interruptions;
|
|
|
|
|
uncertainties arising from local business practices and cultural considerations; and
|
|
|
|
|
potential military conflicts and political risks.
|
While the company has and will continue to adopt measures to reduce the potential impact of losses
resulting from the risks of doing business abroad, it cannot ensure that such measures will be
adequate.
10
When the company makes acquisitions, it may not be able to successfully integrate them or attain
the anticipated benefits.
If the company is unsuccessful in integrating its acquisitions, or if
integration is more difficult than anticipated, the company may experience disruptions that could
have a material adverse effect on its business. In addition, the company may not realize all of
the anticipated benefits from its acquisitions, which could result in an impairment of goodwill or
other intangible assets.
If the company fails to maintain an effective system of internal controls or discovers
material weaknesses in its internal controls over financial reporting, it may not be able to report
its financial results accurately or timely or detect fraud, which could have a material adverse
effect on its business.
An effective internal control environment is necessary for the company to produce reliable
financial reports and is an important part of its effort to prevent financial fraud. The company
is required to periodically evaluate the effectiveness of the design and operation of its internal
controls over financial reporting. Based on these evaluations, the company may conclude that
enhancements, modifications or changes to internal controls are necessary or desirable. While
management evaluates the effectiveness of the companys internal controls on a regular basis, these
controls may not always be effective. There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of
internal controls, including collusion, management override, and failure of human judgment. In
addition, control procedures are designed to reduce rather than eliminate business risks. If the
company fails to maintain an effective system of internal controls, or if management or the
companys independent registered public accounting firm discovers material weaknesses in the
companys internal controls, it may be unable to produce reliable financial reports or prevent
fraud, which could have a material adverse effect on the companys business. In addition, the
company may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory
authorities, such as the SEC or the NYSE. Any such actions could result in an adverse
reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of the companys
financial statements, which could cause the market price of its common stock to decline or limit
the companys access to capital.
The regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions for which the company ships product could levy
substantial fines on the company or limit its ability to export and re-export products if the
company ships product in violation of applicable export regulations.
A significant percentage of the companys sales are made outside of the United States through the
exporting and re-exporting of product. Many of the products the company sells are either
manufactured in the United States or based on U.S. technology (U.S. Products). As a result, in
addition to the local jurisdictions export regulations applicable to individual shipments, U.S.
Products are subject to the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) when exported and re-exported
to and from all international jurisdictions. Licenses or proper license exceptions may be required
by local jurisdictions export regulations, including EAR, for the shipment of certain U.S.
Products to certain countries, including China, India, Russia, and other countries in which the
company operates. Non-compliance with the EAR or other applicable export regulations can result in
a wide range of penalties including the denial of export privileges, fines, criminal penalties, and
the seizure of commodities. In the event that any export regulatory body determines that any
shipments made by the company violate the applicable export regulations, the company could be fined
significant sums and/or its export capabilities could be restricted, which could have a material
adverse effect on the companys business.
The company relies heavily on its internal information systems, which, if not properly functioning,
could materially adversely affect the companys business.
The companys current global operations reside on multiple technology platforms. These platforms
are subject to electrical or telecommunications outages, computer hacking, or other general system
failure, which could have a material adverse effect on the companys business. Because most of the
companys systems consist of a number of legacy, internally developed applications, it can be
harder to upgrade and may not be adaptable to commercially available software. Additionally, the
company recently completed the process of installing certain modules in North America as part of a
phased implementation schedule associated with the design of a new global financial system. The
company is about to undergo the same process in Asia and parts of Europe. There is no guarantee
that the implementation will be successful or that there will not be integration difficulties that
will adversely affect the companys operations or the accurate recording and
11
reporting of financial
data. Failure of
the companys internal information systems or material difficulties in upgrading its global
financial system could have material adverse effects on its business.
Further, the company is converting its various business information systems worldwide to a single
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system. The company has committed significant resources to
this conversion, which started in late 2006 and is expected to be phased in over the next four
years. This conversion is extremely complex, in part, because of the wide range of processes and
the multiple legacy systems that must be integrated globally. The company will be using a
controlled project plan that it believes will provide for the adequate allocation of resources.
However, such a plan, or a divergence from it, may result in cost overruns, project delays, or
business interruptions. During the conversion process, the company may be limited in its ability
to integrate any business that it may want to acquire. Failure to properly or adequately address
these issues could impact the companys ability to perform necessary business operations, which
could materially adversely affect the companys business.
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
.
None.
12
Item 2.
Properties
.
The company owns and leases sales offices, distribution centers, and administrative facilities
worldwide. The companys executive office is located in Melville, New York and occupies a 163,000
square foot facility under a long-term lease. The company owns 15
locations throughout North America, EMEASA, and the Asia Pacific region. The company occupies over 280 additional locations
under leases due to expire on various dates through 2053. The company believes its facilities are
well maintained and suitable for company operations.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
.
Tekelec Matters
In 2000, the company purchased Tekelec Europe SA (Tekelec) from Tekelec Airtronic SA
(Airtronic) and certain other selling shareholders. Subsequent to the closing of the
acquisition, Tekelec received a product liability claim in the amount of
11.3 million. The
product liability claim was the subject of a French legal proceeding started by the claimant in
2002, under which separate determinations were made as to whether the products that are subject to
the claim were defective and the amount of damages sustained by the purchaser. The manufacturer of
the products also participated in this proceeding. The claimant has commenced legal proceedings
against Tekelec and its insurers to recover damages in the amount of
3.7 million and expenses of
.3 million plus interest.
Wyle Matters
As discussed in Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Note 15), in 2000,
when the company purchased Wyle from VEBA, the company assumed Wyles then outstanding obligations.
Among the obligations the company assumed was Wyles 1994 indemnification of the purchasers of one
of its divisions, Wyle Laboratories, for costs associated with then existing contamination or
violation of environmental regulations. Under the terms of the companys purchase of Wyle, VEBA
agreed to indemnify the company for, among other things, costs related to environmental pollution
associated with Wyle, including those associated with its prior sale of Wyle Laboratories. VEBA has
since merged with E.ON AG, a German-based multinational conglomerate.
The company is aware of two Wyle Laboratories facilities (in Huntsville, Alabama and Norco,
California) at which contaminated groundwater has been identified. Each site will require
remediation, the final form and cost of which is as yet undetermined. As further discussed in Note
15, the Alabama site is being investigated by the company under the supervision of the Alabama
Department of Environmental Management. The Norco site is subject to a consent decree, entered in
October 2003, between the company, Wyle Laboratories, and the California Department of Toxic
Substance Control (DTSC).
The company has also been named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in September 2006 in the United
States District Court for the Central District of California (Apollo Associates, L.P., a California
Limited Partnership; Murray Neidorf, an individual, v. Arrow Electronics, Inc. et al.) in
connection with alleged contamination at a third site, a small industrial building formerly leased
by Wyle Laboratories, in El Segundo, California. The outcome of the proceedings, as well as the
nature of any contamination and the amount of any associated liability, is all as yet unknown.
Arrow has been named as a defendant in three suits related to the Norco facility, all of which have
been consolidated for pre-trial purposes. In January 2005, an action was filed in the California
Superior Court in Riverside County, California (Gloria Austin, et al. v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et
al.) in which 91 plaintiff landowners and residents have sued a number of defendants under a
variety of theories for unquantified damages allegedly caused by environmental contamination at and
around the Norco site. Contaminated groundwater and related soil-vapor have been found in certain
residential areas adjacent to the site. Also filed in the Superior Court in Riverside County were
Jimmy Gandara, et al. v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al. in January 2006, and Lisa Briones et al. v.
Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al. in May 2006, both of which contain allegations similar to those in
the Austin case on behalf of approximately 20 additional plaintiffs. The outcome of the cases and
the amount of any associated liability are all as yet unknown.
The company believes that any cost which it may incur in connection with environmental conditions
at the Norco, Huntsville, and El Segundo sites and the related litigation is covered by the
contractual
13
indemnifications (except, under the terms of the environmental indemnification, for the
first $.45 million), which arose out of the companys purchase of Wyle from VEBA.
Despite E.ON AGs acknowledgment of liability under the VEBA contractual indemnities, and a single,
partial payment, neither the companys demand for subsequent payments nor its demand for defense
and indemnification in the Riverside County litigation and other costs associated with the Norco
site has been met. In September 2004, the company filed suit against E.ON AG and certain of its
U.S. subsidiaries in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama seeking
further payments of indemnified amounts and additional related damages. The case has since been
transferred to the United States District Court for the Central
District of California, where it has
been consolidated with a case commenced by the company and Wyle Laboratories in May 2005 against
E.ON AG seeking indemnification, contribution, and a declaration of the parties respective rights
and obligations in connection with the Riverside County litigation and other costs associated with
the Norco site. The court has ruled that the enforcement and interpretation of E.ON AGs
contractual obligations are matters for a court in Germany, a ruling with which the company
disagrees and which it is appealing. Nevertheless, in October 2005, the company filed a related
action against E.ON AG in the Frankfurt am Main Regional Court in Germany.
Also included in the proceedings against E.ON AG is a claim for the reimbursement of
pre-acquisition tax liabilities of Wyle in the amount of $8.7 million for which E.ON AG is also
contractually liable to indemnify the company. E.ON AG has specifically acknowledged owing the
company not less than $6.3 million of such amounts, but its promises to make payments of at least
that amount have not been kept.
Based on an opinion of counsel received by the company in the fourth quarter of 2006 that recovery
from E.ON AG of costs incurred to date that are covered under the contractual indemnifications
associated with the environmental clean-up related to the Wyle sites is probable, the company
increased the receivable for amounts due from E.ON AG by $7.4 million during 2006 to $17.7 million.
The companys net costs for such indemnified matters may vary from period to period as estimates
of recoveries are not always recognized in the same period as the accrual of estimated expenses.
In 2006, the company recorded a charge of $1.4 million ($.9 million net of related taxes or $.01
per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to the environmental matters arising out of
the companys purchase of Wyle.
In connection with the acquisition of Wyle, the company acquired a $4.5 million tax receivable due
from E.ON AG (as successor to VEBA) in respect of certain tax payments made by Wyle prior to the
effective date of the acquisition, the recovery of which the company also believes is probable.
Other
From time to time, in the normal course of business, the company may become liable with respect to
other pending and threatened litigation, environmental, regulatory, and tax matters. While such
matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, it is not currently anticipated that any such other
matters will have a material adverse impact on the companys financial position, liquidity, or
results of operations.
Item 4.
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
.
None.
14
PART II
Item 5.
Market for Registrants Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
.
Market Information
The companys common stock is listed on the NYSE (trading symbol: ARW). The high and low sales
prices during each quarter of 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
32.90
|
|
|
$
|
26.90
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
33.14
|
|
|
|
25.93
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
36.95
|
|
|
|
30.35
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
36.48
|
|
|
|
31.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
33.39
|
|
|
$
|
28.19
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
32.07
|
|
|
|
27.35
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
28.56
|
|
|
|
21.98
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
27.79
|
|
|
|
21.71
|
|
Holders
On
February 16, 2007, there were approximately 2,500 shareholders of record of the companys common
stock.
Dividend History
The company did not pay cash dividends on its common stock during 2006 or 2005. While the board of
directors considers the payment of dividends on the common stock from time to time, the declaration
of future dividends will be dependent upon the companys earnings, financial condition, and other
relevant factors, including debt covenants.
15
Performance Graph
The following graph compares the performance of the companys common stock for the periods
indicated with the performance of the Standard & Poors 500 Stock Index (S&P 500 Stock Index) and
the average performance of a group consisting of the companys peer companies on a line-of-business
basis. The peers included in the Electronic Distributor Index are Avnet, Inc., Agilysys, Inc., All
American Semiconductor, Inc., Bell Microproducts, Inc., Jaco Electronics, Inc., and Nu Horizons
Electronics Corp. The graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2001 in the company, the S&P 500
Stock Index, and the Electronics Distributor Index. Total return indices reflect reinvestment
dividends and are weighted on the basis of market capitalization at the time of each reported data
point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
2002
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
Arrow Electronics
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronics Distributor Index
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S&P 500 Stock Index
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
16
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
.
The following table sets forth certain selected consolidated financial data and should be read in
conjunction with the companys consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing
elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K (dollars in thousands except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31:
|
|
2006
(a)
|
|
|
2005
(b)
|
|
|
2004
(c)
|
|
|
2003
(d)
|
|
|
2002
(e)(f)
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
13,577,112
|
|
|
$
|
11,164,196
|
|
|
$
|
10,646,113
|
|
|
$
|
8,528,331
|
|
|
$
|
7,269,799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
606,225
|
|
|
$
|
480,258
|
|
|
$
|
439,338
|
|
|
$
|
184,045
|
|
|
$
|
167,530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from
continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
388,331
|
|
|
$
|
253,609
|
|
|
$
|
207,504
|
|
|
$
|
25,700
|
|
|
$
|
(862
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) per
share from
continuing
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
3.19
|
|
|
$
|
2.15
|
|
|
$
|
1.83
|
|
|
$
|
.26
|
|
|
$
|
(.01
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
3.16
|
|
|
$
|
2.09
|
|
|
$
|
1.75
|
|
|
$
|
.25
|
|
|
$
|
(.01
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
and inventories
|
|
$
|
4,401,857
|
|
|
$
|
3,811,914
|
|
|
$
|
3,470,600
|
|
|
$
|
3,098,213
|
|
|
$
|
2,579,833
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
6,669,572
|
|
|
|
6,044,917
|
|
|
|
5,509,101
|
|
|
|
5,343,690
|
|
|
|
4,667,605
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
976,774
|
|
|
|
1,138,981
|
|
|
|
1,465,880
|
|
|
|
2,016,627
|
|
|
|
1,807,113
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
2,996,559
|
|
|
|
2,372,886
|
|
|
|
2,194,186
|
|
|
|
1,505,331
|
|
|
|
1,235,249
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Operating income and income from continuing operations include restructuring charges of $11.8
million ($9.0 million net of related taxes or $.07 per share on both a basic and diluted
basis), a charge related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim of $2.8 million ($1.9 million net
of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), a charge related to
pre-acquisition environmental matters arising out of the companys purchase of Wyle of $1.4
million ($.9 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted
basis), and stock option expense of $13.0 million ($8.5 million net of related taxes or $.07 per
share on both a basic and diluted basis) resulting from the companys adoption of Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment,
and the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (collectively,
Statement No. 123(R)). Income from continuing operations
also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of related taxes
or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) and the
reduction of the provision for income
taxes of $46.2 million ($.38 per share on both a basic and diluted
basis) and the reduction of interest expense of $6.9 million ($4.2 million net of
related taxes or $.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to the settlement
of certain tax matters.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Operating income and income from continuing operations include restructuring charges of $12.7
million ($7.3 million net of related taxes or $.06 and $.05 per share on a basic and diluted
basis, respectively) and an acquisition indemnification credit of $1.7 million ($1.3 million
net of related taxes or $.01 per share on a basic basis). Income from continuing operations
also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $4.3 million ($2.6 million net of related taxes
or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively) and a loss of $3.0
million ($.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) on the write-down of an investment.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Operating income and income from continuing operations include restructuring charges of $11.4
million ($6.9 million net of related taxes or $.07 and $.06 per share on a basic and diluted
basis, respectively), an acquisition indemnification credit, due to a change in estimate, of
$9.7 million ($.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), an
impairment charge of $10.0 million ($.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis,
respectively), and an integration credit, due to a change in estimate, of $2.3 million ($1.4
million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis). Income from
continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $33.9 million ($20.3
million net of related taxes or $.18 and $.16 per share on a basic and diluted basis,
respectively) and a loss of $1.3 million ($.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) on
the write-down of an investment.
|
17
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Operating income and income from continuing operations include restructuring charges of $38.0
million ($27.1 million net of related taxes or $.27 per share on both a basic and diluted
basis), an acquisition indemnification charge, due to a change in estimate, of $13.0 million
($.13 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), and an integration charge associated with
the acquisition of the Industrial Electronics Division of Agilysys, Inc. of $6.9 million ($4.8
million net of related taxes or $.05 per share on both a basic and diluted basis). Income from
continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $6.6 million ($3.9 million
net of related taxes or $.04 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
|
|
(e)
|
|
Operating income and loss from continuing operations include a severance charge of $5.4
million ($3.2 million net of related taxes or $.03 per share on both a basic and diluted
basis). Loss from continuing operations also includes a loss on prepayment of debt of $20.9
million ($12.9 million net of related taxes or $.13 per share on both a basic and diluted
basis).
|
|
(f)
|
|
The disposition of the Gates/Arrow operation in May 2002 was reflected as a discontinued
operation.
|
18
Item 7.
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations
.
Overview
The company has two business segments: electronic components and computer products. Consolidated
sales grew by 21.6%, compared with the year-earlier period, primarily as a result of continued
sales growth in the worldwide components businesses and the impact of acquisitions. The
acquisitions of DNS and Ultra Source Technology Corp. (Ultra Source), which were completed in
December 2005, contributed sales of $1.21 billion in 2006. Consolidated sales for 2006 increased
12.2%, on a pro forma basis, including DNS and Ultra Source for full year 2005. The sales increase
of 12.0% in the NAC businesses for 2006, compared with the
year-earlier period, was primarily driven by the strength of demand for semiconductors and passive,
electromechanical and connector products from the companys broad customer base, as well as the
companys focus on sales-related initiatives for passive, electromechanical and connector products.
The sales growth of 18.5% in the EMEASA components businesses, compared with the year-earlier
period, was primarily due to increased end-market demand in this region as well as the companys
increased focus on sales-related initiatives. Sales grew by 20.0% in the Asia/Pacific components
businesses on a pro forma basis, including Ultra Source for full year 2005, due to the regions
strong market growth coupled with the companys initiative to expand its product offerings and
customer base. The sales growth of 18.0% in the worldwide computer products business was primarily
due to the acquisition of DNS and growth in storage and industry standard servers offset, in part,
by lower sales in North America due to a decline in lower-margin software and the loss of a large
reseller customer at the end of 2005 due to mergers and acquisitions activity, lower market demand
for proprietary servers, and lower computer product sales in Europe.
During
the fourth quarter of 2006, the company settled certain tax matters covering
multiple years. As a result of the tax settlements, the company
recorded a reduction of the provision
for income taxes of $46.2 million, of which $40.4 million
related to tax years prior to 2006. In connection with the settlement
of these tax matters an accrual of $6.9 million ($4.2 million net
of related taxes) for related interest costs was reversed.
On November 30, 2006, the company acquired Alternative Technology, which is headquartered in
Englewood, Colorado, and supports VARs in delivering software solutions that optimize, accelerate,
monitor, and secure an end-users network. Total Alternative Technology sales for 2006 were
approximately $320 million, of which $48.7 million were included in the companys consolidated
results of operations from the acquisition date. The Alternative
Technology acquisition will enable the company to further expand the
breadth of its ECS business and create significant opportunities for the company in the growing
value-added software market.
On December 29, 2006, the company acquired InTechnology, which is headquartered in Harrogate,
England, and delivers storage and security solutions to VARs in the United Kingdom. Total
InTechnology sales for 2006 were approximately $365 million. The InTechnology acquisition will
further expand the companys ECS business into the United Kingdom.
On January 2, 2007, the company announced that it signed a definitive agreement with Agilysys, Inc.
(Agilysys) pursuant to which the company will acquire substantially all of the assets and
operations of the Agilysys KeyLink Systems Group (KeyLink), a leading enterprise computing
solutions distributor, for $485 million in cash. The company will also enter into a long-term
procurement agreement with the Agilysys Enterprise Solutions Group, Agilysys value-added reseller
business. KeyLink, which is based in Cleveland, Ohio, has approximately 500 employees and provides
complex solutions from industry leading manufacturers to more than 800 reseller partners. Total
KeyLink sales for 2006, including revenues associated with the above-mentioned procurement
agreement, were approximately $1.6 billion. The KeyLink acquisition is expected to be $.18 to $.22
accretive in the first twelve months post closing, excluding any
potential integration costs. This transaction, which will be funded with
cash-on-hand plus borrowings under the companys existing committed liquidity facilities, is
subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining necessary government approvals, and is
expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2007.
Net income increased to $388.3 million in 2006, compared with net income of $253.6 million in 2005.
The increase in net income was due to increased sales, the impact of efficiency initiatives
reducing operating
expenses, and, to a lesser extent, the acquisitions of DNS, Ultra Source, and Alternative
Technology. The acquisitions of DNS, Ultra Source, and Alternative Technology generated net income
of $11.5 million in 2006.
19
The following items also impact the comparability of the companys results for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
|
restructuring charges of $11.8 million ($9.0 million net of related taxes) in 2006 and
$12.7 million ($7.3 million net of related taxes) in 2005;
|
|
|
|
|
a charge related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim of $2.8 million ($1.9 million net
of related taxes) in 2006;
|
|
|
|
|
a charge related to pre-acquisition environmental matters arising from the companys
purchase of Wyle of $1.4 million ($.9 million net of related taxes) in 2006;
|
|
|
|
|
stock option expense of $13.0 million ($8.5 million net of related taxes) in 2006
resulting from the companys adoption of Statement No. 123(R);
|
|
|
|
|
an acquisition indemnification credit of $1.7 million ($1.3 million net of related taxes) in 2005;
|
|
|
|
|
a loss on prepayment of debt of $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of related taxes) in
2006 and $4.3 million ($2.6 million net of related taxes) in 2005;
|
|
|
|
|
a loss of $3.0 million on the write-down of an investment in 2005; and
|
|
|
|
|
a reduction of the provision for
income taxes of $46.2 million, of which $40.4 million
related to tax years prior to 2006, and the reduction of interest expense of $6.9 million
($4.2 million net of related taxes), of which $4.0 million ($2.4
million net of related taxes) related to tax years prior to 2006,
related to the settlement of certain tax matters in 2006.
|
Sales
Consolidated sales for 2006 increased $2.41 billion, or 21.6%, compared with the year-earlier
period. The increase was driven by an increase in the worldwide electronic components business of
$1.99 billion, or 22.6%, and an increase in the worldwide computer products business of $420.3
million, or 18.0%, compared with the year-earlier period.
The growth in the worldwide electronic components business for 2006 was primarily driven by the
sales increase in the NAC businesses of 12.0%, the sales increase in
the EMEASA components businesses
of 18.5%, and the sales increase in the Asia/Pacific components businesses of 20.0%, on a pro forma
basis, including Ultra Source for the full year 2005. The sales
increase in the NAC businesses of
12.0%, compared with the year-earlier period, was primarily driven by the strength of demand for
semiconductors and passive electromechanical and connector products from the companys broad
customer base, as well as the companys focus on sales-related initiatives for passive,
electromechanical and connector products. The sales increase in the EMEASA components businesses
of 18.5%, compared with the year-earlier period, was primarily due to the increased end-market
demand in this region as well as the companys increased focus on sales-related initiatives. The
increase in the Asia/Pacific components businesses of 20.0%, on a pro forma basis including Ultra
Source, compared with the year-earlier period, was due to the regions strong market growth coupled
with the companys initiative to expand its product offerings and customer base.
The growth in the worldwide computer products business of 18.0% for 2006, compared with the
year-earlier period, was primarily due to the acquisition of DNS in December 2005 and the growth in
storage and industry standard servers offset, in part, by lower sales in North America due to a
decline in low-margin software and the loss of a large reseller customer at the end of 2005 due to
mergers and acquisitions activity, lower market demand for proprietary servers, and lower computer
product sales in Europe.
The translation of the companys international financial statements into U.S. dollars resulted in
increased sales of $44.6 million for 2006, compared with the year-earlier period, due to a weaker
U.S. dollar. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, the companys sales would have increased by
21.2% in 2006.
Consolidated sales for 2005 increased $518.1 million, or 4.9%, compared with 2004. The increase
was driven by an increase in the worldwide electronic components business of $348.3 million, or
4.1%, and an increase in the worldwide computer products business of $169.7 million, or 7.8%,
compared with the year-earlier period.
The growth in the worldwide electronic components business for 2005 was primarily driven by the
sales increase in the Asia/Pacific components businesses of 25.3% and the sales increase in the
EMEASA
20
components businesses of 2.0%, compared with the year-earlier period. The sales increase in
the Asia/Pacific components businesses for 2005, compared with the year-earlier period, was due to
the regions strong market growth coupled with the companys initiative to expand its product
offerings and customer base. The sales increase in the EMEASA components businesses for 2005,
compared with the year-earlier period, was primarily due to the acquisition of Disway during 2004.
Sales in the NAC businesses remained flat in 2005, when compared with the year-earlier period.
End-market demand in North America remained stable throughout 2005, while in Europe the market
experienced a relatively small decline.
The growth in the worldwide computer products business for 2005 was primarily due to increased
sales in North Americas server, storage, software, and manufacturer services group of 12.6% for
2005, compared with the year-earlier period. The increase in sales was partially offset by a
decrease in sales of industrial-related computer products to OEMs in North America of 9.9% for
2005, compared with the year-earlier period, primarily due to the companys decision in early 2005
to terminate certain low-margin customer engagements and lower computer product sales in France.
The translation of the companys international financial statements into U.S. dollars resulted in
increased sales of $6.8 million for 2005, compared with the year-earlier period, due to a weaker
U.S. dollar. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, the companys sales would have increased by
4.8% in 2005.
Gross Profit
The company recorded gross profit of $2.03 billion and $1.74 billion for 2006 and 2005,
respectively. The gross profit margin for 2006 decreased by approximately 60 basis points when
compared with the year-earlier period. The decrease in gross profit margin was primarily the
result of the acquisitions of DNS and Ultra Source, which have lower gross profit margins (as well
as lower operating expense structures). Excluding the impact of these acquisitions, the gross
profit margin would have increased by approximately 10 basis points when compared with the
year-earlier period.
The company recorded gross profit of $1.74 billion and $1.72 billion for 2005 and 2004,
respectively. The gross profit margin for 2005 decreased by approximately 60 basis points when
compared with the year-earlier period. The decrease in gross profit margin was primarily the result
of pricing pressures in the marketplace relating to the worldwide electronic components business
and a larger portion of sales mix from the Asia/Pacific components businesses and the ECS
businesses that have lower gross profit margins.
Restructuring, Integration, and Other Charges (Credits)
The company recorded total restructuring charges of $11.8 million ($9.0 million net of related
taxes or $.07 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), $12.7 million ($7.3 million net of
related taxes or $.06 and $.05 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), and $11.4
million ($6.9 million net of related taxes or $.07 and $.06 per share on a basic and diluted basis,
respectively) in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. These items are discussed below.
Restructurings
Included
in the total restructuring charges for 2006 is $12.3 million related to initiatives by the
company to improve operating efficiencies. These initiatives, in the aggregate, are expected to
generate annual cost savings of approximately $9.0 million
beginning in 2007.
During 2005, 2004, and 2003, the company announced a series of steps to make its organizational
structure more efficient. The cumulative restructuring charges associated with these actions total
$61.8 million, which include restructuring charges of $.2 million, $13.8 million, and $9.8 million
in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The restructuring charges for 2005 and 2004 are net of a
gain of $2.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively, on the sale of facilities. Included in the
restructuring charge for 2005 was a $1.3 million loss resulting from the sale of the companys
Cable Assembly business. Approximately 85% of the total charge was spent in cash.
At December 31, 2006, $4.3 million of the previously discussed charges were accrued but unused of
which $2.6 million are for personnel costs and $1.7 million are to address remaining facilities
commitments.
21
Also during 2006, the company recorded a restructuring credit against the accrual related to the
2001 restructuring of $.7 million. During 2005, the company recorded a restructuring credit
against the accrual of $1.0 million related to the 2001 restructuring. At December 31, 2006, $4.2
million related to the 2001 restructuring was accrued but unused of which $1.4 million is to
address remaining real estate lease commitments and $2.8 million primarily relates to the
termination of certain customer programs.
Integration
During 2005, the company recorded $2.3 million as additional cost in excess of net assets of
companies acquired associated with the Disway acquisition.
During 2004, the company recorded an integration credit, due to a change in estimate, of $2.3
million ($1.4 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis),
which primarily related to the final negotiation of facilities related obligations for numerous
acquisitions made prior to 2001.
At December 31, 2006, the integration accrual of $3.4 million related to the acquisition of Disway
in 2004 and certain acquisitions made prior to 2004 and is for remaining contractual obligations.
Restructuring and Integration Summary
The remaining balances of the restructuring and integration accruals aggregate $11.9 million at
December 31, 2006, of which $9.0 million is expected to be spent in cash, will be utilized as
follows:
-
|
|
The personnel costs accruals of $2.6 million will be utilized to cover
costs associated with the termination of personnel, which are
primarily expected to be spent through 2007.
|
|
-
|
|
The facilities accruals totaling $5.8 million relate to vacated leases
with expiration dates through 2010, of which $2.4 million will be paid
in 2007, $1.4 million in 2008, $1.2 million in 2009, and $.8 million
in 2010.
|
|
-
|
|
The customer termination accrual of $2.8 million relates to costs
associated with the termination of certain customer programs,
primarily related to services not traditionally provided by the
company, and is expected to be utilized over several years.
|
|
-
|
|
Other of $.7 million primarily relates to certain terminated contracts
and is expected to be utilized over several years.
|
Acquisition Indemnification
During the first quarter of 2005, Tekelec, a French subsidiary of the company, entered into a
settlement agreement with Airtronic pursuant to which Airtronic paid
1.5 million (approximately
$2.0 million) to Tekelec in full settlement of all of Tekelecs claims for indemnification under
the purchase agreement. The company recorded the net amount of the settlement of $1.7 million
($1.3 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on a basic basis) as an acquisition
indemnification credit.
In August 2004, an agreement was reached with the French tax authorities pursuant to which Tekelec
agreed to pay
3.4 million in full settlement of a claim asserted by the French tax authorities
related to alleged fraudulent activities concerning value-added tax by Tekelec. The alleged
fraudulent activities occurred prior to the companys purchase of Tekelec from Airtronic. The
company recorded an acquisition indemnification credit of
7.9 million ($9.7 million at the
exchange rate prevailing on August 12, 2004 or $.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted
basis, respectively), in 2004, to reduce the liability previously recorded (
11.3 million) to the
required level (
3.4 million). In December 2004, Tekelec paid
3.4 million in full settlement of
this claim.
Impairment
In 2004, the company recorded an impairment charge related to cost in excess of net assets of
companies acquired of $10.0 million ($.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis,
respectively). This non-cash
charge principally related to the companys electronic components operations in Latin America. In
calculating the impairment charge, the fair value of the reporting units was estimated using a
weighted average multiple of earnings before interest and taxes from comparable businesses.
22
Pre-Acquisition Warranty Claim
During
the fourth quarter of 2006, the company recorded a charge of $2.8 million ($1.9 million net of related taxes or $.02 per share
on both a basic and diluted basis) related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim.
Pre-Acquisition Environmental Matters
As discussed in Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in 2000, when the
company purchased Wyle from VEBA, the company assumed Wyles then outstanding obligations. Among
the obligations the company assumed was Wyles 1994 indemnification of the purchasers of one of its
divisions, Wyle Laboratories, for costs associated with then existing contamination or violation of
environmental regulations. Under the terms of the companys purchase of Wyle, VEBA agreed to
indemnify the company for, among other things, costs related to environmental pollution associated
with Wyle, including those associated with its prior sale of Wyle Laboratories. VEBA has since
merged with E.ON AG, a German-based multinational conglomerate. The companys net costs for such
indemnified matters may vary from period to period as estimates of recoveries are not always
recognized in the same period as the accrual of estimated expenses.
During the fourth quarter of 2006, the company recorded a charge of $1.4 million ($.9 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and
diluted basis) related to the environmental matters arising out of the companys purchase of Wyle.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Effective January 1, 2006, the company adopted the provisions of Statement No. 123(R), which
requires share-based payment (SBP) awards exchanged for employee services to be measured at fair
value and expensed in the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite employee service
period. The company adopted the modified prospective transition method provided for under
Statement No. 123(R) and, accordingly, did not restate prior period amounts.
As a result of adopting Statement No. 123(R), the company recorded, as a component of selling,
general and administrative expenses, a charge of $13.0 million ($8.5 million net of related taxes
or $.07 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) for 2006 relating to the expensing of stock
options. Upon adoption of Statement No. 123(R), the company evaluated the need to record a
cumulative effect adjustment relating to estimated forfeitures for unvested previously issued
awards and concluded the impact was not material. See Note 1 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements (Note 1) for a
further discussion on stock-based compensation.
Operating Income
The company recorded operating income of $606.2 million in 2006 as compared with operating income
of $480.3 million in 2005.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $161.3 million, or 13.4%, in 2006, on a
sales increase of 21.6% compared with 2005. The dollar increase in selling, general and
administrative expenses in 2006, as compared with the year-earlier period, was due to selling,
general and administrative expense incurred by DNS and Ultra Source
of $66.0 million and $13.0 million
for the expensing of stock options as a result of the company
adopting Statement No. 123(R), with the difference attributable to higher variable selling
expenses
23
due to increased sales. Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of
sales, was 10.0% and 10.8% for 2006 and 2005, respectively. The decrease in selling, general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of sales, compared with the year-earlier period, was
primarily the result of the acquisitions of DNS and Ultra Source, which have lower operating
expense structures, and due to the companys ability to more effectively leverage its existing cost
structure to support a higher level of sales.
The company recorded operating income of $480.3 million in 2005 as compared with operating income
of $439.3 million in 2004.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased $19.1 million, or 1.6%, in 2005 on a sales
increase of 4.9% compared with 2004. This decrease was primarily due to the cost savings resulting
from the companys initiatives to be more efficiently organized, offset, in part, by the impact of
the acquisition of Disway in 2004.
Loss on Prepayment of Debt
The company recorded a loss on prepayment of debt of $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of related
taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), $4.3 million ($2.6 million net of
related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), and $33.9
million ($20.3 million net of related taxes or $.18 and $.16 per share on a basic and diluted
basis, respectively) in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. These items are discussed below.
During 2006, the company redeemed the total amount outstanding of $283.2 million principal amount
($156.4 million accreted value) of its zero coupon convertible debentures due in 2021 (convertible
debentures) and repurchased $4.1 million principal amount of its 7% senior notes due in January
2007. The related loss on the redemption and repurchase, including any related premium paid,
write-off of deferred financing costs, and cost of terminating a portion of the related interest
rate swaps, aggregated $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a
basic and diluted basis) and is recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a result of these
transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $2.6 million from the dates of
redemption and repurchase through the respective maturity dates, based on interest rates in effect
at the time of the redemption and repurchase.
During 2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $151.8 million accreted
value of its convertible debentures. The related loss on the
repurchases, including the premium paid
and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $3.2 million ($1.9 million net of
related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also during
2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $26.8 million principal amount of
its 7% senior notes due in January 2007. The premium paid, the related deferred financing costs
written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, and the loss for terminating the related interest
rate swaps, aggregated $1.1 million ($.7 million net of related taxes). These charges totaled $4.3
million ($2.6 million net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis,
respectively), including $1.7 million in cash, and were recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt.
As a result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $2.4 million
from the dates of repurchase through the redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the
time of the repurchases.
During 2004, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $319.8 million accreted
value of its convertible debentures. The related loss on the
repurchases, including the premium paid
and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $15.0 million ($9.0 million net
of related taxes or $.08 and $.07 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also
during 2004, the company repurchased and/or redeemed, through a series of transactions, $250.0
million principal amount of its 8.7% senior notes due in October 2005. The premium paid and the
related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase and/or redemption of this debt,
net of the gain recognized by terminating the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $18.9 million
($11.3 million net of related taxes or $.10 and $.09 per share on a basic and diluted basis,
respectively). These charges totaled $33.9 million ($20.3 million net of related taxes or $.18 and
$.16 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), including $28.2 million in cash, and
were recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a result of these transactions, net interest
expense was reduced by approximately $36.2 million from the dates of repurchase through the
redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the repurchases.
Write-Down of Investments
During 2005, the company determined that an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of its
investment in Marubun Corporation had occurred and, accordingly, recognized a loss of $3.0 million
($.03 per share on
24
both a basic and diluted basis) on the write-down of this investment. During
2004, the company determined that an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of an
investment had occurred and, accordingly, recognized a loss of $1.3 million ($.01 per share on both
a basic and diluted basis) on the write-down of this investment.
Tax Items
During
the fourth quarter of 2006, the company settled certain tax matters covering
multiple years. As a result of the settlement of the tax matters, the company
recorded a reduction of the provision
for income taxes of $46.2 million ($.38 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), of which
$40.4 million ($.33 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to tax years prior to
2006.
Interest Expense
Net interest expense decreased 1.4% in 2006 to $90.6 million, compared with $91.8 million in 2005,
primarily as a result of the previously discussed resolution of
certain tax matters, which resulted
in a reduction of related interest expense of $6.9 million ($4.2 million net of related taxes or $.03 per
share on both a basic and diluted basis), of which $4.0 million ($2.4 million net of related taxes
or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) related to tax years prior to 2006, and lower
debt balances, offset by higher variable-rate debt and reduced interest income. Interest income
decreased $6.0 million in 2006 compared with the year-earlier period primarily due to the use of
interest-bearing cash to redeem the convertible debentures and to fund acquisitions.
Net interest expense decreased 11.0% in 2005 to $91.8 million, compared with $103.2 million in
2004, primarily as a result of lower debt balances.
Income Taxes
The company recorded an income tax provision of $128.5 million on income before income taxes and
minority interest of $518.3 million for 2006 (an effective tax rate of 24.8%) compared with an
income tax provision of $131.2 million on income before income taxes and minority interest of
$385.6 million (an effective tax rate of 34.0%) for 2005. The income taxes recorded in 2006 are
impacted by the previously discussed resolution of certain tax matters, which resulted in a
reduction in the provision for income taxes of $46.2 million, of
which $40.4 million related to tax
years prior to 2006, and the previously discussed restructuring
charges,
pre-acquisition warranty claim, and pre-acquisition environmental
matters. Excluding the impact
related to tax years prior to 2006 of the previously discussed
resolution of certain tax matters,
the companys effective tax rate would have been 32.3%. The income taxes recorded in 2005 are
impacted by the previously discussed restructuring charges, acquisition indemnification credit, and
write-down of an investment. There was no tax benefit provided on the aforementioned write-down of
investment in 2005 as this capital loss was not deductible for tax purposes. The companys income
tax provision and effective tax rate is primarily impacted by, among other factors, the statutory
tax rates in the countries in which it operates and the related level of income generated by these
operations.
The company recorded an income tax provision of $131.2 million on income before income taxes and
minority interest of $385.6 million for 2005 (an effective tax rate of 34.0%) compared with an
income tax provision of $96.4 million on income before income taxes and minority interest of $305.0
million (an effective tax rate of 31.6%) for 2004. The income taxes recorded in 2004 were impacted
by the previously discussed restructuring charges, integration credit, impairment charge, and
write-down of an investment. The acquisition indemnification credit in 2004 did not result in a
tax charge. There was no tax benefit provided on the aforementioned write-down of investments in
2005 and 2004 as these capital losses are not currently deductible for tax purposes.
Net Income
The company recorded net income of $388.3 million for 2006, compared with $253.6 million in the
year-earlier period. Included in the results for 2006 are the previously discussed restructuring
charges of $9.0 million, a charge related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim of $1.9 million, a
charge related to pre-acquisition environmental matters arising out of the companys purchase of
Wyle of $.9 million, stock option expense of $8.5 million,
25
a loss on prepayment of debt of $1.6 million, and
the reduction of the provision for income taxes of $46.2 million and
the reduction of interest expense, net of related taxes, of $4.2 million related to the
settlement of certain tax matters totaling $50.4 million. The acquisitions of DNS, Ultra Source, and
Alternative Technology generated net income of $11.5 million in 2006. The company recorded net
income of $253.6 million for 2005, compared with $207.5 million in the year-earlier period.
Included in the results for 2005 are the previously discussed restructuring charges of $7.3
million, acquisition indemnification credit of $1.3 million, loss on prepayment of debt of $2.6
million, and loss of $3.0 million on the write-down of an investment. Included in the results for
2004 are the previously discussed restructuring charges of $6.9 million, acquisition
indemnification credit of $9.7 million, impairment charge of $10.0 million, integration credit of
$1.4 million, loss on prepayment of debt of $20.3 million, and loss of $1.3 million on the
write-down of an investment.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the company had cash and cash equivalents of $337.7 million and
$580.7 million, respectively. The net amount of cash provided by the companys operating activities
during 2006 was $120.8 million, primarily due to earnings from operations, adjusted for non-cash
items, offset, in part, by increased inventory purchases, and increased accounts receivable
supporting increased sales in the worldwide electronic components businesses. The net amount of
cash used for investing activities during 2006 was $238.7 million, primarily reflecting $66.1
million for various capital expenditures and $176.2 million for consideration paid for acquired
businesses. The net amount of cash used for financing activities during 2006 was $132.7 million,
including $160.6 million used to repurchase convertible debentures and senior notes, $15.7 million
in other long-term debt repayments, and net repayments of short-term borrowings of $22.3 million,
offset by $59.2 million for proceeds from the exercise of stock options and $6.7 million relating
to excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements. The effect of exchange rate
changes on cash was an increase of $7.6 million.
The net amount of cash generated by the companys operating activities during 2005 was $402.5
million, primarily from earnings from operations adjusted for non-cash items, and the companys
ability to reduce the amount of net working capital required to support sales. The net amount of
cash used for investing activities during 2005 was $32.8 million, including $179.0 million for
consideration paid for acquired businesses, $33.2 million for various capital expenditures offset,
in part, by $158.6 million for net proceeds from the sale of short-term investments and $18.4
million from the sale of facilities. The net amount of cash used for financing activities during
2005 was $88.4 million, primarily reflecting $152.4 million used to repurchase convertible
debentures and $27.8 million used to repay senior notes offset by $82.2 million for proceeds from
the exercise of stock options and a change in short-term borrowings of $12.0 million. The effect of
exchange rate changes on cash was a decrease of $5.9 million.
The net amount of cash provided by operating activities in 2004 was $187.5 million, primarily from
earnings from operations, adjusted for non-cash items and the net impact of the charges, credits,
and losses, partially offset by investments in working capital to support increased sales. The net
amount of cash used for investing activities during 2004 was $196.4 million, including $158.6
million for net purchases of short-term investments, $35.0 million for consideration paid for
acquired businesses, and $23.5 million for various capital expenditures offset, in part, by
proceeds of $10.5 million from the sale of facilities. The net amount of cash used for financing
activities during 2004 was $300.6 million, primarily reflecting $329.6 million used to repurchase
convertible debentures, $268.4 million used to repay senior notes, and a change in short-term
borrowings of $39.9 million offset by the net proceeds of $312.5 million from the sale of common
stock in February 2004 and $27.9 million from the exercise of stock options. The effect of exchange
rate changes on cash was an increase of $2.4 million.
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
The company historically has maintained a significant investment in accounts receivable and
inventories. As a percentage of total assets, accounts receivable and inventories were
approximately 66.0% and 63.1% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Net cash provided by the companys operating activities decreased by $281.7 million in 2006, as
compared with the year-earlier period, primarily due to investments in working capital to support
increased sales offset by earnings from operations adjusted for non-cash items. Working capital as
a percentage of sales was 19.2% in 2006 compared with 19.6% in 2005.
26
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $215.0 million in 2005, as compared with the
year-earlier period, primarily reflecting the companys initiatives to manage working capital more
efficiently and earnings from operations. Working capital as a percentage of sales was 19.6% in
2005 compared with 20.7% in 2004.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
In December 2006, the company acquired InTechnology, a distributor of storage and security
solutions to VARs based in the United Kingdom, for a purchase price of $80.5 million, which
included acquisition costs. The cash consideration paid was $80.5 million.
In November 2006, the company acquired Alternative Technology, a leading specialty distributor of
access infrastructure and security solutions based in Englewood, Colorado, for a purchase price of
$77.3 million, which included $17.5 million of debt paid at closing, cash acquired of $2.3 million,
and acquisition costs. Additional cash consideration ranging from zero to a maximum of $4.8 million
may be due if Alternative Technology achieves certain specified financial performance targets over
a three-year period from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2009. The cash consideration paid,
net of cash acquired, was $75.0 million.
In February 2006, the company acquired SKYDATA Corporation (SKYDATA), a value-added distributor
of data storage solutions with sales in 2005 of approximately $43.0 million. The cash
consideration paid, net of cash acquired of $3.2 million, was $9.8 million. The impact of the
SKYDATA acquisition was not deemed to be material to the companys consolidated financial position
and results of operations.
In December 2005, the company acquired DNS, a distributor of mid-range computer products in
Central, Northern, and Eastern Europe, for a purchase price of $116.2 million, which included cash
acquired as well as acquisition costs. In addition, there was the assumption of $30.6 million in
debt. Additional cash consideration ranging from zero to a maximum of
12.8 million (approximately
$16.9 million at the December 31, 2006 exchange rate) may be due if DNS achieves certain specified
financial performance targets over a two-year period from January 1, 2006 through December 31,
2007. The cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired of $7.5 million, was $108.7 million.
In December 2005, through a series of transactions, the company acquired 70.7% of the common shares
of Ultra Source, one of the leading electronic components distributors in Taiwan, for a purchase
price of $64.6 million, which included cash acquired as well as acquisition costs. In addition,
Ultra Source had $78.9 million in debt and $19.5 million in cash. The cash
consideration paid, net of cash acquired, was $45.2 million.
In July 2005, the company acquired the component distribution business of Connektron Pty. Ltd
(Connektron), a passive, electromechanical, and connectors distributor in Australia and New
Zealand. The cash consideration paid was $2.5 million. The impact of the Connektron acquisition
was not deemed to be material to the companys consolidated financial position and results of
operations.
In July 2004, the company acquired Disway, an electronic components distributor in Italy, Germany,
Austria, and Switzerland. The company made a final payment of $20.1 million during 2005 related to
this acquisition. The impact of the Disway acquisition was not deemed to be material to the
companys consolidated financial position and results of operations.
During 2006, 2005, and 2004, the company made payments of $4.7 million, $2.5 million, and $.8
million, respectively, which were capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies
acquired, partially offset by the carrying value of the related minority interest, to increase its
ownership interest in majority-owned subsidiaries.
During 2005, the net proceeds from the sale of short-term investments were $158.6 million. During
2004, the net purchases of short-term investments were $158.6 million.
Capital expenditures were $66.1 million, $33.2 million, and $23.5 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004,
respectively. During 2006, the company initiated a global ERP effort
to standardize processes worldwide and adopt best-in-class
capabilities. Implementation is expected to be phased-in over the next four
years. For 2007, the estimated
cash flow impact of this initiative is expected to be in the $70 to
$80 million range. The company
expects to finance these costs from cash flow from operations.
The company received proceeds of $18.4 million and $10.5 million during 2005 and 2004,
respectively, on the sale of facilities.
27
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net payments of short-term debt were $22.3 million in 2006, net borrowings of short-term debt were
$12.0 million in 2005, and net payments of short-term debt were $39.9 million in 2004. Repayments
of long-term debt were $15.7 million, $2.4 million, and $3.1 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004,
respectively. Proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $59.2 million, $82.2 million, and
$27.9 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
During 2006, the company redeemed the total amount outstanding of $283.2 million principal amount
($156.4 million accreted value) of its convertible debentures and repurchased $4.1 million
principal amount of its 7% senior notes due in January 2007. The related loss on the redemption
and repurchase, including any related premium paid, write-off of deferred financing costs, and cost
of terminating a portion of the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $2.6 million ($1.6 million
net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis). As a result of these
transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $2.6 million from the dates of
redemption and repurchase through the respective maturity dates, based on interest rates in effect
at the time of the redemption and repurchase.
During 2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $151.8 million accreted
value of its convertible debentures. The related loss on the
repurchases, including the premium
paid and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $3.2 million ($1.9 million
net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also
during 2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $26.8 million principal
amount of its 7% senior notes due in January 2007. The premium paid, the related deferred
financing costs written-off upon the repurchase of this debt, and the loss for terminating the
related interest rate swaps, aggregated $1.1 million ($.7 million net of related taxes). These
charges totaled $4.3 million ($2.6 million net of related taxes or $.02 and $.01 per share on a
basic and diluted basis, respectively), including $1.7 million in cash. As a result of these
transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $2.4 million from the dates of
repurchase through the redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the
repurchases.
During 2004, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $319.8 million accreted
value of its convertible debentures. The related loss on the
repurchases, including the premium paid
and the write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $15.0 million ($9.0 million net
of related taxes or $.08 and $.07 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also
during 2004, the company repurchased and/or redeemed, through a series of transactions, $250.0
million principal amount of its 8.7% senior notes due in October 2005. The premium paid and the
related deferred financing costs written-off upon the repurchase and/or redemption of this debt,
net of the gain recognized by terminating the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $18.9 million
($11.3 million net of related taxes or $.10 and $.09 per share on a basic and diluted basis,
respectively). These charges totaled $33.9 million ($20.3 million net of related taxes or $.18 and
$.16 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), including $28.2 million in cash. As a
result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $36.2 million from
the dates of repurchase through the redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the time
of the repurchases.
In June 2004, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the 2004 swaps), with an
aggregate notional amount of $300.0 million. The 2004 swaps modify the companys interest rate
exposure by effectively converting the fixed 9.15% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the
six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.73% and 8.57% at December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively), and a portion of the fixed 6.875% senior notes to a floating rate
also based on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 7.50% and 5.55%
at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), through their maturities. The 2004 swaps are
classified as fair value hedges and had a negative fair value of $3.2 million and a fair value of
$.4 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
In November 2003, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the 2003 swaps), with
an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million. The 2003 swaps modify the companys interest rate
exposure by effectively converting the fixed 7% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the
six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.55% and 7.77% at December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively) through their maturities. The 2003 swaps are classified as fair value
hedges and had a negative fair value of $.2 million and $4.1 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. The 2003 swaps related to the 7% senior notes were terminated in January 2007 upon
the repayment of the 7% senior notes.
In January 2007, the company amended and restated its bank credit agreement and, among other
things, increased the revolving credit facility size from $600.0 million to $800.0 million and
entered into a term loan of $200.0 million. Interest on borrowings under the revolving credit
facility is based on a base rate or a euro
28
currency rate plus a spread based on the companys
credit ratings (.425% at January 11, 2007). The company had no outstanding borrowings under the
credit facility at December 31, 2006 and 2005. The credit facility matures in January 2012. The
facility fee related to the credit facility is .125%. In January 2007, the company borrowed $200.0
million under the term loan facility. The $200.0 million term loan is repayable in full in January
2012. Interest on the term loan is based on a base rate or euro currency rate plus a spread
based on the companys credit ratings (.60% at January 11, 2007).
The company has a $550.0 million asset securitization program (the program). At December 31, 2006
and 2005, there were no receivables sold to and held by third parties under the program, and, as
such, the company had no obligations outstanding under the program. The program expires in
February 2008. The program agreement requires annual renewals of the banks underlying liquidity
facilities, and the next renewal date is May 2007. The facility fee related to the program
agreement is .175%.
In February 2004, the company issued 13.8 million shares of common stock with net proceeds of
$312.5 million. The proceeds were used to redeem $208.5 million of the companys outstanding 8.7%
senior notes due in October 2005, as described above, and for the repurchase of a portion of the
companys outstanding convertible debentures ($91.9 million accreted value).
Restructuring and Integration Activities
Based on the previously discussed restructuring and integration charges at December 31, 2006, the
company has a remaining accrual of $11.9 million, of which $9.0 million is expected to be spent in
cash. The expected cash payments are approximately $5.2 million in 2007, $1.6 million in 2008,
$1.4 million in 2009, and $.8 million in 2010.
Contractual Obligations
Payments due under contractual obligations at December 31, 2006 were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
4-5
|
|
|
After
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Debt (a)
|
|
$
|
262,063
|
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
|
$
|
219,297
|
|
|
$
|
753,538
|
|
|
$
|
1,235,306
|
|
Interest on long-term debt
|
|
|
68,017
|
|
|
|
134,844
|
|
|
|
115,049
|
|
|
|
349,480
|
|
|
|
667,390
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
1,563
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
4,251
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
50,399
|
|
|
|
77,431
|
|
|
|
42,708
|
|
|
|
53,116
|
|
|
|
223,654
|
|
Purchase obligations (b)
|
|
|
1,575,111
|
|
|
|
12,872
|
|
|
|
1,771
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
1,589,980
|
|
Other (c)
|
|
|
5,464
|
|
|
|
15,447
|
|
|
|
6,585
|
|
|
|
2,727
|
|
|
|
30,223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,961,774
|
|
|
$
|
242,689
|
|
|
$
|
386,973
|
|
|
$
|
1,159,368
|
|
|
$
|
3,750,804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Includes 7% senior notes of $169.1 million. The company repaid these senior notes in January
2007 in accordance with their terms.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Amounts represent an estimate of non-cancelable inventory purchase orders and other
contractual obligations related to information technology and facilities as of December 31,
2006. Most of the companys inventory purchases are pursuant to authorized distributor
agreements, which are typically cancelable by either party at any time or on short notice,
usually within a few months.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Includes estimates of contributions required to meet the requirements of several defined
benefit plans. Amounts are subject to change based upon the performance of plan assets, as
well as the discount rate used to determine the obligation. The company is unable to estimate
the projected contributions beyond 2012. Also included are amounts relating to personnel,
facilities, customer termination, and certain other costs resulting from restructuring and
integration activities.
|
As
previously discussed, in January 2007, the company borrowed $200.0 million under the term loan facility.
On January 2, 2007, the company announced that it signed a definitive agreement with Agilysys
pursuant to which the company will acquire substantially all of the assets and operations of the
Agilysys KeyLink Systems
29
Group, a leading enterprise computing solutions distributor, for $485
million in cash. The company expects to fund this transaction with cash-on-hand plus borrowings
under its existing committed liquidity facilities.
Under the terms of various joint venture agreements, the company would be required to pay its
pro-rata share, based upon its ownership interests, of the third party debt of the joint ventures
in the event that the joint ventures are unable to meet their obligations. At December 31, 2006,
there was no third party debt outstanding.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The company does not have off-balance sheet financing or unconsolidated special-purpose entities.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The companys consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial
statements requires the company to make significant estimates and judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and related disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities. The company evaluates its estimates, including those related to
uncollectible receivables, inventories, intangible assets, income taxes, restructuring and
integration costs, and contingencies and litigation, on an ongoing basis. The company bases its
estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be
reasonable under the circumstances; the results of which form the basis for making judgments about
the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The company believes the following critical accounting policies, among others, involve the more
significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial
statements:
-
|
|
The company recognizes revenue in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (SAB 104). Under SAB 104, revenue
is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or
services have been rendered, the sales price is determinable, and collectibility is reasonably
assured. Revenue typically is recognized at time of shipment. Sales are recorded net of
discounts, rebates, and returns.
|
|
|
|
A portion of the companys business involves shipments directly from its suppliers to its
customers. In these transactions, the company is responsible for negotiating price both with
the supplier and customer, payment to the supplier, establishing payment terms with the
customer, product returns, and has risk of loss if the customer does not make payment. As
the principal with the customer, the company recognizes the sale and cost of sale of the
product upon receiving notification from the supplier that the product has been shipped.
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, the company has certain business with select customers and suppliers that is
accounted for on an agency basis (that is, the company recognizes the fees associated with
serving as an agent in sales with no associated cost of sales) in accordance with Emerging
Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 99-19, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an
Agent.
|
-
|
|
The company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated
losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required
payments. The allowances for doubtful accounts are determined using a
combination of factors, including the length of time the receivables
are outstanding, the current business environment, and historical
experience.
|
|
-
|
|
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Write-downs of
inventories to market value are based upon contractual provisions
governing price protection, stock rotation, and obsolescence, as well
as assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If
assumptions about future demand change
and/or actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the company,
additional write-downs of inventories may be required. Due to the large number of transactions
and the complexity of managing the process around price protections and stock rotations,
estimates are made regarding adjustments to the book cost of inventories. Actual amounts could
be different from those estimated.
|
|
-
|
|
The company assesses its long-term investments accounted for as available-for-sale on a
quarterly basis to determine whether declines in market value below cost are
other-than-temporary. When the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, the cost
basis for the individual security is reduced and a loss is
|
30
|
|
realized in the period in which it
occurs. The company makes such determination based upon the quoted market price, financial
condition, operating results of the investee, and the companys intent and ability to retain
the investment over a period of time, which would be sufficient to allow for any recovery in
market value. In addition, the company assesses the following factors:
|
|
-
|
|
broad economic factors impacting the investees industry,
|
|
|
-
|
|
publicly available forecasts for sales and earnings growth for the industry and investee,
and
|
|
|
-
|
|
the cyclical nature of the investees industry.
|
|
|
The company could potentially have an impairment charge in future periods if, among other
factors, the investees future earnings differ from currently available forecasts.
|
-
|
|
The carrying value of the companys deferred tax assets is dependent
upon the companys ability to generate sufficient future taxable
income in certain tax jurisdictions. Should the company determine that
it would not be able to realize all or part of its deferred tax assets
in the future, a valuation allowance to the deferred tax assets would
be established in the period such determination was made.
|
|
-
|
|
It is the companys policy to establish accruals for taxes that may
become payable in future years as a result of examinations by tax
authorities. The company establishes the accruals based upon
managements assessment of probable contingencies. At December 31,
2006, the company believes it has appropriately accrued for probable
contingencies. To the extent the company prevails in matters for
which accruals are established or is required to pay amounts in excess
of the accruals, the companys effective tax rate in a given financial
statement period may be affected.
|
|
-
|
|
The company uses various financial instruments, including derivative
financial instruments, for purposes other than trading. Derivatives
used as part of the companys risk management strategy are designated
at inception as hedges and measured for effectiveness both at
inception and on an ongoing basis. The company also entered into
interest rate swap transactions that convert certain fixed-rate debt
to variable-rate debt, effectively hedging the change in fair value of
the fixed-rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. The
fair value hedges and the hedged debt are adjusted to current market
values through interest expense.
|
|
-
|
|
The effective portion of the change in the fair value of the
derivative designated as a net investment hedge is recorded in the
foreign currency translation adjustment, which is included in the
shareholders equity section, and any ineffective portion would be
recorded in earnings. The company uses the hypothetical derivative
method to assess the effectiveness of its net investment hedge on a
quarterly basis.
|
|
-
|
|
The company is subject to proceedings, lawsuits, and other claims
related to environmental, labor, product, tax, and other matters. The
company assesses the likelihood of an adverse judgment or outcomes for
these matters, as well as the range of potential losses. A
determination of the reserves required, if any, is made after careful
analysis. The required reserves may change in the future due to new
developments impacting the probability of a loss, the estimate of such
loss, and the probability of recovery of such loss from third parties.
|
|
-
|
|
The company has recorded charges in connection with restructuring its
businesses, as well as the integration of acquired businesses. These
items primarily include employee separation costs and estimates
related to the consolidation of facilities (net of sub-lease income),
contractual obligations, and the valuation of certain assets. Actual
amounts could be different from those estimated.
|
|
-
|
|
Effective January 1, 2006, the company adopted the provisions of
Statement No. 123(R), which requires SBP awards exchanged for employee
services to be measured at fair value and expensed in the consolidated
statements of operations over the requisite employee service period.
|
|
|
|
Prior to January 1, 2006, the company accounted for SBP awards under Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, which utilized the
intrinsic value method and did not require any expense to be recorded in the consolidated
financial statements if the exercise price of the award was not less than the market price
of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The company elected to adopt, for periods
prior to January 1, 2006, the disclosure requirements of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by FASB Statement No. 148, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure, which used a fair value based method
of accounting for SBP awards.
|
31
|
|
|
The company adopted the modified prospective transition method provided for under Statement
No. 123(R) and, accordingly, has not restated prior period amounts. The fair value of stock
options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the assumptions shown in
Note 1. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of SBP awards represent
managements best estimates. The companys estimates may be impacted by certain variables
including, but not limited to, stock price volatility, employee stock option exercise
behaviors, additional stock option grants, estimates of forfeitures, and related tax
impacts. See Note 1 for a further discussion on stock-based compensation.
|
-
|
|
The costs and obligations of the companys defined benefit pension
plan are dependent on actuarial assumptions. The two critical
assumptions used, which impact the net periodic pension cost (income)
and the benefit obligation, are the discount rate and expected return
on plan assets. The discount rate represents the market rate for a
high quality corporate bond, and the expected return on plan assets is
based on current and expected asset allocations, historical trends,
and expected returns on plan assets. These key assumptions are
evaluated annually. Changes in these assumptions can result in
different expense and liability amounts.
|
|
-
|
|
The company performs an annual impairment test as of the first day of
the fourth quarter, or earlier if indicators of potential impairment
exist, to evaluate goodwill. Goodwill is considered impaired if the
carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair
value. In assessing the recoverability of goodwill, the company
reviews both quantitative and qualitative factors to support its
assumptions with regard to fair value. The fair value of a reporting
unit is estimated using a weighted average multiple of earnings before
interest and taxes from comparable companies. In determining the fair
value, the company makes certain judgments, including the
identification of reporting units and the selection of comparable
companies. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in
the future as a result of changes in strategy and/or market
conditions, the company may be required to record an impairment
charge.
|
|
-
|
|
Shipping and handling costs may be reported as either a component of
cost of products sold or selling, general and administrative expenses.
The company reports shipping and handling costs, primarily related to
outbound freight, in the consolidated statements of operations as a
component of selling, general and administrative expenses. If the
company included such costs in cost of products sold, gross profit
margin as a percentage of sales for 2006 would decrease from 15.0% to
14.5% with no impact on reported earnings.
|
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In June 2006, the FASB ratified the provisions of EITF Issue No.
06-2, Accounting for Sabbatical Leave and Other Similar Benefits Pursuant to FASB Statement No.
43, Accounting for Compensated Absences (EITF Issue No. 06-2). EITF Issue No. 06-2 requires
that compensation expense associated with a sabbatical leave, or other similar benefit arrangement,
be accrued over the requisite service period during which an employee earns the benefit. EITF
Issue No. 06-2 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and should be
recognized as either a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to
retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption or a change in accounting principle
through retrospective application to all prior periods. The adoption of the provisions of EITF
Issue No. 06-2 is not anticipated to have a material impact on the companys consolidated financial
position and results of operations.
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes -
an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48) which prescribes a recognition threshold
and measurement attribute, as well as criteria for subsequently recognizing, derecognizing, and
measuring uncertain tax positions for financial statement purposes. FIN 48 also requires expanded
disclosure with respect to the uncertainty in income tax assets and liabilities. FIN 48 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and is required to be recognized as a
change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of
the beginning of the year of adoption. The adoption of the provisions of FIN 48 is not anticipated
to have a material impact on the companys consolidated financial position and results of
operations.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (Statement No.
157) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements. Statement No. 157 applies to other accounting
pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any
new fair value measurements. Statement No.
32
157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007 and should be applied prospectively, except for the provisions for certain
financial instruments that should be applied retrospectively as of the beginning of the year of
adoption. The transition adjustment of the difference between the carrying amounts and the fair
values of those financial instruments should be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to
retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption
.
The company is currently evaluating
the impact of adopting the provisions of Statement No. 157.
Information Relating to Forward-Looking Statements
This report includes forward-looking statements that are subject to numerous assumptions, risks,
and uncertainties, which could cause actual results or facts to differ materially from such
statements for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to: industry conditions, the
companys planned implementation of its new global financial system and new enterprise resource
planning system, changes in product supply, pricing and customer demand, competition, other
vagaries in the electronic components and computer products markets, changes in relationships with
key suppliers, increased profit margin pressure, the effects of additional actions taken to become
more efficient or lower costs, and the companys ability to generate additional cash flow.
Shareholders and other readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. The company undertakes no
obligation to update publicly or revise any of the forward-looking statements.
33
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
.
The company is exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest
rates.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
The company, as a large global organization, faces exposure to adverse movements in foreign
currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and
could have a material impact on the companys financial results in the future. The companys
primary exposure relates to transactions in which the currency collected from customers is
different from the currency utilized to purchase the product sold in Europe, the Asia Pacific
region, Canada, and Latin America. The companys policy is to hedge substantially all such currency
exposures for which natural hedges do not exist. Natural hedges exist when purchases and sales
within a specific country are both denominated in the same currency and, therefore, no exposure
exists to hedge with a foreign exchange forward, option, or swap contracts (collectively, the
foreign exchange contracts). In many regions in Asia, for example, sales and purchases are
primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, resulting in a natural hedge. Natural hedges exist in most
countries in which the company operates, although the percentage of natural offsets, as compared
with offsets, which need to be hedged by foreign exchange contracts, will vary from country to
country. The company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. The risk
of loss on a foreign exchange contract is the risk of nonperformance by the counterparties, which
the company minimizes by limiting its counterparties to major financial institutions. The fair
value of the foreign exchange contracts is estimated using market quotes. The notional amount of
the foreign exchange contracts at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $298.0 million and $228.4 million,
respectively. The carrying amounts, which are nominal, approximated fair value at December 31, 2006
and 2005.
The translation of the financial statements of the non-United States operations is impacted by
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The increase in consolidated sales and operating
income was impacted by the translation of the companys international financial statements into
U.S. dollars, which resulted in increased sales of $44.6 million and increased operating income of
$2.3 million for 2006, compared with the year-earlier periods, based on 2005 sales at the average
rate for 2006. Sales and operating income would have decreased by approximately $385.8 million and
$13.8 million, respectively, if average foreign exchange rates had declined by 10% against the U.S.
dollar in 2006. This amount was determined by considering the impact of a hypothetical foreign
exchange rate on the sales and operating income of the companys international operations.
In May 2006, the company entered into a cross-currency swap, which has a maturity date of July
2011, for approximately $100.0 million or
78.3 million (the 2006 cross-currency swap) to hedge a
portion of its net investment in euro-denominated net assets and which has been designated as a net
investment hedge. The 2006 cross-currency swap will also effectively convert the interest expense
on $100.0 million of long-term debt from U.S. dollars to euros. Based on the foreign exchange rate
at December 31, 2006, the company would expect reduced interest expense of approximately $.7
million for the period from January 2007 through July 2007 (date that interest will reset). As the
notional amount of the 2006 cross-currency swap is expected to equal a comparable amount of hedged
net assets, no material ineffectiveness is expected. The 2006 cross-currency swap had a negative
fair value of $3.2 million at December 31, 2006.
In October 2005, the company entered into a cross-currency swap, which has a maturity date of
October 2010, for approximately $200.0 million or
168.4 million (the 2005 cross-currency swap)
to hedge a portion of its net investment in euro-denominated net assets and which has been
designated as a net investment hedge. The 2005 cross-currency swap will also effectively convert
the interest expense on $200.0 million of long-term debt from U.S. dollars to euros. Based on the
foreign exchange rate at December 31, 2006, the company would expect reduced interest expense of
approximately $1.4 million for the period from October 2006 through April 2007 (date that interest
will reset). As the notional amount of the 2005 cross-currency swap is expected to equal a
comparable amount of hedged net assets, no material ineffectiveness is expected. The 2005
cross-currency swap had a negative fair value of $21.7 million and a fair value of $.5 million at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Interest Rate Risk
The
companys interest expense, in part, is sensitive to the general
level of interest rates in North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region. The company historically has managed its exposure to
interest rate risk
through the proportion of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt in its total debt portfolio.
Additionally, the company also utilizes interest rate swaps in order to manage its targeted mix of
fixed- and floating-rate debt.
34
At December 31, 2006, approximately 52% of the companys debt was subject to fixed rates, and 48%
of its debt was subject to floating rates. A one percentage point change in average interest rates
would not have had a material impact on interest expense, net of interest income, in 2006. This was
determined by considering the impact of a hypothetical interest rate on the companys average
floating rate on investments and outstanding debt. This analysis does not consider the effect of
the level of overall economic activity that could exist. In the event of a change in the level of
economic activity, which may adversely impact interest rates, the company could likely take actions
to further mitigate any potential negative exposure to the change. However, due to the uncertainty
of the specific actions that might be taken and their possible effects, the sensitivity analysis
assumes no changes in the companys financial structure.
In June 2004, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps, with an aggregate notional
amount of $300.0 million. The 2004 swaps modify the companys interest rate exposure by effectively
converting the fixed 9.15% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the six-month U.S. dollar
LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.73% and 8.57% at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively), and a portion of the fixed 6.875% senior notes to a floating rate, also based on the
six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 7.50% and 5.55% at December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively), through their maturities. The 2004 swaps are classified as fair
value hedges and had a negative fair value of $3.2 million and a fair value of $.4 million at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
In November 2003, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps, with an aggregate
notional amount of $200.0 million. The 2003 swaps modify the companys interest rate exposure by
effectively converting the fixed 7% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the six-month U.S.
dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.55% and 7.77% at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively), through their maturities. The 2003 swaps are classified as fair value hedges and had
a negative fair value of $.2 million and $4.1 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The 2003 swaps related to the 7% senior notes were terminated in January 2007 upon the repayment of
the 7% senior notes.
35
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
.
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Arrow Electronics, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Arrow Electronics, Inc. (the
company) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a).
These financial statements and the schedule are the responsibility of the companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the schedule based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated financial position of Arrow Electronics, Inc. at December 31, 2006 and
2005, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material
respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, as revised, effective January 1,
2006. In addition, as discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the company
adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106,
and 132(R), effective December 31, 2006.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the effectiveness of Arrow Electronics, Inc.s internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control -
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
and our report dated February 22, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
New York, New York
February 22, 2007
36
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
13,577,112
|
|
|
$
|
11,164,196
|
|
|
$
|
10,646,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of products sold
|
|
|
11,545,719
|
|
|
|
9,424,586
|
|
|
|
8,922,962
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
1,362,149
|
|
|
|
1,200,826
|
|
|
|
1,219,888
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
46,904
|
|
|
|
47,482
|
|
|
|
54,538
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
11,829
|
|
|
|
12,716
|
|
|
|
11,391
|
|
Pre-acquisition warranty claim
|
|
|
2,837
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Pre-acquisition environmental matters
|
|
|
1,449
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Acquisition indemnification credit
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,672
|
)
|
|
|
(9,676
|
)
|
Impairment charge
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9,995
|
|
Integration credit
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(2,323
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,970,887
|
|
|
|
10,683,938
|
|
|
|
10,206,775
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
606,225
|
|
|
|
480,258
|
|
|
|
439,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity in earnings of affiliated companies
|
|
|
5,221
|
|
|
|
4,492
|
|
|
|
4,106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on prepayment of debt
|
|
|
2,605
|
|
|
|
4,342
|
|
|
|
33,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-down of investments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,019
|
|
|
|
1,318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
90,564
|
|
|
|
91,828
|
|
|
|
103,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes and minority interest
|
|
|
518,277
|
|
|
|
385,561
|
|
|
|
304,983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
128,457
|
|
|
|
131,248
|
|
|
|
96,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before minority interest
|
|
|
389,820
|
|
|
|
254,313
|
|
|
|
208,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
1,489
|
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
388,331
|
|
|
$
|
253,609
|
|
|
$
|
207,504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
3.19
|
|
|
$
|
2.15
|
|
|
$
|
1.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
3.16
|
|
|
$
|
2.09
|
|
|
$
|
1.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number of shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
121,667
|
|
|
|
117,819
|
|
|
|
113,109
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
123,181
|
|
|
|
124,080
|
|
|
|
124,561
|
|
See accompanying notes.
37
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands except par value)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
337,730
|
|
|
$
|
580,661
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
2,710,321
|
|
|
|
2,316,932
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
1,691,536
|
|
|
|
1,494,982
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
156,034
|
|
|
|
124,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
4,895,621
|
|
|
|
4,517,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
41,810
|
|
|
|
41,855
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
167,157
|
|
|
|
160,012
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
481,689
|
|
|
|
426,239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
690,656
|
|
|
|
628,106
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(428,283
|
)
|
|
|
(392,641
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
262,373
|
|
|
|
235,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in affiliated companies
|
|
|
41,960
|
|
|
|
38,959
|
|
Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired
|
|
|
1,231,281
|
|
|
|
1,053,266
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
238,337
|
|
|
|
199,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
6,669,572
|
|
|
$
|
6,044,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,795,089
|
|
|
$
|
1,628,568
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
446,238
|
|
|
|
434,644
|
|
Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
262,783
|
|
|
|
268,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
2,504,110
|
|
|
|
2,331,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
976,774
|
|
|
|
1,138,981
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
192,129
|
|
|
|
201,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, par value $1:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized 160,000 shares in 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued 122,626 and 120,286 shares in 2006 and 2005, respectively
|
|
|
122,626
|
|
|
|
120,286
|
|
Capital in excess of par value
|
|
|
943,958
|
|
|
|
861,880
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
1,787,746
|
|
|
|
1,399,415
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
155,166
|
|
|
|
13,308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,009,496
|
|
|
|
2,394,889
|
|
Less: Treasury stock (207 and 272 shares in 2006 and 2005,
respectively), at cost
|
|
|
(5,530
|
)
|
|
|
(7,278
|
)
|
Unamortized employee stock awards
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(2,395
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(7,407
|
)
|
|
|
(12,330
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
2,996,559
|
|
|
|
2,372,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
6,669,572
|
|
|
$
|
6,044,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
38
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
388,331
|
|
|
$
|
253,609
|
|
|
$
|
207,504
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
46,904
|
|
|
|
47,482
|
|
|
|
54,538
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs and discount on notes
|
|
|
2,808
|
|
|
|
3,589
|
|
|
|
4,796
|
|
Amortization of restricted stock and performance awards
|
|
|
8,289
|
|
|
|
6,953
|
|
|
|
6,341
|
|
Amortization of employee stock options
|
|
|
12,979
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Accretion of discount on zero coupon convertible debentures
|
|
|
876
|
|
|
|
8,698
|
|
|
|
16,827
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements
|
|
|
(6,661
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(9,433
|
)
|
|
|
21,920
|
|
|
|
44,732
|
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
8,977
|
|
|
|
7,310
|
|
|
|
6,943
|
|
Pre-acquisition warranty claim and environmental matters
|
|
|
2,728
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Acquisition indemnification credit
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,267
|
)
|
|
|
(9,676
|
)
|
Impairment charge
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9,995
|
|
Integration credit
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,389
|
)
|
Equity in earnings of affiliated companies
|
|
|
(5,221
|
)
|
|
|
(4,492
|
)
|
|
|
(4,106
|
)
|
Loss on prepayment of debt
|
|
|
1,558
|
|
|
|
2,596
|
|
|
|
20,297
|
|
Write-down of investments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,019
|
|
|
|
1,318
|
|
Impact of settlement of tax matters
|
|
|
(50,376
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
1,489
|
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquired
businesses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(202,135
|
)
|
|
|
(188,235
|
)
|
|
|
(122,882
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(119,612
|
)
|
|
|
11,707
|
|
|
|
(97,083
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(25,131
|
)
|
|
|
(17,300
|
)
|
|
|
1,843
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
52,561
|
|
|
|
258,485
|
|
|
|
11,588
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
13,784
|
|
|
|
(11,738
|
)
|
|
|
23,423
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(1,875
|
)
|
|
|
(492
|
)
|
|
|
11,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
120,840
|
|
|
|
402,548
|
|
|
|
187,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(66,078
|
)
|
|
|
(33,179
|
)
|
|
|
(23,516
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of facilities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
18,353
|
|
|
|
10,507
|
|
Cash consideration paid for acquired businesses
|
|
|
(176,235
|
)
|
|
|
(178,998
|
)
|
|
|
(34,979
|
)
|
Purchase of short-term investments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(230,456
|
)
|
|
|
(452,587
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of short-term investments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
389,056
|
|
|
|
293,987
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3,652
|
|
|
|
2,429
|
|
|
|
10,151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used for investing activities
|
|
|
(238,661
|
)
|
|
|
(32,795
|
)
|
|
|
(196,437
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in short-term borrowings
|
|
|
(22,298
|
)
|
|
|
11,994
|
|
|
|
(39,875
|
)
|
Change in long-term debt
|
|
|
(15,687
|
)
|
|
|
(2,400
|
)
|
|
|
(3,144
|
)
|
Repurchase of senior notes
|
|
|
(4,268
|
)
|
|
|
(27,762
|
)
|
|
|
(268,399
|
)
|
Repurchase of zero coupon convertible debentures
|
|
|
(156,330
|
)
|
|
|
(152,449
|
)
|
|
|
(329,639
|
)
|
Proceeds from common stock offering
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
312,507
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
59,194
|
|
|
|
82,176
|
|
|
|
27,925
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements
|
|
|
6,661
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used for financing activities
|
|
|
(132,728
|
)
|
|
|
(88,441
|
)
|
|
|
(300,625
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
7,618
|
|
|
|
(5,945
|
)
|
|
|
2,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(242,931
|
)
|
|
|
275,367
|
|
|
|
(307,110
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
580,661
|
|
|
|
305,294
|
|
|
|
612,404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
337,730
|
|
|
$
|
580,661
|
|
|
$
|
305,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
39
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unamortized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
in Excess
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at Par
|
|
|
of Par
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
$
|
103,878
|
|
|
$
|
503,320
|
|
|
$
|
938,302
|
|
|
$
|
67,046
|
|
|
$
|
(74,816
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,074
|
)
|
|
$
|
(24,325
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,505,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
207,504
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
207,504
|
|
Translation adjustments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
123,549
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
123,549
|
|
Unrealized gain on securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6,654
|
|
|
|
6,654
|
|
Unrealized loss on options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(612
|
)
|
|
|
(612
|
)
|
Minimum pension liability adjustments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,038
|
|
|
|
1,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
13,800
|
|
|
|
298,707
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
312,507
|
|
Amortization
of restricted stock and performance awards
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,772
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,569
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6,341
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(10,173
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
38,098
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
27,925
|
|
Tax benefits
related to exercise of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,890
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,890
|
|
Restricted stock awards, net
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(119
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
1,193
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(114
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$
|
117,675
|
|
|
$
|
797,828
|
|
|
$
|
1,145,806
|
|
|
$
|
190,595
|
|
|
$
|
(36,735
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,738
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17,245
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,194,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
253,609
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
253,609
|
|
Translation adjustments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(177,287
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(177,287
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
8,457
|
|
|
|
8,457
|
|
Unrealized loss on employee benefit plan
assets
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(585
|
)
|
|
|
(585
|
)
|
Minimum pension liability adjustments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(2,957
|
)
|
|
|
(2,957
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
of restricted stock and performance awards
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,706
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,247
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6,953
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
2,612
|
|
|
|
51,190
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
28,888
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
82,690
|
|
Tax benefits
related to exercise of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
7,315
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
7,315
|
|
Restricted stock awards, net
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
(933
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
120,286
|
|
|
$
|
861,880
|
|
|
$
|
1,399,415
|
|
|
$
|
13,308
|
|
|
$
|
(7,278
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,330
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,372,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY (continued)
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unamortized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
in Excess
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at Par
|
|
|
of Par
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
120,286
|
|
|
$
|
861,880
|
|
|
$
|
1,399,415
|
|
|
$
|
13,308
|
|
|
$
|
(7,278
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,330
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,372,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
388,331
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
388,331
|
|
|
Translation adjustments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
141,858
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
141,858
|
|
Unrealized gain on securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,386
|
|
|
|
3,386
|
|
Unrealized loss on employee benefit plan
assets
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,703
|
)
|
|
|
(1,703
|
)
|
Minimum pension liability adjustments
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
5,810
|
|
|
|
5,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
537,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reclassification of employee stock
awards upon adoption of FASB Statement
No. 123(R)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(2,395
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,395
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Amortization of restricted stock and
performance awards
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
8,289
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
8,289
|
|
Amortization of employee stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
12,979
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
12,979
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
2,339
|
|
|
|
56,529
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
58,868
|
|
Tax benefits related to exercise of
stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6,661
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
6,661
|
|
Restricted stock awards, net
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,790
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,790
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Adjustment
to initially apply FASB Statement No. 158
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(2,570
|
)
|
|
|
(2,570
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1,805
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,764
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
122,626
|
|
|
$
|
943,958
|
|
|
$
|
1,787,746
|
|
|
$
|
155,166
|
|
|
$
|
(5,530
|
)
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
(7,407
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,996,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
41
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and its majority-owned
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States requires the company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts
reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments, which are readily convertible into cash and
have original maturities of three months or less.
Net Investment Hedge
The effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative designated as a net
investment hedge is recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustment, which is included in
the shareholders equity section, and any ineffective portion would be recorded in earnings. The
company uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess the effectiveness of its net investment
hedge on a quarterly basis.
Financial Instruments
The company uses various financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for
purposes other than trading. Derivatives used as part of the companys risk management strategy
are designated at inception as hedges and measured for effectiveness both at inception and on an
ongoing basis. The company has also entered into interest rate swap transactions that convert
certain fixed-rate debt to variable-rate debt, effectively hedging the change in fair value of the
fixed-rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. The fair value hedges and the hedged
debt are adjusted to current market values through interest expense.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost approximates the first-in, first-out
method.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives for depreciation
of buildings is generally 20 to 30 years, and the estimated useful lives of machinery and equipment
is generally three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term
of the related lease or the life of the improvement. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment
whenever changes in circumstances or events may indicate that the carrying amounts may not be
recoverable. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized
for the difference.
Software Development Costs
The company capitalizes qualifying costs under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs to Develop or Obtain Software for Internal
Use, including certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining software for
internal use.
42
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Capitalized software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of
the software, which is generally three to seven years.
Investments
Investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting if the investment provides the
company the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over an investee.
Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the company has an ownership interest in the
voting stock of the investee between 20% and 50%, although other factors, such as representation on
the investees Board of Directors, are considered in determining whether the equity method of
accounting is appropriate. The company records its investments in equity method investees meeting
these characteristics as Investments in affiliated companies in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets.
All other equity investments, which consist of investments for which the company does not have the
ability to exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the cost method, if private, or
as available-for-sale, if public, and are included in Other assets in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. Under the cost method of accounting, investments are carried at cost
and are adjusted only for other-than-temporary declines in realizable value, and additional
investments. If classified as available-for-sale, the company accounts for the changes in the fair
value with unrealized gains or losses reflected in the shareholders equity section in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets in Other. The company assesses its long-term investments
accounted for as available-for-sale on a quarterly basis to determine whether declines in market
value below cost are other-than-temporary. When the decline is determined to be
other-than-temporary, the cost basis for the individual security is reduced and a loss is realized
in the period in which it occurs. When the decline is determined to be temporary, the unrealized
losses are included in the shareholders equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets in Other. The company makes such determination based upon the quoted market price,
financial condition, operating results of the investee, and the companys intent and ability to
retain the investment over a period of time, which would be sufficient to allow for any recovery in
market value. In addition, the company assesses the following factors:
|
-
|
|
broad economic factors impacting the investees industry,
|
|
-
|
|
publicly available forecasts for sales and earnings growth for the industry and investee, and
|
|
-
|
|
the cyclical nature of the investees industry.
|
The company could potentially have an impairment charge in future periods if, among other factors,
the investees future earnings differ from currently available forecasts.
Cost in Excess of Net Assets of Companies Acquired
The company performs an annual impairment test as of the first day of the fourth quarter, or
earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist, to evaluate goodwill. Goodwill is considered
impaired if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. In
assessing the recoverability of goodwill, the company reviews both quantitative and qualitative
factors to support its assumptions with regard to fair value. The fair value of a reporting unit
is estimated using a weighted average multiple of earnings before interest and taxes from
comparable companies. In determining the fair value, the company makes certain judgments,
including the identification of reporting units and the selection of comparable companies. If
these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future as a result of changes in
strategy and/or market conditions, the company may be required to record an impairment charge.
Foreign Currency Translation
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at the exchange rates in effect at
the balance sheet date, with the related translation gains or losses reported as a separate
component of shareholders equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The results of
foreign operations are translated at the monthly average exchange rates.
43
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method. Deferred taxes reflect the tax
consequences on future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and
their financial reporting amounts. The carrying value of the companys deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the companys ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax
jurisdictions. Should the company determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its
deferred tax assets in the future, a valuation allowance to the deferred tax assets would be
established in the period such determination was made.
It is the companys policy to establish accruals for taxes that may become payable in future years
as a result of examinations by tax authorities. The company establishes the accruals based upon
managements assessment of probable contingencies. At December 31, 2006, the company believes it
has appropriately accrued for probable contingencies. To the extent the company prevails in
matters for which accruals are established or is required to pay amounts in excess of the accruals,
the companys effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be affected.
Net Income Per Share
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per
share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue
common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income, foreign currency translation
adjustments, unrealized gain on securities, unrealized loss on employee benefit plan assets,
unrealized gain (loss) on foreign exchange options, and minimum pension liability adjustments.
The unrealized gain on securities are net of any reclassification adjustments for realized loss
included in net income. The foreign currency translation adjustments included in comprehensive
income have not been tax effected as investments in foreign affiliates are deemed to be permanent.
Stock-based Compensation
Effective January 1, 2006, the company adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 123 (revised
2004), Share-Based Payment and the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin
No. 107 (collectively, Statement No. 123(R)), which requires share-based payment (SBP) awards
exchanged for employee services to be measured at fair value and expensed in the consolidated
statements of operations over the requisite employee service period.
Prior to January 1, 2006, the company accounted for SBP awards under Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, which utilized the intrinsic value
method and did not require any expense to be recorded in the consolidated financial statements if
the exercise price of the award was not less than the market price of the underlying stock on the
date of grant. The company elected to adopt, for periods prior to January 1, 2006, the disclosure
requirements of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by
FASB Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure
(collectively, Statement No. 123) which used a fair value based method of accounting for SBP
awards.
Statement No. 123(R) requires companies to record compensation expense for stock options measured
at fair value, on the date of grant, using an option-pricing model. The fair value of the
companys stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model, which is consistent
with the companys valuation techniques previously utilized under Statement No. 123.
The company adopted the modified prospective transition method provided for under Statement No.
123(R) and, accordingly, did not restate prior period amounts. Under this transition method,
44
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes compensation expense for all SBP
awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair
value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of Statement No. 123. Stock-based
compensation expense for all SBP awards granted after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant date
fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 123(R). Stock-based
compensation expense includes an estimate for forfeitures and is recognized over the expected term
of the award on a straight-line basis upon adoption of Statement No.
123(R). Upon adoption of Statement No. 123(R), the company evaluated the need to record a cumulative
effect adjustment relating to estimated forfeitures for
unvested previously issued awards and concluded the impact was not material.
As a result of adopting Statement No. 123(R), the company recorded, as a component of selling,
general and administrative expenses, a charge of $12,979 ($8,543 net of related taxes or $.07 per
share on both a basic and diluted basis) for the year ended December 31, 2006, relating to the
expensing of stock options.
Statement No. 123(R) requires that the realized tax benefit related to the excess of the deductible
amount over the compensation expense recognized be reported as a financing cash flow rather than as
an operating cash flow, as required under previous accounting guidance. As a result, the related
excess tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2006 of $6,661 is classified as a reduction in
cash flows from operating activities and as a cash inflow from financing activities. The actual
tax benefit realized from SBP awards for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $7,297.
The following table presents the companys pro forma net income and basic and diluted net income
per share for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 had compensation expense been determined
in accordance with the fair value method of accounting at the grant dates for awards under the
companys various stock-based compensation plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Net income, as reported
|
|
$
|
253,609
|
|
|
$
|
207,504
|
|
Impact of stock-based employee
compensation expense determined
under the fair value method for
all awards, net of related taxes
|
|
|
(9,100
|
)
|
|
|
(11,073
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$
|
244,509
|
|
|
$
|
196,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic-as reported
|
|
$
|
2.15
|
|
|
$
|
1.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic-pro forma
|
|
$
|
2.08
|
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted-as reported
|
|
$
|
2.09
|
|
|
$
|
1.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted-pro forma
|
|
$
|
2.01
|
|
|
$
|
1.66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of SBP awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the
following weighted-average assumptions for the years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Volatility (percent) *
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Expected term (in years) **
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Risk-free interest rate (percent) ***
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Volatility is measured using historical daily price changes of the companys common stock
over the expected term of the option.
|
|
**
|
|
The expected term represents the weighted average period the option is expected to be
outstanding and is based primarily on the historical exercise behavior of employees.
|
|
|
|
***
|
|
The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon yield with a maturity
that approximates the expected term of the option.
|
45
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
There is no expected dividend yield.
The weighted-average fair value per option granted was $11.11, $11.90, and $11.34 for the years
ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
Segment Reporting
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial
information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in
deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The companys operations are
classified into two reportable business segments, the distribution of electronic components and the
distribution of computer products.
Revenue Recognition
The company recognizes revenue in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (SAB 104). Under SAB 104, revenue is
recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred or services
have been rendered, the sales price is determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.
Revenue typically is recognized at time of shipment. Sales are recorded net of discounts, rebates,
and returns.
A portion of the companys business involves shipments directly from its suppliers to its
customers. In these transactions, the company is responsible for negotiating price both with the
supplier and customer, payment to the supplier, establishing payment terms with the customer,
product returns, and has risk of loss if the customer does not make payment. As the principal with
the customer, the company recognizes the sale and cost of sale of the product upon receiving
notification from the supplier that the product was shipped.
In addition, the company has certain business with select customers and suppliers that is
accounted for on an agency basis (that is, the company recognizes the fees associated with serving
as an agent in sales with no associated cost of sales) in accordance with Emerging Issues Task
Force (EITF) Issue No. 99-19, Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses totaled
$65,599, $56,629, and $57,296 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In June 2006, the FASB ratified the provisions of EITF Issue No. 06-2, Accounting for Sabbatical
Leave and Other Similar Benefits Pursuant to FASB Statement No. 43, Accounting for Compensated
Absences (EITF Issue No. 06-2). EITF Issue No. 06-2 requires that compensation expense
associated with a sabbatical leave, or other similar benefit arrangement, be accrued over the
requisite service period during which an employee earns the benefit. EITF Issue No. 06-2 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and should be recognized as either a
change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of
the beginning of the year of adoption or a change in accounting principle through retrospective
application to all prior periods. The adoption of the provisions of EITF Issue No. 06-2 is not
anticipated to have a material impact on the companys consolidated financial position and results
of operations.
In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48) which prescribes a recognition threshold
and measurement attribute, as well as criteria for subsequently recognizing, derecognizing, and
measuring uncertain tax positions for financial statement purposes. FIN 48 also requires expanded
disclosure with
46
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
respect to the uncertainty in income tax assets and liabilities. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2006 and is required to be recognized as a change in accounting
principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the
year of adoption. The adoption of the provisions of FIN 48 is not anticipated to have a material
impact on the companys consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (Statement No.
157) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements. Statement No. 157 applies to other accounting
pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any
new fair value measurements. Statement No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007 and should be applied prospectively, except for the provisions for certain
financial instruments that should be applied retrospectively as of the beginning of the year of
adoption. The transition adjustment of the difference between the carrying amounts and the fair
values of those financial instruments should be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to
retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. The company is currently evaluating
the impact of adopting the provisions of Statement No. 157.
Reclassification
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with current year presentation.
2. Acquisitions
The following acquisitions were accounted for as purchase transactions and, accordingly, results of
operations were included in the consolidated results of the company from the dates of acquisition.
2006
On November 30, 2006, the company acquired Alternative Technology, Inc. (Alternative Technology)
for a purchase price of $77,346, which included $17,483 of debt paid at closing, cash acquired of
$2,315, and acquisition costs. Additional cash consideration ranging from zero to a maximum of
$4,800 may be due if Alternative Technology achieves certain specified financial performance
targets over a three-year period from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2009. Alternative
Technology, which is headquartered in Englewood, Colorado, has approximately 150 employees and
supports value-added resellers (VARs) in delivering solutions that optimize, accelerate, monitor, and secure end-users
networks. Total Alternative Technology sales for 2006 were approximately $320,000, of which
$48,699 were included in the companys consolidated results of operations from the acquisition
date. The cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired, was $75,031.
On December 29, 2006, the company acquired InTechnology plcs storage and security distribution
business (InTechnology) for a purchase price of $80,457, which included acquisition costs.
InTechnology, which is headquartered in Harrogate, England, has approximately 200 employees and
delivers storage and security solutions to VARs in the United Kingdom.
Total InTechnology sales for 2006 were approximately $365,000. The cash consideration paid was
$80,457.
The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the net consideration paid to the fair
value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the
Alternative Technology and InTechnology acquisitions (2006 acquisitions):
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
107,771
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
28,621
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
10,076
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
1,954
|
|
Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired
|
|
|
105,414
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(69,067
|
)
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
(29,281
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net consideration paid
|
|
$
|
155,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
The preliminary allocation is subject to refinement as the company has not yet completed its
evaluation of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including the
valuation of any potential intangible assets created through these acquisitions.
The following unaudited summary of consolidated operations has been prepared on a pro forma basis
as though the 2006 acquisitions occurred on January 1:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
14,163,783
|
|
|
$
|
11,718,265
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
392,578
|
|
|
|
260,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
3.23
|
|
|
$
|
2.21
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
3.19
|
|
|
$
|
2.14
|
|
The unaudited summary of consolidated operations does not purport to be indicative of the results,
which would have been obtained if the above acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of 2006
and 2005 or of those results, which may be obtained in the future.
In February 2006, the company acquired SKYDATA Corporation (SKYDATA), a value-added distributor
of data storage solutions in Mississauga, Ottawa, and Calgary, as well as Laval, Quebec. Total
SKYDATA sales for 2005 were approximately $43,000. The impact of the SKYDATA acquisition was not
deemed to be material to the companys consolidated financial position and results of operations.
2005
On December 30, 2005, the company acquired DNSint.com AG (DNS) for a purchase price of $116,224,
which included cash acquired as well as acquisition costs. In addition, there was the assumption
of $30,638 in debt. Additional cash consideration ranging from zero
to a maximum of 12,800
(approximately $16,900 at the December 31, 2006 exchange rate) may be due if DNS achieves certain
specified financial performance targets over a two-year period from January 1, 2006 through
December 31, 2007. DNS is a distributor of mid-range computer products in Central, Northern, and
Eastern Europe and is one of the largest suppliers of Sun Microsystems, Inc. products in Europe.
In 2005, DNS had sales in excess of $400,000. The cash consideration paid, net of cash acquired of
$7,500, was $108,724.
In December 2005, through a series of transactions, the company acquired 70.7% of the common shares
of Ultra Source Technology Corp. (Ultra Source) for a purchase price of $64,647, which included
cash acquired as well as acquisition costs. In addition, Ultra Source had $78,850 in debt and
$19,497 in cash. Ultra Source is one of the leading electronic components distributors in Taiwan
with sales offices and distribution centers in Taiwan, Hong Kong, and the Peoples Republic of
China. In 2005, Ultra Source had sales in excess of $500,000. The cash consideration paid, net of
cash acquired, was $45,150.
48
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
The following table summarizes the allocation of the net consideration paid to the fair value of
the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the DNS and Ultra Source acquisitions (2005
acquisitions):
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
196,916
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
70,438
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
25,501
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
13,087
|
|
Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired
|
|
|
125,819
|
|
Identifiable intangible assets
|
|
|
19,668
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(140,789
|
)
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
(31,941
|
)
|
Debt (including short-term borrowings of $94,416)
|
|
|
(109,489
|
)
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
(14,956
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(380
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net consideration paid
|
|
$
|
153,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the fourth quarter of 2006, the company completed its valuation of identifiable intangible
assets and, accordingly, recorded, as a component of depreciation and amortization expense, $1,609
of amortization expense, which represents a full year of intangible asset amortization. The
company allocated $17,891 of the purchase price to intangible assets relating to customer
relationships, with a useful life of 20 years, and other intangible assets (consisting of
non-competition agreements, customer databases, and sales backlog) of $1,777, with useful lives
ranging from one to five years. Amortization expense for the next five years is estimated to be
approximately $1,393 in 2007, $1,393 in 2008, $1,261 in 2009, $1,261 in 2010, and $997 in 2011.
These identifiable intangible assets are included in Other assets in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets.
The following unaudited summary of consolidated operations has been prepared on a pro forma basis
as though the 2005 acquisitions occurred on January 1:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
12,138,880
|
|
|
$
|
11,398,095
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
257,784
|
|
|
|
211,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
2.19
|
|
|
$
|
1.87
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
2.12
|
|
|
$
|
1.78
|
|
The unaudited summary of consolidated operations does not purport to be indicative of the results,
which would have been obtained if the above acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of 2005
and 2004 or of those results, which may be obtained in the future.
On July 1, 2005, the company acquired the component distribution business of Connektron Pty. Ltd.
(Connektron), a passive, electromechanical, and connectors distributor in Australia and New
Zealand. The impact of the Connektron acquisition was not deemed to be material to the companys
consolidated financial position and results of operations.
2004
In July 2004, the company acquired Disway AG (Disway), an electronic components distributor in
Italy, Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. The impact of the Disway acquisition was not deemed to
be material to the companys consolidated financial position and results of operations.
49
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Other
During 2006, 2005, and 2004, the company made payments of $4,666, $2,527, and $805, respectively,
which were capitalized as cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired, partially offset by
the carrying value of the related minority interest, to increase its ownership interest in
majority-owned subsidiaries.
3. Investments
Affiliated Companies
The company has a 50% interest in several joint ventures with Marubun Corporation (collectively
Marubun/Arrow) and a 50% interest in Altech Industries (Pty.) Ltd. (Altech Industries), a
joint venture with Allied Technologies Limited. These investments are accounted for using the
equity method.
The following table presents the companys investment in Marubun/Arrow, the companys investment
and long-term note receivable in Altech Industries, and the companys other equity investments at
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Marubun/Arrow
|
|
$
|
27,283
|
|
|
$
|
23,352
|
|
Altech Industries
|
|
|
14,419
|
|
|
|
14,675
|
|
Other
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
41,960
|
|
|
$
|
38,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The equity in earnings (loss) of affiliated companies for the years ended December 31 consist of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Marubun/Arrow
|
|
$
|
4,024
|
|
|
$
|
4,027
|
|
|
$
|
4,290
|
|
Altech Industries
|
|
|
1,244
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
(184
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,221
|
|
|
$
|
4,492
|
|
|
$
|
4,106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under the terms of various joint venture agreements, the company would be required to pay its
pro-rata share, based upon its ownership interests, of the third party debt of the joint ventures
in the event that the joint ventures were unable to meet their obligations. At December 31, 2006
there was no third party debt outstanding.
Investment Securities
The company has a 3.2% ownership interest in WPG Holdings Co., Ltd. (WPG) and an 8.4% ownership
interest in Marubun Corporation (Marubun), which are accounted for as available-for-sale
securities.
The company accounts for these investments in accordance with FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting
for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (Statement No. 115) and EITF Issue No.
03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments
(EITF Issue No. 03-1). Under Statement No. 115 and EITF Issue No. 03-1, if the fair value of an
investment is less than the cost basis, the company must determine if an other-than-temporary
decline has occurred based on its intent and ability to hold the investment until the cost is
recovered and the assessment of evidence indicates that the cost of the investment is recoverable
within a reasonable period of time. If the company determines that an other-than-temporary decline
has occurred, the cost basis of the investment must be written down to fair value as the new cost
basis and the amount of the write-down is recognized as a loss in the consolidated results of
operations.
50
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
The fair value of the companys available-for-sale securities are as follows at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Marubun
|
|
|
WPG
|
|
|
Marubun
|
|
|
WPG
|
|
Cost basis
|
|
$
|
20,046
|
|
|
$
|
10,798
|
|
|
$
|
20,046
|
|
|
$
|
10,798
|
|
Unrealized holding gain (loss)
|
|
|
12,173
|
|
|
|
1,496
|
|
|
|
12,008
|
|
|
|
(2,978
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
$
|
32,219
|
|
|
$
|
12,294
|
|
|
$
|
32,054
|
|
|
$
|
7,820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2005, in accordance with Statement No. 115 and EITF Issue No. 03-1, the company determined
that an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of its
investment in Marubun had occurred and, accordingly,
recognized a loss of $3,019 ($.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis) on the write-down
of this investment. The new cost basis of the companys investment in Marubun is $20,046.
During 2004, the company determined that an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of an
investment had occurred and, accordingly, recognized a loss of $1,318 ($.01 per share on both a
basic and diluted basis) on the write-down of this investment.
The fair value of these investments are included in Other assets in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets and the related net unrealized holding gains and losses are included
in Other in the shareholders equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
4. Accounts Receivable
The company has a $550,000 asset securitization program (the program), which is conducted through
Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation (AFC), a wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote, special purpose
subsidiary. Any receivables held by AFC would likely not be available to creditors of the company
in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were no
receivables sold to and held by third parties under the program, and, as such, the company had no
obligations outstanding under the program. The program expires in February 2008. The program
agreement requires annual renewals of the banks underlying liquidity facilities, and the next
renewal date is May 2007. The facility fee related to the
program is .175%.
Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
2,785,725
|
|
|
$
|
2,364,008
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(75,404
|
)
|
|
|
(47,076
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
2,710,321
|
|
|
$
|
2,316,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the
inability of its customers to make required payments. The allowances for doubtful accounts are
determined using a combination of factors, including the length of time the receivables are
outstanding, the current business environment, and historical experience.
51
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
5. Cost in Excess of Net Assets of Companies Acquired
Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired allocated to the companys business segments
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic
|
|
|
Computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components
|
|
|
Products
|
|
|
Total
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
$
|
974,285
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
974,285
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
27,654
|
|
|
|
106,909
|
|
|
|
134,563
|
|
Other (primarily foreign currency translation)
|
|
|
(55,582
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(55,582
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
946,357
|
|
|
|
106,909
|
|
|
|
1,053,266
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
14,746
|
|
|
|
97,884
|
|
|
|
112,630
|
|
Other (primarily foreign currency translation)
|
|
|
53,204
|
|
|
|
12,181
|
|
|
|
65,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
1,014,307
|
|
|
$
|
216,974
|
|
|
$
|
1,231,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2004, the company recorded an impairment charge related to cost in excess of net assets of
companies acquired of $9,995 ($.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively).
This non-cash charge principally related to the companys electronic components operations in
Latin America. In calculating the impairment charge, the fair value of the reporting units was
estimated using a weighted-average multiple of earnings before interest and taxes from comparable
businesses.
All existing and future cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired are subject to an
annual impairment test as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each year, or earlier if
indicators of potential impairment exist.
The company has not completed its valuation of any potential intangible assets created as a result
of its 2006 acquisitions and, as a result, is currently undergoing further review of this valuation
process.
6. Debt
Short-term borrowings, including current portion of long-term debt, consist of the following at
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
7% senior notes, due 2007
|
|
$
|
169,136
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Zero coupon convertible debentures
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
155,479
|
|
Short-term borrowings in various countries
|
|
|
93,832
|
|
|
|
113,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
262,783
|
|
|
$
|
268,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings in various countries are primarily utilized to support the working capital
requirements of certain foreign operations. The weighted average interest rates on these
borrowings at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were 5.5% and 4.4%, respectively.
52
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
7% senior notes, due 2007
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
173,016
|
|
9.15% senior notes, due 2010
|
|
|
199,987
|
|
|
|
199,984
|
|
6.875% senior notes, due 2013
|
|
|
349,559
|
|
|
|
349,491
|
|
6.875% senior debentures, due 2018
|
|
|
197,613
|
|
|
|
197,404
|
|
7.5% senior debentures, due 2027
|
|
|
197,191
|
|
|
|
197,051
|
|
Cross-currency swap, due 2010
|
|
|
21,729
|
|
|
|
(517
|
)
|
Cross-currency swap, due 2011
|
|
|
3,218
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(3,245
|
)
|
|
|
(3,608
|
)
|
Other obligations with various interest rates and due dates
|
|
|
10,722
|
|
|
|
26,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
976,774
|
|
|
$
|
1,138,981
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The 7.5% senior debentures are not redeemable prior to their maturity. The 9.15% senior notes,
6.875% senior notes, and 6.875% senior debentures may be called at the option of the company
subject to make whole clauses.
The estimated fair market value at December 31, as a percentage of par value, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
7% senior notes, due 2007
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
102
|
%
|
9.15% senior notes, due 2010
|
|
|
112
|
%
|
|
|
114
|
%
|
6.875% senior notes, due 2013
|
|
|
105
|
%
|
|
|
107
|
%
|
6.875% senior debentures, due 2018
|
|
|
103
|
%
|
|
|
106
|
%
|
7.5% senior debentures, due 2027
|
|
|
108
|
%
|
|
|
112
|
%
|
Zero coupon convertible debentures
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
55
|
%
|
The
companys cross-currency swaps, interest rate swaps, and other obligations approximate their
fair value.
Annual payments of borrowings during each of the years 2007 through 2011 are $262,783, $1,175,
$920, $220,162, and $698, respectively, and $753,819 for all years thereafter. Included in payments
for 2007 is $169,136 related to the 7% senior notes due in 2007 that were repaid in January 2007 in
accordance with their terms.
In January 2007, the company amended and restated its bank credit agreement and, among other
things, increased the revolving credit facility size from $600,000 to $800,000 and entered into a
term loan of $200,000. Interest on borrowings under the revolving credit facility is based on a
base rate or a euro currency rate plus a spread based on the companys credit ratings (.425% at
January 11, 2007). The company had no outstanding borrowings under the credit facility at December
31, 2006 and 2005. The credit facility matures in January 2012. The facility fee related to the
credit facility is .125%. In January 2007, the company borrowed $200,000 under the term loan
facility. The $200,000 term loan is repayable in full in January 2012. Interest on the term loan
is based on a base rate or a euro currency rate plus a spread based on the companys
credit ratings (.60% at January 11, 2007).
The five-year credit agreement and the asset securitization program include terms and conditions,
which limit the incurrence of additional borrowings, limit the companys ability to issue cash
dividends or repurchase stock, and require that certain financial ratios be maintained at
designated levels. The company was in compliance with all of the covenants as of December 31,
2006. The company is currently not aware of any events, which would cause non-compliance in the
future.
53
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
During 2006, the company redeemed the total amount outstanding of $283,184 principal amount
($156,354 accreted value) of its zero coupon convertible debentures due in 2021 (convertible
debentures) and repurchased $4,125 principal amount of its 7% senior notes due in January 2007.
The related loss on the redemption and repurchase, including any related premium paid, write-off of
deferred financing costs, and cost of terminating a portion of the related interest rate swaps,
aggregated $2,605 ($1,558 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis)
and is recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a result of these transactions, net interest
expense was reduced by approximately $2,600 from the dates of redemption and repurchase through the
respective maturity dates, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the redemption and
repurchase.
During 2005, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $151,845 accreted value of
its convertible debentures. The related loss on the repurchases, including the premium paid and the
write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $3,209 ($1,919 net of related taxes or
$.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also during 2005, the company
repurchased, through a series of transactions, $26,750 principal amount of its 7% senior notes due
in January 2007. The premium paid, the related deferred financing costs written-off upon the
repurchase of this debt, and the loss for terminating the related
interest rate swaps, aggregated
$1,133 ($677 net of related taxes). These charges totaled $4,342 ($2,596 net of related taxes or
$.02 and $.01 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), including $1,697 in cash, and
were recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a result of these transactions, net interest
expense was reduced by approximately $2,381 from the dates of repurchase through the redemption
date, based on interest rates in effect at the time of the repurchases.
During 2004, the company repurchased, through a series of transactions, $319,849 accreted value of
its convertible debentures. The related loss on the repurchases, including the premium paid and the
write-off of related deferred financing costs, aggregated $15,021 ($8,982 net of related taxes or
$.08 and $.07 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). Also during 2004, the company
repurchased and/or redeemed, through a series of transactions, $250,000 principal amount of its
8.7% senior notes due in October 2005. The premium paid and the related deferred financing costs
written-off upon the repurchase and/or redemption of this debt, net of the gain recognized by
terminating the related interest rate swaps, aggregated $18,921 ($11,315 net of related taxes or
$.10 and $.09 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively). These charges totaled $33,942
($20,297 net of related taxes or $.18 and $.16 per share on a basic and diluted basis,
respectively), including $28,194 in cash, and were recognized as a loss on prepayment of debt. As a
result of these transactions, net interest expense was reduced by approximately $36,200 from the
dates of repurchase through the redemption date, based on interest rates in effect at the time of
the repurchases.
Interest expense, net, includes interest income of $7,817, $13,789, and $9,660 in 2006, 2005, and
2004, respectively. Interest paid, net of interest income, amounted
to $105,078, $81,689, and
$97,367 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
7. Financial Instruments
Cross-Currency Swaps
In May 2006, the company entered into a cross-currency swap, which has a maturity date of July
2011, for approximately $100,000 or 78,281 (the 2006 cross-currency swap) to hedge a portion
of its net investment in euro-denominated net assets and which has been designated as a net
investment hedge. The 2006 cross-currency swap will also effectively convert the interest expense
on $100,000 of long-term debt from U.S. dollars to euros. Based on the foreign exchange rate at
December 31, 2006, the company would expect reduced interest expense of approximately $700 for the
period from January 2007 through July 2007 (date that interest will reset). As the notional amount
of the 2006 cross-currency swap is expected to equal a comparable amount of hedged net assets, no
material ineffectiveness is expected. The 2006 cross-currency swap had a negative fair value of
$3,218 at December 31, 2006.
In October 2005, the company entered into a cross-currency swap, which has a maturity date of
October 2010, for approximately $200,000 or 168,384 (the 2005 cross-currency swap) to hedge a
portion of its net investment in euro-denominated net assets and which has been designated as a net
investment
54
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
hedge. The 2005 cross-currency swap will also effectively convert the interest expense on $200,000
of long-term debt from U.S. dollars to euros. Based on the foreign exchange rate at December 31,
2006, the company would expect reduced interest expense of approximately $1,400 for the period from
October 2006 through April 2007 (date that interest will reset). As the notional amount of the 2005
cross-currency swap is expected to equal a comparable amount of hedged net assets, no material
ineffectiveness is expected. The 2005 cross-currency swap had a negative fair value of $21,729 and
a fair value of $517 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Foreign Exchange Contracts
The company enters into foreign exchange forward, option, or swap contracts (collectively, the
foreign exchange contracts) to mitigate the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates,
primarily the euro. These contracts are executed to facilitate the hedging of foreign currency
exposures resulting from inventory purchases and sales and generally have terms of no more than six
months. Gains or losses on these contracts are deferred and recognized when the underlying future
purchase or sale is recognized or when the corresponding asset or liability is revalued. The
company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes. The risk of loss on a
foreign exchange contract is the risk of nonperformance by the counterparties, which the company
minimizes by limiting its counterparties to major financial institutions. The fair value of the
foreign exchange contracts is estimated using market quotes. The notional amount of the foreign
exchange contracts at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $297,950 and $228,422, respectively. The
carrying amounts, which are nominal, approximated fair value at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
Interest Rate Swaps
The company utilizes interest rate swaps in order to manage its targeted mix of fixed and floating
rate debt. The fair value of the interest rate swaps are included in Other liabilities, and the
offsetting adjustment to the carrying value of the debt is included in Long-term debt in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
In June 2004, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the 2004 swaps), with an
aggregate notional amount of $300,000. The 2004 swaps modify the companys interest rate exposure
by effectively converting the fixed 9.15% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the six-month
U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.73% and 8.57% at December 31, 2006 and
2005, respectively), and a portion of the fixed 6.875% senior notes
to a floating rate, also based
on the six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 7.50% and 5.55% at December
31, 2006 and 2005, respectively), through their maturities. The 2004 swaps are classified as fair
value hedges and had a negative fair value of $3,245 and a fair value of $445 at December 31, 2006
and 2005, respectively.
In November 2003, the company entered into a series of interest rate swaps (the 2003 swaps), with
an aggregate notional amount of $200,000. The 2003 swaps modify the companys interest rate
exposure by effectively converting the fixed 7% senior notes to a floating rate, based on the
six-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a spread (an effective rate of 9.55% and 7.77% at December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively), through their maturities. The 2003 swaps are classified as fair value
hedges and had a negative fair value of $185 and $4,053 at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. The 2003 swaps related to the 7% senior notes were terminated in January 2007 upon
the repayment of the 7% senior notes.
55
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
8. Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
92,842
|
|
|
$
|
68,759
|
|
|
$
|
3,528
|
|
State
|
|
|
19,159
|
|
|
|
6,894
|
|
|
|
3,349
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
25,889
|
|
|
|
33,675
|
|
|
|
44,827
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137,890
|
|
|
|
109,328
|
|
|
|
51,704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(11,892
|
)
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
32,738
|
|
State
|
|
|
953
|
|
|
|
10,974
|
|
|
|
6,053
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
1,506
|
|
|
|
10,873
|
|
|
|
5,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,433
|
)
|
|
|
21,920
|
|
|
|
44,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
128,457
|
|
|
$
|
131,248
|
|
|
$
|
96,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal causes of the difference between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35% and
effective income tax rates for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
252,334
|
|
|
$
|
230,624
|
|
|
$
|
109,221
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
265,943
|
|
|
|
154,937
|
|
|
|
195,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes and minority interest
|
|
$
|
518,277
|
|
|
$
|
385,561
|
|
|
$
|
304,983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
181,397
|
|
|
$
|
134,946
|
|
|
$
|
106,744
|
|
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
13,073
|
|
|
|
11,614
|
|
|
|
6,111
|
|
Foreign effective tax rate differential
|
|
|
(24,492
|
)
|
|
|
(11,839
|
)
|
|
|
(18,912
|
)
|
Capital loss valuation allowance
|
|
|
(1,027
|
)
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
|
1,966
|
|
Other non-deductible expenses
|
|
|
2,280
|
|
|
|
2,808
|
|
|
|
650
|
|
Settlement
of tax matters
|
|
|
(40,426
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(2,348
|
)
|
|
|
(6,882
|
)
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
128,457
|
|
|
$
|
131,248
|
|
|
$
|
96,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is the companys policy to establish accruals for taxes that may become payable in future years
as a result of examinations by tax authorities. The company
establishes tax accruals based upon managements assessment of
probable contingencies, which for a global organization is complex
and subject to change in regulations and interpretations by
government regulators. At December 31, 2006, the company believes it
has appropriately accrued for probable tax contingencies in
accordance with professional standards. During the fourth quarter of 2006, the
company settled certain tax matters covering multiple years. As a result of the
settlement of the tax matters, the company recorded a reduction of
$46,176 in the Provision for income taxes, of
which $40,426 related to tax years prior to 2006, in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations. In connection with the
settlement of the tax matters, an accrual of $6,900 ($4,200 net of
related taxes) for related interest costs, of which $3,994 related to
tax years prior to 2006, was reversed and, accordingly, the company
recorded a reduction in Interest expense, net in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Deferred income taxes are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the tax basis
of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated balance sheets. These
temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years.
56
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
The significant components of the companys deferred tax assets and liabilities, included
primarily in Prepaid expenses and other assets, Other assets, and Other liabilities in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets, consist of the following at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
52,981
|
|
|
$
|
54,991
|
|
Capital loss carryforwards
|
|
|
15,971
|
|
|
|
16,998
|
|
Inventory adjustments
|
|
|
37,122
|
|
|
|
33,962
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
20,447
|
|
|
|
10,274
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
42,230
|
|
|
|
36,394
|
|
Pension costs
|
|
|
5,112
|
|
|
|
8,671
|
|
Integration and restructuring reserves
|
|
|
1,154
|
|
|
|
2,769
|
|
Other
|
|
|
12,947
|
|
|
|
10,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187,964
|
|
|
|
174,555
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(50,466
|
)
|
|
|
(45,081
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
137,498
|
|
|
$
|
129,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
(61,754
|
)
|
|
$
|
(53,815
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(2,647
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(61,775
|
)
|
|
$
|
(56,462
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
75,723
|
|
|
$
|
73,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2006, certain international subsidiaries had tax loss carryforwards of
approximately $190,000 expiring in various years after 2007. Deferred tax assets related to the
tax loss carryforwards of the international subsidiaries in the
amount of $44,492 as of December
31, 2006 have been recorded with a corresponding valuation allowance
of $31,197. In addition, a
valuation allowance of $3,298 has been provided against the other deferred tax assets for certain
international subsidiaries. The impact of the change in this valuation allowance on the effective
rate reconciliation is included in the foreign effective tax rate differential.
At
December 31, 2006, the company had a capital loss carryforward
of approximately $40,000. This
loss will expire through 2010. A full valuation allowance of $15,971 has been provided against the
deferred tax asset relating to the capital loss carryforward.
Valuation allowances reflect the deferred tax benefits that management is uncertain of the ability
to utilize in the future.
Cumulative
undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries were $1,145,858 at
December 31, 2006. No deferred U.S. federal income taxes were provided for the undistributed
earnings as they are permanently reinvested in the companys international operations.
Income taxes paid, net of income taxes refunded, amounted to $163,889, $97,916, and $44,545 in
2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
9. Restructuring, Integration, and Other Charges (Credits)
The company recorded total restructuring charges of $11,829 ($8,977 net of related taxes or $.07
per share on both a basic and diluted basis), $12,716 ($7,310 net of related taxes or $.06 and $.05
per share
57
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
on a basic and diluted basis, respectively), and $11,391 ($6,943 net of related taxes or $.07 and
$.06 per share on a basic and diluted basis, respectively) in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
Restructurings
Included
in the total restructuring charges for 2006 is $12,280 related to initiatives by the
company to improve operating efficiencies. These initiatives, in the aggregate, are expected to
generate annual cost savings of approximately $9,000 beginning in 2007.
During 2005, 2004, and 2003, the company announced a series of steps to make its organizational
structure more efficient. The cumulative restructuring charges associated with these actions total
$61,770, which include restructuring charges of $218, $13,757, and $9,830 in 2006, 2005, and 2004,
respectively. The restructuring charges for 2005 and 2004 are net of a gain of $2,914 and $1,463,
respectively, on the sale of facilities. Included in the restructuring charge for 2005 was a
$1,300 loss resulting from the sale of the companys Cable Assembly business. Approximately 85% of
the total charge was spent in cash.
At December 31, 2006, the restructuring accrual related to the aforementioned restructurings was
$4,283 and was comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personnel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Downs
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
$
|
2,828
|
|
|
$
|
2,573
|
|
|
$
|
346
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
5,772
|
|
Additions (a)
|
|
|
13,562
|
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
1,087
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
13,757
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
(11,217
|
)
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
|
(913
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
(11,747
|
)
|
Non-cash usage
|
|
|
(407
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(647
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(218
|
)
|
Reclassification
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
|
|
1,929
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
6,917
|
|
Additions (a)
|
|
|
6,306
|
|
|
|
2,001
|
|
|
|
4,259
|
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
12,498
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
(8,238
|
)
|
|
|
(2,110
|
)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(10,429
|
)
|
Non-cash usage
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(4,484
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(4,484
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
2,601
|
|
|
$
|
1,682
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
4,283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Personnel costs associated with the elimination of 300 positions in 2006, primarily within
multiple functions in North America, and approximately 425 positions in 2005 across multiple
locations, primarily within the companys electronic components business segment and shared
services function.
|
In mid-2001, the company took a number of significant steps related to cost containment and cost
reduction actions. The cumulative restructuring charges recorded as of 2006 related to the 2001
restructuring total $229,525, which include restructuring credits of $669 and $1,041 recorded in
2006 and 2005, respectively, and a restructuring charge of $1,561 recorded in 2004. At December
31, 2006, cumulative cash payments of $34,471 ($2,225 in 2006) and non-cash usage of $190,879 were
recorded against the accrual. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the company had $4,175 and $7,069,
respectively, of unused accruals of which $1,369 and $3,596, respectively, are required to address
remaining real estate lease
58
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
commitments. In addition, accruals of $2,806 and $3,473 at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively, primarily relate to the termination of certain customer programs.
Integration
During 2005, the company recorded $2,271 as additional cost in excess of net assets of companies
acquired associated with the Disway acquisition.
During 2004, the company recorded an integration credit, due to a change in estimate, of $2,323
($1,389 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), which primarily
related to the final negotiation of facilities related obligations for numerous acquisitions made
prior to 2001.
At December 31, 2006, the integration accrual of $3,393 related to the acquisition of Disway in
2004 and certain acquisitions made prior to 2004 was comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personnel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
4,474
|
|
|
$
|
1,019
|
|
|
$
|
5,493
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
1,144
|
|
|
|
984
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
2,271
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
(1,105
|
)
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(350
|
)
|
|
|
(1,598
|
)
|
Reclassification
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(482
|
)
|
|
|
482
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(459
|
)
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
(398
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
4,374
|
|
|
|
1,370
|
|
|
|
5,768
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
(295
|
)
|
|
|
(1,682
|
)
|
|
|
(838
|
)
|
|
|
(2,815
|
)
|
Reclassification
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
|
(346
|
)
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Non-cash usage
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
2,735
|
|
|
$
|
658
|
|
|
$
|
3,393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and Integration Summary
The remaining balances of the restructuring and integration accruals aggregate $11,851 at December
31, 2006, of which $9,045 is expected to be spent in cash, will be utilized as follows:
-
|
|
The personnel costs accruals of $2,601 will be utilized to cover costs
associated with the termination of personnel, which are primarily
expected to be spent through 2007.
|
|
-
|
|
The facilities accruals totaling $5,786 relate to vacated leases with
expiration dates through 2010, of which $2,396 will be paid in 2007,
$1,354 in 2008, $1,212 in 2009, and $824 in 2010.
|
|
-
|
|
The customer termination accrual of $2,806 relates to costs associated
with the termination of certain customer programs, primarily related
to services not traditionally provided by the company, and is expected
to be utilized over several years.
|
|
-
|
|
Other of $658 primarily relates to certain terminated contracts and is
expected to be utilized over several years.
|
The companys restructuring and integration programs primarily impacted its electronic components
business segment, shared services function and multiple functions in North America.
Acquisition Indemnification
During the first quarter of 2005, Tekelec Europe SA (Tekelec), a French subsidiary of the
company, entered into a settlement agreement with Tekelec Airtronic SA (Airtronic) pursuant to
which Airtronic paid 1,510 (approximately $2,000) to Tekelec in full settlement of all of
Tekelecs claims for
59
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
indemnification under the purchase agreement. The company recorded the net amount of the
settlement of $1,672 ($1,267 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on a basic basis) as an
acquisition indemnification credit.
In August 2004, an agreement was reached with the French tax authorities pursuant to which Tekelec
agreed to pay 3,429 in full settlement of a claim asserted by the French tax authorities
related to alleged fraudulent activities concerning value-added tax by Tekelec. The alleged
fraudulent activities occurred prior to the companys purchase of Tekelec from Airtronic. The
company recorded an acquisition indemnification credit of 7,898 ($9,676 at the exchange rate
prevailing on August 12, 2004 or $.09 and $.08 per share on a basic and diluted basis,
respectively), in 2004, to reduce the liability previously recorded (11,327) to the required
level (3,429). In December 2004, Tekelec paid 3,429 in full settlement of this claim.
10. Shareholders Equity
The activity in the number of shares outstanding is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
Issued
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
103,878
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
|
|
101,080
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
13,800
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
13,800
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,424
|
)
|
|
|
1,424
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
117,675
|
|
|
|
1,374
|
|
|
|
116,301
|
|
Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
2,612
|
|
|
|
(1,080
|
)
|
|
|
3,692
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
120,286
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
120,014
|
|
Restricted stock awards, net of forfeitures
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
65
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
2,339
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,339
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock outstanding at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
122,626
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
122,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In February 2004, the company issued 13,800,000 shares of common stock with net proceeds of
$312,507. The proceeds were used to redeem $208,500 of the companys outstanding 8.7% senior notes
due in October 2005 and for the repurchase of a portion of the companys outstanding convertible
debentures ($91,873 accreted value).
The company has 2,000,000 authorized shares of serial preferred stock with a par value of one
dollar. There were no shares of serial preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
In 1988, the company paid a dividend of one preferred share purchase right on each outstanding
share of common stock. Each right, as amended, entitles a shareholder to purchase one
one-hundredth of a share of a new series of preferred stock at an exercise price of fifty dollars
(the exercise price). The rights are exercisable only if a person or group acquires 20% or more
of the companys common stock or announces a tender or exchange offer that will result in such
person or group acquiring 30% or more of the companys common stock. Rights owned by the person
acquiring such stock or transferees thereof will automatically be void. Each other right will
become a right to buy, at the exercise price, that number of shares of common stock having a market
value of twice the exercise price. The rights, which do not have voting rights, may be redeemed by
the company at a price of one cent per right at any time until ten days after a 20% ownership
position has been acquired. In the event that the company merges with, or transfers 50% or more of
its consolidated assets or earnings power to, any person or group after the rights become exercisable,
holders of the rights may purchase, at the exercise price, a number of shares of common stock of
the acquiring entity having a market value equal to twice the exercise price. The rights, as
amended, expire on March 1, 2008.
60
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
11. Net Income Per Share
The following table sets forth the calculation of net income per share on a basic and diluted
basis for the years ended December 31 (shares in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Net income, as reported
|
|
$
|
388,331
|
|
|
$
|
253,609
|
|
|
$
|
207,504
|
|
Adjustment for interest expense on convertible debentures,
net of tax
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
5,201
|
|
|
|
10,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income, as adjusted
|
|
$
|
388,855
|
|
|
$
|
258,810
|
|
|
$
|
217,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding-basic
|
|
|
121,667
|
|
|
|
117,819
|
|
|
|
113,109
|
|
Net effect of various dilutive stock-based compensation awards
|
|
|
1,047
|
|
|
|
1,355
|
|
|
|
1,595
|
|
Net effect of dilutive convertible debentures
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
4,906
|
|
|
|
9,857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted
|
|
|
123,181
|
|
|
|
124,080
|
|
|
|
124,561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
3.19
|
|
|
$
|
2.15
|
|
|
$
|
1.83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted (a)
|
|
$
|
3.16
|
|
|
$
|
2.09
|
|
|
$
|
1.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
The effect of options to purchase 1,620, 1,040, and 5,887 shares for the years ended December
31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of net income per
share on a diluted basis as their effect is anti-dilutive.
|
12. Employee Stock Plans
Omnibus Plan
The company maintains the Arrow Electronics, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the Plan), which
replaced the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Stock Option Plan, the Arrow Electronics, Inc. Restricted
Stock Plan, the 2002 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan, the Non-Employee Directors Deferral
Plan, and the 1999 CEO Bonus Plan (collectively, the Prior Plans). The Plan broadens the array of
equity alternatives available to the company when designing compensation incentives. The Plan
permits the grant of cash-based awards, non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options
(ISOs), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares,
performance units, covered employee annual incentive awards, and other stock-based awards. The
Compensation Committee of the companys Board of Directors (the Compensation Committee)
determines the vesting requirements, termination provision, and the terms of the award for any
awards under the Plan when such awards are issued.
Under the terms of the Plan, a maximum of 8,300,000 shares of common stock may be awarded, subject
to adjustment. There were 5,200,702 and 5,592,657 shares available for grant under the Plan as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Shares currently subject to awards granted under the
Prior Plans, which cease to be subject to such awards for any reason other than exercise for, or
settlement in, shares will also be available under the Plan. Generally, shares are counted against
the authorization only to the extent that they are issued. Restricted stock, restricted stock
units, and performance shares count against the authorization at a rate of 1.69 to 1.
After adoption of the Plan, there were no additional awards made under any of the Prior Plans,
though awards previously granted under the Prior Plans will survive according to their terms.
Stock Options
Under the Plan, the company may grant both ISOs and non-qualified stock options. ISOs may only be
granted to employees, subsidiaries, and affiliates. The exercise price for options cannot be less
than the fair market value of Arrows common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the
Prior Plans
61
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
become exercisable in equal installments over a four-year period, except for stock options
authorized for grant to directors, which become exercisable in equal installments over a two-year
period. Options currently outstanding have terms of ten years.
The following information relates to the stock option activity for the year ended December 31,
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
Options
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Value
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
7,986,752
|
|
|
$
|
26.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
194,350
|
|
|
|
32.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(2,339,057
|
)
|
|
|
25.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(316,780
|
)
|
|
|
28.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
5,525,265
|
|
|
|
26.90
|
|
|
77 months
|
|
$
|
31,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
2,536,231
|
|
|
|
24.44
|
|
|
52 months
|
|
$
|
18,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the
difference between the companys closing stock price on the last trading day of 2006 and the
exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by
the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2006. This
amount changes based on the market value of the companys stock.
The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $21,158.
Cash received from option exercises during 2006 was $59,194 and is included within the financing
activities section in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.
Performance Shares
The Compensation Committee, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, may grant performance
unit and/or performance share awards. The fair value of a performance unit award is the fair
market value of the companys common stock on the date of grant. Such awards will be earned only if
performance goals over performance periods established by or under the direction of the
Compensation Committee are met. The performance goals and periods may vary from
participant-to-participant, group-to-group, and time-to-time. The performance shares will be
delivered in common stock at the end of the service period based on the companys actual
performance compared to the target metric and may be from 0% to 200% of the initial award.
Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line method over the service period, which is
generally three years and is adjusted each period based on the current estimate of performance
compared to the target metric.
Restricted Stock
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Compensation Committee may grant shares of
restricted stock and/or restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are similar to restricted
stock except that no shares are actually awarded to the participant on the date of grant. Shares of
restricted stock and/or restricted stock units awarded under the Plan may not be sold, transferred,
pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable period of
restriction established by the Compensation Committee and specified in the award agreement (and in
the case of restricted stock units until the date of delivery or other payment). Compensation
expense is recognized on a straight-line basis as shares become free of forfeiture restrictions
(i.e., vest) generally over a four-year period.
62
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Non-Employee Director Awards
The companys Board of Directors (the Board) shall set the amounts and types of equity awards
that shall be granted to all non-employee directors on a periodic, nondiscriminatory basis pursuant
to the Plan, as well as any additional amounts, if any, to be awarded, also on a periodic,
nondiscriminatory basis, based on each of the following: the number of committees of the Board on
which a non-employee director serves, service of a non-employee director as the chair of a
Committee of the Board, service of a non-employee director as Chairman of the Board or Lead
Director, or the first selection or appointment of an individual to the Board as a non-employee
director. Non-employee directors currently receive annual awards of restricted stock units valued
at $60. The restricted stock units will vest one year from date of grant and are subject to
further restrictions until one year from the directors separation from the Board. All restricted
stock units are settled in common stock after the restriction period.
Unless a non-employee director gives notice setting forth a different percentage, 50% of each
directors annual retainer fee will be deferred and converted into units based on the fair market
value of the companys stock as of the date it would have been payable. Upon a non-employee
directors retirement from the Board, each unit in their deferral account will be converted into a
share of company stock and distributed to the non-employee director as soon as practicable
following such date.
Summary of Non-Vested Shares
The following information summarizes the changes in non-vested performance shares, restricted
stock, restricted stock units, and non-employee director awards for 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Non-vested shares at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
708,824
|
|
|
$
|
23.68
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
394,863
|
|
|
|
31.22
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(141,160
|
)
|
|
|
20.13
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(90,493
|
)
|
|
|
29.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested shares at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
872,034
|
|
|
|
27.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006, there was $10,692 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to
non-vested shares which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years.
The total fair value of shares vested for 2006 was $4,841.
Stock Ownership Plan
The company maintains a noncontributory employee stock ownership plan, which enables most North
American employees to acquire shares of the companys common stock. Contributions, which are
determined by the Board, are in the form of common stock or cash, which is used to purchase the
companys common stock for the benefit of participating employees. Contributions to the plan for
2006, 2005, and 2004 amounted to $9,668, $9,462, and $10,446, respectively.
Share-Repurchase Program
On February 28, 2006, the Board authorized the company to repurchase up to $100,000 of the
companys outstanding common stock through a share repurchase program. The purpose of this program
is to partially offset the dilutive effect of the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of
stock options. Purchases under the stock repurchase program may be made from time to time, as
market and business conditions warrant, in accordance with applicable regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. As of December 31, 2006, no shares were repurchased under this
plan.
63
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
13. Employee Benefit Plans
On December 31, 2006, the company adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 158 Employers
Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB
Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (Statement No. 158), which required the company to
recognize the funded status of its defined benefit plans in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheet at December 31, 2006, with the corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive
income, net of tax. The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income upon adoption
represents the net unrecognized actuarial losses, unrecognized prior service costs, and
unrecognized transition obligation remaining from the initial adoption of FASB Statement No. 87,
Employers Accounting for Pensions (Statement No. 87), which were previously netted against the
funded status in the companys consolidated balance sheets in accordance with the provisions of
Statement No. 87. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as net periodic pension cost.
Actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods and are not recognized as net periodic
pension cost in the same periods will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income
and will be subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost on the same basis
as the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income upon adoption of Statement No.
158.
The incremental effects of adopting the provisions of Statement No. 158 on the companys
consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to
|
|
|
Effect of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adopting
|
|
|
Adopting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement
|
|
|
Statement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. 158
|
|
|
No. 158
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
Pension assets
|
|
$
|
6,617
|
|
|
$
|
(6,617
|
)
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
817
|
|
|
|
(817
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
74,179
|
|
|
|
1,544
|
|
|
75,723
|
|
Pension liabilities
|
|
|
73,198
|
|
|
|
(3,320
|
)
|
|
|
69,878
|
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(4,837
|
)
|
|
|
(2,570
|
)
|
|
|
(7,407
|
)
|
Pension assets and intangible assets are included in Other assets in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. Net deferred tax assets are included primarily in Prepaid expenses
and other assets, Other assets, and Other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets. Pension liabilities are included in Other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets. Accumulated other comprehensive income is included in Other in the shareholders
equity section in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Included
in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2006 are the following amounts
that have not yet been recognized in net periodic pension cost: unrecognized transition obligation
of $2,054 ($1,349 net of related taxes), unrecognized prior service costs of $1,551 ($927 net of
related taxes), and unrecognized actuarial losses of $27,389 ($16,369 net of related taxes). The
transition obligation, prior service cost, and actuarial loss included in accumulated other
comprehensive loss and expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost for the year ended
December 31, 2007 is $475 ($294 net of related taxes), $538 ($322 net of related taxes), and $1,382
($826 net of related taxes), respectively.
Prior to the adoption of Statement No. 158, minimum pension liability adjustments were required to
recognize a liability equal to the unfunded accumulated benefit
obligation. At December 31, 2006, prior to adopting Statement No.
158, and at December 31, 2005, the company had accumulated additional
minimum pension liabilities of $26,662 and $36,377, respectively, related to the
companys employee benefit plans,
which were recorded in Other
liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2005, the
accumulated additional minimum pension liabilities are offset by an intangible asset included in
Other assets of $3,578 and an accumulated other comprehensive loss of $32,799 included in Other
in the shareholders equity section in the accompanying 2005 consolidated balance sheet. In
addition, the
64
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
company recognized deferred tax assets of $13,185 at December 31, 2005 related to the
accumulated other comprehensive loss included in Other in the shareholders equity section in the
accompanying 2005 consolidated balance sheet.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERP)
The company maintains an unfunded Arrow SERP under which the company will pay supplemental pension
benefits to certain employees upon retirement. There are 26 current and former corporate officers
participating in this plan. The Board determines those employees who are eligible to participate
in the Arrow SERP.
The Arrow SERP, as amended in 2002, provides for the pension benefits to be based on a percentage
of average final compensation, based on years of participation in the Arrow SERP. The Arrow SERP
permits early retirement, with payments at a reduced rate, based on age and years of service
subject to a minimum retirement age of 55. Participants whose accrued rights under the Arrow SERP,
prior to the 2002 amendment, which would have been adversely affected by the amendment, will
continue to be entitled to such greater rights.
The company acquired Wyle Electronics (Wyle) in 2000. Wyle also sponsored an unfunded SERP for certain of its
executives. Benefit accruals for the Wyle SERP were frozen as of December 31, 2000. There
are 19 participants in this plan.
The company uses a December 31 measurement date for the Arrow SERP and the Wyle SERP.
Pension information for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Accumulated benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
44,589
|
|
|
$
|
44,609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in projected benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
48,452
|
|
|
$
|
46,633
|
|
Service cost (Arrow SERP)
|
|
|
2,292
|
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
2,697
|
|
|
|
2,602
|
|
Actuarial (gain)/loss
|
|
|
(1,602
|
)
|
|
|
220
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(2,736
|
)
|
|
|
(2,803
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
$
|
49,103
|
|
|
$
|
48,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
$
|
(49,103
|
)
|
|
$
|
(48,452
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic pension cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
2,292
|
|
|
$
|
1,800
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
2,697
|
|
|
|
2,602
|
|
Amortization of net loss
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
597
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost (Arrow SERP)
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
549
|
|
Amortization of transition obligation (Arrow SERP)
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension cost
|
|
$
|
6,448
|
|
|
$
|
5,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
Rate of compensation increase (Arrow SERP)
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic
pension cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
Rate of compensation increase (Arrow SERP)
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
65
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
At December 31, 2005, the net amount of $39,126, which represents the funded status of $48,452,
offset by the unamortized net loss, unamortized prior service cost, and unamortized transition
obligation, which totaled $9,326, was recognized as a pension liability.
The amounts reported for net periodic pension cost and the respective benefit obligation amounts
are dependent upon the actuarial assumptions used. The company reviews historical trends, future
expectations, current market conditions, and external data to determine the assumptions. The
discount rate represents the market rate for a high quality corporate bond. For purposes of
calculating the 2006 net periodic benefit cost, the company used a discount rate of 5.5%. For
purposes of calculating the 2006 benefit obligation, the company used a discount rate of 5.75%,
which was increased 25 basis points higher from the 2005 rate to reflect overall market
conditions. The rate of compensation increase is determined by the company, based upon its
long-term plans for such increases. The actuarial assumptions used to determine the net periodic
pension cost are based upon the prior years assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation.
The company makes contributions to the plan so that minimum contribution requirements, as
determined by government regulations, are met. Based upon the performance of plan assets, the
company does not anticipate a contribution to this plan in 2007.
Benefit payments are expected to be paid as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
2,721
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2,809
|
|
2009
|
|
|
3,335
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3,539
|
|
2011
|
|
|
3,586
|
|
2012 - 2016
|
|
|
18,562
|
|
66
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Defined Benefit Plan
Wyle provided retirement benefits for certain employees under a defined benefit plan. Benefits
under this plan were frozen as of December 31, 2000 and former participants may now participate in
the companys employee stock ownership and 401(k) plans. The company uses a December 31
measurement date for this plan. Pension information for the years ended December 31 is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Accumulated benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
98,168
|
|
|
$
|
100,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in projected benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
100,717
|
|
|
$
|
95,218
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
5,401
|
|
|
|
5,375
|
|
Actuarial (gain)/loss
|
|
|
(2,959
|
)
|
|
|
5,012
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(4,991
|
)
|
|
|
(4,888
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
$
|
98,168
|
|
|
$
|
100,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in plan assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
77,107
|
|
|
$
|
77,649
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
7,759
|
|
|
|
4,346
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(4,991
|
)
|
|
|
(4,888
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
|
|
$
|
79,875
|
|
|
$
|
77,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
$
|
(18,293
|
)
|
|
$
|
(23,610
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic pension cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
$
|
5,401
|
|
|
$
|
5,375
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(6,326
|
)
|
|
|
(6,404
|
)
|
Amortization of net loss
|
|
|
1,761
|
|
|
|
1,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension cost
|
|
$
|
836
|
|
|
$
|
334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
8.50
|
%
|
|
|
8.50
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic
pension cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
8.50
|
%
|
|
|
8.50
|
%
|
At December 31, 2005, the net amount of $7,453, which represents the funded status of $23,610,
offset by the unamortized net loss of $31,063, was recognized as a pension asset.
The amounts reported for net periodic pension cost and the respective benefit obligation amounts
are dependent upon the actuarial assumptions used. The company reviews historical trends, future
expectations, current market conditions, and external data to determine the assumptions. The
discount rate represents the market rate for a high quality corporate bond. For purposes of
calculating the 2006 net periodic benefit cost, the company used a discount rate of 5.5%. For
purposes of calculating the 2006 benefit obligation, the company used a discount rate of 5.75%,
which was increased 25 basis points
higher from the 2005 rate to reflect overall market conditions. The expected return on plan assets
is based on current and expected asset allocations, historical trends, and expected returns on
plan assets. Based upon the above factors and the long-term nature of the returns, the company did
not change the 2006 assumption
67
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
from prior year. The actuarial assumptions used to determine the
net periodic pension cost are based upon the prior years assumptions used to determine the
benefit obligation.
The company makes contributions to the plan so that minimum contribution requirements, as
determined by government regulations, are met. Based upon the performance of plan assets, the
company does not anticipate a contribution to this plan in 2007.
Benefit payments are expected to be paid as follows:
|
|
|
2007
|
$
|
5,466
|
2008
|
|
5,636
|
2009
|
|
5,776
|
2010
|
|
5,890
|
2011
|
|
5,915
|
2012 - 2016
|
|
31,338
|
The plan asset allocations at December 31 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
63
|
%
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of common stocks, bonds, cash equivalents and
other investments, which may reflect varying rates of return. The investments are further
diversified within each asset classification. The portfolio diversification provides protection
against a single security or class of securities having a disproportionate impact on aggregate
performance. The target allocations for plan assets are 65% in equities and 35% in fixed income,
although the actual plan asset allocations may be within a range around these targets. The actual
asset allocations are reviewed and rebalanced on a regular basis to maintain the target
allocations.
Defined Contribution Plan
The company has a defined contribution plan for eligible employees, which qualifies under Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The companys contribution to the plan, which is based on a
specified percentage of employee contributions, amounted to $7,967, $8,174, and $8,690 in 2006,
2005, and 2004, respectively. Certain foreign subsidiaries maintain separate defined contribution
plans for their employees and made contributions hereunder, which amounted to $4,333, $3,422, and
$3,210 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
14. Lease Commitments
The company leases certain office, distribution, and other property under non-cancelable operating
leases expiring at various dates through 2053. Rental expense under non-cancelable operating
leases, net of sublease income, amounted to $54,790, $54,286, and $65,942 in 2006, 2005, and 2004,
respectively.
68
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Aggregate minimum rental commitments under all non-cancelable operating leases, exclusive of real
estate taxes, insurance, and leases related to facilities closed as a result of the integration of
acquired businesses and the restructuring of the company, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
50,399
|
|
2008
|
|
|
43,052
|
|
2009
|
|
|
34,379
|
|
2010
|
|
|
24,269
|
|
2011
|
|
|
18,439
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
53,116
|
|
15. Contingencies
Tekelec Matters
In 2000, the company purchased Tekelec from Airtronic and certain other selling shareholders.
Subsequent to the closing of the acquisition, Tekelec received a product liability claim in the
amount of
11,333. The product liability claim was the subject of a French legal proceeding
started by the claimant in 2002, under which separate determinations were made as to whether the
products that are subject to the claim were defective and the amount of damages sustained by the
purchaser. The manufacturer of the products also participated in this proceeding. The claimant has
commenced legal proceedings against Tekelec and its insurers to recover damages in the amount of
3,742 and
expenses of
312 plus
interest.
Environmental and Related Matters
In connection with the purchase of Wyle from the VEBA Group (VEBA) in 2000, the company assumed
certain of the then outstanding obligations of Wyle. In 1994, Wyle sold one of its divisions, Wyle
Laboratories, an engineering unit specializing in the testing of military, aerospace, and
commercial products. As a result, among the Wyle obligations the company assumed was Wyles
indemnification of the purchasers of Wyle Laboratories for environmental clean-up costs associated
with any then existing contamination or violation of environmental regulations. Under the terms of
the companys purchase of Wyle from VEBA, VEBA agreed to indemnify the company for, among other
things, costs related to environmental pollution associated with Wyle, including those associated
with Wyles sale of its laboratory division.
The company is aware of two Wyle Laboratories facilities (in Huntsville, Alabama and Norco,
California) at which contaminated groundwater has been identified. Each site will require
remediation, the final form and cost of which is as yet undetermined.
The company has also been named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in September 2006 in the United
States District Court for the Central District of California (Apollo Associates, L.P., a California
Limited Partnership; Murray Neidorf, an individual, v. Arrow Electronics, Inc. et al.) in
connection with alleged contamination at a third site, a small industrial building formerly leased
by Wyle Laboratories, in El Segundo, California. The outcome of the proceedings, as well as the
nature of any contamination and the amount of any associated liability, is all as yet unknown.
Characterization of the extent of contaminated groundwater continues at the site in Huntsville,
Alabama. Under the direction of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, approximately
$1,400 has been spent to date. Though the complete scope of the characterization effort and the
design of any remedial action are not yet known, the company currently estimates additional
expenditures at the site of approximately $4,750.
Regarding the Norco site, in October 2003, the company entered into a consent decree among it, Wyle
Laboratories and the California Department of Toxic Substance Control (the DTSC). In May 2004, a
Removal Action Work Plan pertaining to the remediation of contaminated groundwater at certain
previously identified areas of the Norco site was accepted by the DTSC. That remediation is under
way. The company currently estimates that additional cost of interim remediation under the Removal
Action
69
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Work Plan ranges from $226 to $475. The implementation of a second Removal Action Work Plan,
pertaining to the interim remediation of certain areas immediately adjacent to the site, is also
under way, the total completion cost of which is currently estimated at between $114 and $200.
Additional onsite remediation-related activities are underway, with estimated additional
implementation costs of $450.
Even as the above-referenced interim remedial activities are underway, investigation and
characterization of the Norco site continue. A series of additional work plans and technical
memoranda were submitted to the DTSC during late 2005 for additional onsite and offsite
characterization activities and were approved. It is estimated that the cost of implementing the
updated plans is $1,500 to $3,000. Expenses for activities such as onsite and offsite ground water
monitoring, regulatory oversight, and project management during 2007 are expected to range from
$1,500 to $3,500.
Preliminary removal action plans for source control related to offsite contamination were submitted
to the DTSC early in 2006, and the review and discussion of such measures is ongoing. The costs of
implementing these plans and the potential interim actions to address indoor air quality issues are
estimated to be between $3,000 and $5,000.
Despite the amount of work undertaken and planned to date, the complete scope of work under the
consent decree is not yet known, and, accordingly, the associated costs have not yet been
determined.
In addition, the company has been named as a defendant in three suits related to the Norco
facility, all of which have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes. In January 2005, an action
was filed in the California Superior Court in Riverside County, California (Gloria Austin, et al.
v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al.) in which 91 plaintiff landowners and residents have sued a
number of defendants under a variety of theories for unquantified damages allegedly caused by
environmental contamination at and around the Norco site. Also filed in the Superior Court in
Riverside County were Jimmy Gandara, et al. v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al. in January 2006, and
Lisa Briones et al. v. Wyle Laboratories, Inc. et al. in May 2006, both of which contain
allegations similar to those in the Austin case on behalf of approximately 20 additional
plaintiffs. The outcome of the cases and the amount of any associated liability are all as yet
unknown.
The company believes that any cost which it may incur in connection with environmental conditions
at the Norco, Huntsville, and El Segundo sites and the related litigation is covered by the
contractual indemnifications (except, under the terms of the environmental indemnification, for the
first $450), which arose out of the companys purchase of Wyle from VEBA.
Wyle Laboratories has demanded indemnification from the company with respect to the work at both
sites and in connection with the litigation, and the company has, in turn, demanded indemnification
from VEBA. VEBA merged with a publiclytraded, German conglomerate in June 2000 and the combined
entity is now known as E.ON AG, which remains responsible for VEBAs liabilities.
E.ON AG has acknowledged liability under the terms of the VEBA contract with the company in respect
to the Norco and Huntsville sites and made an initial, partial payment. Neither the companys
demands for subsequent payments nor its demand for defense and indemnification in the Riverside
County litigation and other costs associated with the Norco site has been met. In September 2004,
the company filed suit against E.ON AG and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries in the United States
District Court for the Northern District of Alabama seeking further payments related to those sites
and additional damages. The case has since been transferred to the United States District Court for
the Central District of California, where it has been consolidated with a case commenced by the
company and Wyle Laboratories in May 2005 against E.ON AG seeking indemnification, contribution,
and a declaration of the parties respective rights and obligations in connection with the
Riverside County litigation and other costs associated with the Norco site. The court has ruled
that the enforcement and interpretation of E.ON AGs contractual obligations are matters for a
court in Germany, a ruling with which the company disagrees and which it is appealing.
Nevertheless, in October 2005, the company filed a related action with regard to such matters
against E.ON AG in the Frankfurt am Main Regional Court in Germany.
Also included in the proceedings against E.ON AG is a claim for the reimbursement of
pre-acquisition tax liabilities of Wyle in the amount of $8,729 for which E.ON AG is also
contractually liable to indemnify the
70
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
company. E.ON AG has specifically acknowledged owing the
company not less than $6,335 of such amounts, but its promises to make payments of at least that
amount have not been kept.
The company has received an opinion of counsel that the recovery of costs incurred to date, which
are covered under the contractual indemnifications associated with the environmental clean-up costs
related to the Norco and Huntsville sites, is probable. Based on the opinion of counsel, the
company increased the receivable for amounts due from E.ON AG by $7,362 during 2006 to $17,700.
The companys net costs for such indemnified matters may vary from period to period as estimates of
recoveries are not always recognized in the same period as the
accrual of estimated expenses. In 2006, the
company recorded a charge of $1,449 ($867 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a
basic and diluted basis) related to the environmental matters arising out of the companys purchase
of Wyle.
In connection with the acquisition of Wyle, the company acquired a $4,495 tax receivable due from
E.ON AG (as successor to VEBA) in respect of certain tax payments made by Wyle prior to the
effective date of the acquisition, the recovery of which the company also believes is probable.
The company believes strongly in the merits of its actions against E.ON AG, and is pursuing them
vigorously.
Other
From time to time, in the normal course of business, the company may become liable with respect to
other pending and threatened litigation, environmental, regulatory, and tax matters. While such
matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, it is not currently anticipated that any such other
matters will have a material adverse impact on the companys financial position, liquidity, or
results of operations.
16. Segment and Geographic Information
The company is engaged in the distribution of electronic components to original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and contract manufacturers and computer products to VARs. As a result of
the companys philosophy of maximizing operating efficiencies through the centralization of certain
functions, selected fixed assets and related depreciation, as well as borrowings, are not directly
attributable to the individual operating segments. Computer products includes the Arrow Enterprise
Computing Solutions businesses, UK Microtronica, ATD (in Spain), and Arrow Computer Products (in
France).
Effective January 1, 2006, the OEM Computing Solutions business, which was previously included in
the worldwide computer products business, was transitioned into the companys worldwide electronic
components business to further leverage customer overlap and to take advantage of greater
opportunities for selling synergies. Prior period segment data was adjusted to conform with the
current period presentation.
Sales and operating income (loss), by segment, for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic components
|
|
$
|
10,818,421
|
|
|
$
|
8,825,774
|
|
|
$
|
8,477,428
|
|
Computer products
|
|
|
2,758,691
|
|
|
|
2,338,422
|
|
|
|
2,168,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
13,577,112
|
|
|
$
|
11,164,196
|
|
|
$
|
10,646,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic components
|
|
$
|
595,643
|
|
|
$
|
457,832
|
|
|
$
|
445,273
|
|
Computer products
|
|
|
126,638
|
|
|
|
124,381
|
|
|
|
99,341
|
|
Corporate (a)
|
|
|
(116,056
|
)
|
|
|
(101,955
|
)
|
|
|
(105,276
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
606,225
|
|
|
$
|
480,258
|
|
|
$
|
439,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
(a)
|
|
Includes a charge related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim of $2,837, a charge related to
pre-acquisition environmental matters arising out of the companys purchase of Wyle of $1,449
and stock option expense of $12,979 resulting from the companys adoption of Statement No.
123(R). Also includes restructuring charges of $11,829, $12,716, and $11,391 in 2006, 2005,
and 2004, respectively, acquisition indemnification credits of $1,672 and $9,676 in 2005 and
2004, respectively, as well as an integration credit of $2,323 and an impairment charge of
$9,995 in 2004.
|
Total assets, by segment, at December 31 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Electronic components
|
|
$
|
4,924,703
|
|
|
$
|
4,584,378
|
|
Computer products
|
|
|
1,113,001
|
|
|
|
820,114
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
631,868
|
|
|
|
640,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
6,669,572
|
|
|
$
|
6,044,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales, by geographic area, for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
North America (b)
|
|
$
|
6,846,468
|
|
|
$
|
6,337,613
|
|
|
$
|
6,117,587
|
|
EMEASA
|
|
|
4,348,484
|
|
|
|
3,360,643
|
|
|
|
3,358,333
|
|
Asia/Pacific
|
|
|
2,382,160
|
|
|
|
1,465,940
|
|
|
|
1,170,193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,577,112
|
|
|
$
|
11,164,196
|
|
|
$
|
10,646,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Includes sales related to the United States of $6,337,169, $5,879,863, and $5,734,890 in
2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
|
Total assets, by geographic area, at December 31 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
North America (c)
|
|
$
|
3,468,583
|
|
|
$
|
3,417,448
|
|
EMEASA
|
|
|
2,407,074
|
|
|
|
1,973,731
|
|
Asia/Pacific
|
|
|
793,915
|
|
|
|
653,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,669,572
|
|
|
$
|
6,044,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Includes total assets related to the United States of $3,338,499 and $3,310,221 in 2006 and
2005, respectively.
|
72
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
17. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
A summary of the companys consolidated quarterly results of operations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
3,192,463
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,437,032
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,454,297
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,493,320
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
487,543
|
|
|
|
|
|
524,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
508,083
|
|
|
|
|
|
511,343
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
81,579
|
|
(b
|
)
|
|
|
92,763
|
|
(c
|
)
|
|
|
85,918
|
|
(d
|
)
|
|
|
128,071
|
|
(e
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share (a):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
.68
|
|
(b
|
)
|
|
$
|
.76
|
|
(c
|
)
|
|
$
|
.70
|
|
(d
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.05
|
|
(e
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
.66
|
|
(b
|
)
|
|
|
.76
|
|
(c
|
)
|
|
|
.70
|
|
(d
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
(e
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
$
|
2,726,871
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,767,547
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,710,168
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,959,610
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
432,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
441,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
419,256
|
|
|
|
|
|
446,792
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
57,191
|
|
(f
|
)
|
|
|
58,449
|
|
(g
|
)
|
|
|
63,523
|
|
(h
|
)
|
|
|
74,446
|
|
(i
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share (a):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
.49
|
|
(f
|
)
|
|
$
|
.50
|
|
(g
|
)
|
|
$
|
.54
|
|
(h
|
)
|
|
$
|
.62
|
|
(i
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
.47
|
|
(f
|
)
|
|
|
.48
|
|
(g
|
)
|
|
|
.52
|
|
(h
|
)
|
|
|
.60
|
|
(i
|
)
|
(a)
|
|
Quarterly net income per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares
outstanding during each quarterly period, while net income per share for the full year is
calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.
Therefore, the sum of the net income per share for each of the four quarters may not equal
the net income per share for the full year.
|
(b)
|
|
Includes stock option expense ($1,805 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic
and diluted basis), a restructuring charge ($920 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on
both a basic and diluted basis), and a loss on prepayment of debt ($1,558 net of related
taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
|
(c)
|
|
Includes stock option expense ($2,131 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic
and diluted basis) and a restructuring charge ($1,894 net of related taxes or $.02 per share
on both a basic and diluted basis).
|
(d)
|
|
Includes stock option expense ($2,239 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic
and diluted basis) and a restructuring charge ($1,101 net of related taxes or $.01 per share
on both a basic and diluted basis).
|
(e)
|
|
Includes stock option expense ($2,368 net
of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), a charge related to a pre-acquisition warranty claim ($1,861 net of related taxes
or $.02 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), a charge related to the pre-acquisition
environmental matters arising out of the companys purchase of Wyle ($867 net of related
taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic and diluted basis), and a restructuring
charge ($5,062 net of related taxes or $.04 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
Also includes the reduction of the provision for income taxes of $46,176 and the reduction of interest
expense of $6,900 ($4,200 net of related taxes) related to the settlement of certain tax matters.
|
73
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
(f)
|
|
Includes a restructuring charge ($2,533 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a
basic and diluted basis), an acquisition indemnification credit ($1,267 net of related taxes
or $.01 per share on a basic basis), and a loss on prepayment of debt ($212 net of related
taxes).
|
|
(g)
|
|
Includes a restructuring charge ($2,925 net of related taxes or $.02 per share on both a
basic and diluted basis), a loss on prepayment of debt ($1,035 net of related taxes or $.01
per share on both a basic and diluted basis), and a loss on the write-down of an investment
($3,019 or $.03 per share on both a basic and diluted basis).
|
|
(h)
|
|
Includes a restructuring gain ($442 net of related taxes or $.01 per share on both a basic
and diluted basis) and a loss on prepayment of debt ($672 net of related taxes or $.01 per
share on both a basic and diluted basis).
|
|
(i)
|
|
Includes a restructuring charge ($2,294 net of related taxes or $.03 per share on both a
basic and diluted basis) and a loss on prepayment of debt ($677 net of related taxes).
|
18. Subsequent Event (Unaudited)
On January 2, 2007, the company announced that it signed a definitive agreement with Agilysys, Inc.
(Agilysys) pursuant to which the company will acquire substantially all of the assets and
operations of the Agilysys KeyLink Systems Group (KeyLink), a leading enterprise computing
solutions distributor, for $485,000 in cash. The company will also enter into a long-term
procurement agreement with the Agilysys Enterprise Solutions Group, Agilysys value-added reseller
business. KeyLink, which is based in Cleveland, Ohio, has approximately 500 employees and provides
complex solutions from industry leading manufacturers to more than 800 reseller partners. Total
KeyLink sales for 2006, including revenues associated with the above-mentioned procurement
agreement, were approximately $1,600,000. The KeyLink acquisition is expected to be $.18 to $.22
accretive in the first twelve months post closing, excluding any
potential integration costs. This transaction, which will be funded with
cash-on-hand plus borrowings under the companys existing committed liquidity facilities, is
subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining necessary government approvals, and is
expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2007.
74
|
|
|
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure
.
|
None.
|
|
|
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
.
|
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The companys management, under the supervision and with the participation of the companys Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of
the design and operation of the companys disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31,
2006 (the Evaluation). Based upon the Evaluation, the companys Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer concluded that the companys disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the
company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to them by others within those
entities as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, particularly
during the period in which this annual report was being prepared.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The companys management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). Management
evaluates the effectiveness of the companys internal control over financial reporting using the
criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in
Internal Control Integrated Framework. Management, under the supervision and with the
participation of the companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the
effectiveness of the companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006,
and concluded that it is effective.
The company acquired Alternative Technology, Inc. (Alternative Technology) on November 30, 2006,
and InTechnology plcs storage and security distribution business (InTechnology) on December 29,
2006. The company has excluded Alternative Technology and InTechnology from its assessment of and
conclusion on the effectiveness of the companys internal control over financial reporting.
Alternative Technology and InTechnology accounted for 4.2 percent and
5.3 percent of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31,
2006 and less than one percent of the companys
consolidated net sales and net income for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
The companys independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has audited the
effectiveness of the companys internal control over financial reporting and managements
assessment of the effectiveness of such controls as of December 31, 2006, as stated in their
report, which is included herein.
75
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Arrow Electronics, Inc.
We have audited managements assessment, included in the accompanying Managements Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Arrow Electronics, Inc. maintained effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Arrow Electronics, Inc.s management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on managements assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the companys internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
As indicated in the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting,
managements assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting did not include the internal controls of Alternative Technology, Inc. (Alternative
Technology) and InTechnology plcs storage and security distribution business (InTechnology),
which are included in the 2006 consolidated financial statements of Arrow Electronics, Inc. and
constituted 4.2 percent and 5.3 percent of total and net assets,
respectively, as of December 31, 2006 and less than one percent of revenues and net income for the
year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Arrow
Electronics, Inc. also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial
reporting of Alternative Technology and InTechnology.
In our opinion, managements assessment that Arrow Electronics, Inc. maintained effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material
respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Arrow Electronics, Inc. maintained, in
all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006,
based on the COSO criteria
.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Arrow Electronics, Inc. as of December
31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 and our report dated
February 22, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
New York, New York
February 22, 2007
76
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in the companys internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the companys most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the companys internal control over financial reporting.
Transition of Business and Financial Systems
During the first quarter of 2007, the company completed the process of installing modules in Europe
as part of a phased implementation schedule associated with the design of a new global financial
system. Additional installations of these modules at other geographic locations are expected to be
completed by the end of 2007. The implementation of the new global financial system involves
changes to the companys procedures for control over financial reporting. The company has followed
a system implementation life cycle process that required significant pre-implementation planning,
design, and testing. The company has also conducted extensive post-implementation monitoring and
process modifications to ensure the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and
the company has not experienced any significant difficulties in results to date in connection with
the implementation or operations of the new financial system. There were no other changes in the
companys internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the companys internal control over
financial reporting during the period covered by this quarterly report.
Item 9B.
Other Information
.
None.
77
PART III
Item 10.
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
.
See Executive Officers in Part I of this annual report on Form 10-K. In addition, the
information set forth under the headings Election of Directors and Section 16(A) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance in the companys Proxy Statement, filed in connection with the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 8, 2007, are incorporated herein by
reference.
Information about the companys audit committee financial experts set forth under the heading The
Board and its Committees in the companys Proxy Statement, filed in connection with the Annual
Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 8, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference.
Information about the companys code of ethics governing the Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, and Corporate Controller, known as the Finance Code of Ethics, as well as a
code of ethics governing all employees, known as the Worldwide Code of Business Conduct and
Ethics, is available free-of-charge on the companys
website at
http://www.arrow.com
and is
available in print to any shareholder upon request.
Information about the companys Corporate Governance Guidelines and written committee charters
for the companys Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Corporate Governance Committee is
available free-of-charge on the companys website at
http://www.arrow.com
and is available in
print to any shareholder upon request.
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
.
The information set forth under the heading Compensation Discussion and Analysis in the
companys Proxy Statement, filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled
to be held on May 8, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
|
Item 12.
|
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
Stockholder Matters
.
|
The information required by Item 12 is included in the companys Proxy Statement filed in
connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 8, 2007, and is
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
.
The information required by Item 13 is included in the companys Proxy Statement filed in
connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held on May 8, 2007, and is
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
.
The information set forth under the heading Principal Accounting Firm Fees in the companys
Proxy Statement, filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held
on May 8, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference.
78
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
.
(a)
|
|
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
1. Financial Statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. Financial Statement Schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is not
present, or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of
the schedule, or because the information required is included in the
consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Exhibits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Index of
Exhibits included on pages 80 - 86.
|
|
|
|
|
79
INDEX OF EXHIBITS
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit
|
2(a)
|
|
Shareholders Agreement, dated as of October 10, 1991, among EDI
Electronics Distribution International B.V., Giorgio Ghezzi, Germano
Fanelli, and Renzo Ghezzi (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(f)(iii)
to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1993, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
2(b)
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2000, by and between
Arrow Electronics, Inc., Tekelec Airtronic, Zedtek, Investitech, and Natec
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(g) to the companys Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No.
1-4482).
|
|
|
|
2(c)
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2000, among VEBA
Electronics GmbH, EBV Verwaltungs GmbH i.L., Viterra Grundstucke
Verwaltungs GmbH, VEBA Electronics LLC, VEBA Electronics Beteiligungs
GmbH, VEBA Electronics (UK) Plc, Raab Karcher Electronics Systems Plc and
E.ON AG and Arrow Electronics, Inc., Avnet, Inc., and Cherrybright Limited
regarding the sale and purchase of the VEBA electronics distribution group
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(i) to the companys Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No.
1-4482).
|
|
|
|
2(d)
|
|
Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Shares of DNSint.com AG, dated as of
October 26, 2005, by and between the company and the Sellers referred to
therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to the companys Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, Commission
File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
2(e)
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 2, 2007, for sale of certain
assets of KeyLink Systems, a business of Agilysys, Inc., and Agilysys
Canada Inc., to Arrow Electronics, Inc., Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd.,
and Support Net, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3(a)(i)
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the company, as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the companys Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, Commission File No.
1-4482).
|
|
|
|
3(a)(ii)
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Arrow
Electronics, Inc., dated as of August 30, 1996 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 3 to the companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 1996, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
3(a)(iii)
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the company, dated as of October 12, 2000 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3(a)(iii) to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
3(b)
|
|
Amended Corporate By-Laws, dated July 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 3(ii) to the companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
80
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit
|
4(a)(i)
|
|
Rights Agreement, dated as of March 2, 1988, between Arrow Electronics,
Inc. and Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, as Rights Agent, which
includes, as Exhibit A, a Certificate of Amendment of the Restated
Certificate of Incorporation for Arrow Electronics, Inc. for the
Participating Preferred Stock, as Exhibit B, a letter to shareholders
describing the Rights and a summary of the provisions of the Rights
Agreement, and, as Exhibit C, the forms of Rights Certificate and Election
to Exercise (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the companys
Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 3, 1988, Commission File No.
1-4482).
|
|
|
|
4(a)(ii)
|
|
First Amendment, dated June 30, 1989, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i)
above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the companys Current
Report on Form 8-K, dated June 30, 1989, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
4(a)(iii)
|
|
Second Amendment, dated June 8, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i)
above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(iii) to the companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
4(a)(iv)
|
|
Third Amendment, dated July 19, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in (4)(a)(i)
above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(iv) to the companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
4(a)(v)
|
|
Fourth Amendment, dated August 26, 1991, to the Rights Agreement in
(4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i)(v) to the
companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
4(a)(vi)
|
|
Fifth Amendment, dated February 25, 1998, to the Rights Agreement in
(4)(a)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 7 to the companys
Current Report on Form 8-A/A dated March 2, 1998, Commission File No.
1-4482).
|
|
|
|
4(b)(i)
|
|
Indenture, dated as of January 15, 1997, between the company and the Bank
of Montreal Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4(b)(i) to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1996, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
4(b)(ii)
|
|
Officers Certificate, as defined by the Indenture in 4(b)(i) above, dated
as of January 22, 1997, with respect to the companys $200,000,000 7%
Senior Notes due 2007 and $200,000,000 7 1/2% Senior Debentures due 2027
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(ii) to the companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, Commission File
No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
4(b)(iii)
|
|
Officers Certificate, as defined by the indenture in 4(b)(i) above, dated
as of January 15, 1997, with respect to the $200,000,000 6 7/8% Senior
Debentures due 2018, dated as of May 29, 1998 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4(b)(iii) to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1998, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
4(b)(iv)
|
|
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2001, between the company
and The Bank of New York (as successor to the Bank of Montreal Trust
Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
companys Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 12, 2001, Commission
File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
4(b)(v)
|
|
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2001, between the company
and The Bank of New York (as successor to the Bank of Montreal Trust
Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(vi) to the
companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
81
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit
|
4(b)(vi)
|
|
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2005, between the company
and The Bank of New York (as successor to the Bank of Montreal Trust
Company), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(vii) to
the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(a)
|
|
Arrow Electronics Savings Plan, as amended and restated on January 1, 2007.
|
|
|
|
10(b)
|
|
Wyle Electronics Retirement Plan, as amended and restated on March 17,
2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, Commission File
No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(c)
|
|
Arrow
Electronics Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated on March 7,
2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the
companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
April 1, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(d)(i)
|
|
Arrow Electronics, Inc. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Plan as of May 27, 2004
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the companys Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, Commission File No.
1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(d)(ii)
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (Senior Management) under 10(d)(i)
above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-0 to the companys Current
Report on Form 8-K, dated June 23, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(d)(iii)
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (Other) under 10(d)(i) above
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-1 to the companys Current Report
on Form 8-K, dated June 23, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(d)(iv)
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 10(d)(i) above (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10-0 to the companys Current Report on Form 8-K,
dated March 23, 2006, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(d)(v)
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement under 10(d)(i) above
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-0 to the companys Current Report
on Form 8-K, dated August 31, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(d)(vi)
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 10(d)(i) above
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-0 to the companys Current Report
on Form 8-K, dated September 14, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(e)(i)
|
|
Arrow Electronics, Inc. Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated
effective February 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(i)
to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(e)(ii)
|
|
Paying Agency Agreement, dated November 11, 2003, by and between Arrow
Electronics, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10(d)(iii) to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(f)
|
|
Restricted Stock Plan of Arrow Electronics, Inc., as amended and restated
effective February 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e)(i)
to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(g)
|
|
2002 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan as of May 23, 2002
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the companys Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, Commission File No.
1-4482).
|
82
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit
|
10(h)
|
|
Non-Employee Directors Deferral Plan as of May 15, 1997 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99(d) to the companys Registration Statement on Form
S-8, Registration No. 333-45631).
|
|
|
|
10(i)
|
|
Arrow Electronics, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended
effective January 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to
the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(j)
|
|
Arrow Electronics, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan as of October
1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(i)
|
|
Consulting Agreement dated as of June 3, 2002, between the company and
Stephen P. Kaufman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the
companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(ii)
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2001, by and between the
company and Michael J. Long (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(v)
to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2000, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(iii)
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2002, by and between the
company and Peter S. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10(i)(vii) to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(iv)
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2003, by and between the
company and Paul J. Reilly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(x)
to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(v)
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2003, by and between the
company and William E. Mitchell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10(i)(xi) to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2002, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(vi)
|
|
Amendment, dated as of March 16, 2005, to the Employment Agreement dated
as of February 3, 2003, by and between the company and William E. Mitchell
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the companys Current Report
on Form 8-K, dated March 18, 2005, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(vii)
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2006, by and between the
company and Vincent Melvin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the companys Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 8, 2006,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(viii)
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2007, by and between the
company and Kevin Gilroy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
companys Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2006, Commission
File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(ix)
|
|
Employment
Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2007, by and between the Company
and John P. McMahon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
companys Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 9, 2007,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
83
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit
|
10(k)(x)
|
|
Employment
Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2007, by and between the
company and M. Catherine Morris (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the companys Current Report on Form 8-K dated
February 22, 2007, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(xi)
|
|
Form of agreement between the company and all corporate officers,
including the employees party to the Employment Agreements listed in
10(k)(ii)-(xv) above, providing extended separation benefits under certain
circumstances (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c)(ix) to the
companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(xii)
|
|
Form of agreement between the company and non-corporate officers providing
extended separation benefits under certain circumstances (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10(c)(x) to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1988, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(xiii)
|
|
Grantor Trust Agreement, as amended and restated on November 11, 2003, by
and between Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10(i)(xvii) to the companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(k)(xiv)
|
|
First Amendment, dated September 17, 2004, to the amended and restated
Grantor Trust Agreement in 10(k)(xii) above by and between Arrow
Electronics, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10(a) to the companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(l)
|
|
Commercial Paper Private Placement Agreement, dated as of November 9,
1999, among Arrow Electronics, Inc., as issuer; and Chase Securities Inc.;
Bank of America Securities LLC; Goldman, Sachs & Co.; and Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, as placement agents (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10(g) to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1999, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(m)(i)
|
|
9.15% Senior Exchange Notes due October 1, 2010, dated as of October 6,
2000, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.; Chase
Securities Inc.; Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated; Bank of America
Securities LLC; Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation; BNY
Capital Markets, Inc.; Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation; Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc.; Fleet Securities, Inc.; and HSBC Securities (USA)
Inc., as underwriters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the
companys Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-51100).
|
|
|
|
10(m)(ii)
|
|
6.875% Senior Exchange Notes due 2013, dated as of June 25, 2003, among
Arrow Electronics, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.; JPMorgan; and Bank of
America Securities LLC, as joint book-running managers; Credit Suisse
First Boston, as lead manager; and Fleet Securities, Inc.; HSBC, Scotia
Capital; and Wachovia Securities, as co-managers (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the companys Current Report on Form 8-K
dated June 25, 2003, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(n)
|
|
Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement, dated as of January 11,
2007, among Arrow Electronics, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries, as
borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and Bank of America, N.A., The Bank
of Nova Scotia, BNP Paribas and Wachovia Bank National Association, as
syndication agents.
|
|
|
|
10(o)(i)
|
|
Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2001, by and
among Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation, Arrow Electronics, Inc.,
individually and as Master Servicer, the several Conduit Investors,
Alternate Investors and Funding Agents and Bank of America, National
Association, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10(m)(i) to the companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2001, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
84
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit
|
10(o)(ii)
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
November 30, 2001, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in
(10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(ii) to the
companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(iii)
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
December 14, 2001, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in
(10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(iii) to the
companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(iv)
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
March 20, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i)
above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)(iv) to the companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(v)
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
March 29, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i)
above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(v) to the companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(vi)
|
|
Amendment No. 5 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
May 22, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i)
above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(vi) to the companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(vii)
|
|
Amendment No. 6 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
September 27, 2002, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in
(10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(vii) to the
companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(viii)
|
|
Amendment No. 7 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
February 19, 2003, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in
(10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the
companys Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2003, Commission
File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(ix)
|
|
Amendment No. 8 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
April 14, 2003, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in (10)(o)(i)
above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(ix) to the companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(x)
|
|
Amendment No. 9 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
August 13, 2003, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in
(10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(x) to the
companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(xi)
|
|
Amendment No. 10 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
February 18, 2004, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in
(10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n)(xi) to the
companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(xii)
|
|
Amendment No. 11 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
August 13, 2004, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in
(10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the
companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
30, 2004, Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
85
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit
|
10(o)(xiii)
|
|
Amendment No. 12 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
February 14, 2005, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in
(10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o)(xiii) to the
companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(xiv)
|
|
Amendment No. 13 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
February 13, 2006, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in
(10)(o)(i) above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o)(xiv) to the
companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005,
Commission File No. 1-4482).
|
|
|
|
10(o)(xv)
|
|
Amendment No. 14 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
October 31, 2006, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in 10(o)(i)
above.
|
|
|
|
10(o)(xvi)
|
|
Amendment No. 15 to the Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of
February 12, 2007, to the Transfer and Administration Agreement in
10(o)(i) above.
|
|
|
|
10(p)
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the company and each director
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the companys Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1986, Commission File No.
1-4482).
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Subsidiary Listing.
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
|
|
|
31(i)
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
31(ii)
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
32(i)
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
32(ii)
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
86
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Charged
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
For the three years ended
|
|
beginning
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Write-
|
|
|
at end
|
|
December
31,
|
|
of year
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
Other
(a)
|
|
|
down
|
|
|
of year
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
47,076
|
|
|
$
|
13,023
|
|
|
$
|
26,179
|
|
|
$
|
10,874
|
|
|
$
|
75,404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$
|
42,476
|
|
|
$
|
3,216
|
|
|
$
|
11,168
|
|
|
$
|
9,784
|
|
|
$
|
47,076
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
$
|
47,079
|
|
|
$
|
15,262
|
|
|
$
|
833
|
|
|
$
|
20,698
|
|
|
$
|
42,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Represents the allowance for doubtful accounts of the businesses acquired by the company
during 2006, 2005, and 2004.
|
87
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Peter S. Brown
|
|
|
|
|
Peter S. Brown
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
February 23, 2007
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on
February 23, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ William E. Mitchell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William E. Mitchell, Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul J. Reilly, Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael A. Sauro
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael A. Sauro, Vice President and
Corporate Controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Daniel W. Duval
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Daniel W. Duval, Lead Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ John N. Hanson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John N. Hanson, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Richard S. Hill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard S. Hill, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Fran Keeth
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fran Keeth, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roger King, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Karen Gordon Mills
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Karen Gordon Mills, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Stephen C. Patrick
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen C. Patrick, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Barry W. Perry
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barry W. Perry, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ John C. Waddell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. Waddell, Director
|
|
|
88
Exhibit 2 (e)
EXECUTION COPY
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
SALE OF CERTAIN ASSETS
OF
KEYLINK SYSTEMS, A BUSINESS
OF
AGILYSYS, INC.,
AND
AGILYSYS CANADA INC.
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.,
ARROW ELECTRONICS CANADA LTD.,
AND
SUPPORT NET, INC.
DATED: January 2, 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE
|
ARTICLE 1 PURCHASE OF ASSETS
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.1 Assets to Be Purchased by Buyers
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.2 Assets to be Retained by Sellers
|
|
|
3
|
|
ARTICLE 2 ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
|
|
|
5
|
|
2.1 Assumed Liabilities
|
|
|
5
|
|
2.2 Liabilities to be Retained by Sellers
|
|
|
6
|
|
ARTICLE 3 CONSIDERATION
|
|
|
7
|
|
3.1 Purchase Price
|
|
|
7
|
|
3.2 Purchase Price Adjustment
|
|
|
7
|
|
3.3 Allocation of Purchase Price
|
|
|
8
|
|
3.4 Pre-Closing Lost Customers-Lost Oracle Sales Adjustment
|
|
|
9
|
|
ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS
|
|
|
9
|
|
4.1 Corporate Status
|
|
|
9
|
|
4.1.1 Organization and Power
|
|
|
9
|
|
4.1.2 Qualification
|
|
|
9
|
|
4.2 Sellers Enforceability
|
|
|
9
|
|
4.3 Governmental Approvals
|
|
|
10
|
|
4.4 Absence of Conflicts
|
|
|
10
|
|
4.5 Financial
|
|
|
10
|
|
4.6 Compliance with Laws
|
|
|
11
|
|
4.7 No Litigation
|
|
|
11
|
|
4.8 Title; Condition and Completeness of Assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
4.9 Inventories
|
|
|
11
|
|
4.10 No Changes
|
|
|
12
|
|
4.11 Intellectual Property
|
|
|
13
|
|
4.12 Environmental Matters
|
|
|
14
|
|
4.13 Employee Benefit Plans
|
|
|
16
|
|
4.14 Employees
|
|
|
17
|
|
4.15 Contracts
|
|
|
18
|
|
4.16 Sold Business Real Property
|
|
|
19
|
|
4.17 Taxes
|
|
|
20
|
|
4.18 Brokers and Finders
|
|
|
21
|
|
4.19 Sufficiency of the Assets
|
|
|
21
|
|
4.20 No Undisclosed Liabilities
|
|
|
21
|
|
4.21 No Affiliate Transactions
|
|
|
21
|
|
4.22 Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
21
|
|
4.23 Guarantees
|
|
|
22
|
|
4.24 Insurance
|
|
|
22
|
|
4.25 Warranties
|
|
|
22
|
|
ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYERS
|
|
|
22
|
|
5.1 Corporate Status
|
|
|
22
|
|
5.2 Buyers Enforceability
|
|
|
22
|
|
5.3 Consents
|
|
|
22
|
|
5.4 Absence of Conflicts
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE
|
5.5 No Litigation
|
|
|
23
|
|
5.6 Available Funds
|
|
|
23
|
|
5.7 Brokers and Finders
|
|
|
23
|
|
ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
|
|
|
23
|
|
6.1 Conditions to Each Partys Obligation to Effect the Closing
|
|
|
23
|
|
6.2 Sellers Deliveries
|
|
|
24
|
|
6.3 Buyers Deliveries
|
|
|
26
|
|
ARTICLE 7 CLOSING
|
|
|
26
|
|
7.1 Closing
|
|
|
26
|
|
ARTICLE 8 COVENANTS
|
|
|
27
|
|
8.1 Pre-Closing Covenants
|
|
|
27
|
|
8.1.1 Conduct of Sold Business
|
|
|
27
|
|
8.1.2 Access to Information
|
|
|
27
|
|
8.1.3 Reasonable Efforts
|
|
|
27
|
|
8.1.4 Supplemental Disclosure
|
|
|
28
|
|
8.1.5 Termination
|
|
|
28
|
|
8.1.6 Effect of Termination
|
|
|
29
|
|
8.1.7 Insurance; Letters of Credit; Surety Bonds
|
|
|
30
|
|
8.1.8 Approval of Agilysys Shareholders
|
|
|
31
|
|
8.1.9 Bulk Sales
|
|
|
32
|
|
8.1.10 No Solicitation
|
|
|
33
|
|
8.1.11 Canadian Clearance Certificates
|
|
|
33
|
|
8.1.12 Exclusivity
|
|
|
33
|
|
8.1.13 Employee Matters
|
|
|
33
|
|
8.1.14 Sellers Consents
|
|
|
34
|
|
8.2 Post Closing Covenants
|
|
|
34
|
|
8.2.1 Transfer of Assets
|
|
|
34
|
|
8.2.2 Employee and Related Matters
|
|
|
35
|
|
8.2.3 Use of Retained Intellectual Property
|
|
|
39
|
|
8.2.4 Tax Cooperation
|
|
|
39
|
|
8.2.5 GST
|
|
|
40
|
|
8.2.6 Section 22 Election
|
|
|
40
|
|
8.2.7 Payment of Certain Taxes
|
|
|
40
|
|
8.2.8 Assumed Liabilities
|
|
|
40
|
|
8.2.9 Noncompetition
|
|
|
40
|
|
8.2.10 Nonsolicitation
|
|
|
41
|
|
8.2.11 Investment Canada
|
|
|
41
|
|
8.2.13 Product Liability Claims
|
|
|
41
|
|
8.3 Miscellaneous Covenants
|
|
|
42
|
|
8.3.1 Publicity
|
|
|
42
|
|
8.3.2 Expenses
|
|
|
42
|
|
8.3.3 No Assignment
|
|
|
42
|
|
8.3.4 Further Assurances
|
|
|
42
|
|
ARTICLE 9 INDEMNIFICATION
|
|
|
42
|
|
9.1 Survival
|
|
|
42
|
|
9.2 Indemnification By Sellers
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE
|
9.3 Indemnification By Buyers
|
|
|
43
|
|
9.4 Limitations on Indemnification by Sellers
|
|
|
44
|
|
9.5 Limitations on Indemnification by Buyers
|
|
|
44
|
|
9.6 Notice of Non-Third Party Claim
|
|
|
45
|
|
9.7 Third Party Claims
|
|
|
46
|
|
9.8 Disputes Involving Claims for Indemnification
|
|
|
48
|
|
9.9 Exclusive Remedy
|
|
|
48
|
|
ARTICLE 10 CONSTRUCTION
|
|
|
48
|
|
10.1 Notices
|
|
|
48
|
|
10.2 Binding Effect
|
|
|
49
|
|
10.3 Headings
|
|
|
49
|
|
10.4 Exhibits and Schedule
|
|
|
49
|
|
10.5 Counterparts
|
|
|
49
|
|
10.6 Consent to Jurisdiction and Governing Law
|
|
|
50
|
|
10.7 Waivers
|
|
|
50
|
|
10.8 Pronouns
|
|
|
50
|
|
10.9 Time Periods
|
|
|
50
|
|
10.10 No Strict Construction
|
|
|
50
|
|
10.11 Modification
|
|
|
50
|
|
10.12 Entire Agreement
|
|
|
50
|
|
10.13 No Third Party Beneficiary Rights
|
|
|
50
|
|
10.14 Definitions
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULES:
|
|
|
|
1.1(a)
|
|
Sold Business Real Property Leases
|
1.1(b)
|
|
Sold Business Owned Real Property
|
1.1(c)
|
|
Tangible Personal Property
|
1.1(d)
|
|
Sold Business Marks
|
1.1(f)
|
|
Customer and Sales Information
|
1.1(g)
|
|
Prepaid Expenses and Deposits
|
1.1(h)
|
|
Assumed Contracts
|
1.1(k)
|
|
Software
|
2.1(a)
|
|
Accounts Payable
|
2.1(b)
|
|
Material Contract Breaches
|
3.2
|
|
Summary of Significant Reserve Policies
|
3.3
|
|
Allocation of Purchase Price
|
4.4
|
|
Conflicts
|
4.5
|
|
Financial Statements
|
4.6
|
|
Material Permits and Licenses
|
4.7
|
|
Litigation
|
4.8
|
|
Title
|
4.9
|
|
Inventories
|
4.10
|
|
No Changes
|
4.10(i)
|
|
Changes to Benefit Plans
|
4.11(a)
|
|
Registered Sold Business Marks
|
4.11(b)
|
|
Sold Business Intellectual Property
|
4.11(d)
|
|
Intellectual Property Infringement
|
4.12(g)
|
|
Environmental
|
4.13(a)
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
4.13(b)
|
|
Acceleration
|
4.14(a)
|
|
Sold Business Employees
|
4.14(b)
|
|
Employees
|
4.15(c)
|
|
Material Contracts
|
4.15(d)(i)
|
|
Material Contracts delivered to Buyers
|
4.16(b)
|
|
Sold Business Real Property
|
4.17
|
|
Taxes
|
4.18
|
|
Sellers Brokers and Finders
|
4.20
|
|
No Undisclosed Liabilities
|
4.21(a)
|
|
No Affiliate Transactions
|
4.21(b)
|
|
Arms Length Basis
|
4.22
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
4.23
|
|
Guarantees
|
4.24
|
|
Insurance
|
4.25
|
|
Warranties
|
5.7
|
|
Buyers Brokers and Finders
|
8.1.7(c)
|
|
Surety Bonds
|
8.1.13
|
|
Employee Matters
|
8.2.2(i)
|
|
Change of Control Agreements
|
10.14(a)
|
|
Knowledge
|
10.14(b)
|
|
Terminated Suppliers
|
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the Agreement) is entered into as of the 2nd day of January,
2007 by and among AGILYSYS, INC., an Ohio corporation (Agilysys), AGILYSYS CANADA INC., an
Ontario corporation (Agilysys Canada and, together with Agilysys, Sellers), and Arrow
Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation (Buyer), Support Net, Inc., an Indiana corporation (US
Buyer), and Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd., a Canadian corporation (Canadian Buyer, and together
with Buyer and US Buyer, Buyers).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Buyers wish to
acquire certain of the assets of Sellers relating to Sellers business, as presently conducted, of
distributing enterprise computer technology products through their reseller channel, which is
operated by Sellers as Keylink Systems (the Sold Business);
WHEREAS, US Buyer is prepared to assume the Assumed Liabilities (as defined below) of
Agilysys, and Canadian Buyer is prepared to assume the Assumed Liabilities of Agilysys Canada; and
WHEREAS, on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agilysys desires to sell
and US Buyer desires to purchase, the Purchased Assets (as defined below) of Agilysys, and
Agilysys Canada desires to sell and Canadian Buyer desires to purchase, the Purchased Assets of
Agilysys Canada.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations contained herein, the
parties hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1.
PURCHASE OF ASSETS
SECTION 1.1.
Assets to Be Purchased by Buyers
. Subject to Section 1.2, Sellers hereby
agree to sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyers, and Buyers agree to purchase as of
the Closing, (i) all of the assets used in connection with the Sold Business other than the assets
which are used by both the Sold Business and the other businesses of Sellers, as the same exist on
the Closing Date, including those reflected in the unaudited balance sheet of the Sold Business as
of September 30, 2006 (the Balance Sheet) (subject to any adjustments thereto contained in the
Final Balance Sheet) and (ii) all of the related work papers, documents and records generated by
Sellers and their accountants in connection therewith, including, without limitation, the
following:
(a) So long as Sellers shall have delivered to Buyers consents to assignment from
the respective lessors with respect thereto, the rights, subject to the obligations,
under the leases together with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto
(the Sold Business Real Property Leases), for the real property
set forth on
Schedule 1.1(a)
(the Sold Business Leased Real Property),
and all
1
leasehold interests therein and all rights of Sellers to leasehold improvements
located thereon to the extent covered by the Sold Business Real Property Leases, and all
fixtures, machinery, installations and equipment attached thereto and located thereon;
(b) All right, title and interest in and to the real property, and all rights,
title, privileges and appurtenances thereto (including, without limitation, all
development rights, air rights, mineral rights and water rights related thereto), listed
on
Schedule 1.1(b)
(the Sold Business Owned Real Property and, together with
the Sold Business Leased Real Property, the Sold Business Real Property) and all
fixtures, machinery, installations and equipment attached thereto and located thereon;
(c) All right, title and interest in and to the furniture, fixtures, improvements,
supplies, computers, machinery, equipment and other tangible personal property
described, or of the type listed, on
Schedule 1.1(c)
, which schedule shall be
updated as of two days prior to the Closing (Tangible Personal Property);
(d) All right, title and interest in and to the Marks listed on
Schedule
1.1(d)
hereto and all other Marks used exclusively in connection with the Sold
Business, together with the goodwill associated therewith (the Sold Business Marks),
the Trade Secrets that are used exclusively in connection with the Sold Business (Sold
Business Trade Secrets), the copyrights that are owned by Sellers that are used
exclusively in connection with the Sold Business and any applications and registrations
therefor (the Sold Business Copyrights and collectively with the Sold Business Marks
and the Sold Business Trade Secrets, the Sold Business Intellectual Property),
together with all rights of Sellers to recover damages for any past, present or future
infringement, misappropriation or other violation of the Sold Business Intellectual
Property;
(e) All right, title and interest in the inventories of the Sold Business,
including all products, supplies and packaging materials, on hand or in route to Sellers
from suppliers (collectively, the Inventory);
(f) Sellers customer lists (subject to applicable privacy Laws) as set forth on
Schedule 1.1(f)
, which schedule shall be updated as of two days prior to the
Closing, customer files, sales literature and all related documentation as in effect at
the Closing and used exclusively in connection with the Sold Business;
(g) The prepaid expenses, prepaid deposits, retainers, customer deposits, credits,
advances, and security deposits of Sellers in respect of the Sold Business including,
without limitation, those set forth in
Schedule 1.1(g)
;
provided
,
however
, that prepaid expenses shall not include any expenses associated with
Terminated Suppliers;
(h) All of Sellers rights and interests in and to all of the contracts which are
utilized exclusively in connection with the Sold Business including, without limitation,
Material Contracts and other contracts relating to suppliers and
customers, open purchase orders and open sales orders, including without limitation
2
those contracts that are identified, or of the type listed, on
Schedule
1.1(h)
(collectively, the Assumed Contracts);
(i) All books, records, files and papers, whether in hard copy or computer format,
of Sellers to the extent they contain information relating to the Sold Business or to
any of the Transferred Employees. To the extent any such books, records, files and
papers are (i) also used in connection with any of Sellers businesses other than the
Sold Business, (ii) are required by Law to be retained by Sellers or (iii) relate to any
income tax credit, bankruptcy or creditors rights claims or other credit, Sellers may
deliver copies or other reproductions from which information solely concerning Sellers
businesses other than the Sold Business has been deleted;
(j) Except as listed in Section 1.2(b), all accounts and notes receivable and other
claims for money due Sellers in existence as of the close of business on the Closing
Date which have been generated in the ordinary course of business by the Sold Business
(collectively, the Accounts Receivable);
provided
,
however
, that the
Accounts Receivable shall not include any accounts receivable (A) subject to any third
party collection procedures or any other actions or proceedings which have been
commenced in connection therewith or (B) related to the Pre-Closing Lost Customers;
(k) All software (including without limitation all web-based technology and
software related to such web-based technology and customer-facing software used or held
for use exclusively by the Sold Business) listed on Schedule 1.1(k) and other
copyrightable subject matter that is used exclusively in the Sold Business, and all
tangible materials that embody any Sold Business Intellectual Property; and
(l) All rights, title and interests, subject to the obligations, under any leases
for Tangible Personal Property (the Tangible Personal Property Leases).
The above-described assets to be purchased and sold pursuant to this Agreement are referred to
as the Purchased Assets. Notwithstanding the forgoing, to the extent that Agilysys Canada has
any right, title and interest in any of the Purchased Assets prior to the Closing, such assets
shall be acquired by Canadian Buyer (the Canadian Purchased Assets).
SECTION 1.2.
Assets to be Retained by Sellers
. Sellers shall retain and Buyers shall
not purchase from Sellers any properties or assets of Sellers which are
not
included among
the Purchased Assets including, but not limited to, the following properties and assets of Sellers:
(a) All cash on hand and checks received pending collection as of the close of business
on the Closing Date, notes, bank deposits, certificates of deposit, marketable securities
and other cash equivalents, including, but not limited to, the consideration payable by
Buyers to Sellers under this Agreement in respect of the Purchase Price;
3
(b) All income and other tax credits, all tax refund claims (including any credits for
deferred taxes) and all bankruptcy or creditors rights claims;
provided
,
however
, that with respect to any tax certiorari or other proceedings for the
reduction of real estate taxes, Sellers shall only be entitled to that portion of any net
tax refund, after deducting Buyers costs of prosecuting the same, attributable to the
period prior to the Closing;
(c) All rights of Sellers under this Agreement and the agreements and instruments
delivered to Sellers by Buyers pursuant to this Agreement;
(d) All rights to (i) all Marks, Trade Secrets, and copyrights and applications and
registrations therefor, not specifically covered by Section 1.1(d), together with any and
all goodwill associated therewith, and (ii) all software and other Intellectual Property not
specifically covered by Section 1.1(k) (collectively, the Retained Intellectual Property);
(e) All capital stock of, or ownership interest in, any entity owned by Sellers;
(f) All books, records, files and papers, whether in hard copy or computer format, that
(i) Sellers shall be required to retain pursuant to any statute, rule, regulation,
ordinance, contract or agreement, (ii) contain information relating to any employee of
Sellers other than a Transferred Employee or any business or activity of Sellers or their
Affiliates not relating exclusively to the Sold Business or (iii) relate to any income tax
credit, bankruptcy or creditors rights claims or other credit;
(g) The minute books, stock transfer books and corporate seals of Sellers and any other
books and records of Sellers relating to the Retained Assets or the Retained Liabilities;
(h) Insurance policies carried by or covering Sellers and all credits or other amounts
due or to become due on account of or with respect to such policies;
(i) All accounts receivable of Sellers not generated by the Sold Business;
(j) All rights and interests in and under the Retained Benefit Plans (as defined below)
and related instruments and records;
(k) All rights of Sellers under all contracts and agreements to which Sellers are a
party that do not constitute Assumed Contracts;
(l) All real property and leasehold interests of Sellers not listed on
Schedules
1.1(a) or 1.1(b)
(the Retained Real Property);
(m) All inventory, machinery, equipment and tangible assets located at the Retained
Real Property and not otherwise part of the Tangible Personal Property, Inventory or subject
to the Tangible Personal Property Leases;
4
(n) All claims, causes of action, choses in action, rights of recovery and rights of
set off of any kind against any Person arising out of or relating to events prior to the
Closing which do not arise out of the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities; and
(o) All other assets of Sellers not specifically included among the Purchased Assets
and transferred to Buyers pursuant to Section 1.1.
The above-described assets to be retained by Sellers pursuant to this Agreement are referred
to as the Retained Assets.
SECTION 2.
ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
SECTION 2.1.
Assumed Liabilities
. Buyers hereby agree to assume at the Closing and
to pay, perform and discharge when due and indemnify and hold Sellers harmless against the
following liabilities and obligations of Sellers incurred exclusively in connection with the Sold
Business, as the same shall exist at the Closing (such liabilities and obligations are hereinafter
referred to as the Assumed Liabilities):
(a) All accounts payable and accrued expenses relating to the Sold Business incurred in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice as of the Closing Date to the
extent reflected or reserved against in the Audited Balance Sheet, including, without
limitation, those listed on
Schedule 2.1(a)
hereto;
provided
,
however
, that such accounts payable and accrued expenses shall not include any
liabilities associated with any of the Disputed Payables or any Retained Benefit Plan;
(b) Sellers liabilities, obligations and duties under all Assumed Contracts, Sold
Business Real Property Leases (so long as Sellers have delivered to Buyers consents to
assignment from the respective lessors with respect thereto) and Tangible Personal Property
Leases;
provided
,
however
, Buyers shall not assume any liabilities,
obligations or duties under such Assumed Contracts, Sold Business Real Property Leases or
Tangible Personal Property Leases for any material breach thereof by Sellers for any period
prior to the Closing unless such breach is listed on
Schedule 2.1(b)
;
(c) (i) All liabilities and obligations that arise after the Closing with respect to or
relating to the Purchased Assets, except for any liabilities or obligations otherwise
retained by Sellers under Sections 2.2 or this Section 2.1, and (ii) Assumed Litigation
subject to Section 9.2;
(d) Any liability under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (WARN)
or any similar Law to which Transferred Employees are entitled, either now or hereafter, in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;
(e) All liabilities and obligations specifically assumed by Buyers pursuant to Section
8.2.2; and
5
(f) Product liability claims arising out of claims of third parties for damage or
injury suffered as the result of defective products sold by Sellers prior to the Closing
Date for which Buyers receive reimbursement or indemnification by a supplier of the Sold
Business (the Assumed Product Liabilities).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that prior to the Closing, any of the Assumed
Liabilities are the liabilities or obligations of Agilysys Canada, such Assumed Liabilities shall
be assumed by Canadian Buyer (Canadian Liabilities).
SECTION 2.2.
Liabilities to be Retained by Sellers
. Sellers shall retain all
liabilities and obligations of Sellers not expressly assumed by Buyers pursuant to Section 2.1,
including, without limitation the following liabilities and obligations of Sellers (all such
retained liabilities and obligations are hereinafter referred to as the Retained Liabilities):
(a) All liabilities and obligations of Sellers under this Agreement and the agreements
and instruments delivered by Sellers to Buyers pursuant to this Agreement;
(b) Any obligation to pay Sellers fees or expenses incurred in connection with this
Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without
limitation, fees and expenses of brokers, finders, investment bankers, attorneys,
consultants, accountants or representatives (except as otherwise set forth in Section
3.2(d));
(c) Sellers liability for any severance or termination pay under any Retained Benefit
Plan, this Agreement, or any other policy or contract of Sellers (collectively Severance),
to any individuals who are Sold Business Employees, either now or hereafter, in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise;
(d) All liabilities and obligations (i) under Sellers change of control agreements
to which any individuals who are Sold Business Employees are entitled, either now or
hereafter, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise, and (ii)
relating to the vesting of participants and beneficiaries accounts under the retirement plan
of Seller;
(e) Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 8.2.2, any liabilities or
obligations with respect to any Sold Business Employee that accrued or arose prior to the
Closing, including without limitation with respect to any benefits under any Retained
Benefit Plans (regardless of when such liabilities accrued or arose);
(f) All liabilities and obligations for taxes relating to the Sold Business for all
periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date, and all liabilities
for deferred Taxes;
(g) All actions or proceedings pending against Sellers or relating to the Sold Business
prior to the Closing Date, other than Assumed Litigation subject to Section 9.2;
6
(h) All Retained Environmental Liabilities (regardless of whether such liabilities are
liabilities or obligations of Sellers);
(i) All obligations with respect to the Sold Business for repair or replacement of, or
refund for, damaged, defective or returned goods sold by Sellers prior to the Closing Date
(the Returned Goods);
(j) All liabilities with respect to the Sold Business arising out of claims of third
parties for damage or injury suffered as the result of defective products sold by Sellers
prior to the Closing Date other than Assumed Product Liabilities (the Product
Liabilities); and
(k) All liabilities with respect to the City of Solon, Enterprise Zone Agreement, dated
April 20, 1998.
SECTION 3.
CONSIDERATION
SECTION 3.1.
Purchase Price
. The aggregate purchase price for (i) the Purchased
Assets and (ii) the Minimum Sales Amount under the Procurement Agreement, shall be an amount equal
to Four Hundred Eighty Five Million Dollars ($485,000,000) (the Purchase Price), and the
assumption by Buyers at the Closing of the Assumed Liabilities. At the Closing, Buyers shall pay
the Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as Sellers may
reasonably direct by written notice delivered to Buyers by Sellers at least two (2) Business Days
prior to the Closing Date. Buyers and Sellers acknowledge and agree that no amount of the Purchase
Price is received, receivable or allocated explicitly to the covenants contained in Section 8.2.9.
SECTION 3.2.
Purchase Price Adjustment
.
(a)
Audited Balance Sheet Preparation
. No later than 60 days after the Closing
Date, Sellers shall deliver to Buyers a balance sheet of the Sold Business dated as of the
Closing Date audited by Ernst & Young (the Independent Auditors) in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the Audited
Balance Sheet). The Audited Balance Sheet will be prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles using Sellers historical internal accounting practices and
prepared in a manner consistent with the Balance Sheet. Audited Balance Sheet items listed
on Schedule 3.2(a) will be estimated consistent with the methodology set forth in Schedule
3.2(a) which is consistent with the methodology used in preparation of the Financial
Statements (as defined in Section 4.5). As part of the preparation of the Audited Balance
Sheet, Buyers shall have the right to jointly conduct with Sellers a complete physical
inventory of the Sold Business as of the Closing Date and the results thereof shall be
reflected in the Audited Balance Sheet. The Audited Balance Sheet shall fairly present in
all material respects the financial position of the Sold Business as of the Closing Date.
Buyers and Sellers shall equally share the cost of the preparation and audit of the Audited
Balance Sheet.
7
(b)
Audited Balance Sheet Review
. All work papers, documents and records used
or generated by Sellers and the Independent Auditors in connection with the preparation of
the Audited Balance Sheet, along with access to Sellers accountants and management
personnel, will be made available to Buyers. Unless Buyers give Sellers written notice of
their objection by the thirtieth (30th) day after Buyers receipt of the Audited Balance
Sheet, the Audited Balance Sheet will become final and binding on the parties and will be
deemed to be the Final Balance Sheet.
(c)
Audited Balance Sheet Dispute
. If Buyers object (as provided in the last
sentence of Section 3.2(b)) to the Audited Balance Sheet and Buyers and Sellers are able to
resolve their dispute within fifteen (15) days after Sellers receipt of Buyers written
objection, the Audited Balance Sheet (reflecting the resolution) will be final and binding
on the parties and will be deemed to be the Final Balance Sheet. If Buyers object (as
provided in the last sentence of Section 3.2(b)) to the Audited Balance Sheet and Buyers and
Sellers are unable to resolve their dispute within fifteen (15) days after Sellers receipt
of Buyers written objection, the dispute will be resolved by Price Waterhouse Coopers or
any other mutually acceptable certified public accounting firm (the Independent
Accountants). The Independent Accountants will be instructed to perform their services as
expeditiously as possible. The resolution of the Independent Accountants shall be presented
in an Arbitrators Award Report, prepared by the Independent Accountants, which shall be
final and binding on the parties. Buyers and Sellers shall each be given the opportunity to
submit any documents to the Independent Accountants, with a copy to the other party, which
that party believes will assist the Independent Accountant in the production of the
Arbitrators Award Report. The decision of the Independent Accountants as reflected in the
Arbitrators Award Report shall be reflected in a Final Balance Sheet to be issued by
Sellers as soon as possible thereafter.
(d)
Cost of Independent Accountants
. The fees and expenses of the Independent
Accountants for the resolution of the dispute shall be shared equally by Buyers and Sellers.
(e)
Working Capital Adjustment
. The Purchase Price shall be subject to
adjustment as follows (Working Capital Adjustment): If Working Capital is less than the
Target Working Capital, the Purchase Price shall be decreased in amount equal to the
difference between the Target Working Capital and the amount of the Working Capital. If the
Working Capital is greater than the Target Working Capital, the Purchase Price shall be
increased in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of the Working Capital and
the Target Working Capital. As used herein, Working Capital is defined as current assets
(included in Purchased Assets) less current liabilities (included in Assumed Liabilities),
as reflected on the Final Balance Sheet. Payments owed to either Buyers or Sellers as a
result of the Working Capital Adjustment shall be made within 5 days after issuance of the
Final Balance Sheet, by wire transfer of immediately available funds. Any such payments
shall be an adjustment to the Purchase Price.
SECTION 3.3.
Allocation of Purchase Price
. The aggregate fair market values of the
Purchased Assets and the allocation of the Purchase Price and Assumed Liabilities that are
8
liabilities for income tax purposes among the Purchased Assets as of the Closing Date for purposes of
Section 1060 of the Internal Revenue Code and for all Canadian and other tax purposes will be agreed to
no less than three (3) business days before the Closing and such allocation shall be attached to this
Agreement as
Schedule 3.3
. Such allocation shall be amended to update any adjustment to the Purchase
Price. Buyers and Sellers agree to be bound by such fair market value determination and allocation, as it may be
amended from time to time, and to complete and attach Internal Revenue Service Form 8594 to their respective U.S. tax
returns accordingly and to file all comparable Canadian and other tax returns accordingly.
SECTION 3.4.
Pre-Closing Lost Customers-Lost Oracle Sales Adjustment
. Sellers shall
notify Buyers promptly in the event that (i) any of the contracts of customers of the Sold Business
(either with Sellers or with suppliers of the Sold Business) for the purchase of products from the
Sold Business have been terminated prior to the Closing Date (the Pre-Closing Lost Customers) or
(ii) as of the Closing Date, Oracle has not consented to the transaction contemplated by this
Agreement (the Oracle Refusal). In the event that Buyers receive notice or become aware of any
Pre-Closing Lost Customers or of an Oracle Refusal then, in addition to any adjustment pursuant to
Section 3.2, the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of (x) the
amount by which the sum of (a) the sales to such Pre-Closing Lost Customers during the twelve (12)
month period ending September 30, 2006 (the Pre-Closing Lost Sales) and (b) sales of Oracle
products during the twelve (12) month period ending September 30, 2006 (the Oracle Lost Sales),
exceeds $200 million, multiplied by (y) 0.35 (the Lost Customers Multiple).
SECTION 4.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS
Sellers represent and warrant (jointly and severally) to Buyers that:
SECTION 4.1.
Corporate Status
.
(a)
Organization and Power
. Agilysys and Agilysys Canada are corporations duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Ohio and the
Province of Ontario, Canada, respectively. Sellers have full corporate power to: (a) own, lease
and operate the Purchased Assets and carry on the Sold Business as and where such Purchased Assets
are now owned or leased and as such Sold Business is presently being conducted by each of them; and
(b) execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all other agreements and documents to be
executed and delivered by such Seller in connection herewith.
(b)
Qualification
. With respect to the operation of the Sold Business, each Seller is
qualified to do business as a foreign or extra-provincial corporation in each jurisdiction where
the failure to be so qualified could result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 4.2.
Sellers Enforceability
. The execution and delivery of this Agreement
and, subject to the approval of the shareholders of Agilysys, the due consummation by Sellers of
the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary
corporate action on the part of Sellers. This Agreement constitutes (and each document and
9
instrument contemplated by this Agreement, when executed and delivered in accordance with the
provisions hereof, will constitute) a valid and legally binding agreement of Sellers enforceable in
accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effect of bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance,
reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of
creditors rights generally, and (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a
proceeding at equity or at Law).
SECTION 4.3.
Governmental Approvals
. Subject to the parties waiver of applicable
bulk sales Laws, no authorization, approval, consent or order of, or registration, declaration or
filing with, any federal, state, territorial, municipal, local, provincial or foreign governmental,
regulatory, or other public body or any subdivision, agency, instrumentality, or court (a
Governmental Authority) is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of
this Agreement by Sellers or any other agreement, instrument or document to be delivered by or on
behalf of Sellers in connection herewith, except for (a) such consents, filings and approvals as
may be required pursuant to the Hart Scott Rodino Act (HSR) or by the Competition Act (Canada)
(the Competition Act), and (b) such other orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations or
filings with any Governmental Authority the failure of which to be obtained or made will not (x)
materially impair the ability of Sellers to perform their obligations hereunder or (y) prevent the
consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.
SECTION 4.4.
Absence of Conflicts
. Subject to receipt of the approvals, consents,
orders, declarations and other matters set forth in Section 4.3 and except as set forth on
Schedule 4.4
, neither the execution, delivery nor performance of this Agreement or any of
the other agreements, instruments or documents to be delivered by or on behalf of Sellers in
connection herewith will result in the acceleration of any of the Assumed Liabilities or the
creation of any Lien on any of the Purchased Assets (other than Permitted Liens and the Liens
created by Buyers as of the Closing Date) or conflict with, violate or result in any material
breach of or constitute a material default under (whether upon notice or the passage of time or
both) any (i) Law applicable to Sellers, (ii) instrument to which any Seller is a party or by which
any Seller is bound relating to the Sold Business, excluding any supplier contracts, customer
contracts, purchase orders, sales orders, and any non-disclosure agreements, the violation,
conflict, breach or default of which would not reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse
Effect, (iii) any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Code of Regulations, as amended, or
any similar document, of any Seller, or (iv) such other orders, authorizations, registrations,
declarations or filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not (x) reasonably be
likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (y) materially impair the ability of Sellers to
perform their obligations hereunder, or (z) prevent the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated hereby.
SECTION 4.5.
Financial
. The unaudited balance sheet and the related Statement of Net
Sales, Cost of Goods Sold and Direct Operating Expenses (the Statement of Operations) of the Sold
Business for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, and at and for the six month period ended September 30, 2006, are
attached hereto as Schedule 4.5, together with reconciling statements tying such Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 2006 to the income statement provided in the Proxy Statement (together, the Financial
Statements). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.5, such Financial Statements (i) are true and
accurate in all material respects, (ii) have been prepared from the books and records of Sellers
regularly
10
maintained by management and used to prepare the consolidated financial statements of Sellers in accordance
with the principles stated therein, (iii) were prepared in accordance with GAAP, and (iv) fairly present in all
material respects the Sold Business results of operations and financial condition with respect to the items set forth
therein as if it had been conducted as a separate entity during such period and based upon the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as
stipulated in this Agreement, excluding certain cost allocations and subject to the absence of
footnote disclosure. In addition, the Statement of Operations presented in the Financial
Statements does not contain any extraordinary or non-recurring income or any other income not
earned in the ordinary and customary course of the Sold Business, except as set forth therein.
Sellers have maintained the books and records of the Sold Business in a manner sufficient to permit
the preparation of its financial statements in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time.
SECTION 4.6.
Compliance with Laws
. With respect to the operation of the Sold
Business, Sellers currently are not, nor have they been in the past three years, in violation of
any Law, excluding any violation which would not reasonably be likely to result in a Material
Adverse Effect. Sellers have all material permits and licenses necessary to conduct the Sold
Business as conducted by Sellers immediately prior to the Closing.
Schedule 4.6
lists all
such material permits and licenses.
SECTION 4.7.
No Litigation
. With respect to the operation of the Sold Business,
except as set forth on
Schedule 4.7
, there is no claim, litigation, action, suit, hearing,
investigation or proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Sellers, threatened against any Seller
which could (i) reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) prevent,
prohibit or make illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To
the Knowledge of Sellers, there are no facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to
lead to a claim, litigation, action, suit, hearing, investigation or proceeding that would be
required to be disclosed pursuant to the prior sentence.
SECTION 4.8.
Title; Condition of Assets
. (a) Sellers have good, valid and
marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the Purchased Assets free of all Liens other
than Permitted Liens and Liens listed on
Schedule 4.8
.
(b) Except for the Tangible Personal Property leased pursuant to the Tangible Personal
Property Leases, no Person, other than Sellers, owns or primarily utilizes any material Tangible
Personal Property. To the Knowledge of Sellers, the Tangible Personal Property is in good and
normal operating condition, normal wear and tear excepted.
SECTION 4.9.
Inventories
. Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.9(a)
, all items
contained in the Inventory of the Sold Business (except as otherwise reserved for in the Audited Balance Sheet)
existing at the Closing will be of a quality and quantity salable in
the ordinary course of the Sold Business. Adequate
reserves for bad or obsolete inventory are maintained and reflected in the Financial Statements and the Audited Balance
Sheet. As of the Closing Date, the Inventory shall be sufficient to permit Buyers to supply the customers of the Sold
Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.9(b), none
of the Inventory was purchased from a source other than the manufacturer thereof or a distributor duly licensed or
franchised to distribute such items by such manufacturer and, except
11
for Inventory purchased for customer specific requirements (so long as such Inventory is subject to a
contract for the purchase thereof by such customer), all such items of Inventory meet the requirements for return to the manufacturer under the applicable
franchise agreement other than as a result of quantity limitations with respect to such return
rights. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9(c), none of the Sellers have sold any inventory of the
Sold Business, which the purchaser thereof has the right to return to Sellers or cause the seller
thereof to repurchase for any reason except (i) pursuant to the standard product warranties of
Sellers for product quality or mistake in shipment or implied warranties at law for title against
infringement and (ii) to the extent the same will be reflected in reserves on the Audited Balance
Sheet.
SECTION 4.10.
No Changes
. Except as contemplated herein or set forth on
Schedule
4.10
, since September 30, 2006, (i) there has not occurred any Special Closing
ConditionMaterial Adverse Effect, (ii) the Sold Business has been operated only in the ordinary
course consistent with past practice and (iii) there has not been any event or development which,
individually or together with any other such event, would reasonably be expected to result in a
Special Closing ConditionMaterial Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, except as
disclosed on
Schedule 4.10
, since September 30, 2006, with respect to the Sold Business,
Sellers have not:
(a) Transferred, assigned, conveyed or liquidated any of the Purchased Assets or any
portion of the Sold Business, other than Inventory and Tangible Personal Property in the
ordinary course of business;
(b) Suffered any change in their business, operations, or financial condition which
would result in a Material Adverse Effect and to the Knowledge of Sellers there is no event
which would reasonably be likely to result in any such Material Adverse Effect;
(c) Suffered any destruction, damage or loss, relating to the Purchased Assets or the
Sold Business not covered by insurance, which, in the aggregate, exceeds two hundred fifty
thousand dollars ($250,000);
(d) Suffered, permitted or incurred the imposition of any Lien or claim upon any of the
Purchased Assets or the Sold Business, except for any Permitted Lien;
(e) Committed, suffered, permitted or incurred any default in liability or obligation
which, in the aggregate, could be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(f) Made or agreed to any material change in the terms of any Sold Business Real
Property Lease, Tangible Personal Property Lease or any Material Contract which (i) is not
in the ordinary course of business or (ii) is in the ordinary course of business but
involves future payments or receipts, performance of services, or delivery of goods to or by
Sellers of an amount or value in the aggregate in excess of two hundred fifty thousand
dollars ($250,000);
(g) Waived, canceled, sold or otherwise disposed of, for less than the face amount
thereof, any claim or right relating exclusively to the Purchased Assets or the
12
Sold Business which (i) is not in the ordinary course of business or (ii) is in the ordinary
course of business but involves an amount or value in the aggregate in excess of two hundred
fifty thousand dollars ($250,000);
(h) Paid, agreed to pay or incurred any obligation for any payment of any bonus to, or
granted any increase in the compensation of any Sold Business Employee (except in the
ordinary course consistent with past practice and in any event not to exceed four percent
(4%) in the aggregate;
(i) Except as set forth in
Schedule 4.10(i)
, amended, terminated, adopted or
increased benefits under any Benefit Plan;
(j) Paid, agreed to pay or incurred any obligation for any payment of any indebtedness
affecting the Purchased Assets or the Sold Business except current liabilities incurred in
the ordinary course of business;
(k) Delayed or postponed the payment of any liabilities associated with the Purchased
Assets or Sold Business, whether current or long term, or failed to pay in the ordinary
course of business any such liability on a timely basis consistent with prior practice;
(l) Materially changed (i) any investment, accounting, financial reporting, inventory,
credit, allowance or Tax practice or policy of the Sold Business or (ii) any method of
calculating bad debt, inventory, contingency or other reserve of the Sold Business for
accounting, financial reporting or Tax purposes;
(m) Acquired any asset, other than Inventory and Tangible Personal Property, in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in excess of two hundred fifty
thousand dollars ($250,000);
(n) Entered into any transaction in connection with the Sold Business with any officer,
director or Affiliate of Sellers (i) outside the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice or (ii) other than on an arms-length basis;
(o) Discontinued sales, marketing and promotional activities relating to the Sold
Business not in the ordinary course of business;
(p) Failed to comply, in any material respect, with all Laws applicable to the Sold
Business; or
(q) Entered into a contract to do or engage in any of the foregoing.
SECTION 4.11.
Intellectual Property
.
(a)
Schedule 4.11(a)
sets forth an accurate and complete list of all
registered Marks used exclusively in connection with the Sold Business (collectively,
the Registered Sold Business Marks). Sellers own no patent, patent application,
registered copyright or application to register copyright that is used exclusively in
13
connection with the Sold Business. No Registered Sold Business Mark is involved in any
opposition or cancellation proceeding and, to Sellers Knowledge, no such proceeding is
threatened. All fees that are due and owing with respect to any of the Registered Sold
Business Marks have been paid. All Registered Sold Business Marks are subsisting and,
to the Knowledge of Sellers, valid and enforceable, and Sellers have received no notice
or claim challenging the validity or enforceability of any Sold Business Mark;
(b) Sellers own exclusively all of the Sold Business Intellectual Property free and
clear of all Liens (except Permitted Liens) or other material restrictions. Except as
set forth in
Schedule 4.11(b)
, the Sold Business Intellectual Property and the
rights licensed from a third party licensor under any license agreement that constitutes
an Assumed Contract (a Third Party License) constitute all of the Intellectual
Property that is used or held for use exclusively in connection with the conduct of the
Sold Business and all the Intellectual Property that is necessary to conduct the Sold
Business in the manner in which it heretofore has been conducted. To the Knowledge of
Sellers, no loss or expiration of any of the material Intellectual Property used
exclusively in connection with the Sold Business is threatened or pending. No Seller
has transferred ownership of, or granted any exclusive license with respect to, any Sold
Business Intellectual Property;
(c) Sellers have taken reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of all
material Trade Secrets that have been used exclusively in connection with the Sold
Business; and
(d) Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.11(d)
, to the Knowledge of Sellers,
none of the products or services that have been distributed, sold or offered in the
operation of the Sold Business, nor any technology or materials used in connection
therewith has infringed upon or misappropriated any Intellectual Property of any third
party in any material respect, and Sellers have not received any written notice or claim
asserting that any such infringement or misappropriation has occurred. To the Knowledge
of Sellers, no third party is misappropriating or infringing any material Sold Business
Intellectual Property in a manner that reasonably would be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Sold Business. To the Knowledge of Sellers, no Sold Business
Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding order, judgment, decree, stipulation
or agreement restricting the use or licensing thereof by Sellers.
SECTION 4.12.
Environmental Matters
.
(a) Sellers have not received since January 1, 2000 any written or oral notice of
violation, information request, demand or claim of liability or potential liability
related to the Sold Business or the Purchased Assets under or pursuant to any
Environmental Law from any Governmental Authority, which notice, request, demand or
claim has not been fully corrected and resolved (including the payment of any fines or
penalties);
14
(b) Since January 1, 2000, no notice under applicable Environmental Laws reporting
the release of any Hazardous Substance into the environment has been filed by Sellers
with respect to the Sold Business or the Purchased Assets and no such notice has been
required to be filed, by or on behalf of Sellers related to the Sold Business or the
Purchased Assets;
(c) Sellers have not received any oral or written notice from any Governmental
Authority or other Person alleging that any Seller, with respect to the Sold Business
Real Property, is a responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601,
et
seq
. (CERCLA),
any state superfund Laws or comparable Laws relating to Remediation;
(d) Neither Sellers, the Sold Business nor, to the Knowledge of Sellers, any other
Person has Managed, Released or disposed of any Hazardous Substances on, in, under or
from the Sold Business Real Property in an amount or concentration that would create a
legal duty on Sellers, the Sold Business or any purchaser of the Sold Business to
perform or be liable for any Remediation and none of the Sellers with respect to the
Sold Business or the Purchased Assets has assumed any obligations or liabilities of any
other Person arising under any Environmental Law;
(e) With respect to the Purchased Assets and the operation of the Sold Business,
Sellers and the Sold Business (i) are in material compliance with Environmental Laws,
and (ii) have obtained, maintain in full force and effect and are in material compliance
with all permits, licenses, certificates and approvals required under Environmental Law
with respect to the Sold Business or the Purchased Assets (and all such permits,
licenses, certificates and approvals are listed on
Schedule 4.6
), and no actions
are pending, or to the Knowledge of the Sellers, threatened to revoke, cancel,
terminate, restrict or modify any such permits, licenses, certificates or approvals;
(f) To the Knowledge of Sellers there are not and have not been, any underground
storage tanks, asbestos-containing materials in any form or condition, polychlorinated
biphenyls in electrical equipment, landfills, impoundments or waste disposal areas at
any of the Sold Business Real Property;
(g) Attached as
Schedule 4.12(g)
is a listing of all reports, studies,
analyses, tests and monitoring results related to the environmental condition of the
Sold Business and the Purchased Assets (including without limitation, Phase I and Phase
II investigation reports) of which Sellers have Knowledge, copies of which have been
made available to Buyers; and
(h) Neither Seller nor the Sold Business: (i) have ever manufactured, produced,
repaired, installed, sold, conveyed or otherwise put into the stream of commerce any
product, merchandise, manufactured good, part, component or other item comprised of or
containing asbestos; or (ii) have been the subject of any claims
or litigation arising out of the alleged exposure to asbestos or asbestos-containing material.
15
For the purposes hereof, Environmental Laws shall mean all applicable Laws regulating: (i) the
Management, Release or Remediation of Hazardous Substances, (ii) the exposure of persons to
Hazardous Substances or (iii) protection of the Environment, including without limitation: CERCLA;
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901,
et
seq
.; the Clean
Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251
et
seq
.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401,
et
seq
.; and the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601,
et
seq
. and any requirements promulgated pursuant to these applicable Laws.
SECTION 4.13.
Employee Benefit Plans
.
(a)
Schedule 4.13
lists (i) each material employee benefit plan (as such
term is defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended (ERISA)) currently maintained or contributed to by (or required to be
maintained or contributed to by) Sellers or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Sold
Business Employee, and (ii) each employment agreement or other material plan, policy,
program, agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether written or oral, whether
formal or informal, relating to change in control, retention, equity, retirement,
compensation, deferred compensation, incentives, bonuses, severance, fringe benefits,
equity compensation, salary continuation or any other employee benefits currently
maintained or contributed to by (or required to be maintained or contributed to by)
Sellers or any ERISA Affiliate for the benefit of any Sold Business Employee
(collectively referred to herein as the Benefit Plans). For purposes of this
Agreement, Retained Benefit Plan means each Benefit Plan and each other plan, program,
agreement or arrangement applicable to any Sold Business Employee in connection with his
or her employment with the Sold Business or by Sellers or any affiliate of Sellers.
Sellers have made available to Buyers complete copies of all Benefit Plans including all
amendments thereto. None of the Benefit Plans (i) is subject to Section 302 or Title IV
of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, or is a multiemployer plan (as defined in Section
3(37) of ERISA), or (ii) provides or promises post-retirement health or life benefits to
any Sold Business Employee or beneficiary of any Sold Business Employee except to the
extent required under COBRA; nor have Sellers ever established, sponsored, maintained or
been obligated to make contributions to, any such Benefit Plan. No Seller nor any ERISA
Affiliate has incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA and no event has occurred and no
condition exists that would subject the Sold Business, either directly or by reason of
any Sellers affiliation with any ERISA Affiliate to any material tax, lien, penalty or
other liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable law with respect to any
Benefit Plan. ERISA Affiliate is any trade or business (whether or not incorporated)
under common control with Sellers and which, together with Sellers, is treated as a
single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
(b) No Retained Benefit Plan or any obligation related thereto is required to be
transferred or assigned to Buyers either by operation of law or
16
otherwise.
Except as disclosed in
Schedule 4.13(b)
, no payment or benefit under any Benefit Plan,
including without limitation any severance or parachute payment plan or agreement will
be established or become accelerated, vested, funded or payable by reason of any
transaction contemplated under this Agreement or any other agreements and documents to
be executed or delivered in connection herewith.
(c) Since September 30, 2006, no promises or commitments have been made, or other
agreement entered into by any Seller to amend any Benefit Plan, to provide increased
benefits thereunder or to establish any additional Benefit Plan except in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice.
(d) Each Benefit Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has
either received a favorable determination letter from the IRS as to its qualified status
or the remedial amendment period for each such Benefit Plan has not yet expired. Each
trust established in connection with any Benefit Plan intended to be exempt from federal
taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code is so exempt. To the Knowledge of Sellers, no
fact or event has occurred that would adversely affect the exempt status of any such
trust or affect the qualified status, or registered status of any Benefit Plan
maintained by any of the Sellers. All employer payments, contributions or premiums
required to be remitted or paid to or in respect of each Benefit Plan have been remitted
and paid in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms thereof, all applicable
actuarial reports and all Law.
SECTION 4.14.
Employees
.
(a)
Schedule 4.14(a)
contains a complete and accurate list, as of the date
hereof, of the following information for the employees of Sellers who, as of the date
hereof, are engaged full time in the conduct of the Sold Business or who are engaged
full time by Seller and devote a majority of their responsibilities and time in the
conduct of the Sold Business (Sold Business Employees): name (subject to applicable
privacy Laws); job title; current compensation; target incentive for fiscal 2006; years
of service and exempt or non-exempt status.
(b) Except as disclosed in
Schedule 4.14(b)
, (i) no Sold Business Employee
is presently a member of a collective bargaining unit with respect to his or her
employment with Sellers and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, there are no threatened or contemplated
attempts to organize, for collective bargaining purposes, any of the Sold Business Employees, and (ii) no
unfair labor practice complaint or sex, age, race or other discrimination claim or any other claim of Law
violation relating to the employment of Sold Business Employees has been brought during
the last three (3) years against any Seller by any Sold Business Employee, or any person
or entity acting for or on behalf of any Sold Business Employee, individually or
collectively, or with respect to the conduct of the Sold Business before any
Governmental Authority, and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, there is no reasonable basis
for such a claim.
17
SECTION 4.15.
Contracts
.
(a) Each Assumed Contract and Tangible Personal Property Lease is valid, binding
and enforceable against Sellers in accordance with its terms, except that such
enforcement may be subject to (i) the effect of bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance,
reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting the
enforcement of creditors rights generally, and (ii) general equitable principles
(regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at Law or in
equity). To the Knowledge of Sellers, each of the Assumed Contracts and Tangible
Personal Property Leases is in full force and effect against each other party thereto.
(b) Except as set forth on
Schedule 2.1(b)
or
Schedule 4.15(b)
,
Sellers have performed in all material respects all material obligations required to be
performed by them to date under, and are not in material default under, any Assumed
Contract or Tangible Personal Property Lease, and no event has occurred which, with due
notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default by Sellers. To the
Knowledge of Sellers, no other party to any Assumed Contract or Tangible Personal
Property Lease is in material default in respect thereof, and no event has occurred
which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default.
Sellers will make available to Buyers or their representatives true, correct and
complete copies of all written Assumed Contracts and Tangible Personal Property Leases.
(c)
Schedule 4.15(c)
contains a true, correct and complete list, as of the
date hereof, of each of the following Assumed Contracts:
(i) All written contracts (other than Benefit Plans) providing for a commitment
of employment of, or the provision of consultation services by, any Sold Business
Employee;
(ii) All partnership or joint venture agreements with any Person exclusively in
connection with the Sold Business;
(iii) All contracts relating to the future disposition or acquisition of any
Purchased Assets, other than dispositions or acquisitions of Inventory or Tangible Personal Property in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
(iv) All Tangible Personal Property Leases and Sold Business Real Property
Leases;
(v)
Schedule 1.1(h)
lists all material contracts and agreements with
customers, suppliers, manufacturers, resellers, distributors, dealers, sales
agencies or franchises with whom any Seller deals exclusively in connection with the
Sold Business, other than purchase orders, sales orders and nondisclosure
agreements;
18
(vi) All agreements or contracts between a Seller or an Affiliate of Seller on
the one hand and the Sold Business on the other hand; and
(vii) All agreements or contracts that (A) involve the payment or potential
payment, pursuant to the terms of any such contract, by or to any Seller of more
than $100,000 annually and (B) cannot be terminated within sixty (60) days after
giving notice of termination without resulting in any material cost or penalty to
any Seller, other than purchase orders, sales orders and nondisclosure agreements.
(d) Sellers have delivered to Buyers true and complete copies of the Assumed
Contracts disclosed pursuant to Section 4.15(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi) and (vii)
and all material Assumed Contracts with customers, suppliers, manufacturers, resellers,
distributors, dealers, sales agencies or franchises with whom any Seller deals
exclusively in connection with the Sold Business (other than purchase orders, sales
orders and nondisclosure agreements) set forth in
Schedule 4.15(d)(i)
, all
amendments and supplements thereto and all waivers of any terms thereof (the Material
Contracts). All of the Assumed Contracts for which true and complete copies were not
delivered to Buyers have been entered into in the ordinary course of business.
SECTION 4.16.
Sold Business Real Property
.
(a)
Schedule 1.1(b)
is a true, correct and complete list of all of the real
property presently owned by Sellers and included in the Sold Business.
Schedule
1.1(a)
is a true, correct and complete list of all real property presently leased
by, subleased to, or otherwise occupied by, Sellers and included in the Sold Business.
The properties listed on
Schedules 1.1(a) and 1.1(b)
constitute the Sold
Business Real Property. Sellers have not entered into any leases or granted any rights
of first refusal, options to purchase or rights of occupancy except the Sold Business
Real Property Leases and the Sold Business Owned Real Property is not subject to any
leases, rights of first refusal, options to purchase or rights of occupancy. To the Knowledge of Sellers,
each of the Sold Business Real Property Leases is in full force and effect against each other party thereto, and each Seller holds a valid and
existing leasehold interest under each of the Sold Business Real Property Leases to
which it is a party free and clear of all Liens, except for any Permitted Lien.
(b) Each Sold Business Real Property Lease is valid, binding and enforceable
against Sellers in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be
subject to (i) the effect of bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization,
moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors
rights generally, and (ii) general equitable principles (regardless of whether
enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). Sellers have
performed in all material respects all material obligations required to be performed by
them to date under, and are not in material default under, any Sold Business Real
19
Property Lease, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time
or both, would constitute such a default by Sellers. To the Knowledge of Sellers, no
other party to any Sold Business Real Property Lease is in material default in respect
thereof, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both,
would constitute such a default. Sellers have not given a notice of default, nor have
Sellers received a notice of default under any Sold Business Real Property Lease.
Sellers have made available to Buyers or their representatives true, correct and
complete copies of all Sold Business Real Property Leases. Sellers have made available
to Buyers or their representatives copies of Sellers title insurance policies and
surveys for the Sold Business Owned Real Property. Except as set forth on
Schedule
4.16(b)
, Sellers own in fee simple, with good, insurable (to the extent provided in
the Title Policy) and marketable title, each parcel of Sold Business Owned Real Property
free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). Sellers have not received
written notice of any pending or threatened condemnations, planned public improvements,
annexation, special assessments, zoning or subdivision changes, or other adverse claims
affecting the Sold Business Owned Real Property and/or the Sold Business Real Property
Leases. To Sellers Knowledge, all of the buildings, material fixtures and other
improvements situated on the Sold Business Owned Real Property are in good condition,
reasonable wear and tear excepted, and have been maintained in the normal course of
business consistent with Sellers past practice.
SECTION 4.17.
Taxes
. All Taxes owed by Sellers with respect to the Sold Business
have been paid other than Taxes which are not yet due or which, if due, are not delinquent or are
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or have not been finally determined, and
for which, in each case, adequate reserves have been established on the Balance Sheet or in the
books and records of Sellers. All Tax returns required to be filed by Sellers with respect to the
Sold Business, have been duly and timely filed and are true, correct and complete in all material
respects. Sellers shall also be responsible for any retroactively assessed taxes that arise out
of or relate to the Sold Business or revenues received from the Sold Business for the period of
time prior to the Closing Date. Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.17
, there are no Tax
claims, audits or proceedings pending or, to Sellers Knowledge, threatened in connection with the
Sold Business. There are not currently in force any waivers or agreements binding upon Sellers
for the extension of time for the assessment or payment of any Tax. With respect to the Sold
Business, each Seller has properly withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and
paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any shareholder, employee, creditor, independent
contractor, or other third party. Agilysys Canada has remitted to the appropriate Governmental or
Regulatory Authority, when required by law to do so, all amounts collected by it on account of
federal goods and services tax (GST) and applicable provincial sales Taxes. Agilysys Canada is
duly registered under the Excise Tax Act (Canada) with respect to the GST and the Harmonized Sales
Tax and its registration number is 13831 7615. Agilysys Canada is duly registered under the
Quebec Sales Tax Act
with respect to the Quebec Sales Tax and its registration number is
1016808951. Agilysys Canada is not a non-resident of Canada within the meaning of the Income Tax
Act (Canada). Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.17
, no Seller
is a party to or bound by any Tax allocation or Tax sharing agreement with any other Person
and neither has any contractual obligation to indemnify any other Person with respect to Taxes.
Tax means any net income tax, alternative or add-on minimum tax, franchise, gross income,
20
adjusted gross income or gross receipts tax, payroll tax, real or personal property tax, sales or
use tax, goods and services tax, employer health tax, or value-added tax, together with any
interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Governmental
Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax.
SECTION 4.18.
Brokers and Finders
. Except as listed on
Schedule 4.18
, no
broker, finder or other Person acting in a similar capacity has participated on behalf of Sellers
in bringing about the transactions herein contemplated, rendered any services with respect thereto
or been in any way involved therewith.
SECTION 4.19.
Sufficiency of the Assets
. The Purchased Assets, when taken together
with the services and assets provided under the Transition Services Agreement and corporate
overhead services such as legal, accounting, finance, tax, information technology support and
treasury, are all of the assets necessary to permit Buyers to carry on the Sold Business in all
respects as presently conducted by Sellers.
SECTION 4.20.
No Undisclosed Liabilities
. Except as reflected or reserved against on
the Balance Sheet or as disclosed in
Schedule 4.20
, there are no liabilities against,
relating to or affecting the Sold Business or any of the Purchased Assets, other than liabilities
since September 30, 2006 (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice or (ii) which, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Sold Business.
On the Closing Date, there will be no liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Sold Business
which are, in accordance with Section 3.2, required to be reserved against or disclosed on the
Audited Balance Sheet which are not so reserved or disclosed.
SECTION 4.21.
No Affiliate Transactions
.
(a) Except as disclosed on
Schedule 4.21(a)
, (i) none of Sellers or
officer, director or Affiliate of Sellers provides or causes to be provided any assets,
services or facilities used or held for use in connection with the Sold Business, and
(ii) the Sold Business does not provide or cause to be provided any assets, services or
facilities to any such Seller or any officer, director or Affiliate of such Seller.
(b) Except as disclosed on
Schedule 4.21(b)
, each of the transactions
listed on
Schedule 4.21(a)
is engaged on an arms-length basis.
SECTION 4.22.
Accounts Receivable
. Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.22
, the
Accounts Receivable (i) arose from bona fide sales transactions in the ordinary course of business
and are payable on ordinary trade terms, (ii) are legal, valid and binding obligations of the
respective debtors enforceable in accordance with their terms, (iii) are not subject to any valid
set-off or counterclaim, (iv) do not represent obligations for goods sold on consignment, on
approval or on a sale-or-return basis or subject to any other
repurchase or return arrangement, (v) are collectible in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice in the aggregate recorded amounts thereof, net of any applicable
reserve reflected on the Balance Sheet and the Audited Balance Sheet, and (vi) are not the subject
of any actions or proceedings brought by or on behalf of any Seller.
21
SECTION 4.23.
Guarantees
. Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.23
, none of the
Assumed Liabilities are guaranteed by or subject to a similar contingent obligation of any Person,
nor have Sellers guaranteed or become subject to a similar contingent obligation in respect of the
liabilities of any customer, supplier, or other Person to whom Sellers sell goods or provide
services in the conduct of the Sold Business or with whom Sellers otherwise have significant
business relationships in the conduct of the Sold Business.
SECTION 4.24.
Insurance
.
Schedule 4.24
sets forth a true, correct and
complete summary of all casualty, general liability, product liability and all other types of
occurrence-based insurance (other than those relating to Benefit Plans) maintained with respect to
the Sold Business or any of the Sold Business Real Property or assets, together with the carriers
and liability limits for each such policy. Such insurance is sufficient to cover the losses and
liabilities of the Sold Business in accordance with industry standards.
SECTION 4.25.
Warranties
.
Schedule 4.25
contains an accurate description of
the standard warranty policies of the Sold Business. Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.25
,
there are no material exceptions to the standard warranty policies applicable to any products sold
by the Sold Business.
SECTION 5.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYERS
Buyers hereby represent and warrant (jointly and severally) to Sellers that:
SECTION 5.1.
Corporate Status
. Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of New York, US Buyer is a corporation
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Indiana, and
Canadian Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
Laws of Ontario. Buyers have full corporate power to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement
and all other agreements and documents to be executed and delivered by them in connection herewith.
SECTION 5.2.
Buyers Enforceability
. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and
the due consummation by Buyers of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Buyers, and this Agreement constitutes
(and each document and instrument contemplated by this Agreement, when executed and delivered in
accordance with the provisions hereof, will constitute) a valid and legally binding agreement of
Buyers enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to (a) the effect of bankruptcy,
fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting
the enforcement of
creditors rights generally, and (b) general equitable principles (whether considered in a
proceeding at equity or at Law).
SECTION 5.3.
Consents
. No authorization, approval, consent or order of, or
registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required in
connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Buyers or any other
agreement, instrument or document to be delivered by or on behalf of Buyers in connection herewith,
except for (a) such filings and approvals as may be required pursuant to HSR or by the
22
Competition
Act, and (b) such other consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations
and filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not materially impair the ability of
Buyers to perform their obligations hereunder or (c) prevent the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.
SECTION 5.4.
Absence of Conflicts
. Subject to receipt of such approvals, consents,
orders, declarations and other matters set forth in Section 5.3, neither the execution nor delivery
nor performance of this Agreement or any of the other agreements, instruments or documents to be
delivered by or on behalf of Buyers in connection herewith, conflicts with, violates or results in
any material breach of or constitute a default under (whether upon notice or the passage of time or
both) any (a) judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Buyers, (b)
instrument to which Buyers are a party or by which Buyers are bound, or (c) any provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws or other constituent documents of Buyers.
SECTION 5.5.
No Litigation
. There is no claim, litigation, investigation or
proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Buyers, threatened against Buyers which would challenge,
prevent or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
SECTION 5.6.
Available Funds
. Buyers have sufficient funds available to consummate
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
SECTION 5.7.
Brokers and Finders
. Except as listed on
Schedule 5.7
, no
broker, finder or other Person acting in a similar capacity has participated on behalf of Buyers in
bringing about the transaction herein contemplated, or rendered any services with respect thereto
or been in any way involved therewith.
SECTION 6.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
SECTION 6.1.
Conditions to Each Partys Obligation to Effect the Closing
. The
respective obligations of each party to effect the transaction contemplated hereby shall be subject
to the fulfillment prior to the Closing of the following conditions:
(a)
No Order
. No Governmental Authority or court of competent jurisdiction
shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law
which is then in effect and has the effect of making this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby illegal;
(b)
Governmental Approvals
. All required approvals pursuant to HSR and
the Competition Act shall have been obtained or the waiting period shall have expired
and all other authorizations, consents, orders, declarations or approvals of, or filings
with, or terminations or expirations of waiting periods imposed by, any other
Governmental Authority (other than pursuant to applicable bulk sales Law), the failure
of which to obtain could result in a Material Adverse Effect (assuming the transaction
had taken place) shall have been obtained, shall have occurred or shall have been filed,
as applicable; and
23
(c)
Shareholder Approval
. The shareholders of Agilysys shall have duly
approved the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
SECTION 6.2.
Sellers Deliveries
. The obligation of Buyers to effect the transaction
contemplated hereby shall be subject to the performance or delivery by Sellers (or the express
waiver thereof in writing by Buyers or by Buyers performance or delivery hereunder) to Buyers of
the following at or before the Closing, all of which deliveries shall be reasonably acceptable to
Buyers and their counsel:
(a) (i) Sellers shall have performed in all material respects their agreements,
covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement required to be performed on or
prior to the Closing and, except as provided in Section 6.2(a)(ii), each of the
representations and warranties (without giving effect to any material, materiality,
Material Adverse Effect or Special Closing ConditionMaterial Adverse Effect
qualification on such representations and warranties) of Sellers contained in this
Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing as if made on and as of
such date (or, as to any representation or warranty made as of a specified date earlier
than the Closing Date, such earlier date) in each case except if such failure to be true
and correct does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect in excess of $10,000,000;
provided
,
however
, that a representation or warranty will not be untrue
for purposes of Section 6.2(a)(i) if an Assumed Contract is terminated because of the
execution of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the attempted assignment of such Assumed Contract by
Sellers to Buyers; and
(ii) Notwithstanding Section 6.2(a)(i) above, with respect to the representations and
warranties made by Sellers in Sections 4.7, 4.10(b), 4.10(c), 4.14(b), 4.15(b), and 4.20
such representations and warranties (without giving effect to any material, materiality,
Material Adverse Effect or Special Closing ConditionMaterial Adverse Effect
qualification on such representations and warranties) shall be true and correct on and as of
the Closing Date as if made on and as of such date (or, as to any representation or warranty
made as of a specified date earlier than the Closing Date, such earlier date), except if
such failure to be true and correct does not constitute a Special Closing ConditionMaterial
Adverse Effect.
(b) A bill of sale in a customary form reasonably acceptable to the parties, signed
by Sellers, transferring to the applicable Buyer the applicable Purchased Assets;
(c) An instrument in a form reasonably acceptable to the parties, evidencing
Sellers assignment, subject to Section 8.3.4, to Buyers of the Assumed Liabilities and
all of Sellers rights under the Assumed Contracts;
(d) A certificate, with attachments, with respect to the matters set forth in
Section 6.2(a) and as to each Sellers charter documents, corporate resolutions and
incumbency of officers, signed by the duly authorized President and Secretary or
Assistant Secretary of each Seller;
24
(e) A Procurement Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the
Procurement Agreement) signed by Sellers;
(f) A Transition Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the
Transition Agreement) signed by Sellers;
(g) Certificates of good standing as of the most recent practicable date from the
Secretary of State or equivalent Governmental Authority where each of the Sellers is
incorporated;
(h) A limited warranty deed in a customary form reasonably acceptable to the
parties transferring to Buyer title to the Sold Business Owned Real Property;
(i) An instrument in a form reasonably acceptable to the parties, evidencing
Sellers assignment to Buyers of the rights to the Sold Business Intellectual Property;
(j) On the Closing Date, the Title Company (at Buyers sole cost and expense) shall
issue to Buyers or be irrevocably committed to issue to Buyers an extended coverage ALTA
owners form title policy (the Title Policy), in the amount of the Purchase Price
allocable to the Sold Business Owned Real Property, insuring that fee simple title to
the Sold Business Owned Real Property is vested in Buyers subject only to the Permitted
Liens. Buyers shall be entitled to request that the Title Company provide such
endorsements (or amendments) to the Title Policy as Buyers may reasonably require,
provided that (a) such endorsements (or amendments) shall be at no cost to, and shall
impose no additional liability on, Sellers, (b) Buyers obligations under this Agreement
shall not be conditioned upon Buyers ability to obtain such endorsements and, if Buyers
are unable to obtain such endorsements, Buyers shall nevertheless be obligated to
proceed to close the transaction contemplated by this Agreement without reduction of or
set off against the Purchase Price, and (c) the Closing shall not be delayed as a result
of Buyers request. Buyer and Seller shall each pay half of all escrow fees of the
Title Company; and
(k) An assignment and assumption of lease with respect to each of the Sold Business
Real Property Leases in a customary form reasonably acceptable to the parties.
(l) IBM shall not have withdrawn its consent to the transaction contemplated by
this Agreement (including to the assignment of its agreement to Buyers), as received by
Buyers prior to the execution of this Agreement.
(m) Sellers shall have obtained the Sellers Consents.
(n) Agilysys shall have provided a certificate dated the Closing Date substantially
in the form of Exhibit C stating that such Person is not a foreign person within the
meaning of Section 1445 of the Code, which certificates shall set forth all information
required by, and shall otherwise be executed in accordance with,
25
Treasury Regulation
Section 1.1445-2(b)(2). In addition, Sellers shall have (i) provided a certificate
dated the Closing Date pursuant to any applicable provincial retail sales tax or similar
Laws confirming that all taxes collectible or payable by Agilysys Canada under such Laws
have been paid or (ii) established adequate reserves for the payment of such taxes.
SECTION 6.3.
Buyers Deliveries
. The obligation of Sellers to effect the transaction
contemplated hereby shall be subject to the delivery by Buyers (or the express waiver thereof in
writing by Sellers or by Sellers performance or delivery hereunder) to Sellers of the following at
or before the Closing, all of which deliveries shall be reasonably acceptable to Sellers and their
counsel:
(a) Buyers shall have performed in all material respects each of their agreements,
covenants and obligations contained in this Agreement required to be performed on or
prior to the Closing, and each of the representations and warranties of Buyers contained
in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
Closing as if made on and as of such date, and each of the representations and
warranties made as of a specified date prior to Closing shall have been true and correct
in all material respects as of such earlier date, in each case except as contemplated or
permitted by this Agreement;
(b) Immediately available funds by wire transfer in the amount of the Purchase
Price;
(c) An instrument of assumption evidencing Buyers assumption of the Assumed
Liabilities in accordance with Section 2.1 in a form reasonably acceptable to the
parties;
(d) A certificate, with attachments, with respect to the matters set forth in
Section 6.3(a) and as to Buyers charter documents, corporate resolutions, and
incumbency of officers signed by the duly authorized Presidents and Secretaries of
Buyers;
(e) The Procurement Agreement signed by Buyers;
(f) The Transition Agreement signed by Buyers; and
(g) Certificates of good standing as of the most recent practicable date from the
Secretaries of State where Buyers are incorporated.
SECTION 7.
CLOSING
SECTION 7.1.
Closing
. The consummation of the purchase and sale of the Purchased
Assets and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the Closing) will take place at
10:00 a.m. on the last business day of the month in which the Shareholder Approval is received,
provided, that all of the conditions set forth in Article 6.1 hereof shall have been fulfilled or
waived (the Closing Date) at the offices of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy
LLP, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, New York, NY 10005, unless another time or location is agreed upon by Buyers and
Sellers.
26
SECTION 8.
COVENANTS
SECTION 8.1.
Pre-Closing Covenants
.
8.1.1
Conduct of Sold Business
. During the period from the date of this Agreement
through the Closing, Sellers shall, in all material respects, carry on the Sold Business in, and
not enter into any material transaction other than as contemplated by this Agreement or other than
in accordance with, the ordinary course of business. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, and, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, Sellers shall not, with respect
to the Sold Business, without the prior written consent of Buyers, take any of the actions
described in Section 4.10 other than as provided in Section 8.1.10.
8.1.2
Access to Information
.
(a) Upon reasonable notice, Sellers shall afford to Buyers, and to Buyers
accountants, counsel, financial advisers and other representatives, reasonable access,
and permit them to make such inspections as they may reasonably require during normal
business hours during the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing, to
the Sold Business Real Property, to the management personnel, officers, Sold Business
Employees and accountants and to the Sellers books and records as they relate to the
Sold Business. In no event shall Sellers be required to supply to Buyers, or to Buyers
accountants, counsel, financial advisors or other representatives, any (i) sensitive
personnel information which, if furnished to Buyers, could subject Sellers to liability,
or (ii) information relating to indications of interest from, or discussions with, any
other potential acquirers of the Sold Business which were or are received or conducted
prior to or after the date hereof.
(b) Buyers will, and will cause their directors, officers, employees, associates,
agents and advisors, subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, Representatives) to,
hold any information concerning the Sold Business (whether
prepared by Sellers, or their advisors or otherwise and irrespective of the form of
communication) which has been or will be furnished to Buyers or their Representatives by
or on behalf of Sellers in accordance with the terms of the letter agreement dated as of
December 14, 2004 (the Confidentiality Agreement), between Buyer and JP Morgan on
behalf of Agilysys. Sellers will, and will cause their Representatives to hold any
information concerning Buyers (whether prepared by Buyers, or their advisors or
otherwise irrespective of the form of communication), which has been or will be
furnished to Sellers or their Representatives by or on behalf of Sellers confidential in
accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.
8.1.3
Reasonable Efforts
. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in
this Agreement, each of the parties agrees to use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be
taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other
27
party in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective, in the
most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (a)
the obtaining of all necessary actions or non-actions, waivers, consents and approvals from any
applicable Governmental Authority and the making of all necessary registrations and filings and the
taking of all reasonable steps as may be necessary to obtain an approval or waiver from, or to
avoid an action or proceeding by any Governmental Authority, (b) the obtaining of all necessary
consents, approvals or waivers from third parties, (c) the obtaining of all necessary consents,
approvals and waivers from shareholders, if any, required to approve the transaction contemplated
hereby; (d) the defending of any lawsuits or other legal proceedings, whether judicial or
administrative, challenging this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, including seeking to have any stay or temporary restraining order entered by any
Governmental Authority vacated or reversed, and (e) the execution and delivery of any additional
instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
provided
,
however
, that notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, none
of the parties shall have any obligation to dispose of any assets, terminate any lines of business
or pay any fee to any third party for the purpose of obtaining a consent (other than customary
filing fee of Governmental Authorities) or any costs and expenses of any third party resulting from
the process of obtaining such consent. In this regard, each party (a) shall make an appropriate
filing pursuant to the HSR Act and as required by the Competition Act with respect to the
transaction contemplated hereby within ten (10) business days following the execution of this
Agreement, (b) shall cooperate and coordinate such filing with the other parties. In addition,
Sellers shall (x) identify to Buyers the key employees of the Sold Business, (y) cooperate and
assist Buyers in entering into employment agreements covering employment with Sold Business after
Closing, with such key employees on terms satisfactory to Buyers, and (z) assist and cooperate with
Buyers in arranging meetings with key customers of the Sold Business regarding the transaction
contemplated by this Agreement.
8.1.4
Supplemental Disclosure
. Sellers will notify Buyers in writing (where
applicable, through updates to the disclosure schedules hereto (the Schedules)) of, and
contemporaneously will provide Buyers with true and complete copies of any and all information or
documents relating to, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cure before the Closing, any
event, transaction or circumstance, as soon as practicable after it becomes known to Sellers,
occurring after the date of this Agreement that causes or will cause any covenant or agreement of
Sellers under this
Agreement to be breached or that renders or will render untrue any representation or warranty
of Sellers contained in this Agreement as if the same were made on or as of the date of such event,
transaction or circumstance. No notice given pursuant to this Section 8.1.4 or update to any
schedule contemplated by Article 1 or Article 2 of this Agreement shall have any effect on the
representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement for purposes of
determining satisfaction of any condition contained herein (other than with respect to the
determinations of whether a Material Adverse Effect or a Special Closing Condition-Material Adverse
Effect has occurred under Section 6.2(a)) or shall in any way limit Buyers right to seek indemnity
under Article 9.
8.1.5
Termination
. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:
(a) By mutual consent of Sellers and Buyers;
28
(b) By either Sellers or Buyers if (i) the Closing has not been effected on or
prior to the close of business on five (5) months from the date of this Agreement (the
Drop Dead Date);
provided
,
however
, that the right to terminate this
Agreement pursuant to this clause shall not be available to any party whose failure to
fulfill any obligation of this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the
failure of the Closing to have occurred on or prior to the aforesaid date, or (ii) any
Governmental Authority shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other
action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have
become final and nonappealable;
provided further
,
however
, that if the
parties are diligently and in good faith progressing to Closing, Sellers are diligently
working to obtain Shareholder Approval, or the parties are diligently working to gain
HSR approval for the transactions contemplated hereby, either party may extend such date
for one thirty (30) day period by giving written notice thereof to the other party;
(c) By Sellers or Buyers if this Agreement shall fail to receive the requisite vote
for approval at the Shareholders Meeting (as defined below);
(d) By Sellers if there has been a material breach by Buyers of any material
representation or warranty or any covenant herein in each case which breach has not been
cured within thirty (30) days following receipt by Buyers of notice of such breach, and
will result in the failure to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.3; or
(e) By Buyers if there has been a material breach by Sellers of any material
representation or warranty herein or any covenant in each case which breach has not been
cured within thirty (30) days following receipt by Sellers of notice of such breach, and
will result in the failure to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2.
8.1.6
Effect of Termination
.
(a) In the event of termination of this Agreement by either Sellers or Buyers, as
provided in Section 8.1.5, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be
no liability or obligation hereunder on the part of Buyers or Sellers or their
respective shareholders, officers, employees, directors or agents (except as set forth
in Section 8.1.2(b), Section 8.3.1 and Section 8.3.2 which shall survive the
termination);
provided
,
however
, that nothing contained in this Section
8.1.6 shall relieve any party hereto from any liability for any breach of this Agreement
in the event of termination pursuant to Sections 8.1.5(b), (c), (d), or (e); and
provided
further
,
however
, that in the event of termination
pursuant to (i) Section 8.1.5(b), if the Closing has not been effected due to the
failure of the Proxy Statement to be cleared by the SEC or the Shareholders Meeting to
have occurred prior to the Drop Dead Date, or (ii) Section 8.1.5(c), no party shall be
entitled to recover for any Losses
29
(as hereinafter defined) in excess of its actual
out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred since November 29, 2004 in the event of such a
termination.
(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 8.1.6(a), in the event that the
Agilysys Board has received a Proposal and thereafter this Agreement is terminated in
accordance with Section 8.1.5 (other than pursuant to Section 8.1.5(a), (b) (provided
Sellers have not failed to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement that has been the
cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to have occurred on or prior to the
Drop Dead Date) or (d)), and within one (1) year of such termination, Sellers enter into
a definitive agreement with a third party for a Superior Offer, then, within ten (10)
days after the closing of the transaction contemplated by such definitive agreement,
Sellers shall pay to Buyers, as their sole and exclusive remedy for such termination, a
termination fee equal to two percent (2%) of the Purchase Price
less
the
aggregate amount of out-of-pocket expenses previously paid by Sellers to Buyers pursuant
to this Section 8.1.6 (the Acquisition Termination Fee).
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 8.1.6(a), the Agilysys Board may
withdraw, modify or change its Recommendation in a manner adverse to the interest of the
Buyers, if facts or occurrences arising after the date hereof cause the Agilysys Board,
after consultation with its outside legal counsel and a financial advisor of national
recognized reputation, to determine in good faith that failure to take such action would
be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable Law. In such event, if this
Agreement is thereafter terminated in accordance with Section 8.1.5(c) and Sellers have
not received a Proposal prior thereto, then, within ten (10) days after such
termination, Sellers shall pay to Buyers, as their sole and exclusive remedy for such
termination, a termination fee equal to one percent (1%) of the Purchase Price
less
the aggregate amount of out-of-pocket expenses previously paid by Sellers
to Buyers pursuant to this Section 8.1.6 (the Modification Termination Fee and
together with the Acquisition Termination Fee, the Termination Fee).
(d) Sellers acknowledge that the agreements contained in this Section 8.1.6 are an
integral part of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, that the damages
resulting from termination of this Agreement under circumstances where a Termination Fee
are payable are uncertain and incapable of accurate calculation and that the amounts
payable pursuant to this Section 8.1.6 are reasonable forecasts of the actual damages
which may be incurred and constitute liquidated damages and not a penalty, and that,
without these agreements, Buyers would not enter into this Agreement; accordingly, if
Sellers fail to promptly pay the Termination Fee, and, in order to obtain such payments
Buyers commences a suit which results in a judgment against Sellers for the Termination
Fee, Sellers shall pay to Buyers its costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys
fees) in connection with such suit.
30
8.1.7
Insurance; Letters of Credit; Surety Bonds
.
(a) From the date of this Agreement through the Closing, Sellers shall keep and
maintain insurance upon the Purchased Assets and in respect of the kinds of risk
currently insured against, in accordance with their current practices.
(b) All insurance policies covering the Purchased Assets, the Sold Business and the
Sold Business Employees maintained by or on behalf of Sellers may be terminated on the
Closing Date and, from and after the Closing Date, Sellers shall have no obligation of
any kind to maintain any form of insurance covering all or any party of the Purchased
Assets, the Sold Business or the Sold Business Employees.
(c) On or prior to the Closing Date, Buyers will, in a manner satisfactory to
Sellers, ensure that Sellers and their Affiliates are released from all obligations of
Sellers and their Affiliates under all letters of credit, surety and performance bonds,
guarantees and other financial support arrangements maintained by Sellers or any of
their Affiliates in connection with the Sold Business or the Sold Business Employees and
disclosed on
Schedule 8.1.7(c)
.
8.1.8
Approval of Agilysys Shareholders
.
(a)
Shareholders Meeting
. Agilysys, acting through the board of directors
of Agilysys (the Agilysys Board), shall, in accordance with applicable Law and the
Agilysys Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations, (i) duly call, give notice
of, convene and hold an annual or special meeting of its shareholders (the
Shareholders Meeting) as promptly as practicable for the purpose of considering and
taking action on this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (Shareholder
Approval), and (ii) subject to the last sentence of this Section 8.1.8(a), (A) include
in the preliminary proxy statement to be prepared in accordance with Section 8.1.8(b)
(if necessary), and not subsequently withdraw or modify in any manner adverse to Buyer,
the Recommendation, and (B) use reasonable efforts to obtain such approval and adoption.
At the Shareholders Meeting, Buyer shall cause
all Agilysys shares then owned by it and its subsidiaries, if any, to be voted in
favor of the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the
Agilysys Board may determine to withdraw, modify or change such Recommendation if, (i)
facts or occurrences arising after the date hereof cause the Agilysys Board, after
consultation with its outside legal counsel and a financial advisor of national
recognized reputation, to determine in good faith that failure to take such action would
be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties under applicable Law, (ii) Agilysys uses
reasonable best efforts to provide to Buyers at least two (2) days prior written notice
that it intends (or may intend) to take any such action, (iii) Agilysys provides
immediate written notice to Buyers that it has taken such action, and (iv) the Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby are still submitted by the Agilysys Board to
Agilysys shareholders for Shareholder Approval (excluding the Recommendation or
including a modified or changed Recommendation, as applicable);
provided
,
however
, if Agilysys has received a Proposal, it may only withdraw, modify or
change its Recommendation as provided in the preceding sentence after it has first: (x)
given Buyers prompt written notice advising Buyers of
31
(1) the decision of the Agilysys
Board to take such action and (2) the material terms and conditions of the Proposal,
including the identity of the party making such Proposal; (y) given Buyers five business
days (or three business days in the event of each subsequent material revision to such
Proposal) after delivery of such notice to propose revisions to the terms of this
Agreement (or make another proposal); and, (z) has otherwise complied with the
conditions in parts (i) (iv) of the preceding sentence.
(b)
Proxy Statement
. Within five (5) days following the signing of this
Agreement, Agilysys shall prepare and provide to Buyers a draft of the preliminary proxy
statement (the Proxy Statement) to be filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act.
Agilysys shall file the Proxy Statement with the SEC within thirty-five (35) days
following the signing of this Agreement, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts
to have the Proxy Statement cleared by the SEC as promptly as practicable. Buyers and
Sellers shall cooperate with each other in the preparation of the Proxy Statement, and
Agilysys shall notify Buyers of the receipt of any comments of the SEC with respect to
the Proxy Statement and of any requests by the SEC for any amendment or supplement
thereto or for additional information and shall provide to Buyers promptly copies of all
correspondence between Agilysys or any representative of Agilysys and the SEC. Agilysys
shall give Buyers and their counsel the opportunity to review the Proxy Statement,
including all amendments and supplements thereto, prior to its being filed with the SEC
and shall give Buyers and their counsel the opportunity to review all responses to
requests for additional information and replies to comments prior to same being filed
with, or sent to, the SEC. Each of Buyers and Sellers agree to use commercially
reasonable efforts, after consultation with the other parties hereto, to respond
promptly to all such comments of and requests by the SEC and to cause the Proxy
Statement and all required amendments and supplements thereto to be mailed to the
shareholders of Agilysys entitled to vote at the Shareholders Meeting at the earliest
practicable time. Subject to Section 8.1.8(a), the Proxy Statement shall include the
recommendation to the
shareholders of Agilysys in favor of approval and adoption of this Agreement and
approval of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the Recommendation).
8.1.9
Bulk Sales
. Buyers and Sellers agree that the sale of the Purchased Assets may
be considered to constitute a sale in bulk within the meaning of the Bulk Sales Act (Ontario) and
other comparable legislation of other jurisdictions the laws of which may apply to the transactions
contemplated in this Agreement. The parties agree that compliance with the provisions of such
legislation is not practicable and therefore Buyers agree to waive compliance with the said
provisions and Sellers hereby covenant and agree to be solely responsible for compliance therewith
and further covenant to fully indemnify and hold harmless Buyers from and against any and all
actions, proceedings, suits, claims, liabilities, damages, expenses and demands arising, directly
or indirectly, as a result of or in relation to the failure of Sellers to comply with the
requirements of such legislation in connection with the transactions contemplated in this
Agreement.
32
8.1.10
No Solicitation
. Except as is necessary to ascertain the value of a Proposal,
Sellers will not take, nor will they permit any Affiliates of Sellers (or authorize or permit any
investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant or other Person retained by or acting
for or on behalf of Sellers or any such Affiliates) to take, directly or indirectly, any action to
solicit, encourage, receive, negotiate, assist or otherwise facilitate (including by furnishing
confidential information with respect to the Sold Business or permitting access to the Purchased
Assets and Sold Business Real Property and books and Records of Sellers) any offer or inquiry from
any Person concerning the direct or indirect acquisition of the Sold Business by any Person other
than any Buyers or their Affiliates. If any Seller or any such Affiliate (or any such Person
acting for or on their behalf) receives from any Person any offer, inquiry or informational request
referred to above, such Seller will promptly advise such Person, by written notice, of the terms of
this Section 8.1.10 and will promptly, orally and in writing, advise Buyers of such offer, inquiry
or request and deliver a copy of such notice to Buyers.
8.1.11
Canadian Clearance Certificates
. Agilysys Canada shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to furnish to the Canadian Buyer a certificate obtained by Agilysys Canada from
each provincial or territorial tax authority where such certificate is required to be obtained
confirming that no retail sales tax, workers compensation provision or health services tax
(including applicable interest and penalties) is payable with respect to the Purchased Assets to be
purchased by the Canadian Buyer. Furthermore, Agilysys Canada shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to obtain a certificate pursuant to any applicable provincial retail sales tax, health
services tax or similar Laws confirming that all taxes collectible or payable by Agilysys Canada
under such Laws have been paid.
8.1.12
Exclusivity
. Except as is necessary to ascertain the value of a Proposal,
Sellers will not take, nor will they permit any Affiliates of Sellers (or authorize or permit any
investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant or other Person retained by or acting
for or on behalf of Sellers or any such Affiliates) to take, directly or indirectly, any action to
solicit, encourage, receive, negotiate, assist or
otherwise facilitate any offer or inquiry from any Person concerning the direct or indirect
acquisition of the Sold Business by any Person other than (i) any Buyers or their Affiliates or
(ii) any other Person which has proposed any Business Combination to which any Seller or any
Affiliate of any Seller is a party and which directly or indirectly involves the Sold Business,
provided that the Person making such proposal expressly recognizes the rights of Buyers hereunder
in a written instrument reasonably satisfactory to Buyers.
8.1.13
Employee Matters
. Except as may be required by Law or as agreed to by Buyers,
Sellers will refrain from directly or indirectly:
(a) making any representation or promise, oral or written, to any Sold Business
Employee concerning any Retained Benefit Plan, except for statements as to the rights or
accrued benefits of any Sold Business Employee under the terms of any Retained Benefit
Plan;
(b) making any increase in the salary, wages or other compensation of any Sold
Business Employee other than as set forth in
Schedule 8.1.13
or stay bonuses in
amounts mutually agreed to by Sellers and Buyers; provided that Sellers may
33
increase base salaries of Transferred Employees in the ordinary course consistent with past
practice so long as the aggregate amount of such increase does not exceed 4% of the aggregate base
salaries for Transferred Employees as determined as of the date hereof;
(c) adopting, entering into or becoming bound by any Retained Benefit Plan,
severance-related or employment-related Contract with respect to the Sold Business or
any of the Sold Business Employees, or amending, modifying or terminating (partially or
completely) any such Retained Benefit Plan, severance-related or employment-related
Contract, except to the extent required by applicable Law; or
(d) establishing or modifying any (i) targets, goals, pools or similar provisions
in respect of any fiscal year under any Retained Benefit Plan or collective bargaining
agreement for Sold Business Employees or (ii) salary ranges, increase guidelines or
similar provisions in respect of any Benefit Plan or other compensation arrangement with
or for Sold Business Employees or collective bargaining agreement with respect to Sold
Business Employees, except as set forth in
Schedule 8.1.13
.
8.1.14
Sellers Consents
. Sellers shall use their reasonable efforts to promptly
obtain the consents of the lenders under (i) Agilysys Credit Agreement dated as of October 18,
2005 and (ii) Agilysys Amended and Restated Inventory Financing (Unsecured) with IBM Credit LLC
made as of October 18, 2005 (collectively, the Sellers Consents).
SECTION
8.2
Post Closing Covenants
.
8.2.1
Transfer of Assets
.
(a) Sellers shall, at their expense, remove and transport any Retained Assets
located at the Sold Business Real Property without damage to such Sold Business Real
Property or the Purchased Assets located thereat or significant disruption of Buyers
business conducted at such Sold Business Real Property provided that Buyers shall
reasonably cooperate with Sellers during normal business hours in effecting such
process.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 8.2.1(a) and subject to the Transition Agreement,
Buyers and Sellers agree that, commencing on the Closing Date and for such period of
time after as Sellers may elect but in no event later than 90 days after the Closing
Date (the Interim Period), any Retained Assets located at the Sold Business Real
Property, may remain at such property. During the Interim Period and subject to
Section 8.2.1(a), Sellers shall have the right to remove such Retained Assets from the
Sold Business Real Property after providing reasonable notice. Sellers shall bear all
risk of loss with respect to such assets, including with regard to the removal and
transport of such assets from the Sold Business Real Property following Closing. The cost of removing and transporting such Retained Assets
from the Sold Business Real Property and obtaining any permits and the payment of any
de-commissioning costs shall be borne solely by Sellers.
34
(c) Following the Closing, in order for Buyers and their Affiliates to comply with
the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, Sellers shall afford
Buyers, and Buyers accountants, counsel, financial advisors and other representatives,
reasonable access upon reasonable notice during normal business hours to documentation
regarding process narratives and process flow documentation of Sellers insofar as they
relate to the Sold Business and limited access to Sellers Sarbanes Oxley Act
Compliance Team (for a period of six (6) months). Buyers shall be entitled to make
copies of such documentation regarding process narratives and process flow
documentation in order to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes
Oxley Act of 2002. The use and disclosure of any information contained in such
documentation shall be limited solely to such use and disclosure as is necessary in
order for Buyers to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley
Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by Law.
8.2.2
Employee and Related Matters
.
(a)
Termination of Employment from Sellers
. Sellers shall terminate the
employment of the Transferred Employees, other than those Transferred Employees set
forth on
Schedule 8.2.2(a)
, effective as of the Closing or such later time as
such individual becomes a Transferred Employee under Section 8.2.2(b) (as applicable,
the Effective Time).
(b)
Employment by Buyers
. Buyers shall offer employment to all Sold
Business Employees, commencing as of the Effective Time, at the same work location or at
a work location that is within reasonable proximity to such location and at compensation
levels which, when taken as a whole, are the same or no less favorable than those levels
in effect with Sellers as of the Closing Date and at benefit levels which, when taken as
a whole, are substantially similar to those generally provided to the similarly situated
employees of Buyers North American Computer Products Business. Each Sold Business
Employee (i) who accepts Buyers offer of employment and becomes an employee of Buyers
as of the Effective Time or (ii) whose employment agreement is assumed by Buyers as of
the Closing Date shall thereafter be a Transferred Employee;
provided
,
however
that no Sold Business Employee who is on a leave of absence or another
leave shall become a Transferred Employee unless and until he or she returns from that
leave. In addition, Buyers agree that in connection with its employment of any
Transferred Employees, Buyers shall: (i) give full credit for years of service with
Sellers or their predecessors for purposes of (A) eligibility and vesting under Buyers
employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements and (B)determining compensation levels, seniority and other terms and conditions of
employment, termination and severance, (ii) waive any waiting periods for participation,
coverage or benefits, (iii) waive any exclusions for benefits for pre-existing
conditions, and (iv) with respect to Buyers group health plans, provide credit for
co-payments and deductibles made by Transferred Employees under Sellers group health
plans.
35
(c)
Certain Employment Liabilities
. Sellers shall indemnify and hold
Buyers and its affiliates harmless against all liabilities, claims, expenses, costs and
losses (i) related to any Transferred Employee that arise from or are based on events
occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, (ii) related to any current or former
employee of Sellers who are not Transferred Employees or (iii) related to or arising
under any Retained Benefit Plan, (iv) related to unpaid bonuses and incentive payments
earned by Transferred Employees prior to the Effective Time in accordance with the terms
and conditions of any applicable Retained Benefit Plan as in effect on the date hereof.
For the sake of clarity, all liabilities, obligations, commitments, costs or expenses
relating in any way to the Sold Business Employees arising prior to the Effective Time
or arising under any Retained Benefit Plan, including, without limitation, any change of
control or other payments arising as a result of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, shall be the sole responsibility of Sellers and their Affiliates, and Sellers
and their Affiliates shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer against all claims,
payments, expenses, costs and losses incurred or accrued by Buyer with respect thereto.
Except as provided herein, all liabilities, obligations, commitments, costs or expenses
relating in any way to the Transferred Employees that arise after the Effective Time
(other than arising under any Retained Benefit Plan) shall be the sole responsibility of
Buyer, and Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Sellers against all claims, payments,
expenses, costs and losses incurred or accrued by Sellers with respect thereto.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyers shall assume those liabilities described in
Section 8.2.2(c)(i) or (iv) to the extent such liabilities are included on the Audited
Balance Sheet.
(d)
Health Care Flexible Spending Account
. Prior to the Closing, Seller
shall amend any health flexible spending accounts in which any Transferred Employee
participates immediately prior to the Closing (Sellers Health FSA) to provide that
each Transferred Employee may continue to submit eligible medical care expenses incurred
prior to the end of 2006 for reimbursement from Seller after the Closing Date; provided
that the aggregate amount of such reimbursements shall be limited to the amount of
salary deferral contributions made by such Transferred Employee to Sellers Health FSA.
(e)
COBRA
. Sellers shall provide any COBRA notices and continuation health
care coverage with respect to all individuals who are not Transferred Employees or their
qualified dependents, and to the Transferred
Employees (other than those Transferred Employees employed by Agilysys Canada) and
their qualified dependents.
(f)
401(k) Plan
. Prior to the Closing Date, Buyers shall establish or
designate a defined contribution plan with a cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to
Section 401(k) of the Code which shall cover the Transferred Employees (other than those
Transferred Employees employed by Agilysys Canada) (Buyers 401(k) Plan). As of the
Effective Time, the Transferred Employees who were covered under the Retirement Plan of
Agilysys, Inc. (Sellers 401(k) Plan) shall be eligible to participate in Buyers
401(k) Plan without regard to any service requirements thereunder. Buyers 401(k) Plan
will recognize the service of the Transferred Employees (other than those Transferred
36
Employees employed by Agilysys Canada) with Sellers and its predecessors for purposes of
eligibility to participate, vesting and early retirement eligibility under Buyers
401(k) Plan to the extent such service would be recognized under Sellers 401(k) Plan.
Buyers shall amend Buyers 401(k) Plan to ensure that Buyers 401(k) Plan will accept
direct rollovers of eligible rollover distributions (and notes or similar instruments
reflecting participant loans) from Sellers 401(k) Plan.
(g)
Benefit Equalization Plan
. Within a reasonable period of time after
the Effective Time, Buyers shall provide to the Transferred Employees (other than those
Transferred Employees employed by Agilysys Canada) then in its employ who were
participants in the Agilysys, Inc. Benefit Equalization Plan (the BEP) at the
Effective Time, the opportunity to participate in a nonqualified deferred compensation
plan of Buyers to the extent such a plan is available to similarly situated employees of
Buyers.
(h)
Canadian Employees
. Canadian Buyer shall provide or establish benefit
plans and group RRSP plans for the Transferred Employees employed by Agilysys Canada
that provide, when taken as a whole, the same or no less favorable benefits as those
generally provided by Buyers to its similarly situated employees as of the Closing Date.
(i)
Change of Control
. Sellers hereby represent and warrant to Buyers that
(i) except as set forth on
Schedule 8.2.2(i)
, no Sold Business Employee is
covered by a change in control agreement and (ii) the transaction contemplated by this
Agreement shall not trigger any change of control, as such term is defined in any
employment agreement with or relating to any Sold Business Employees.
(j)
No Right to Continued Employment
. Nothing contained in this Agreement
shall confer upon any Transferred Employee any right to continued employment by Buyers,
nor shall anything herein interfere with the right of Buyers to terminate the employment
of any Transferred Employee, with or without cause, subject to applicable Law. Nothing
contained in this Agreement shall interfere with the right of Buyers to amend, modify or
terminate at any time or in any respect any of the terms and conditions of
employment for, or compensation of, its employees (including Transferred Employees),
including without limitation its employee benefit plans and payroll practices.
(k)
Excluded Employees
. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, and unless as otherwise required by applicable Law, no Sold Business Employee
who is on any type of authorized leave of absence as of the Closing will become a
Transferred Employee if such Sold Business Employee does not return to work on the
earlier of the expiration of his or her authorized leave and a date that is six (6)
months following the Closing.
(l)
Waiver of Rights Under Existing Non-Solicitation Agreements
. Sellers
hereby waive, only in so far as it relates exclusively to the Sold Business, with
37
respect to the solicitation of employment or employment by Buyers of any Sold Business
Employee, any claims or rights Sellers may have against Buyers or any such Sold Business
Employee under any non-hire, non-solicitation, non-competition, confidentiality or
employment agreement or any cause of action based on similar rights arising by contract,
at common law or by statute or regulation. Sellers hereby assign, to the extent legally
permissible and only in so far as they relate exclusively to the Sold Business, to
Buyers all of Sellers rights to enforce the provisions of any non-competition agreement
between any of Sellers and any Transferred Employee and any non-hire, non-solicitation,
confidentiality, assignment of inventions or similar agreement between such Sellers and
any Transferred Employee.
(m)
Retention Bonuses
.
Schedule 8.2.2(m)
sets forth the terms and
conditions of a stay bonus program that Sellers shall implement effective as of the date
hereof (the Stay Bonus Plan). Buyers shall be responsible for all payments or
benefits that are earned by Transferred Employees after the Closing Date under the terms
of the Stay Bonus Plan. Sellers and Buyers shall each be responsible for the cost of
50% of all payments or benefits earned by Transferred Employees under the Stay Bonus
Plan (regardless of when paid) during the period beginning immediately following the
date hereof and ending on the Closing Date; provided, however, that the maximum amount
of such payments for which Sellers shall be responsible shall not exceed Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Promptly after the Closing Date, Buyers shall reimburse
Seller for any amounts owed by Buyers under the preceding sentence that are paid by
Seller, it being understood that Buyers shall have no obligations hereunder if the
Closing does not occur. Seller shall promptly reimburse Buyers for the cost of any
payment or benefit required to be made or provided by Seller hereunder promptly after
any such payment is made or benefit provided by any Buyer. A payment or benefit shall
be considered to be earned hereunder on the date Transferred Employee has a vested
right to such payment or benefit.
(n) (i) Prior to Closing, Sellers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
enter into a new employment agreement (collectively, the New Employment Agreements)
with each of the Sold Business Employees listed on Schedule 8.2.2(n)(i), and each such
New Employment Agreement shall (A) be in substantially the same form, and contain
substantially the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, a one (1)
year term) as each such Sold Business Employees current employment agreement, other
than with respect to an increase in compensation in accordance with Section 8.1.13(b)
and (B) contain a provision that provides that (I) such New Employment Agreement may be
assigned or transferred by Sellers to Buyers without constituting a termination of
employment by Sellers or giving rise to any termination rights of such Sold Business
Employee, and (II) if one exists, an assignment or transfer of such Sold Business
Employees change of control agreement (each, a Change of Control Agreement) to Buyers
shall not constitute a termination of employment by Sellers or give rise to any
termination rights of such Sold Business Employee.
38
(ii) At Closing, Sellers shall transfer and assign, and Buyers shall assume,
each New Employment Agreement (or other employment agreement for the Sold Business
Employees listed on
Schedule 8.2.2(n)(i)
which remains in effect at such
time) and Change of Control Agreement for each Sold Business Employee a party
thereto, provided, that, any change of control payment made by Buyers within twelve
(12) months from Closing pursuant to a Change of Control Agreement on account of
the termination of a Sold Business Employees employment shall be the sole
responsibility of Sellers and their Affiliates, and Sellers and their Affiliates
shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyers against all Losses incurred or accrued by
Buyers with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
contrary, the indemnity obligations of Sellers for the change of control payments
referenced in this Section 8.2.2(n)(ii) shall be reduced by any severance amounts
which would otherwise be owed to such Sold Business Employees pursuant to any
employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, including, without limitation,
any termination or severance policies, of Buyers as a result of such Sold Business
Employees status as a Transferred Employee following the Closing if the Change of
Control Agreements did not exist.
8.2.3
Use of Retained Intellectual Property
. Buyers will, as promptly as practicable
following the Closing Date, but in no event later than six (6) months after the Closing Date,
remove or obliterate all trade names, trademarks and service marks included in the Retained
Intellectual Property from its signs, purchase orders, invoices, sales orders, labels, letterheads,
shipping documents and other materials and Buyers shall not put into use after the Closing Date any
such materials not in existence on the Closing Date that bear any such trade name, trademark or
service mark included in the Retained Intellectual Property or any names, marks or logos similar thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyers
shall be entitled for a period of six (6) months following the Closing Date to use (i) any signs,
purchase orders, invoices, sales orders, labels, letterheads or shipping documents that otherwise
constitute Purchased Assets existing on the Closing Date and (ii) any inventories that bear any
such trade name, trademark or service mark included in the Retained Intellectual Property or any
name, mark or logo similar thereto that otherwise constitute Purchased Assets, in each case where
the removal of any such trade name, trademark or service mark or any such similar name, mark or
logo would not be commercially reasonable.
8.2.4
Tax Cooperation
. Buyers and Sellers agree to retain and furnish or cause to be
furnished to each other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such working papers and
information relating to the Purchased Assets and the Sold Business and to provide such assistance
as is reasonably necessary for the preparation and filing of all Tax returns, the making of any
election related to Taxes, the preparation for any audit by any taxing authority, and the
prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or proceeding relating to any Tax return. Sellers and
Buyers shall cooperate with each other in the conduct of any audit or other proceeding related to
Taxes involving the Sold Business and each shall execute and deliver such powers of attorney and
other documents as are necessary to carry out the intent of this Section 8.2.4.
39
8.2.5
GST
. Sellers and Buyers acknowledge and agree that the Canadian Purchased
Assets constitute a business of Agilysys Canada and comprise all or substantially all of the
property reasonably necessary for Canadian Buyer to be capable of carrying on the business as a
business. Canadian Buyer and Agilysys Canada shall jointly elect under subsection 167(1) of Part
IX of the
Excise Tax Act
(Canada), section 75 of the
Quebec Sales Tax Act
, and any equivalent or
corresponding provision under any applicable provincial or territorial legislation imposing a
similar value added or multi-staged tax, that no tax be payable with respect to the purchase and
sale of the Canadian Purchased Assets under this Agreement and shall make such election(s) in
prescribed form containing prescribed information. Canadian Buyer shall file such election(s) in
compliance with the requirements of the applicable legislation. Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless Agilysys Canada in respect of any tax, penalties, and interest that may be assessed
against Agilysys Canada in the event and to the extent that the applicable Governmental Authority
takes the positions that the election(s) may not be made in respect of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.
8.2.6
Section 20 and Section 22 Elections
. If applicable, Canadian Buyer and Agilysys
Canada shall make the joint election under subsections 20(24) and (25) of the
Income Tax Act
(Canada) and the comparable provisions of any applicable provincial legislation and Canadian Buyer
and Agilysys Canada shall cooperate fully in the filing of such elections in the manner required by
the
Income Tax Act
(Canada) and applicable provincial legislation. In accordance with the
requirements of the
Income Tax Act
(Canada), the regulations thereunder, the administrative
practice and policy of the Canada Revenue Agency and any applicable equivalent or corresponding provincial or territorial legislative, regulatory
and administrative requirements, Canadian Buyer and Agilysys Canada shall make and file, in a
timely manner, a joint election(s) to have the rules in Section 22 of the
Income Tax Act
(Canada),
and any equivalent or corresponding provision under applicable provincial or territorial tax Law,
apply in respect of the Accounts Receivable being sold by Agilysys Canada and shall designate that
portion of the Purchase Price allocated to the Accounts Receivable being sold by Agilysys Canada in
accordance with the allocation described in Section 3.3.
8.2.7
Payment of Certain Taxes
. Sellers agree to timely pay all Taxes imposed on or
relating to all Purchased Assets payable in respect of all periods (or portions thereof) pending on
or prior to the Closing Date and Buyers agree to timely pay all such Taxes on all Purchased Assets
payable in respect of periods (or portions thereof) thereafter. Sellers shall be responsible for
preparing and filing all Tax returns and related filings with respect to the Purchase Assets that
are required to be filed on or before the Closing Date and Buyers shall be responsible for
preparing and filing all other Tax returns and related filings with respect to the Purchase Assets.
Except as provided in Section 8.2.5, Buyers and Sellers shall share equally all recording fees and
transfer, documentary, sales, use or other Taxes assessed upon or with respect to the transfer of
the Purchased Assets to Buyers. The party responsible for filing any returns due in respect of
such Taxes shall timely file such returns notices and the other party shall cooperate in such
filing.
8.2.8
Assumed Liabilities
. Buyers shall pay, discharge and perform, as and when the
same shall become due, all of the Assumed Liabilities.
40
8.2.9
Noncompetition
.
(a) Agilysys agrees that it will not, and will cause its subsidiaries, including Agilysys
Canada, not to, for a period of five (5) years from the Closing Date, without the prior written
consent of Buyers, either directly or indirectly, (i) engage or participate anywhere in the world
other than Canada in (other than through the ownership of 5% or less of any class of securities
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or of an otherwise publicly traded
company) any line of business which comprised the Sold Business on the Closing Date; or (ii) cause
or attempt to cause any officer, employee or consultant of Buyers engaged in the Sold Business to
resign or sever a relationship with Buyers. Agilysys further acknowledges the covenant by Agilysys
Canada, below, and agrees to not do anything, directly or indirectly, to impair the same.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyers acknowledge and agree that Agilysys may continue to own
an equity interest in and continue to maintain other business relationships with Magirus AG and
such equity interest and relationships shall not constitute a violation of this Section 8.2.9(a).
(b) Agilysys Canada acknowledges the above covenant by Agilysys and agrees that it will not
for a period of five (5) years from the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of Buyers,
either directly or indirectly, (i) engage or
participate anywhere in Canada in (other than through the ownership of 5% or less of any class
of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or of an otherwise
publicly traded company) any line of business which comprised the Sold Business on the Closing
Date; or (ii) cause or attempt to cause any officer, employee or consultant of Buyers engaged in
the Sold Business to resign or sever a relationship with Buyers (the Canada Non-Competition
Covenant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyers acknowledge and agree that Agilysys Canada may
continue to own an equity interest in and continue to maintain other business relationships with
Magirus AG and such equity interest and relationships shall not constitute a violation of this
Section 8.2.9(b).
8.2.10
Nonsolicitation
. Sellers will not, for a period of five (5) years from the
Closing Date, without the prior written consent of Buyers, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit the
employment of any Transferred Employee other than through general advertising not specifically
directed at such employee, (ii) hire any Transferred Employee of Buyers other than is permitted by
clause (i) above, or (iii) solicit, entice, induce or encourage any Transferred Employee to
terminate his or her relationship with Buyers in order to become an employee of Sellers;
provided
,
however
, that Sellers shall not be restricted from soliciting the
employment of or hiring any Transferred Employees that have previously been terminated by Buyers or
have terminated their employment with Buyers other than as a result of Sellers violation of this
Section 8.2.10.
8.2.11
Investment Canada
. Canadian Buyer shall within the prescribed time file a
notification regarding the purchase of the Canadian Purchased Assets as required under the
Investment Canada Act
.
8.2.12
Product Liability/Returned Goods
. In the event that any person asserts a claim
for Product Liabilities or for Returned Goods in connection with any products sold by Sellers prior
to the Closing Date, Buyers shall provide reasonable assistance to Sellers to notify the supplier
of such product of the claim and to request such supplier to fulfill its responsibility in respect
of such claim. In the event that the supplier does not assume
responsibility for any such claim,
Buyers shall, at the request of Sellers, provide replacement product to Sellers at cost.
41
SECTION
8.3.
Miscellaneous Covenants
.
8.3.1
Publicity
. Prior to the Closing Date, neither Sellers nor Buyers shall issue
any press release or otherwise make any public statements with respect to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement except as may be required by applicable Law or pursuant to any
listing agreement with any national securities exchange, without the others prior consent thereto.
8.3.2
Expenses
. Except to the extent otherwise specifically provided herein, Buyers
shall pay all the expenses incident
to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which are incurred by Buyers or their
representatives, and Sellers shall pay all the expenses incident to the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement which are incurred by Sellers or their representatives.
8.3.3
No Assignment
. No assignment by either party of this Agreement or any right or
obligation hereunder, in whole or in part, may be made without the prior written consent of the
other party. Any assignment attempted without that consent will be void and of no effect;
provided
,
however
, that Buyers may assign their rights under this Agreement to an
Affiliate of Buyers so long as they remain obligated hereunder.
8.3.4
Further Assurances
. Each party hereto agrees that, as requested by the other
party after the Closing, it will do all such further acts as may be required to effect the
transactions contemplated hereby. To the extent Sellers are not able to obtain the requisite
consents to assign to Buyers any of the Assumed Contracts which require such consents, Sellers
agree to enter into mutually agreeable agreements with Buyers for each such Assumed Contract for
which consent to assignment was not obtained, under which Buyers shall, to the extent practicable
and possible, obtain the reasonably equivalent corresponding rights and benefits of any such
Assumed Contracts and the reasonably equivalent corresponding obligations and liabilities
thereunder, so that Buyers are, to the extent practicable and possible, put in substantially the
same position they would have been in had such consent been obtained by Sellers. Such agreements
may be in the form of a subcontract, sub-license or sub-lease to a Buyer or Sellers appointing the
relevant Buyer as agent to such Seller to perform under such Assumed Contract, or any other
arrangement which the relevant Buyer could enforce for the benefit of such Buyer, with the relevant
Buyer assuming such Sellers obligations, and any and all rights and benefits of such Seller
against a third party thereto.
SECTION 9.
INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 9.1.
Survival
. Each of the representations, warranties and covenants set
forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing:
(a) Indefinitely with respect to (i) the representations and warranties contained
in Sections 4.1(a), 4.2, 4.8(a), 4.18, 5.1, 5.2 and 5.7 and (ii) the covenants and
agreements contained in Sections 1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, 8.1.2(b), and 8.3.2;
42
(b) Until sixty (60) days after the expiration of all applicable statutes of
limitation (including all periods of extension, whether automatic or permissive) with
respect to matters covered by Sections 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.17 and 8.2.4 through 8.2.7;
(c) Until such date that is eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date, in the
case of all other representations and warranties and any covenant or agreement to be
performed in whole or in part on or prior to the Closing; or
(d) With respect to each other covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement,
until sixty (60) days following the last date on which such covenant or agreement is to
be performed or, if no such date is specified, indefinitely.
SECTION 9.2.
Indemnification By Sellers
. Subject to one or more provisions of this
Article 9, Buyers and their Affiliates (collectively, the Seller Indemnified Parties) shall be
entitled to indemnification from Sellers for all Losses directly or indirectly incurred by or
sought to be imposed upon the Seller Indemnified Parties arising out of or relating to any (i)
breach of any covenant or agreement made by Sellers in or pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) breach
of any representations and warranties made by Sellers in this Agreement, (iii) of the Retained
Liabilities, (iv) Assumed Litigation in excess of $5,000,000 or (v) the contract provision
described in item 2(a) of
Schedule 4.25
, and (vi) post-Closing liabilities of Buyers to IBM
relating to the Sold Business arising from Sellers actions or inactions prior to Closing that are
not reflected on the Audited Balance Sheet (unless Buyers have already been indemnified for such
liabilities pursuant to sub-clause (1) below of this Section 9.2). Losses or Loss as used in
this Agreement, means all liabilities, losses, damages, fines, fees, costs and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys fees. In addition to the foregoing, during the period beginning on the
Closing and ending on the one year anniversary thereof, the Seller Indemnified Parties shall be
entitled to indemnification from Sellers for all Losses directly or indirectly incurred by or
sought to be imposed upon the Seller Indemnified Parties resulting from, arising out of or
relating to (1) 100% of liabilities related to trade activities with suppliers of the Sold Business
arising from Sellers actions or inactions prior to Closing unrecorded on the Audited Balance Sheet
(unless Buyers have already been indemnified for such liabilities pursuant to sub-clause (vi) of
this Section 9.2) and (2) amounts not collectable from IBM for customer and debit claims, to the
extent of (A) 80% of such customer and debit claims that are aged less than six (6) months as of
the Closing Date, (B) 90% of such customer and debit claims that are aged between six (6) months
and twelve (12) months as of the Closing Date and (C) 100% of such customer and debit claims that
are aged more than twelve (12) months as of the Closing Date; provided, however, that, in each
case, Seller Indemnified Parties use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such matters during
such period.
SECTION 9.3.
Indemnification By Buyers
. Subject to one or more provisions of this
Article 9, Sellers and their Affiliates (collectively, the Buyer Indemnified Parties) shall be
entitled to indemnification from Buyers for all Losses directly or indirectly incurred by or sought
to be imposed upon the Buyer Indemnified Parties resulting from any (i) breach of any covenant or
agreement made by Buyers in or pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) breach of
any representations and warranties made by Buyers in this Agreement, (iii) of the Assumed
Liabilities or (iv) operation of the Sold Business post-Closing.
43
SECTION 9.4.
Limitations on Indemnification by Sellers
. The indemnification of the
Seller Indemnified Parties provided for in Section 9.2 shall be limited in certain respects as
follows:
(a) Any claim by the Seller Indemnified Parties for Indemnification pursuant to
Section 9.2 shall be required to be made by delivery of a written notice describing the
basis for such claim in reasonable detail, to Sellers prior to the end of the
applicable period for survival set forth in Section 9.1;
(b) The Seller Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification for
matters described in Section 9.2(ii) only to the extent that the aggregate amount of
all such Seller Indemnified Parties claims for indemnification under Section 9.2(ii),
as finally resolved, exceeds 1% of the Purchase Price;
(c) The maximum aggregate liability of Sellers for indemnification under Section
9.2(ii) herein shall in no event exceed 20% of the Purchase Price;
(d) The Seller Indemnified Parties right to indemnification shall be reduced to
the extent the subject matter of the claim is covered by and paid pursuant to a
warranty or indemnification from a third party;
(e) The Seller Indemnified Parties right to indemnification shall be reduced to
the extent they receive insurance proceeds with respect to such Losses;
(f) The Seller Indemnified Parties right to indemnification shall be limited to
the extent the Losses are reflected in the Final Balance Sheet such that the amount
payable to the Seller Indemnified Parties under such an indemnification claim shall be
reduced dollar for dollar by the amount of the Losses reflected in the Final Balance
Sheet, but only to the extent Buyers actually receive any purchase price adjustment
they are entitled to under Section 3.2(e); and
(g) The Seller Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to indemnification with
respect to Losses resulting from the termination or non-renewal of any Assumed Contract
with any supplier or customer by such supplier or customer other than for cause;
provided
,
however
, notwithstanding anything contained herein or in any
Assumed Contract to the contrary, the termination or non-renewal of any Assumed
Contract with any supplier or customer of the Sold Business resulting from the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without
limitation, as
a result of the assignment, or attempted assignment, of such Assumed Contract by
Sellers to Buyers without first obtaining the consent of such supplier or customer,
shall not constitute for cause for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the provisions of this Section 9.4(g) shall not limit, or otherwise effect,
the rights of the Seller Indemnified Parties under Sections 3.4, 6.2(m) and 8.2.9.
SECTION 9.5.
Limitations on Indemnification by Buyers
. The indemnification of the
Buyer Indemnified Parties provided for in Section 9.3 shall be limited in certain respects as
follows:
44
(a) Any claim by the Buyer Indemnified Parties for Indemnification pursuant to
Section 9.3 shall be required to be made by delivery of a written notice describing the
basis for such claim in reasonable detail, to Buyers prior to the end of the applicable
period for survival set forth in Section 9.1;
(b) The Buyer Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification for
matters covered by Section 9.3(ii) only to the extent that the aggregate amount of all
such Buyer Indemnified Parties claims for indemnification under Section 9.3(ii), as
finally resolved, exceeds 1% of the Purchase Price;
(c) The maximum aggregate liability of Buyers for indemnification under Section
9.3(ii) herein shall in no event exceed 20% of the Purchase Price;
(d) The Buyer Indemnified Parties right to indemnification shall be reduced to
the extent the subject matter of the claim is covered by and paid pursuant to a
warranty or indemnification from a third party; and
(e) The Buyer Indemnified Parties right to indemnification shall be reduced to
the extent they receive insurance proceeds with respect to such Losses.
SECTION
9.6.
Notice of Non-Third Party Claim
.
(a) Promptly after acquiring knowledge of any Losses for which a Seller
Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article 9, Buyers
shall give written notice thereof to Sellers accompanied by an affidavit of the chief
executives or chief financial officers of Buyers setting forth with reasonable
particularity the underlying facts (either, as of the date of such affidavit, actually
known or in good faith believed by the affiant to exist) sufficient to establish a good
faith estimate, if known, of the Losses incurred or to be incurred relating thereto;
and including copies of all written documentation and summarizing all oral information
actually known or in
good faith believed by the affiant to exist relating to the circumstances or
events underlying the indemnification claim. In the event Buyers make a claim which is
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be without reasonable basis in law
or fact, Buyers shall bear all reasonable costs and expenses (including court costs and
reasonable attorneys and accountants fees) incurred by Sellers in investigating and
defending against such claim.
(b) Promptly after acquiring knowledge of any Losses for which a Buyer
Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article 9, Sellers
shall give written notice thereof to Buyers accompanied by an affidavit of the chief
executive or chief financial officer of Agilysys setting forth with reasonable
particularity the underlying facts (either, as of the date of such affidavit, actually
known or in good faith believed by the affiant to exist) sufficient to establish, as of
the date of such affidavit, the breach of a specified representation or warranty and
setting forth a good faith estimate, if known, of the Losses incurred or to be incurred
relating thereto; and including copies of all written documentation and summarizing
45
all
oral information actually known or in good faith believed by the affiant to exist
relating to the circumstances or events underlying the indemnification claim.
SECTION
9.7.
Third Party Claims
.
1
(a)
Notice
. In order for a party (the Indemnitee) to be entitled to
any indemnification provided for under this Agreement in respect of, arising out of or
involving a claim or demand made by any Person against the Indemnitee (a Third Party
Claim), such Indemnitee must notify the party from who indemnification hereunder is
sought (the Indemnitor) in writing of the Third Party Claim no later than thirty (30)
days after such claim or demand is first asserted. Such notice shall state in
reasonable detail the amount of or estimated amount of such claim, and shall identify
the specific basis or bases for such claim, including the representation, warranties or
covenants alleged to have been breached. Failure to give such notification shall not
affect the indemnification provided hereunder except to the extent the Indemnitor shall
have been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure. Thereafter, the Indemnitee
shall deliver to the Indemnitor, without undue delay, copies of all notices and
documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnitee relating to the Third
Party Claim so long as any such disclosure could not reasonably be expected to have an
adverse effect on the attorney client or any other privilege that may be available to
the Indemnitee in connection therewith.
(b)
Control
.
(i) If a Third Party Claim is made against an Indemnitee, the Indemnitor shall
be entitled to participate, at its expense, in the defense thereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Indemnitor irrevocably admits to the
Indemnitee in writing its obligation to indemnify the
Indemnitee for all liabilities and obligations relating to such Third Party
Claim, the Indemnitor may elect to assume and control the defense thereof (by
providing notice to Indemnitee of such election within thirty (30) days following
delivery of notice of a Third Party Claim by Indemnitee to Indemnitor) with counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, at the sole cost and expense of the
Indemnitor, such Third Party Claim by all appropriate proceedings, which
proceedings will be vigorously and diligently prosecuted by the Indemnitor to a
final conclusion or will be settled in accordance with 9.7(c). If the Indemnitor
assumes such defense, the Indemnitee shall have the right to participate in the
defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the
counsel employed by the Indemnitor, it being understood that the Indemnitor shall
control such defense;
provided
,
however
, that the Indemnitee may at
any time prior to the Indemnitors delivery of the notice to the Indemnitee of the
Indemnitors election to assume the defense of any Third Party Claim, file any
motion, answer or other pleadings or take any other action that is reasonably
necessary or appropriate to protect the Indemnitees interests. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the
Indemnitor will pay the Indemnitees costs and expenses with respect to its
separate counsel if (x) in the Indemnitees good faith judgment, it is advisable,
based on advice of counsel, for the Indemnitee to be represented by
46
separate
counsel because a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnitor and
the Indemnitee or (y) the named parties to such Third Party Claim include both the
Indemnitor and the Indemnitee and the Indemnitee determines in good faith, based on
advice of counsel, that defenses are available to it that are unavailable to the
Indemnitor.
(ii) If the Indemnitor fails to notify the Indemnitee within thirty (30) days
following delivery of notice of a Third Party Claim by Indemnitee to Indemnitor
that the Indemnitor desires to defend the Third Party Claim pursuant to this
Section 9.7, or if the Indemnitor gives such notice but fails to prosecute
diligently or settle the Third Party Claim, then the Indemnitee will have the right
to defend, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnitor, the Third Party Claim by
all appropriate proceedings, which proceedings will be vigorously and diligently
prosecuted by the Indemnitee in good faith or will be settled at the discretion of
the Indemnitee (with the consent of the Indemnitor, which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld). The Indemnitee will have full control of such defense and
proceedings, including any compromise or settlement thereof (subject to the
previous sentence);
provided
,
however
, that if requested by the
Indemnitee, the Indemnitor will, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnitor,
provide reasonable cooperation to the Indemnitee and its counsel in contesting any
Third Party Claim which the Indemnitee is contesting.
(c)
Settlement
. If the Indemnitor so assumes the defense of any Third
Party Claim, all of the indemnified parties shall cooperate with the Indemnitor in the
defense or prosecution thereof. Such cooperation shall include, at the expense of the
Indemnitor, the retention and (upon Indemnitors request) the provision to the
Indemnitor of records and information which are reasonably relevant to such Third Party
Claim, and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide
additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. If the
Indemnitor has assumed the defense of a Third Party Claim, (i) the Indemnitee shall not
admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or discharge, such Third
Party Claim without the Indemnitors prior written consent (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld), (ii) the Indemnitee shall agree to any settlement, compromise
or discharge of any Third Party Claim which the Indemnitor may recommend and which by
its terms releases the Indemnitee from any liability in connection with such Third
Party Claim, and (iii) the Indemnitor shall not, without the written consent of the
Indemnitee, enter into any settlement, compromise or discharge or consent to the entry
of a judgment which imposes any obligation or restriction upon Indemnitee.
(d)
Cooperation
. Each party shall make available to the other all records and other materials
reasonably required to contest any Third Party Claim and shall cooperate fully with the other in
the defense of all such claims. Information disclosed by one party to the other shall be kept
confidential. The party not in control of the Third Party Claim shall have the right to be
represented by counsel of its own choosing and at its own expense. The party in control shall keep
the other informed of all material developments in connection with any Third Party Claim.
47
SECTION 9.8.
Disputes Involving Claims for Indemnification
. If the Indemnitor
notifies the Indemnitee that it does not dispute its liability to the Indemnitee with respect to
any claim for indemnification hereunder, or fails to notify the Indemnitee within thirty (30) days
following delivery of notice of any such claim by Indemnitee to Indemnitor whether the Indemnitor
disputes its liability to the Indemnitee with respect to such claim, the Loss arising from such
claim will be conclusively deemed a liability of the Indemnitor and the Indemnitor shall pay the
amount of such Loss to the Indemnitee on demand following the final determination thereof. If the
Indemnitor has timely disputed its liability with respect to such claim, the Indemnitor and the
Indemnitee will proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute, and if not
resolved through negotiations within thirty (30) days following receipt of an Indemnitee of a
written notice from an Indemnitor stating that it disputes all or any portion of a claim for
indemnification hereunder, such dispute shall be resolved by litigation in a court of competent
jurisdiction.
SECTION 9.9.
Exclusive Remedy
. Except as provided in Section 8.1.6, each party shall
have no liability to the other party with respect to any breach or nonfulfillment of any covenant
or any other matter or claim relating to or arising out of this Agreement, except that with respect
to any breach of, inaccuracy in, or violation of any representation or warranty or nonfulfillment
of any covenant for which a right to claim indemnification is provided in this Article 9, a claim
or an action under and pursuant to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Article 9 shall be
the sole and exclusive right and remedy of a party seeking indemnification, and such party shall
not have any other claim, cause of action, right, or remedy for such breach, inaccuracy, violation
or nonfulfillment based upon this Agreement, any provision of any federal, state or provincial
securities or other Law (including CERCLA and similar contribution rights) or based upon any other
cause of action arising at law or in equity;
provided
,
however
, that if for any
reason a court of competent jurisdiction shall refuse to enforce this provision, and shall permit a
party seeking indemnification to assert any action based other than upon the right to claim
indemnification as provided in this Article 9, such party agrees that the amount of such other
claim shall be subject to and limited by the provisions of this Article 9. The provisions of this
Section 9.9 shall not preclude the prosecution of any action or proceeding based on fraud.
SECTION 10.
CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10.1. Notices. All notices shall be in writing delivered as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
If to Sellers, to:
|
|
Agilysys, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2255 Glades Road, Suite 301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile: (561) 999-8765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With copies to:
|
|
Agilysys, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2255 Glades Road, Suite 301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: Vice President and Corporate Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile: (561) 999-8765
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
And:
|
|
Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1400 McDonald Investment Center
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
800 Superior Avenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cleveland, Ohio 44114-2688
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: Lawrence N. Schultz, Esq.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile: (216) 241-0816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
If to Buyers, to:
|
|
Arrow Electronics, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 Marcus Drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Melville, NY 11747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: Peter Brown, Senior Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and General Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile No.: (631) 391-4379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With copies to:
|
|
Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & Mccloy LLP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Chase Manhattan Plaza
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York, NY 10005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn: Howard Kelberg, Esq.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile No.: (212) 530-5219
|
or to such other address as may have been designated in a prior notice. Notices may be sent by (a)
overnight courier, (b) confirmed facsimile transmission, or (c) registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid, return receipt requested; and shall be deemed to have been given (a) in the case
of overnight courier, the next business day after the date sent, (b) in the case of facsimile
transmission, on the date of confirmation of such transmission, and (c) in the case of mailing,
three business days after being mailed, and otherwise notices shall be deemed to have been given
when received by the Person to whom the notice is addressed or any other Person with apparent
authority to accept notices on behalf of the Person to whom the notice is addressed.
SECTION 10.2.
Binding Effect
. Except as may be otherwise provided herein, this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.
SECTION 10.3.
Headings
. The headings in this Agreement are intended solely for
convenience of reference and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this
Agreement.
SECTION 10.4.
Exhibits and Schedule
. The Exhibits and Schedules referred to in this
Agreement shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement. All Schedules referred to in this
Agreement shall be initialed by the party delivering the same and dated the date of delivery.
SECTION 10.5.
Counterparts
. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the
same document. This Agreement shall be effective upon execution and delivery of either manually
signed or facsimile signed signature pages.
49
SECTION 10.6.
Governing Law
. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware applicable to a contract executed and performed
in such State, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
SECTION 10.7.
Waivers
. Compliance with the provisions of this Agreement may be
waived only by a written instrument specifically referring to this Agreement and signed by the
party waiving compliance. No course of dealing, nor any failure or delay in exercising any right,
shall be construed as a waiver, and no single or partial exercise of a right shall preclude any
other or further exercise of that or any other right.
SECTION 10.8.
Pronouns
. The use of a particular pronoun herein shall not be
restrictive as to gender or number but shall be interpreted in all cases as the context may
require.
SECTION 10.9.
Time Periods
. Any action required hereunder to be taken within a
certain number of days shall be taken within that number of calendar days unless otherwise
expressly provided;
provided
,
however
, that if the last day for taking such action
falls on a weekend or a holiday, the period during which such action may be taken shall be
automatically extended to the next business day.
SECTION 10.10.
No Strict Construction
. The language used in this Agreement will be
deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule
of strict construction will be applied against either party.
SECTION 10.11.
Modification
. No supplement, modification or amendment of this
Agreement shall be binding unless made in a written instrument which is signed by all of the
parties and which specifically refers to this Agreement.
SECTION 10.12.
Entire Agreement
. This Agreement and the agreements and documents
referred to in this Agreement or delivered hereunder are the exclusive statement of the agreement
among the parties concerning the subject matter hereof. All negotiations among the parties are
merged into this Agreement, and there are no representations, warranties, covenants,
understandings, or agreements, oral or otherwise, in relation thereto among the parties other than
those incorporated herein and to be delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
confidentiality provisions set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement shall survive this Agreement,
except that effective upon Closing, Buyers will no longer be subject to any confidentiality
provisions contained in the Confidentiality Agreement to the extent they relate solely to the Sold
Business. In the event this Agreement is terminated without the Closing occurring, then the
obligations set forth in the aforesaid Confidentiality Agreement shall survive the termination hereof in accordance with
the terms thereof and hereof.
SECTION 10.13.
No Third Party Beneficiary Rights
. This Agreement shall inure solely
to the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns and nothing in this
Agreement, express or implied, shall confer upon any other Person any rights, benefits or remedies
of any nature whatsoever.
SECTION 10.14.
Definitions
.
Accounts Receivable has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(j).
50
Affiliate has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the regulations promulgated under the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act).
Agilysys shall mean Agilysys, Inc.
Agilysys Board has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.8(a).
Agilysys Canada shall mean Agilysys Canada, Inc.
Arbitrators Award Report has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c).
Assumed Contracts has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(h).
Assumed Liabilities has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
Assumed Product Liabilities has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f).
Assumed Litigation means the litigation disclosed in Schedules 4.14(b) and 4.11(d), except
for item 1 of 4.11(d) the Vigilos Inc. litigation.
Audited Balance Sheet has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).
Balance Sheet has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.
Benefit Plans has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).
BEP has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(g).
Business Combination shall mean with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation or
combination to which such Person is a party, any sale, dividend, split or other disposition of
capital stock or other equity interests of such Person or any sale, dividend or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of such Person.
Buyer means Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation.
Buyers means Buyer together with Canadian Buyer.
Buyers 401(k) Plan has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(f).
Buyer Indemnified Parties has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.
Canadian Buyer means Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd., a Canadian corporation.
Canadian Liabilities has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1
Canadian Purchased Assets has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.
CERCLA has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(c).
51
Change of Control Agreements has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(n)(i).
Closing has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
Closing Date has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
COBRA means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended, and
regulations and pronouncements promulgated thereunder.
Competition Act has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.
Confidentiality Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.2(b).
Disputed Payables shall mean any accounts payable or other liabilities of the Purchased
Assets or the Sold Business existing at the Closing which Sellers are disputing and any such
accounts payable or other liabilities of the Purchased Assets or the Sold Business arising
thereafter on account of any period prior to the Closing and not included in the Audited Balance
Sheet, including without limitation the IBM Disputed Payables.
Drop Dead Date has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.5(b).
Effective Time has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(a).
Environment means any ambient, workplace or indoor air, surface water, drinking water,
groundwater, land surface, subsurface strata, river sediment, plant or animal life, natural
resources, workplace, and real property and the physical buildings, structures, improvements and
fixtures thereon.
Environmental Laws has the meaning set forth at the end of Section 4.12.
Environmental Liabilities shall mean any liabilities or obligations arising under
Environmental Laws (whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, contingent or otherwise,
fixed or absolute or present or arising in the future), including without limitation any
liabilities or obligations arising from any of the following conditions or events, regardless of
when arising or occurring: (a) pollution, contamination or any other adverse environmental
conditions (including, but not limited to, any adverse environmental conditions either on-site or
off-site); (b) the presence, release, threatened release or exposure to Hazardous Substances; (c)
the on-site or off-site transportation, storage, treatment, recycling, disposal or arrangement
for disposal of Hazardous Substances; or (d) any violation of any Environmental Law.
ERISA has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13.
ERISA Affiliate has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13.
Final Balance Sheet has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b).
Financial Statements has the meaning set forth in 4.5.
52
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles.
Governmental Authority has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.
GST has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.
Hazardous Substance means any substance or material: (i) the Release or presence of which
requires investigation or Remediation under any Environmental Law; (ii) that is defined as a
pollutant, contaminant, solid waste, hazardous waste, hazardous material or hazardous
substance under any Environmental Law; (iii) that is toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable,
infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic or mutagenic or otherwise hazardous; or (iv) without
limitation, that is or contains gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum hydrocarbons,
polychlorinated biphenols (PCBs) or asbestos.
HSR has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.
IBM Disputed Payables shall mean any accounts payable or other liabilities payable by
Sellers to IBM with respect to the Purchased Assets or the Sold Business which Sellers are
disputing and any such accounts payable or other liabilities of the Purchased Assets or the Sold
Business arising thereafter (on account of any period prior to the Closing Date) and not included
in the Audited Balance Sheet.
Indemnitee has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7(a).
Indemnitor has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7(a).
Independent Accountants has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c).
Interim Period has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.1(b).
Intellectual Property means any of the following, whether protected, created or arising
under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction: (a) patents and patent applications,
(b) Marks, (c) copyrights (registered or unregistered), and applications for registration of
copyrights, (d) internet domain names and (e) Trade Secrets.
Inventory has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(e).
Keylink Systems has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Knowledge means the actual knowledge of any officer or employee of Sellers listed on
Schedule 10.14(a)
.
Law means any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign statute, law (including, without
limitation, common law), ordinance, regulation, rule or code, decree, injunction or order.
Lien shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, charge or claim.
53
Losses has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.
Lost Customers Multiple has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
Management means with respect to any Hazardous Substance, the use, possession, distribution,
processing, manufacturing, generation, treatment, storage, recycling, transportation, Release,
Remediation or disposal or arrangement for disposal of such Hazardous Substance.
Marks means registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks, trade names and
similar rights and applications to register any of the foregoing, whether protected, created or
arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction.
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on the business, condition,
financial or otherwise, assets, liabilities, or results of operations of the Sold Business, taken
as a whole, reasonably expected to result in the occurrence of a Loss to the Sold Business,
individually or in the aggregate, equal to or greater than $2,500,000; except to the extent
resulting from (i) any change in general United States or global economic conditions, or (ii) any
change in general economic conditions in the industry in which the Sold Business operates which
changes do not affect Sellers disproportionately relative to other entities, or (iii) the
termination or modification of any Assumed Contract with any supplier or customer by such supplier
or customer other than for cause;
provided
,
however
, that a Material Adverse Effect
will not result if an Assumed Contract is terminated because of the execution of this Agreement or
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the attempted
assignment of such Assumed Contract by Sellers to Buyers.
Material Contracts has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(c).
Minimum Sales Amount shall mean sales to Sellers pursuant to the Procurement Agreement in
the amount equal to $270 million during any Reference Period.
New Employment Agreements has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(n)(i).
Operative Agreements means, collectively, the Procurement Agreement and the Transition
Agreement.
Oracle Lost Sales has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
Oracle Refusal has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
Permitted Lien shall mean (i) mechanics, carriers, repairmens or other like Liens arising
or incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, less than $10,000, (ii) Liens arising
under conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the
ordinary course of business and under which Sellers are not in default, (iii) Liens for current
Taxes, assessments (both general and special) and utilities not yet due and payable or which may
hereafter be paid without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and, in connection
therewith, appropriate reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP, (iv) immaterial
imperfections of title or encumbrances, if any, that do not, individually or in the
54
aggregate,impair the continued use and operation of any asset to which they relate in the conduct of the Sold
Business as presently conducted, (v) Sold Business Real Property Leases, Tangible Personal Property
Leases, (vi) easements, covenants, rights-of-way and other similar restrictions, conditions of
record or encumbrances and shown on the surveys provided to Buyers, and (vii) (A) zoning, building
and other similar restrictions or encumbrances imposed by applicable Laws, (B) Liens that have been
placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which Seller has easement
rights or, on any Sold Business Real Property, under any lease or subordination or similar
agreements relating thereto, and (C) unrecorded easements, covenants, rights of way or other
similar restrictions on the Sold Business Real Property none of which, individually or in the
aggregate, materially impair the continued use and operation of such Sold Business Real Property in
the conduct of the Sold Business.
Person shall mean any individual, corporation, company, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
Governmental Authority or other entity or organization.
Pre-Closing Lost Customers has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
Pre-Closing Lost Sales has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
Procurement Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(e).
Product Liabilities has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(j).
Proposal means a written unsolicited proposal from a third party to consummate a merger,
stock sale, asset sale or other transaction that could reasonably be expected to result in the sale
of all or substantially all of the Sold Business that the Agilysys Board believes in good faith to
be bona fide and which is received by Sellers after the date hereof.
Proxy Statement has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.8(b).
Purchased Assets has the meaning set forth at the end of Section 1.1.
Purchase Price has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
Recommendation has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.8(b).
Reference Period shall mean the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the
first anniversary of the date hereof and for each year thereafter starting on the day immediately
following the anniversary of the date hereof and ending on each anniversary of the date hereof
thereafter throughout the term of the Procurement Agreement.
Registered Sold Business Marks has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a).
Release when used in connection with Hazardous Substances, shall have the meaning ascribed
to that term in 42 U.S.C. 9601(22), but not subject to the exceptions in Subsection (A) and (D) of
42 U.S.C. 9601(22).
55
Remediation means (a) any remedial action, response or removal as those terms are defined in
42 U.S.C. § 9601; or (b) any corrective action as that term has been construed by Governmental
Authorities pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 6924.
Representatives has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.2(b).
Retained Assets has the meaning set forth at the end of Section 1.2.
Retained Benefit Plan has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).
Retained Environmental Liabilities shall mean any Environmental Liabilities, whenever
arising or occurring, and regardless of whether known to Buyers or set forth on any schedule to
this Agreement, arising from or relating to (i) the Retained Assets, or (ii) otherwise arising from
or relating to Sellers or any of their respective predecessors or Affiliates, the Purchased Assets,
the Sold Business or the Sold Business Real Property, except for any Environmental Liabilities
where the facts or events underlying such liabilities are first created or first caused by the
operation of the Sold Business by Buyers after the Closing Date.
Retained Liabilities has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
Retained Intellectual Property has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(d).
Retained Real Property has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(l).
Returned Goods has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(i).
Schedules has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.4.
Seller Indemnified Parties has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.
Sellers shall mean Agilysys and Agilysys Canada.
Sellers Health FSA has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(d).
Sellers Consents has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.14.
Sellers 401(K) Plan has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(f).
Severance has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c).
Shareholder Approval has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.8(a).
Shareholders Meeting has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.8(a).
Sold Business has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
Sold Business Copyrights has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(d).
Sold Business Employees has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a).
56
Sold Business Intellectual Property has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(d).
Sold Business Leased Real Property has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a).
Sold Business Marks has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(d).
Sold Business Owned Real Property has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(b).
Sold Business Real Property has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(b).
Sold Business Real Property Leases has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a).
Sold Business Trade Secrets has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(d).
Special Closing ConditionMaterial Adverse Effect means a Material Adverse Effect
on the business, condition, financial or otherwise, assets, liabilities or results
of operations of the Sold Business, taken as a whole, reasonably expected to result
in the occurrence of a Loss to the Sold Business, individually or in the aggregate,
equal to or greater than $25,000,000; except to the extent resulting from (i) any
change in general United States or global economic conditions, or (ii) any change in
general economic conditions in the industry in which the Sold Business operates
which changes do not affect Sellers disproportionately relative to other entities,
or (iii) the termination or modification of any Assumed Contract with any supplier
or customer by such supplier or customer other than for cause;
provided
,
however
, that a Special Closing Condition Material Adverse Effect will not
result if an Assumed Contract is terminated because of the execution of this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without
limitation, the attempted assignment of such Assumed Contract by Sellers to Buyers.
Stay Bonus Plan has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(m).
Superior Offer means a merger, stock sale, asset sale or other transaction that could
reasonably be expected to result in the sale of all or substantially all of the Sold Business that
the Agilysys Board believes in good faith to be bona fide and which the Agilysys Board determines
in its good faith judgment (after consultation with its financial advisor) to be more
favorable to the holders of common stock of Agilysys than the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement (taking into account the anticipated timing, financing and other closing conditions,
prospects for completion of such proposal, the Termination Fee payable under this Agreement and all
financial, regulatory, legal and other aspects of such proposal).
Tangible Personal Property has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(c).
Tangible Personal Property Leases has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(l).
Target Working Capital shall mean, in the event the Closing Date is (a) March 31, 2007, the
dollar amount equal to the greater of (i) 11% of the revenues of the Sold Business for the three
month period ending on the Closing Date and (ii) $32 million, (b) April 30, 2007,
57
the dollar amount equal to the greater of (i) 14% of the revenues of the Sold Business for the three month period
ending on the Closing Date and (ii) $38 million or (c) May 31, 2007, the dollar amount equal to the
greater of (i) 11% of the revenues of the Sold Business for the three month period ending on the
Closing Date and (ii) $32 million. For purposes of clarification, revenues shall be calculated in
accordance with GAAP.
Tax has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.
Terminated Suppliers shall mean the suppliers of any terminated franchised lines of the Sold
Business listed on Schedule 10.14(b), together with any other suppliers of the Sold Business that
terminate their respective franchised lines of business from the date of the Agreement until
Closing.
Third Party Claim has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7(a).
Third Party License has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(b).
Title Company shall mean Chicago Title Insurance Company or such other company designated by
Buyers.
Title Policy has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(j).
Transition Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(f).
Transferred Employee has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2(b).
Trade Secrets means know-how, processes, methods, concepts, inventions, databases, technical
data, customer lists. marketing and other business plans and other proprietary or confidential
information that derives economic value from not being generally known to other persons who can
obtain economic value from its disclosure.
US Buyer means Support Net, Inc., an Indiana corporation.
WARN has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).
[
signature page follows
]
58
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above
written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGILYSYS, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Arthur Rheim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGILYSYS CANADA INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Arthur Rheim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Sellers)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ William E. Mitchell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Chairman, President & CEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPORT NET, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Peter S. Brown
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARROW ELECTRONICS CANADA LTD.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Peter S. Brown
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Buyers)
|
|
|
59
Exhibit 10 (a)
ARROW ELECTRONICS
SAVINGS PLAN
As Amended and Restated Through January 2007
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
ARTICLE I
|
|
DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
2
|
|
1.1
|
|
Accounts
|
|
|
2
|
|
1.2
|
|
Affiliate
|
|
|
2
|
|
1.3
|
|
Applicable Plan Year
|
|
|
2
|
|
1.4
|
|
Appropriate Form
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.5
|
|
Beneficiary
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.6
|
|
Board of Directors
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.7
|
|
Code
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.8
|
|
Catch-up Contributions
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.9
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.10
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.11
|
|
Company
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.12
|
|
Company Representative
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.13
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
3
|
|
1.14
|
|
Contribution Agreement
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.15
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.16
|
|
Effective Date
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.17
|
|
Elective Account
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.18
|
|
Elective Contributions
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.19
|
|
Elective Deferral Limit
|
|
|
4
|
|
1.20
|
|
Eligible Employee
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.21
|
|
Employer
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.22
|
|
Entry Date
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.23
|
|
ERISA
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.24
|
|
ESOP Contributions
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.25
|
|
Fund or Trust Fund
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.26
|
|
Highly Compensated Employee
|
|
|
5
|
|
1.27
|
|
Hour of Service
|
|
|
6
|
|
1.28
|
|
Investment Adjustments
|
|
|
8
|
|
1.29
|
|
Investment Fund
|
|
|
8
|
|
1.30
|
|
Loan Account
|
|
|
8
|
|
1.31
|
|
Loan Fund
|
|
|
8
|
|
1.32
|
|
Matching Account
|
|
|
8
|
|
1.33
|
|
Matching Contributions
|
|
|
8
|
|
1.34
|
|
Member
|
|
|
8
|
|
1.35
|
|
Normal Retirement Date
|
|
|
8
|
|
1.36
|
|
One-Year Break in Service
|
|
|
8
|
|
1.37
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
8
|
|
1.38
|
|
Plan Year
|
|
|
9
|
|
1.39
|
|
Prior Plan Account
|
|
|
9
|
|
1.40
|
|
Rollover Account
|
|
|
9
|
|
1.41
|
|
Rollover Contribution
|
|
|
9
|
|
1.42
|
|
Section 401(k) Member
|
|
|
9
|
|
i
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
1.43
|
|
Termination of Employment
|
|
|
9
|
|
1.44
|
|
Total Earnings
|
|
|
9
|
|
1.45
|
|
Trust Agreement
|
|
|
9
|
|
1.46
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
10
|
|
1.47
|
|
Valuation Date
|
|
|
10
|
|
1.48
|
|
Vested Percentage
|
|
|
10
|
|
1.49
|
|
Year of Service
|
|
|
10
|
|
1.50
|
|
Meaning of Spouse
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II
|
|
MEMBERSHIP
|
|
|
11
|
|
2.1
|
|
In General
|
|
|
11
|
|
2.2
|
|
Service with Affiliates
|
|
|
11
|
|
2.3
|
|
Contribution Agreement Required for Elective Contributions
|
|
|
12
|
|
2.4
|
|
Transfers
|
|
|
12
|
|
2.5
|
|
Transfers Between Employers
|
|
|
12
|
|
2.6
|
|
Reemployment
|
|
|
13
|
|
2.7
|
|
Service with Predecessors or Affiliates, or as an Ineligible Employee
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III
|
|
CONTRIBUTIONS
|
|
|
14
|
|
3.1
|
|
Elective Contributions
|
|
|
14
|
|
3.2
|
|
Matching Contributions
|
|
|
16
|
|
3.3
|
|
Section 401(k) Limit on Elective Contributions
|
|
|
16
|
|
3.4
|
|
Section 401(m) Limit on Matching Contributions
|
|
|
18
|
|
3.5
|
|
Special Rules
|
|
|
20
|
|
3.6
|
|
Rollovers
|
|
|
21
|
|
3.7
|
|
Maximum Limit on Allocation
|
|
|
22
|
|
3.8
|
|
Form and Time of Payment
|
|
|
22
|
|
3.9
|
|
Contributions May Not Exceed Amount Deductible
|
|
|
22
|
|
3.10
|
|
Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility and Plan Qualification
|
|
|
22
|
|
3.11
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
22
|
|
3.12
|
|
No Employee Contributions
|
|
|
22
|
|
3.13
|
|
Profits Not Required
|
|
|
23
|
|
3.14
|
|
Contributions for Military Service
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV
|
|
VESTING
|
|
|
24
|
|
4.1
|
|
Elective Account and Prior Plan Account
|
|
|
24
|
|
4.2
|
|
Matching Account
|
|
|
24
|
|
4.3
|
|
Forfeitures
|
|
|
25
|
|
4.4
|
|
Irrevocable Forfeitures
|
|
|
25
|
|
4.5
|
|
Application of Forfeitures
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V
|
|
ACCOUNTS AND DESIGNATION OF INVESTMENT FUNDS
|
|
|
26
|
|
5.1
|
|
Investment of Account Balances
|
|
|
26
|
|
5.2
|
|
Designation of Investment Funds for Future Contributions
|
|
|
26
|
|
5.3
|
|
Designation of Investment Funds for Existing Account Balances
|
|
|
26
|
|
ii
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
5.4
|
|
Valuation of Investment Funds
|
|
|
26
|
|
5.5
|
|
Correction of Error
|
|
|
27
|
|
5.6
|
|
Allocation Shall Not Vest Title
|
|
|
27
|
|
5.7
|
|
Statement of Accounts
|
|
|
27
|
|
5.8
|
|
Daily Valuation
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI
|
|
LIMITATION ON MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTIONS AND BENEFITS UNDER ALL PLANS
|
|
|
28
|
|
6.1
|
|
Definitions
|
|
|
28
|
|
6.2
|
|
Limitation on Annual Additions
|
|
|
28
|
|
6.3
|
|
Application
|
|
|
28
|
|
6.4
|
|
Limitation Year
|
|
|
29
|
|
6.5
|
|
Correlation with Higher ESOP Limit
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII
|
|
DISTRIBUTIONS, WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS
|
|
|
30
|
|
7.1
|
|
Distribution on Termination of Employment
|
|
|
30
|
|
7.2
|
|
Withdrawals during Employment
|
|
|
30
|
|
7.3
|
|
Loans during Employment
|
|
|
32
|
|
7.4
|
|
Loan Requirements
|
|
|
32
|
|
7.5
|
|
Loan Expenses
|
|
|
34
|
|
7.6
|
|
Funding
|
|
|
34
|
|
7.7
|
|
Repayment
|
|
|
35
|
|
7.8
|
|
Valuation
|
|
|
35
|
|
7.9
|
|
Allocation among Investment Funds
|
|
|
35
|
|
7.10
|
|
Disposition of Loan Upon Certain Events
|
|
|
35
|
|
7.11
|
|
Withdrawals from Plan While Loan is Outstanding
|
|
|
35
|
|
7.12
|
|
Compliance with Applicable Law
|
|
|
36
|
|
7.13
|
|
Default
|
|
|
36
|
|
7.14
|
|
Conversion of Loan to Hardship Distribution
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII
|
|
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
|
|
|
37
|
|
8.1
|
|
Payment of Benefits
|
|
|
37
|
|
8.2
|
|
Death Benefits
|
|
|
38
|
|
8.3
|
|
Non-Alienation of Benefits
|
|
|
38
|
|
8.4
|
|
Doubt as to Right to Payment
|
|
|
38
|
|
8.5
|
|
Incapacity
|
|
|
38
|
|
8.6
|
|
Time of Commencement of Benefits
|
|
|
39
|
|
8.7
|
|
Payments to Minors
|
|
|
39
|
|
8.8
|
|
Identity of Proper Payee
|
|
|
39
|
|
8.9
|
|
Inability to Locate Distributee
|
|
|
40
|
|
8.10
|
|
Estoppel of Members and Their Beneficiaries
|
|
|
40
|
|
8.11
|
|
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
|
|
|
40
|
|
8.12
|
|
Benefits Payable Only from Fund
|
|
|
41
|
|
8.13
|
|
Prior Plan Distribution Forms
|
|
|
41
|
|
8.14
|
|
Restrictions on Distribution
|
|
|
41
|
|
iii
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
8.15
|
|
Direct Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions
|
|
|
42
|
|
8.16
|
|
Receipt of ESOP Beneficiarys Account
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX
|
|
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
|
|
|
44
|
|
9.1
|
|
Designation of Beneficiary
|
|
|
44
|
|
9.2
|
|
Spouse as Presumptive Beneficiary
|
|
|
44
|
|
9.3
|
|
Change of Beneficiary
|
|
|
44
|
|
9.4
|
|
Failure to Designate
|
|
|
44
|
|
9.5
|
|
Effect of Marriage, Divorce or Annulment, or Legal Separation
|
|
|
44
|
|
9.6
|
|
Proof of Death, etc.
|
|
|
45
|
|
9.7
|
|
Discharge of Liability
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X
|
|
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
|
|
|
46
|
|
10.1
|
|
Committee
|
|
|
46
|
|
10.2
|
|
Named Fiduciary
|
|
|
46
|
|
10.3
|
|
Powers and Discretion of the Named Fiduciary
|
|
|
46
|
|
10.4
|
|
Advisers
|
|
|
47
|
|
10.5
|
|
Service in Multiple Capacities
|
|
|
48
|
|
10.6
|
|
Limitation of Liability; Indemnity
|
|
|
48
|
|
10.7
|
|
Reliance on Information
|
|
|
48
|
|
10.8
|
|
Subcommittees, Counsel and Agents
|
|
|
48
|
|
10.9
|
|
Funding Policy
|
|
|
49
|
|
10.10
|
|
Proper Proof
|
|
|
49
|
|
10.11
|
|
Genuineness of Documents
|
|
|
49
|
|
10.12
|
|
Members May Direct Investments
|
|
|
49
|
|
10.13
|
|
Records and Reports
|
|
|
50
|
|
10.14
|
|
Recovery of Overpayments
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI
|
|
THE TRUST AGREEMENT
|
|
|
51
|
|
11.1
|
|
The Trust Agreement
|
|
|
51
|
|
11.2
|
|
No Diversion of Fund
|
|
|
51
|
|
11.3
|
|
Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII
|
|
AMENDMENT
|
|
|
52
|
|
12.1
|
|
Right of the Company to Amend the Plan
|
|
|
52
|
|
12.2
|
|
Plan Merger
|
|
|
52
|
|
12.3
|
|
Amendments Required by Law
|
|
|
52
|
|
12.4
|
|
Right to Terminate
|
|
|
52
|
|
12.5
|
|
Termination of Trust
|
|
|
52
|
|
12.6
|
|
Continuation of Trust
|
|
|
53
|
|
12.7
|
|
Discontinuance of Contributions
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIII
|
|
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
|
|
|
54
|
|
13.1
|
|
Plan Not a Contract of Employment
|
|
|
54
|
|
13.2
|
|
Merger
|
|
|
54
|
|
13.3
|
|
Claims Procedure
|
|
|
54
|
|
iv
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
13.4
|
|
Controlling Law
|
|
|
54
|
|
13.5
|
|
Separability
|
|
|
54
|
|
13.6
|
|
Captions
|
|
|
54
|
|
13.7
|
|
Usage
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIV
|
|
LEASED EMPLOYEES
|
|
|
55
|
|
14.1
|
|
Definitions
|
|
|
55
|
|
14.2
|
|
Treatment of Leased Employees
|
|
|
55
|
|
14.3
|
|
Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization
|
|
|
55
|
|
14.4
|
|
Construction
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XV
|
|
TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
|
|
|
56
|
|
15.1
|
|
Determination of Top-Heavy Status.
|
|
|
56
|
|
15.2
|
|
Provisions Applicable in Top-Heavy Plan Years
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XVI
|
|
CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.1
|
|
General
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.2
|
|
Method of Contribution
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.3
|
|
Ineligibility for Matching Contributions
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.4
|
|
Limit on Catch-Up Contribution
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.5
|
|
Treatment of Catch-up Contributions
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.6
|
|
Qualification as Catch-up Contributions
|
|
|
60
|
|
16.7
|
|
Catch-up Contributions Disregarded for Certain Purposes
|
|
|
61
|
|
v
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
INTRODUCTION
The Arrow Electronics Savings Plan set forth herein (the Plan) was initially adopted
effective June 1, 1982 as Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan, a
stock bonus plan. A profit sharing plan called the Arrow Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan
(the New Plan) was adopted effective January 1, 1984 and amended effective January 1, 1985 to
permit additional contributions pursuant to section 401(k) of the Code. Membership in Part III of
the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan was closed after the Entry Date of July 1,
1983 and no contributions were made to Part III for any Plan Year ending after December 31, 1983.
Members of the Plan who were eligible became members of the New Plan as of December 31, 1983.
Other eligible individuals subsequently became members of the New Plan in accordance with its
terms.
The Plan was amended and restated effective as of the close of business on December 31, 1988
for the following purposes: (i) to establish the Plan as a separate entity upon its deletion as
Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan (which was renamed the Arrow
Electronics Stock Ownership Plan) and to accept the transfer to the Plan of all assets and
liabilities relating to such Part III; (ii) to merge the New Plan into the Plan and to make further
changes deemed necessary or advisable in light of the merger, including changing the name of the
Plan to the Arrow Electronics Savings Plan; and (iii) to make changes deemed necessary or advisable
to comply with changes in applicable law, effective as of such dates as required by law, and to
make other changes deemed desirable in order to effect the purposes of the Plan. Provisions of
this document having effective dates prior to December 31, 1988 govern Part III of the Arrow
Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan as constituted prior thereto and the New Plan.
The Plan was subsequently restated to incorporate further amendments adopted through December
28, 1994 in order to make changes deemed necessary or advisable to comply with changes in
applicable law, effective as of such dates as are required by law, and to make other changes deemed
desirable in order to effect the purposes of the Plan.
The Plan was amended and restated on February 15, 2002 to include amendments adopted since the
preceding restatement and additional changes, including those deemed necessary or advisable to
comply with the provisions of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the
Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring
and Reform Act of 1998, and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, as well as other
amendments determined by the Company to be appropriate to further the purposes of the Plan,
effective as the respective dates set forth or as required by law, provided that clarifications of
existing provisions were effective as of the same dates as the provisions which they clarify. The
restated Plan also eliminated as deadwood provisions no longer necessary, such as those relating
to Class Year Accounts (which have all become fully vested and no longer require separate
accounting), and Basic Contributions (profit-sharing contributions made under a predecessor plan)
all of which are now included in Members Matching Accounts. References herein to sections that
have been renumbered as a result of any
of the foregoing changes shall, where the context requires, include references to
corresponding sections of the Plan as previously in effect.
On March 17, 2003, the Plan was further restated to include amendments adopted since the last
restatement and additional changes, including those deemed necessary or advisable to reflect the
Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, or otherwise appropriate to further the
purposes of the Plan, and to eliminate provisions no longer applicable, effective as of January 1,
2002 or as otherwise expressly provided or required by law, provided that clarifications of
existing provisions are effective as of the same dates as the provisions which they clarify. The
Plan was further amended by action of the Committee on November 25, 2003 and September 21, 2004,
and as set forth in Amendment No. 1 executed on March 7, 2005. The Plan was thereafter separately
amended by action of the Committee to make the changes set forth in Article VII hereof effective
August 1, 2006, and in Sections 1.50 and 9.5 (and other provisions of Article IX referring
thereto), effective September 1, 2006.
The Plan is now further amended and restated to make additional changes deemed advisable,
including changes to reflect the final regulations under section 401(k) of the Code effective
January 1, 2006 and expanded definitive language to reflect final regulations under EGTRRAs
catch-up provisions, as well as additional design changes. The Plan as so restated shall be
effective January 1, 2006 except as otherwise expressly provided, and reads as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
When used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the designated meaning, unless a
different meaning is clearly required by the context.
1.1
Accounts
. A Members Elective Account, Loan Account, Matching Account, Prior Plan
Account and Rollover Account, as applicable.
1.2
Affiliate
. Any of the following:
1.2.1
Controlled Group Affiliate
. Any trade or business (other than an Employer),
whether or not incorporated, which at the time of reference controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with an Employer within the meaning of section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code
(including any division of an Employer not participating in the Plan) and, for purposes of Article
VI, section 415(h) of the Code (a Controlled Group Affiliate).
1.2.2
Affiliated Service Groups, etc
. Any (a) member of an affiliated service group,
within the meaning of section 414(m) of the Code, that includes an Employer, or (b) organization
aggregated with an Employer pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code, to the extent required by such
sections or section 401(k) or (m) of the Code.
1.3
Applicable Plan Year
. The current Plan Year.
- 2 -
1.4
Appropriate Form
. The form or other method of communication prescribed by the
Committee for a particular purpose specified in the Plan, when filed or otherwise effected at the
time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee.
1.5
Beneficiary
. A person or persons entitled under Article IX to receive any
benefits payable upon or after the death of a Member.
1.6
Board of Directors
. The Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized
committee thereof (such as the Compensation Committee).
1.7
Code
. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to time. Reference
to a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision, any valid regulation or ruling
promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of future law that amends, supplements or
supersedes such provision.
1.8
Catch-up Contributions
. Elective Contributions designated and qualifying as
Catch-up Contributions pursuant to Article XVI, or Excess Contributions recharacterized as
Catch-up Contributions under Section 3.3.4 in order to satisfy ADP nondiscrimination testing.
1.9
Committee
. Effective September 21, 2004, the Management Pension Investment and
Oversight Committee appointed to serve as named fiduciary of the Plan pursuant to Article X, and
prior thereto, the Administrator as defined in the Plan as then in effect.
1.10
Common Stock
. The common stock of the Company having a par value of one dollar
($1) per share, or any other common stock into which it may be reclassified.
1.11
Company
. Arrow Electronics, Inc., a New York corporation, and any company
acquiring the business of Arrow Electronics, Inc. and which, within a reasonable time thereafter,
adopts this Plan as of the effective date of such acquisition.
1.12
Company Representative
. The individuals serving from time to time as members of
the Committee, but acting as the representative of the Company in exercising the rights of the
Company as settlor and plan sponsor. Such individuals shall not be deemed to be fiduciaries with
respect to the Plan when carrying out responsibilities assigned to the Company Representative under
the Plan, even though, where applicable, the same individuals may be fiduciaries when carrying out
their responsibilities as members of the Committee.
1.13
Compensation
. Gross cash compensation paid by an Employer to an Eligible
Employee while he is a Member, determined before giving effect to any Contribution Agreement under
this Plan (or any other cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code) or to
any similar reduction agreement pursuant to any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of section 125
of the Code) or, effective January 1, 2001, for purposes of receiving qualified transportation
fringe benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code). Compensation shall not include
any payments made pursuant to stock appreciation rights or otherwise pursuant to any plan for the
grant of stock options, stock, or other stock rights, expense reimbursements (such as but not
limited to relocation and tuition expense reimbursements and nontaxable car allowances), or salary
continuation or other amounts paid under arrangements entered into on or after December 1, 2006 or
under prior arrangements if paid after March 31,
- 3 -
2007 that are effectively in the nature of severance pay, but shall include taxable car
allowances. Compensation taken into account for any Member for any Plan Year beginning on or after
January 1, 2002, shall not exceed two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) (as adjusted from time to
time for increases in the cost of living in accordance with section 401(a)(17) of the Code) (the
Compensation Limit). If the period for determining Compensation is a short plan year (i.e.,
shorter than 12 months), the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise
applicable annual Compensation limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
of months in the short plan year and the denominator of which is 12.
1.14
Contribution Agreement
. An agreement by a Section 401(k) Member (set forth on
the Appropriate Form) to reduce his Compensation otherwise payable in cash in order to share in
Elective Contributions under the Plan, as provided in Section 3.1.
1.15
Disability
. A physical or mental condition which would, upon proper application,
entitle the Member to disability benefits under the Social Security Act.
1.16
Effective Date
. January 1, 1974.
1.17
Elective Account
. A separate Account maintained for each Member which reflects
his share of the Fund attributable to Elective Contributions plus such other amounts as may be
transferred to such Account after December 31, 1988 under the terms of the Arrow Electronics Stock
Ownership Plan, together with applicable Investment Adjustments.
1.18
Elective Contributions
. Contributions by an Employer for a Section 401(k) Member
as provided in Section 3.1, based on the amount by which such Section 401(k) Member elects to
reduce his Compensation otherwise payable in cash (which contributions may not exceed the Elective
Deferral Limit).
1.19
Elective Deferral Limit
. The amount set forth below, reduced by the amount of
elective deferrals (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code, but excluding catch-up
contributions as defined in section 414(v) of the Code) made by a Member during his taxable year
(which is presumed to be the calendar year) under any other plans or agreements maintained by an
Employer or by a Controlled Group Affiliate (and, in the sole discretion of the Committee, any
plans or agreements maintained by any other employer, if reported to the Committee at such time and
in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe).
|
|
|
|
|
Calendar Year
|
|
Amount
|
2002
|
|
$
|
11,000
|
|
2003
|
|
$
|
12,000
|
|
2004
|
|
$
|
13,000
|
|
2005
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
Years subsequent to 2006
|
|
$15,000, as adjusted in accordance with section 402(g)(4) of the Code
|
The reduction in the Elective Deferral Limit previously imposed for a Member who received a
hardship withdrawal in the prior year shall not apply for the calendar year 2002 or thereafter.
- 4 -
1.20
Eligible Employee
. Any person employed by the Company or any other Employer,
subject to such terms and conditions as may apply to such Employer pursuant to Section 1.21 and
subject also to the following:
1.20.1 An employee who is employed primarily to render services within the jurisdiction of a
union and whose compensation, hours of work, or conditions of employment are determined by
collective bargaining with such union shall not be an Eligible Employee unless the applicable
collective bargaining agreement expressly provides that such employee shall be eligible to
participate in this Plan, in which event, however, he shall be entitled to participate in this Plan
only to the extent and on the terms and conditions specified in such collective bargaining
agreement.
1.20.2 The board of directors of an Employer may, in its discretion, determine that
individuals employed in a specified division, subdivision, plant, location or job classification of
such Employer shall not be Eligible Employees, provided that any such determination shall not
discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees so as to prevent the Plan from qualifying
under section 401(a) of the Code.
1.20.3 An individual who performs services for an Employer under an agreement or arrangement
(which may be written, oral, and/or evidenced by the Employers payroll practice) with such
individual or with another organization that provides the services of such individual to the
Employer, pursuant to which such individual is treated as an independent contractor or is otherwise
treated as an employee of an entity other than the Employer, shall not be an Eligible Employee,
irrespective of whether such individual is treated as an employee of the Employer under common-law
employment principles or pursuant to the provisions of section 4.4(m), 414(n) or 414(o) of the
Code.
1.21
Employer
. The Company and any subsidiary of the Company which has adopted the
Plan with the approval of the Company, subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed by
the Company upon the participation in the Plan of such adopting Employer.
1.22
Entry Date
. Effective September 1, 1995, the first day of each January, April,
July, and October, and effective March 1, 2004, the first day of each calendar month.
1.23
ERISA
. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time
to time. Reference to a specific provision of ERISA shall include such provision, any valid
regulation or ruling promulgated thereunder and any comparable provision of future law that amends,
supplements or supersedes such provision.
1.24
ESOP Contributions
. Contributions made by an Employer to the Arrow Electronics
Stock Ownership Plan (or, prior to January 1, 1989, to Part I or Part II of the Arrow Electronics
ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan or to the Arrow Electronics ESOP).
1.25
Fund or Trust Fund
. The trust fund held under the Trust Agreement pursuant to
Section 11.1.
1.26
Highly Compensated Employee
. A highly compensated employee as defined in
section 414(q) of the Code and applicable regulations. Effective January 1, 1997,
- 5 -
Highly Compensated Employee means an employee who received Total Earnings during the prior
Plan Year in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section 414(q) of the Code) or who was a
five percent (5%) owner (as described in Section 15.1.2(c)) at any time during the current or prior
Plan Year.
1.27
Hour of Service
. For all purposes of this Plan, Hour of Service shall mean
each hour includible under any of Sections 1.27.1 through 1.27.4, applied without duplication, but
subject to the provisions of Sections 1.27.5 through 1.27.8.
1.27.1
Paid Working Time
. Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to
payment, for the performance of duties for an Employer;
1.27.2
Paid Or Other Approved Absence
. Each regularly scheduled working hour during a
period for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer on account of a period
of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship
has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability or pregnancy),
layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence, or during any other period of authorized
leave if employee returns to employment with the Employer on the expiration of such leave.
1.27.3
Military Service
. Each regularly scheduled working hour which would constitute
an Hour of Service under Section 1.27.1 or 1.27.2 but for the employees absence for qualified
military service (as defined in section 414(u) of the Code) (Military Service) during a period
in which his reemployment rights are protected by law, provided that such employee re-enters the
employ of an Employer within the period during which his reemployment rights are protected by law;
and
1.27.4
Back Pay Awards
. Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer.
1.27.5
Crediting Hour of Service
. Hours of Service shall be credited as follows:
(a)
Paid Working Time
. Hours of Service described in Section 1.27.1 shall be credited
to the Plan Year in which the duties were performed;
(b)
Paid Absence and Military Service
. Hours of Service described in Sections 1.27.2
and 1.27.3 shall be credited to the Plan Year in which occur the regularly scheduled working hours
with respect to which such Hours of Service are determined, beginning with the first such hours;
(c)
Back Pay Awards
. Hours of Service described in Section 1.27.4 shall be credited
to the Plan Year or Plan Years to which the back pay award or agreement pertains (rather than to
the Plan Year in which the award, agreement or payment is made).
1.27.6
Limitations on Hours of Service for Paid Absences
. Notwithstanding any
provision of this Plan, Hours of Service otherwise required to be credited pursuant to Section
1.27.2 (relating to paid absences) or Section 1.27.4 (relating to an award or
- 6 -
agreement for back pay), to the extent the award or agreement described therein is made with
respect to a period described in Section 1.27.2, shall be subject to the following limitations and
rules:
(a)
501 Hour Limitation
. No more than five hundred one (501) of such Hours of Service
are required to be credited on account of any single continuous period during which an employee
performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single Year);
(b)
Payments Required by Law
. An hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly
paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed is not
required to be credited to the employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained
solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmens compensation, unemployment
compensation or disability insurance laws;
(c)
Medical and Severance Payments Excluded
. Hours of Service are not required to be
credited for a payment which solely reimburses an employee for medical or medically related
expenses incurred by an employee, or constitutes a retirement, termination, or other severance pay
or benefit; and
(d)
Indirect Payments
. A payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from an
Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or
indirectly through, among others, a trust, fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or
pays premiums.
1.27.7
Determinations by Committee
. The Committee shall have the power and final
authority:
(a) To determine the Hours of Service of any individual for all purposes of the Plan, and to
that end may, in his discretion, adopt such rules, presumptions and procedures permitted by
applicable law as it shall deem appropriate or desirable;
(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to provide that the regularly scheduled
working hours to be credited under Sections 1.27.2, 1.27.3 and 1.27.4 to an employee without a
regular work schedule shall be determined on the basis of a forty (40)-hour work week, or an eight
(8)-hour work day, or on any other reasonable basis which reflects the average hours worked by the
employee or by other employees in the same job classification over a representative period of time,
provided that the basis so used is consistently applied with respect to all employees within the
same job classifications, reasonably defined.
1.27.8
Monthly Equivalency
. An employee who customarily works for an Employer for
twenty (20) or more hours per week throughout each Plan Year (except for holidays and vacations)
shall be credited with exactly one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for each month with
respect to which he completes at least one (1) Hour of Service in accordance with the foregoing
provisions of this Section 1.27 (regardless of whether the number of Hours of Service actually
completed in such month exceeds one hundred ninety (190)), subject to Section 1.27.6.
- 7 -
1.28
Investment Adjustments
. The net realized and unrealized gains, losses, income
and expenses attributable to a Members, Elective, Matching, Prior Plan or Rollover Account as a
result of its investment in one or more Investment Funds.
1.29
Investment Fund
. A portion of the Fund which is separately invested as provided
in Section 5.1, or the Loan Fund.
1.30
Loan Account
. An Account maintained pursuant to Section 7.6.2.
1.31
Loan Fund
. The Investment Fund maintained pursuant to Section 7.6.1.
1.32
Matching Account
. A separate Account maintained for each Member which reflects
his share of the Fund attributable to Matching Contributions and, effective January 1, 2001,
balances formerly credited to his Basic or Class Year Accounts (within the meaning of those terms
under the Plan previously in effect), together with applicable Investment Adjustments.
1.33
Matching Contributions
. Contributions by an Employer for a Section 401(k) Member
as provided in Section 3.2.
1.34
Member
. Every individual who on December 31, 1988 was a member of Part III of
the Arrow Electronics ESOP and Capital Accumulation Plan or of the Arrow Electronics Capital
Accumulation Plan, and every individual who shall have become a Member of this Plan pursuant to
Article II, and whose Membership shall not have terminated.
1.35
Normal Retirement Date
. The sixty-fifth (65th) anniversary of a Members date of
birth.
1.36
One-Year Break in Service
. A Plan Year in which the individual has no more than
500 Hours of Service. For purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break in Service has
occurred, an individual who is absent from work by reason of a maternity or paternity absence
shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would have been credited to such individual but
for such absence, or, in any case in which such Hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service
per day of such absence, but in no event more than 501 Hours of Service. Such Hours of Service
shall be credited (a) only in the Plan Year in which the absence begins if necessary to prevent a
One-Year Break in Service in that Plan Year, or (b) in all other cases, in the following Plan Year.
For purposes of this Section 1.36, maternity or paternity absence means an absence from active
employment beginning on or after January 1, 1985 by reason of (a) the individuals pregnancy, (b)
the birth of a child of the individual, (c) the placement of a child with the individual in
connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for
any such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. Nothing in
this Plan shall be construed to give an employee a right to a leave of absence for any reason.
1.37
Plan
. The Arrow Electronics Savings Plan, which as currently in effect is set
forth herein.
- 8 -
1.38
Plan Year
. The period of time commencing with the first day of January and
ending with the last day of December.
1.39
Prior Plan Account
. A separate Account maintained for each Member who had a
balance as of December 31, 1988 in any account under Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP and
Capital Accumulation Plan as then in effect, to which shall be credited such balance together with
applicable Investment Adjustments. Effective November 29, 1994, Prior Plan Accounts are terminated
and the balances therein are transferred to the Members Rollover Accounts.
1.40
Rollover Account
. A separate Account maintained for an individual attributable
to his Rollover Contributions and balances formerly credited to his Prior Plan Account, together
with applicable Investment Adjustments.
1.41
Rollover Contribution
. An Eligible Employees rollover contribution made
pursuant to Section 3.6, including the amount of any transfer to this Plan pursuant to the
diversification and in-service withdrawal provision of the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan.
1.42
Section 401(k) Member
. A Member who is an Eligible Employee.
1.43
Termination of Employment
. A Members employment shall be treated as terminated
on the date that he ceases to be employed by an Employer or Affiliate, subject to Section 2.4.2.
1.44
Total Earnings
. Total compensation paid by an Employer or Affiliate to an
individual reportable on Form W-2, determined before giving effect to any Contribution Agreement
under this Plan (or any other cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code)
or to any similar reduction agreement pursuant to any cafeteria plan (within the meaning of section
125 of the Code) or, effective January 1, 2001, for purposes of receiving qualified transportation
fringe benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code). Total Earnings shall exclude
salary continuation or other amounts paid under arrangements entered into on or after December 1,
2006, or under prior arrangements if paid after March 31, 2007, that are effectively in the nature
of severance pay. For purposes of Sections 3.3.2 and 3.4.2, Total Earnings for any Plan Year may,
in the discretion of the Committee, and effective January 1, 2006, shall be limited to such
compensation paid by an Employer or Affiliate to an individual during the period that he is a
Member for service as an Eligible Employee. Total Earnings taken into account for any Member for
any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002, shall not exceed two hundred thousand dollars
($200,000) (as adjusted from time to time for increases in the cost of living in accordance with
section 401(a)(17) of the Code). If the period for determining Total Earnings is a short plan year
(i.e., shorter than 12 months), the annual Total Earnings limit is an amount equal to the otherwise
applicable annual Total Earnings limit multiplied by the fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of months in the short plan year, and the denominator of which is 12.
1.45
Trust Agreement
. The agreement by and between the Committee and the Trustee
under which this Plan is funded, as from time to time amended.
- 9 -
1.46
Trustee
. The trustee or trustees from time to time designated under the Trust
Agreement.
1.47
Valuation Date
. A date as of which the Committee revalues and adjusts Accounts
in accordance with the daily valuation system described in Section 5.8; provided, however, if any
portion of an Account is invested in mutual funds for which the mutual fund sponsor provides a
separate accounting for each Member, the Valuation Date for a transaction affecting such portion
shall be the date as of which the mutual fund sponsor processes such transaction.
1.48
Vested Percentage
. The percentage of a Members Account or Subaccount which is
nonforfeitable pursuant to Article IV.
1.49
Year of Service
. A Plan Year during which an employee has not less than one
thousand (1,000) Hours of Service, excluding any Plan Year prior to the Plan Year in which the
employee attained age 18. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Year of Service shall not
include any Plan Year not taken into account for vesting purposes as of December 31, 1984 under the
predecessor plans then in effect as a result of the application of the break rules of those plans
as then in effect nor any other Plan Year which was succeeded by five consecutive One-Year Breaks
in Service (Five-Year Break), if the number of such One-Year Breaks in Service was equal to or in
excess of the individuals Years of Service prior to such Five-Year Break and the individual had no
nonforfeitable rights under any such plan at the time of the Five-Year Break.
1.50
Meaning of Spouse
. In order to ensure compliance with those provisions of the
Code that limit the term spouse to parties to a marriage of individuals of opposite sex, as
required by the Federal Defense of Marriage Act, 1 U.S.C.§ 7, the term spouse as used in this
Plan shall be limited to an individual of opposite sex from the Member, effective September 1,
2006. However, nothing in this Section 1.50 shall limit the ability of any Member to designate a
spouse of the same sex as a Beneficiary in accordance with the same rules that permit designation
of a non-spouse Beneficiary.
- 10 -
ARTICLE II
Membership
2.1
In General
. Effective September 1, 1995, an Eligible Employee who has not
previously become a Member shall become a Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next
following the later of his twenty-first (21st) birthday or the ninetieth (90th) day following his
Date of Hire, if he is a Regular Employee, defined as an employee who is scheduled to customarily
work for an Employer for twenty (20) or more hours per week throughout each year (except for
holidays and vacations). An Eligible Employee who is not a Regular Employee shall become a
Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of (a) his completion of a
12-consecutive month period starting on his Date of Hire, or on any January 1 thereafter, in which
he has 1,000 Hours of Service, or (b) his twenty-first (21st) birthday. For purposes of this
Section 2.1, the term Date of Hire means the date on which an employee first performs an Hour of
Service described in Section 1.27.1. An employee who starts work on the first business day of a
calendar quarter shall become a Member no later than if he started work on the first day of the
quarter.
2.1.1
Regular Employees
. Effective September 1, 1995, an Eligible Employee who has
not previously become a Member shall become a Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next
following the later of his twenty-first (21st) birthday or the ninetieth (90th) day following his
Date of Hire, if he is a Regular Employee, defined as an employee who is scheduled to customarily
work for an Employer for twenty (20) or more hours per week throughout each year (except for
holidays and vacations). Effective March 1, 2004, an Eligible Employee who is a Regular Employee
and who has not previously become a Member shall become a Member on the first day of the calendar
month coincident with or next following the completion of one full calendar month beginning on or
after his Date of Hire, or if later, the first day of the calendar month in which he has first
attained age twenty-one (21).
2.1.2
Part-Time Employees
. An Eligible Employee who is not a Regular Employee shall
become a Member on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of (a) his completion
of a 12-consecutive month period starting on his Date of Hire, or on any January 1 thereafter, in
which he has 1,000 Hours of Service, or (b) his twenty-first (21st) birthday.
2.1.3
Date of Hire
. For purposes of this Section 2.1, the term Date of Hire means
the date on which an employee first performs an Hour of Service described in Section 1.27.1. An
employee who starts work on the first business day of a calendar month shall become a Member no
later than if he started work on the first day of the month.
2.2
Service with Affiliates
. Solely for the purposes of determining (a) whether an
employee has met the length of service requirement imposed as a prerequisite for membership in the
Plan, or (b) the Hours of Service credited to an employee under the Plan, service with any
Affiliate shall be treated as service with an Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan, a Member shall be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures under the Plan only
with respect to Compensation paid by an Employer for service as an Eligible Employee (as
distinguished from service for any Affiliate).
- 11 -
2.3
Contribution Agreement Required for Elective Contributions
. A Section 401(k)
Member shall be eligible to share in Elective Contributions under Section 3.1, effective for
payroll periods ending after the first Entry Date on which he is a Section 401(k) Member, provided
that he completes and returns the Contribution Agreement described in Section 3.1.1 to the
Committee within such period as the Committee shall prescribe. If a rehired Eligible Employee, or
Eligible Employee transferred from ineligible employment, commences or resumes participation as a
Section 401(k) Member on his date of transfer or date of rehire pursuant to Section 2.4 or Section
2.6, he shall become eligible to share in Elective Contributions upon execution and filing of an
appropriate Contribution Agreement within such period as the Committee shall prescribe, effective
as of such date as the Committee shall determine to be administratively practicable. If a Member
fails to complete and return a Contribution Agreement within the period prescribed by the
Committee, he may begin to share in Elective Contributions under Section 3.1 as of any subsequent
Entry Date as of which he is an Eligible Employee, by completing and returning a Contribution
Agreement to the Committee within such period as the Committee shall prescribe.
2.4
Transfers
.
2.4.1
Transfer to Eligible Employment
. If an individual is transferred to employment
under which he is eligible for membership in this Plan from employment with an Affiliate or with an
Employer in a position not so eligible, he shall become a Member on the later of (a) the date of
such transfer, or (b) the Entry Date on which he would have become a Member if his prior employment
by the Employer or Affiliate had been in a position eligible for membership in the Plan.
2.4.2
Transfer to Affiliate or Ineligible Employment
. If a Member is transferred to
employment with (a) an Affiliate or (b) an Employer in a position ineligible for membership in the
Plan, he shall not be deemed to have retired or terminated his employment for the purposes of the
Plan until such time as he is employed neither by an Employer nor by any Affiliate. Such a Member
shall be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures under the Plan for the Plan Year of
such transfer but he shall not be eligible to share in contributions and forfeitures for subsequent
Plan Years unless and until he returns to employment as an Eligible Employee. Upon retirement (at
or after Normal Retirement Date) or Termination of Employment of such a Member while so employed
other than as an Eligible Employee, distribution shall be made in accordance with the Plan as if
such Member had so retired, or terminated his employment, while an Eligible Employee.
2.4.3
Contribution Agreement
. The Contribution Agreement (if any) of a Member
described in Section 2.4.2 shall be suspended until he resumes his status as an Eligible Employee
(and Section 401(k) Member).
2.5
Transfers Between Employers
. If a Member transfers from employment as an Eligible
Employee with one Employer to employment as an Eligible Employee with another Employer: (a) his
participation in the Plan shall not be interrupted; and (b) his Contribution Agreement (if any)
with his prior Employer shall be deemed to apply to his second Employer in the same manner as it
applied to his prior Employer.
- 12 -
2.6
Reemployment
. If a Member whose Accounts are not vested in whole or in part, or
an employee who has not become a Member, terminates employment and is subsequently rehired as an
Eligible Employee after five or more consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, he shall upon rehire
be treated as a new employee for all purposes of this Plan. In all other cases, (a) a Member who
terminates employment and is subsequently rehired as an Eligible Employee shall become a Member
immediately upon rehire, and (b) an employee who meets the age and service requirements for
Membership in this Plan as of an Entry Date during a period of absence from employment shall become
a Member upon termination of such absence if he is then an Eligible Employee.
2.7
Service with Predecessors or Affiliates, or as an Ineligible Employee
.
2.7.1 In determining when an Eligible Employee shall become a Member and such Eligible
Employees Hours of Service and Years of Service, employment with (i) one or more predecessors of
an Employer or Affiliate or (ii) a corporation or other entity which was not an Employer or
Affiliate at the time of reference but which later became such, shall not be taken into account
except as otherwise provided in Section 2.7.2 or any Supplement.
2.7.2 In determining when an Eligible Employee shall become a Member and such Eligible
Employees Hours of Service and Years of Service, employment with or severance from (i) one or more
predecessors of an Employer or Affiliate or (ii) a corporation or other entity which was not an
Employer or Affiliate at the time of reference but which later became such, shall be treated as
employment with or severance from an Employer or Affiliate to the extent required by law or to the
extent determined by the Company Representative in its discretion exercised in a manner that does
not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.
- 13 -
ARTICLE III
Contributions
3.1
Elective Contributions
.
3.1.1
Election of Amount
. In order to share in Elective Contributions, a Member must
be a Section 401(k) Member and agree in his Contribution Agreement to reduce his Compensation
otherwise payable in cash for each payroll period by such whole percentage as he shall elect, which
prior to March 1, 2004 shall not exceed ten percent (10%), and thereafter shall not exceed such
applicable percentage as the Committee may from time to specify, which may either be a uniform
percentage for all Section 401(k) Members, or be determined separately for Highly Compensated
Employees or non-Highly Compensated Employees, respectively, as the Committee determines in its
discretion; provided, that a whole percentage shall not be required if necessary or appropriate to
comply with any applicable limitations on the amount of Elective Contributions permitted. The
Section 401(k) Members Employer shall contribute to the Plan as Elective Contributions, as soon as
reasonably practicable after the close of each payroll period for which such Contribution Agreement
is in effect, an amount equal to the elected and applicable reduction in the Section 401(k)
Members Compensation otherwise payable in cash for such payroll period. Any Elective Contribution
in excess of 6% shall not be eligible for Matching Contributions under Section 3.2. In no event
shall the limits under Section 3.3 be exceeded. The Committee shall decrease the amount of
reduction of Compensation under a Section 401(k) Members Contribution Agreement for any payroll
period to the extent the sum of such reduction, the amount of the Section 401(k) Members
deductions for such payroll period for welfare benefits sponsored by the Employer, any withholding
from pay required by law and any other deductions requested by the Section 401(k) Member which
under the Employers payroll procedure are treated as a priority claim relative to the
contributions to this Plan, exceeds the Section 401(k) Members Compensation for such payroll
period.
3.1.2
Change in Contribution Rate
. A Section 401(k) Member who has a Contribution
Agreement in effect may increase or decrease the amount of reduction thereunder of his Compensation
otherwise payable in cash within the limits specified in Section 3.1.1 by giving notice on the
Appropriate Form to the Committee within such period as the Committee shall prescribe. Such change
shall be effective commencing with the first payroll period for which it can be given effect under
the procedures established by the Committee.
3.1.3
Deemed Election
. The Committee may establish a procedure pursuant to which an
Eligible Employee is deemed to have elected to reduce his Compensation by a specified percentage to
provide for Elective Contributions unless the Eligible Employee elects on the Appropriate Form not
to make such contributions. Any such deemed election shall be treated, for purposes of the Plan,
as an election by the Eligible Employee properly made pursuant to Section 3.1.1.
3.1.4
Voluntary Suspension
. A Member may voluntarily suspend his Contribution
Agreement effective as soon as practicable by giving notice to the Committee on the Appropriate
Form.
- 14 -
3.1.5
Mandatory Suspension
.
3.1.5.1
Hardship Withdrawal from Elective Account
. The Contribution Agreement of a
Member who makes a withdrawal pursuant to Section 7.2.3 shall be suspended as of the payroll period
in which the withdrawal is made until the next Entry Date that is at least six months after the
date of such withdrawal (or January 1, 2002, if later).
3.1.5.2
Reinstatement
. A Member may reinstate his Contribution Agreement under this
Plan as of the next Entry Date following a period of mandatory suspension under this Section 3.1.5,
or any subsequent Entry Date, by giving written notice to the Committee on the Appropriate Form
within such period as the Committee shall prescribe.
3.1.6
Dollar Limitation
. A Section 401(k) Members Elective Contributions shall be
discontinued for the remainder of a Plan Year when in the aggregate they equal the Elective
Deferral Limit for such Plan Year, except that Catch-up Contributions may continue to the extent
permitted under Article XVI. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, except to the
extent permitted under Article XVI. No Section 401(k) Member may elect to reduce his Compensation
pursuant to Section 3.1.1 for a Plan Year by an amount in excess of the Elective Deferral Limit,
nor shall any such excess be contributed to the Plan as Elective Contributions or allocated to a
Section 401(k) Members Elective Account.
3.1.7
Determination of Total Excess Deferrals
. The term Excess Deferrals shall mean
(i) elective deferrals (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code, but excluding deferrals
qualifying as catch-up contributions under section 414(v) of the Code) made by a Member during the
calendar year under this Plan in excess of the Elective Deferral Limit, plus (ii) in the event the
Member is eligible to make such catch-up contributions under Article XVI or under any other plan
of an Employer or Affiliate (Controlled Group Plan), the amount of such catch-up contributions in
excess of the limit set forth in Section 16.4 for such year made under this Plan or under such
other plan.
3.1.8
Distribution of Excess Deferrals (Regular or Catch-up)
. If a Member has made
Excess Deferrals for any Plan Year, the Committee shall, after consultation with the named
fiduciary of any applicable other Controlled Group Plan, determine the portion of such Excess
Deferrals to be assigned to this Plan (which shall be the total Excess Deferrals less the portion
thereof assigned to another Controlled Group Plan) and distribute the portion thereof so assigned,
adjusted for any income or loss attributable thereto for such Plan Year. The amount to be
distributed for a Plan Year shall be adjusted to reflect the amount of Elective Contributions
previously distributed by the Plan on or after the beginning of such Plan Year in order to comply
with the limitations of Section 3.3. If the Members Elective Account is invested in more than one
Investment Fund, such distribution shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such
Investment Funds. In order to receive such excess Elective Contributions, the Member must deliver
a written claim to the Committee by March 1 of the Plan Year of distribution. Such claim must
include (i) a statement that the Members Elective Deferral Limit will be exceeded unless the
excess Elective Contributions are distributed and (ii) an agreement to forfeit Matching
Contributions made with respect to such excess Elective Contributions and allocated to his Matching
Account (if any). Matching Contributions forfeited pursuant to this Section 3.1.8 shall be applied
to reduce contributions by the Employer
- 15 -
hereunder. If a Members has made Excess Deferrals as a result of contributions to this Plan
and any other plans or agreements maintained by an Employer or Controlled Group Affiliate, the
Committee shall deem such a claim to have been delivered by the Member and distribute the excess no
later than April 15 of the following year.
3.2
Matching Contributions
.
3.2.1
Amount
. The Employer shall make Matching Contributions to the Plan with respect
to each calendar month for which a Section 401(k) Member has a Contribution Agreement in effect, in
an amount equal to 50% of such Section 401(k) Members Elective Contributions for each payroll
period ending in such month (but excluding any such Elective Contributions in excess of 6% of the
Section 401(k) Members Compensation for that payroll period). The amount of Matching
Contributions otherwise required to be made by an Employer for any month shall be reduced by the
amount of any available forfeitures under Section 4.3 (or Section 3.4.3).
3.2.2
Payment
. Matching Contributions for a month shall be paid in cash to the
Trustee during or as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of such month.
3.2.3
Matching Contributions Only for Permissible Elective Contributions
. No Matching
Contributions shall be made with respect (i) to amounts distributable (or recharacterized as
Catch-up Contributions) pursuant to Section 3.3.4, (ii) Elective Contributions in excess of the
Elective Deferral Limit as described in Section 3.1.6, or (iii) ) with respect to Catch-up
Contributions or Elective Contributions designated as Catch-up Contributions but which fail to
qualify as such as provided in Section 16.6. Any amounts paid into the Fund with the intention
that they constitute Matching Contributions with respect to such amounts shall be retained in the
Fund and applied to meet the obligation of the Employer to make contributions under this Article
III.
3.3
Section 401(k) Limit on Elective Contributions
.
3.3.1
In General
. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective
January 1, 2002, Elective Contributions for any Plan Year for a Section 401(k) Member who is a
Highly Compensated Employee for that Plan Year shall be reduced if and to the extent deemed
necessary or advisable by the Committee in order that the average deferral percentage (as defined
in Section 3.3.2) for Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for that Plan
Year shall not exceed the percentage determined in the following schedule, based on the average
deferral percentage for the Applicable Plan Year for all Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly
Compensated Employees for such Applicable Plan Year:
- 16 -
|
|
|
Column 1
|
|
Column 2
|
Average
Deferral Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Not
Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year Less than 2%
|
|
Average Deferral Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year Two (2) times the percentage in Column 1
|
|
|
|
2% - 8%
|
|
The percentage in Column 1, plus 2%
|
|
|
|
More than 8%
|
|
One and one-quarter
|
|
|
(1-1/4) times the
|
|
|
percentage in Column 1
|
The status of an individual as a non-Highly Compensated Employee for an Applicable Plan Year shall
be determined based on the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for such Applicable
Plan Year.
3.3.2
Determination of Average Deferral Percentages
. Notwithstanding anything in this
Plan to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 3.3, the average deferral percentage for any
group of individuals for a Plan Year (including an Applicable Plan Year) means the average of the
individual ratios, for each person in such group, of (i) his share of Elective Contributions
(exclusive of Catch-up Contributions) for the Plan Year to (ii) his Total Earnings for such Plan
Year (or, if applicable, the portion thereof in which the individual is both a Member and an
Eligible Employee). The individual ratios, and the average deferral percentage for any group of
individuals, shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (0.01%). For purposes
of calculating the average deferral percentage, Qualified Nonelective Contributions under Section
3.5.4 may be taken into account as Elective Contributions if the conditions of the applicable
regulations under section 401(k) of the Code (set forth as Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)
effective January 1, 2006, and previously as Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-1(b)(5)) and other applicable
guidance are met. The Committee shall determine, during and as of the end of each Plan Year, the
average deferral percentages relevant for purposes of this Section 3.3, based on Members
Contribution Agreements and projected Total Earnings then in effect for Section 401(k) Members.
If, based on such determination, the Committee concludes that a reduction in the Elective
Contributions made for any Section 401(k) Member is necessary or advisable in order to comply with
the limitations of this Section 3.3, he shall so notify each affected Section 401(k) Member and his
Employer of the reduction he deems necessary or desirable for this purpose. In such event, the
allowable Elective Contributions under Section 3.1.1 shall be reduced in accordance with the
direction of the Committee, and the Contribution Agreement of each Section 401(k) Member affected
by such determination shall be modified accordingly. Any such reduction may apply either to all
Section 401(k) Members, only to Section 401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees, or to
any other group as the Committee shall determine, in such manner as the Committee shall determine.
3.3.3
Calculation of Excess Contributions
. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to
the contrary, for purposes of this Section 3.3, the amount of Excess Contributions
- 17 -
for Highly Compensated Employees means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of (a) the
aggregate amount of Elective Contributions (exclusive of Catch-up Contributions) actually paid into
the Plan on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over (b) the maximum amount
of Elective Contributions permitted for such Plan Year under the limitations set forth in Section
3.3.1, determined by reducing the amount of Elective Contributions to be permitted on behalf of
Highly Compensated Employees in the order of their individual ratios (as determined under Section
3.3.2) beginning with the highest of such ratios.
3.3.4
Correction by Distribution (or Recharacterization as Catch-up Contributions)
.The
aggregate amount of any Excess Contributions determined for any Plan Year under Section 3.3.3
shall be distributed in cash to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the respective amounts
of Elective Contributions (and amounts taken into account as Elective Contributions) made on their
behalf, reducing the largest amounts of Elective Contributions first, and successively to the
extent necessary until the entire amount of such Excess Contributions is distributed.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Highly Compensated Employee (i) is eligible
to make Catch-up Contributions under Article XVI and has failed to make the maximum dollar amount
of such Catch-up Contributions permitted for such Plan Year under Section 16.4, the amount
otherwise distributable hereunder shall instead be recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions and
retained in the Plan up to the excess of such dollar limit in Section 16.4 over the amount of
Catch-up Contributions otherwise made for such year under Article XVI.
3.3.5
Time and Manner of Corrective Distribution
. The amount of Excess Contributions
for any Highly Compensated Employee for any Plan Year not recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions
under Section 3.3.4 shall be distributed in cash to such Highly Compensated Employee no later than
March 15 of the following Plan Year if possible, and in any event no later than the close of such
following Plan Year. If such Members Account is invested in more than one Investment Fund, such
distribution shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such Investment Funds.
The amount thus distributed shall be adjusted for income or loss attributable thereto for the Plan
Year for which such amount was paid into the Plan and, effective for the Plan Years 2006 and 2007,
for the period from the last day of the Plan Year to the date of distribution or such date within
seven business days prior thereto as the Plan recordkeeper shall determine to be practicable.
3.3.6
Adjustment of Contributions Based on Limit on Annual Additions
. Notwithstanding
any of the foregoing provisions to the contrary, a Member may, at such time and in such manner as
the Committee may prescribe, suspend or change the amount of reduction in Compensation provided for
under any applicable Contribution Agreement in order to avoid an allocation of contributions to his
Account which would violate the limitations of this Section 3.3, Section 3.4 or Article VI.
3.4
Section 401(m) Limit on Matching Contributions
.
3.4.1
In General
. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, Matching
Contributions for any Plan Year for a Section 401(k) Member who is a Highly Compensated Employee
for that Plan Year shall be reduced if and to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the
Committee in order that the contribution percentage for Section
- 18 -
401(k) Members who are Highly Compensated Employees for that Plan Year shall not exceed the
percentage determined in the following schedule, based on the contribution percentage for the
Applicable Plan Year for all Section 401(k) Members who are not Highly Compensated Employees for
the Plan Year:
|
|
|
|
|
Column 1
|
|
Column 2
|
|
Contribution Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Not Highly Compensated Employees for the Applicable Plan Year Less than 2%
|
|
Contribution Percentage for Section 401(k) Members Who Are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year Two (2) times the percentage in Column 1
|
|
|
|
Less than 2%
|
|
Two (2) times the percentage in Column 1
|
|
|
|
2% - 8%
|
|
The percentage in Column 1, plus 2%
|
|
|
|
More than 8%
|
|
One and one-quarter (1-1/4) times the percentage in Column 1
|
In determining the permitted Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees, the
Applicable Plan Year for non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be the same as determined under
Section 3.3.1. The status of an individual as a non-Highly Compensated Employee for an Applicable
Plan Year shall be determined based on the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for
such Applicable Plan Year.
3.4.2
Determination of Contribution Percentages
. Notwithstanding anything in this
Plan to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 3.4, the contribution percentage for any group
of individuals means the average of the individual ratios, for each person in such group, of (a)
his share of Matching Contributions for the Plan Year (including an Applicable Plan Year) to (b)
his Total Earnings for such Plan Year (or, if applicable, the portion thereof in which the
individual is both a Member and an Eligible Employee). The individual ratios, and the
contribution percentage for any group of individuals, shall be calculated to the nearest
one-hundredth of one percent (0.01%). For purposes of calculating the contribution percentage,
Qualified Nonelective Contributions under Section 3.5.4 and Elective Contributions under Section
3.1.1 may be taken into account as Matching Contributions if the conditions of the applicable
regulations under section 401(m)(3) of the Code (which are set forth in Treas. Reg. §
1.401(m)-1(b)(5) prior to January 1, 2006 and thereafter Treas. Reg. § 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)) and other
applicable guidance, are met to the extent such contributions are not taken into account for
purposes of the average deferral percentage test pursuant to Section 3.3.2. If, based on a review
of Contribution Agreements and projected Total Earnings similar to those described in Section
3.3.2, the Committee shall conclude that a reduction in the Matching Contributions made for any
Member is necessary or advisable in order to comply with the limitations of this Section 3.4 for
any Plan Year, the amount of such contributions shall be reduced in accordance with the direction
of the Committee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any such reduction may be made
applicable to all Section 401(k) Members, only to Section 401(k) Members who
are Highly Compensated Employees, or to any other group as the Committee shall determine, and
in such manner as the Committee shall determine.
- 19 -
3.4.3
Treatment of Excess Matching Contributions
. Notwithstanding anything in this
Plan to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 3.4, the amount of excess Matching
Contributions for any Highly Compensated Employees means, with respect to any Plan Year, the
excess of (a) the total aggregate amount of Matching Contributions actually paid into the Plan on
behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over (b) the maximum amount of Matching
Contributions permitted for such Plan Year under the limitations set forth in Section 3.4.2,
determined by reducing the amount of Matching Contributions permitted on behalf of the Highly
Compensated Employee in the order of their individual ratios (as determined under Section 3.4.2)
beginning with the highest such ratio. The aggregate amount of excess Matching Contributions so
determined for any Plan Year shall be attributed to Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of
the respective amounts of Matching Contributions made on their behalf, reducing the largest amounts
of Matching Contributions first, and successively to the extent necessary until the entire amount
of such excess Matching Contributions is allocated. The amount so attributed to a Highly
Compensated Employee shall be forfeited if not vested and the amounts so forfeited shall be applied
to reduce contributions by the Employer hereunder. Any excess Matching Contributions not so
forfeited shall be paid to the Member. Such payment shall be made in cash no later than March 15
of the following Plan Year if possible, and in any event no later than the close of the following
Plan Year.
3.4.4
Income on Excess Matching Contributions
. The amount of excess Matching
Contributions distributed or forfeited pursuant to Section 3.4.3 shall be adjusted for income or
loss attributable thereto for the Plan Year for which such excess was paid into the Plan and,
effective for the Plan Years 2006 and 2007, for the period from the last day of the Plan Year to
the date of distribution or such date within seven business days prior thereto as the Plan
recordkeeper shall determine to be practicable. If any Account from which a distribution or
forfeiture is to be made pursuant to this Section 3.4 is invested in more than one Investment Fund,
such distribution or forfeiture shall be made pro rata, to the extent practicable, from all such
Investment Funds.
3.5
Special Rules
.
3.5.1
Multiple Arrangements for Highly Compensated Employees Combined
. If more than
one plan providing a cash or deferred arrangement, or for matching contributions, or employee
contributions (within the meaning of sections 401(k) and 401(m) of the Code) is maintained by the
Employer or an Affiliate, the individual ratios of any Highly Compensated Employee who participates
in more than one such plan or arrangement shall, for purposes of determining the average deferral
percentage (as defined in Section 3.3.2) and contribution percentage (as defined in Section
3.4.2) for all such arrangements, be determined as if all such arrangements were a single plan or
arrangement.
3.5.2
Aggregation of Plans
. In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of
section 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, then this Article III
shall be applied by determining the average deferral percentage and
- 20 -
contribution percentage of Members as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be
aggregated under this Section 3.5.2 only if they have the same plan year.
3.5.3
Status as Section 401(k) Member
. For purposes of Sections 3.3 and 3.4, an
individual shall be treated as a Section 401(k) Member for a Plan Year if he so qualifies for any
part of the Plan Year, and whether or not his right to share in Elective Contributions has been
suspended under Section 3.1.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in applying such Sections an
individual shall not be treated as a Section 401(k) Member for an Applicable Plan Year during which
he is not a Highly Compensated Employee except for periods after he has met the minimum age and
service requirements of section 410(a)(1)(A) of the Code, if (a) the Committee elects to exclude
all employees who have not met such minimum age and service requirements in accordance with section
410(b)(4)(B) of the Code, and (b) the Plan complies with section 410(b) of the Code on that basis.
3.5.4
Qualified Nonelective Contributions
. For each Plan Year that the Plan is in
effect, each Employer may contribute to the Fund, in cash, such additional amounts (if any) as the
Board of Directors shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or desirable in order
to meet the requirements of Sections 3.3 and 3.4 for such Plan Year. The Board of Directors shall
designate any such amounts as qualified nonelective contributions within the meaning of section
401(m)(4)(C) of the Code (QNECs) and shall determine the group of Members eligible to share in
such qualified nonelective contributions, the method of apportionment under which such eligible
Members shall share in such contributions and the Accounts under the Plan in which such
contributions, together with the Investment Adjustments attributable thereto, shall be maintained.
Such additional contributions shall be credited, as of the last day of the Plan Year for which
made, to the Accounts of such eligible Members and shall be paid to the Trust Fund no later than
October 15 of the following Plan Year. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, each
Member shall at all times have a fully vested and nonforfeitable right to 100% of the amounts in
his Accounts attributable to QNECs at all times, and such contributions shall be treated as
Elective Contributions for purposes of determining whether they may be distributed under the Plan
except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.3. At the direction of the Committee, QNECs may be
used to satisfy the Average Deferral Percentage test under Section 3.3.2 if applicable regulations
under section 401(k) of the Code (which are set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(k)-2(b)(6) effective
January 1, 2006) and other applicable guidance are met, or the Contribution Percentage test under
Section 3.4.2 if applicable regulations under section 401(m)(3) of the Code (which are set forth in
Treas. Reg. § 1.401(m)-2(a)(6) effective January 1, 2006) and other applicable guidance are met.
QNECs shall be nonforfeitable when made without regard to the age and service of the Members to
whom they are allocated, and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, shall not exceed
five percent of Total Earnings in the case of Members who are non-Highly Compensated Employees (or,
if greater, twice the Plans representative contribution rate as defined in Treas. Reg. §
1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv) or any successor regulation).
3.6
Rollovers
. Effective March 17, 2003, an Eligible Employee shall be entitled to
make a contribution in the form of a direct rollover to the Plan (Rollover Contribution) upon
furnishing evidence satisfactory to the Committee that such contribution qualifies as an eligible
rollover distribution from a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, an
annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code, an eligible plan
- 21 -
under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a
state; provided, that no such rollover shall include any after-tax contributions. All Rollover
Contributions shall be received and held in the Fund, and shall be credited to the Eligible
Employees Rollover Account as of such date as the Committee shall specify. At the time a Rollover
Contribution is made, the Eligible Employee shall designate (in a manner consistent with Section
5.3) how that Rollover Contribution is to be allocated among the Investment Funds, without regard
to the manner in which his other Accounts (if any) are invested; thereafter, reallocation of
Account balances (including the Rollover Account) may be made only in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5.3. An Eligible Employee who makes a Rollover Contribution shall be deemed
a Member solely with respect to his Rollover Account until he otherwise becomes a Member in
accordance with Section 2.1.
3.7
Maximum Limit on Allocation
. If the allocations to a Members Accounts otherwise
required under this Plan for any Plan Year would cause the limitations of Article VI to be exceeded
for that Plan Year, contributions (and forfeitures in lieu thereof) under this Article III shall be
reduced to the extent necessary in order to comply with the limitations of Article VI, with such
reductions to be made first to Elective Contributions which do not relate to Matching Contributions
(i.e., Elective Contributions for any payroll period in excess of 6% of the Members Compensation
for such payroll period), and then to the Members remaining Elective Contributions and Matching
Contributions relating thereto.
3.8
Form and Time of Payment
. Elective Contributions shall be transferred to the
Trust Fund in cash as soon as administratively practicable after they are deducted from the
Compensation of the Member and, except as may be occasionally required by bona fide administrative
considerations, shall in no event be transferred before the applicable election is made, or before
the performance of services with respect to which such Compensation is paid (or when such
Compensation would be currently available, if earlier). QNECs shall be made in cash no later than
the time prescribed by Section 3.5.4.
3.9
Contributions May Not Exceed Amount Deductible
. In no event shall contributions
under this Article III for any taxable year exceed the maximum amount (including amounts carried
forward) deductible for that taxable year under section 404(a)(3) of the Code.
3.10
Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility and Plan Qualification
.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, each contribution by an Employer under this
Article III is conditioned on the deductibility of such contribution under section 404 of the Code
for the taxable year for which contributed, and on the initial qualification of the Plan under
section 401(a) of the Code.
3.11
Expenses
. Except to the extent paid by an Employer, the expenses of the
administration of the Plan shall be deemed to be expenses of the Fund and shall be paid therefrom.
3.12
No Employee Contributions
. Other than as provided in Section 3.6, Members shall
not be eligible to make contributions under the Plan. (Elective and Matching Contributions, and
qualified nonelective contributions made pursuant to Section 3.5.6, are to be
- 22 -
treated solely as contributions made by the contributing Employer, and are not to be treated
for any purpose as contributions made by a Member.)
3.13
Profits Not Required
. Each Employer shall, notwithstanding any other provision
of the Plan, make all contributions to the Plan without regard to current or accumulated earnings
and profits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall be designated to qualify as a
profit-sharing plan for purposes of sections 401(a), 402, 404, 412 and 417 of the Code.
3.14
Contributions for Military Service
. Effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding
any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, contributions and service credit shall be made with
respect to a period in which an individual would have been an Eligible Member but for his Military
Service (as defined in Section 1.27.3 hereof) to the extent required by Chapter 43 of Title 38 of
the United States Code (USERRA). The amount of any such Elective Contributions and of Matching
Contributions in respect thereof shall be based upon such individuals election made following his
return to employment with the Employer following such Military Service (and within the time during
which he had reemployment rights) in accordance with procedures established by the Committee;
provided that no such Elective Contributions may exceed the amount the individual would have been
permitted to elect to contribute had the individual remained continuously employed by the Employer
throughout the period of such Military Service (and Matching Contributions shall be limited
accordingly). Such contributions shall be taken into account as Annual Additions for purposes of
Section 3.3.4 and Article VI in the Limitation Year to which they relate, and for purposes of
applying the Elective Deferral Limit or limit on Catch-up Contributions in Section 16.4 in the
calendar year to which they relate, rather than in the Limitation Year or calendar year in which
made, and shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the limits described in Sections 3.3 and
3.4. Any such contribution shall be made no later than five years from the date of such return to
employment or, if less, a period equal to three times the period of such Military Service.
- 23 -
ARTICLE IV
Vesting
4.1
Elective Account and Prior Plan Account
. A Members interest in his Elective
Account, Prior Plan Account and Rollover Account shall have a Vested Percentage of 100% and be
nonforfeitable at all times.
4.2
Matching Account
.
4.2.1
Vesting Schedule
. Upon a Members Termination of Employment for a reason other
than death, retirement at or after his Normal Retirement Date, or Disability, he shall be entitled
to receive the Vested Percentage of the balance in his Matching Account, determined on the basis of
the Members Years of Service as follows:
4.2.1.1
Matching Contributions Prior to January 1, 2002
. The Vested Percentage with
respect to Matching Contributions made for periods ending prior to January 1, 2002 shall be:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Service
|
|
Vested Percentage
|
|
less than 5
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 or more
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
4.2.1.2
Matching Contributions After January 1, 2002
. The Vested Percentage with
respect to Matching Contributions made for periods on or after January 1, 2002 (his post-2001
Matching Account) is:
- 24 -
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Service
|
|
Vested Percentage
|
|
1
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
2
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
3
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
4
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
5 or more
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
A Member who had a vested or partially vested account under Part III of the Arrow Electronics ESOP
and Capital Accumulation Plan on January 1, 1984 shall have a Vested Percentage of 100%, without
regard to his actual Years of Service.
4.2.2
Earlier Vesting
. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, a Members
interest in his Matching Account shall have a Vested Percentage of 100% and be nonforfeitable: (a)
on the date of his Termination of Employment by reason of death or Disability; (b) upon his
attainment of his Normal Retirement Date (or any higher age) while employed by an Employer or an
Affiliate; (c) when and if this Plan shall at any time be terminated for any reason; (d) upon the
complete discontinuance of contributions by all Employers hereunder; or (e) upon partial
termination of this Plan (within the meaning of section 411(d)(3) of the Code) if such Member is a
Member affected by such partial termination.
4.3
Forfeitures
. Effective March 17, 2003, the non-vested portion of a terminated
Members Matching Account shall be forfeited upon the distribution of the vested portion of the
Members Accounts. If such a Member is reemployed by an Employer or Affiliate before incurring
five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, the amount so forfeited shall be restored to his
Matching Account, and the Member shall resume his place on the vesting schedule set forth in
Section 4.2. However, if the reemployed Member previously received a distribution from the vested
portion of his post-2001 Matching Account (as defined in Section 4.2.1.2), his vested interest in
his post-2001 Matching Account after such restoration of the non-vested balance shall be expressed
by the formula:
X=P(A
+ D)
-
D
where X is the Members vested interest in the post-2001 Matching Account; P is the Members Vested
Percentage in his post-2001 Matching Account determined under Section 4.2.1.2 without regard to
this sentence; A is the amount of the balance of such Account after restoration; and D is the
amount of the distribution previously made to him in respect of his post-2001 Matching Account.
The restoration of a portion of a Members Matching Account shall be made first from available
forfeitures and, if necessary, by a special Employer contribution made for that purpose.
4.4
Irrevocable Forfeitures
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article
IV, the unvested portion of a Members Matching Account shall be irrevocably forfeited if he incurs
five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service and shall therefore not be restored for any reason,
notwithstanding any subsequent reemployment.
4.5
Application of Forfeitures
. Forfeitures shall be applied to reduce Employer
contributions.
- 25 -
ARTICLE V
Accounts and Designation of Investment Funds
5.1
Investment of Account Balances
. The Committee shall direct the Trustee to divide
the Fund into three or more Investment Funds, which shall have such investment objectives and
characteristics as the Committee shall determine and in which a Members Account shall be invested
according to the Members instructions pursuant to Sections 5.2 through 5.4. Notwithstanding its
stated primary investment objectives, any Investment Fund may make or retain investments of such
nature, or such cash balances, as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effect distributions
or to meet other administrative requirements of the Plan.
5.2
Designation of Investment Funds for Future Contributions
. A Member may designate
the percentage of his share of future contributions which is to be allocated to each Investment
Fund. The Committee shall from time to time determine the minimum percentage, and the multiples
thereof, that may be invested in any Investment Fund. Such designation shall be given on the
Appropriate Form, and the Member shall have the opportunity to obtain written confirmation of each
such designation. In the event that a Member fails to make such a designation, all contributions
for such Member shall be invested in the Investment Fund that the Committee in its sole discretion
determines to have the greatest expected stability of principal. Any designation under this
Section 5.2 shall be effective as of the first date for which it can be given effect under the
procedures established by the Committee, and continue in effect until changed by the filing of a
new designation under this Section 5.2.
5.3
Designation of Investment Funds for Existing Account Balances
. A Member may, by
giving notice to the Committee on the Appropriate Form designate the percentage of the then
existing balance of his Accounts which shall be invested in each Investment Fund. The Committee
may from time to time determine the minimum percentage, and the multiples thereof, that may be
invested in any Investment Fund, and may limit transfers among Investment Funds if and to the
extent necessary to meet the requirements of any stable value or similar Fund that may require
such a limitation. Any designation under this Section 5.3 shall be effective as of the first date
for which it can be given effect under the procedures established by the Committee. A Member shall
have the opportunity to obtain written confirmation of each such designation. Following a Members
death and pending distribution in respect of his Accounts, his Beneficiary shall have the rights
provided under this Section 5.3 with respect to the portion of the Accounts from which such
Beneficiary will receive a distribution.
5.4
Valuation of Investment Funds
. As of each Valuation Date, the Committee shall
determine the net fair market value of the assets of each Investment Fund, and based on such
valuation shall proportionately adjust each of a Members Accounts to reflect its allocable
Investment Adjustment; provided, however, that no Account shall share in such allocation after the
Valuation Date established for distribution thereof. A Members interest in each Investment Fund
shall be reduced by the amount of distributions or withdrawals therefrom (including transfers to
any other Investment Fund) and by any charges thereto as of such preceding Valuation Date pursuant
to Sections 7.2 and 7.3 (relating to withdrawals and loans)
- 26 -
and shall be increased by the amount of any transfers thereto from any other Investment Fund,
in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate.
5.5
Correction of Error
. The Committee may adjust the Accounts of any or all Members
or Beneficiaries in order to correct errors or rectify omissions, including, without limitation,
any allocation to a Members Elective Account made in excess of the Elective Deferral Limit, in
such manner as he believes will best result in the equitable and nondiscriminatory administration
of the Plan.
5.6
Allocation Shall Not Vest Title
. The fact that allocation is made and amounts
credited to a Members Account shall not vest in such Member any right, title or interest in and to
any assets except at the time or times and upon the terms and conditions expressly set forth in
this Plan, nor shall the Trustee be required to segregate physically the assets of the Fund by
reason thereof.
5.7
Statement of Accounts
. The Committee shall distribute to each Member a statement
showing his interest in the Fund at least once during each twelve-month period.
5.8
Daily Valuation
. The Plan shall use a daily valuation system, which generally
shall mean that Accounts will be updated each Valuation Date to reflect activity for that day, such
as new contributions received by the Trustee, withdrawals or other distributions, changes in the
Members investment elections, and changes in the value of the Investment Funds under the Plan.
Such daily valuation shall be dependent upon the Plans recordkeeper, which may be a mutual fund
sponsor, receiving complete and accurate information from a variety of different sources on a
timely basis. It is understood that events may occur that cause a delay or interruption in that
process, affecting a single Member or a group of Members, and there shall be no guarantee by the
Plan that any given transaction will be processed on a particular anticipated day. In the event of
any such delay or interruption, any affected transaction will be processed as soon as
administratively feasible and no attempt will be made to reconstruct events as they would have
occurred absent the delay or interruption, regardless of the cause, unless the Committee in its
sole discretion directs the Plans recordkeeper to do so.
- 27 -
ARTICLE VI
Limitation on Maximum Contributions and Benefits Under all Plans
6.1
Definitions
.
6.1.1
Annual Addition
. For purposes of this Article VI, Annual Addition means the
sum for any Plan Year of (a) employer contributions to a plan (or portion thereof) subject to
section 415(c) of the Code maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate, (b) forfeitures under all
such plans (or portions thereof), if any, credited to employee accounts, (c) employee contributions
under all such plans (or portions thereof), and (d) amounts described in section 419A(d)(2) of the
Code (relating to post-retirement medical benefits of key employees) or allocated to a pension plan
individual medical account described in section 415(l) of the Code to the extent includible for
purposes of section 415(c)(2) of the Code. The employee contributions described in clause (c)
shall be determined without regard to (i) any rollover contributions, (ii) any repayments of loans,
or (iii) any prior distributions repaid upon the exercise of buy-back rights. Employer and
employee contributions taken into account as Annual Additions shall include excess contributions
as defined in section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code, excess aggregate contributions as defined in
section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code, and excess deferrals as described in section 402(g) of the Code
(to the extent such excess deferrals are not distributed to the employee before the April 15
following the taxable year of the employee in which such deferrals were made), regardless of
whether such amounts are distributed or forfeited.
6.1.2
Earnings
. For purposes of this Article VI, Earnings for any Plan Year means
gross compensation reportable on Form W-2 actually paid or made available by all Employers and
Affiliates, determined before giving effect to any Elective Contributions under this Plan (or
similar contributions under any other cash or deferred arrangement within the meaning of section
401(k) of the Code) or to any salary reduction arrangement under any cafeteria plan (within the
meaning of section 125 of the Code) or, for purposes of receiving qualified transportation fringe
benefits (as described in section 132(f)(4) of the Code).
6.2
Limitation on Annual Additions
. Subject to Section 6.5, the aggregate Annual
Additions to this Plan and all other defined contribution plans (including all plans or portions
thereof subject to section 415(c) of the Code) maintained by all Employers and Affiliates for any
Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002 shall not exceed the lesser of (a) $40,000 as
adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code, or (b) 100 percent of the Members Earnings for
such year.
6.3
Application
. If the allocations to a Members Accounts otherwise required under
this Plan for any Plan Year would cause the limitations of this Article VI to be exceeded for that
Plan Year, contributions otherwise required with respect to such Member under Article III shall be
reduced to the extent necessary to comply with those limitations, as provided in Section 3.7. If
such reduction is not effected in time to prevent such allocations for any Limitation Year (as
defined in Section 6.4) from exceeding such limitations, any such reduction shall be effected first
by a distribution to the Member of Elective Contributions that did not receive Matching
Contributions, then by (i) a distribution to the Member of additional Elective
- 28 -
Contributions and (ii) a transfer to a suspense account of the Matching Contributions made
with respect to such additional Elective Contribution. Any such distribution of Elective
Contributions shall be limited to the extent such excess contributions were the result of a
reasonable error in determining the amount of Elective Contributions permitted with respect to an
individual under the limits of section 415 of the Code after taking into consideration other Annual
Additions for the year. Matching Contributions transferred to such a suspense account shall be
used to reduce contributions for such Member in the next Limitation Year and each succeeding
Limitation Year if necessary; provided, that if the Member is not covered by the Plan at the end of
the current Limitation Year, the portion exceeding the limitation of this Article VI shall be
allocated and reallocated to the Accounts of all Members in the next Limitation Year before any
other Annual Additions are allocated to the accounts of such Members. The suspense account will
reduce future contributions for all remaining Members in the next Limitation Year, and each
succeeding Limitation Year if necessary. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during
the Limitation Year pursuant to this Section 6.3, it will participate in the allocation of the
Funds investment gains and losses. In the event of a termination of the Plan, unallocated amounts
held in such suspense account shall be allocated to the extent possible under this Article VI for
the Limitation Year of termination. Any amount remaining in such suspense account upon termination
of the Plan shall then be returned to the Employer, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan
or Trust Agreement. Reductions in benefits under this Article VI arising by reason of a Members
participation in multiple plans shall be effected as follows: (a) Annual Additions attributable to
Elective Contributions shall be reduced first, (b) any remaining Annual Additions under continuing
plans shall be reduced before benefits under any terminated plan, and (c) Annual Additions under
continuing plans shall be reduced in the reverse order in which Annual Additions would otherwise
accrue, except as any such plan may otherwise expressly provide. The amount of Elective
Contributions distributed under this Section 6.3 shall include any investment earnings allocable
thereto, and the amounts so distributed shall be disregarded for purposes of applying the Elective
Deferral Limit under Section 3.1.6 and for purposes of determining average deferral percentages
under Section 3.3 or contribution percentages under Section 3.4.
6.4
Limitation Year
. All determinations under this Article VI shall be made by
reference to the Plan Year.
6.5
Correlation with Higher ESOP Limit
. For any Plan Year in which some part of the
Annual Addition for an employee is attributable to ESOP Contributions, the limitations of Section
6.2 shall be applied taking into account the special rule in section 415(c)(6) of the Code.
- 29 -
ARTICLE VII
Distributions, Withdrawals and Loans
7.1
Distribution on Termination of Employment
. When a Members employment terminates
for any reason, the Vested Percentage of the balance of his respective Accounts shall be
distributed to him (or, if distribution is being made by reason of death, or after his death
following Termination of Employment, to his Beneficiary). Such distribution shall be made in
accordance with the provisions of Article VIII. Any portion of a Members Accounts not so
distributable shall be treated as provided in Sections 4.3 and 4.4.
7.2
Withdrawals during Employment
. Subject to Section 7.11, a Member may make a
withdrawal from his Accounts during employment by an Employer or Affiliate in accordance with the
following provisions of this Section 7.2:
7.2.1
Rollover Account
. A Member may elect, no more frequently than once in any
twelve-month period nor more than twice in any sixty-month period, to withdraw from the Plan an
amount in cash equal to one-half (1/2) of his Rollover Account.
7.2.2
Matching Account
. A Member may elect, no more frequently than once in any
twelve-month period nor more than twice in a sixty-month period, to withdraw from his Matching
Account an amount in cash equal to one-half (
1
/
2
) of the Vested Percentage of the balance of such
Account.
7.2.3
Elective Account
. Before attaining age 59-1/2, a Member who is employed by an
Employer or Affiliate may withdraw so much of his Elective Account as the Committee shall in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory manner determine to be necessary (based on such representations or
other information as the Committee may request in his discretion) to meet any condition of hardship
affecting such Member, provided that the Member has already received all other amounts available to
him as a loan, or a distribution other than on account of hardship as herein defined, under this
Plan and all other plans maintained by any Employer or Affiliate (such as but not limited to the
Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan). For this purpose, the term hardship shall mean any one
or more of the following needs:
(a) Effective January 1, 2005, expenses for medical care described in section 213(d) of the
Code previously incurred by the Member or the Members spouse or dependents (including a child of
divorced parents who together provide over half the childs support) and for which a deduction
would be available under section 213 of the Code after disregarding the limitation of deductions to
amounts in excess of 7.5% of adjusted gross income, or expenses necessary in order for such persons
to obtain such care, provided that such expenses have not been and will not in the future be
covered by insurance;
(b) Effective January 1, 2005, payment of tuition and related educational fees, including room
and board (but not books), for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Member, the
Members spouse, children or dependents (as defined under applicable regulations);
- 30 -
(c) Costs (other than mortgage payments) directly related to the purchase of the principal
residence of a Member; or
(d) Effective August 1, 2006, payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Member from
his or her principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence;
(e) Effective August 1, 2006, payments for funeral or burial expenses for the Members
deceased parent, spouse, child or dependent (as defined under applicable regulations);
(f) Effective August 1, 2006, expenses to repair damage to a Members principal residence that
would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under section 165 of the Code (determined without
regard to whether the loss exceeds 10 percent of adjusted gross income).
(g) Prior to August 1, 2006, an immediate and heavy financial need resulting in an emergency
condition in the financial affairs of a Member.
Any withdrawals under this Section 7.2.3 shall be limited to the total amount of Elective
Contributions made, and investment earnings allocable thereto as of December 31, 1988, which have
not previously been withdrawn, and shall exclude any amounts attributable to qualified nonelective
contributions as defined in Section 3.5.4. The amount withdrawn under this Section 7.2.3 shall
not exceed the amount necessary to meet the hardship plus the amount necessary to pay any federal,
state or local income taxes or penalties that the Member reasonably anticipates will result from
the withdrawal.
7.2.4
Elective Account After Age 59-1/2
. After attaining age 59-1/2, a Member may
elect, no more frequently than once in any twelve-month period nor more than twice in any
sixty-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of his Elective Account.
7.2.5
Age 70-1/2 Withdrawal
. A Member may elect to withdraw the entire balance of his
Accounts as of April 1 following the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2, and thereafter,
but no more than once in any calendar year after the year of the first such withdrawal, to withdraw
the entire balance of his Accounts attributable to contributions made since the prior such
withdrawal.
7.2.6
Withdrawal Request
. A withdrawal request shall be made by filing the
Appropriate Form with the Committee, which prior to August 1, 2006 may, in the discretion of the
Committee require that the spouse of the Member, if any, execute a notarized written consent
thereto. Effective January 1, 2002, the Appropriate Form in the case of a withdrawal under Section
7.2.3 shall include an agreement by the Member to the suspension of contributions described in
Section 3.1.5.1, and to a similar suspension of elective deferrals (as defined in section
402(g)(3) of the Code) and of employee contributions under this Plan and all other qualified and
nonqualified plans of deferred compensation (excluding mandatory employee contributions under any
defined benefit plan), or stock option, stock purchase, or similar plans, of any Employer or
Affiliate for six months from the date of such withdrawal (or until January 1,
- 31 -
2002, if later). Each such other plan shall be deemed amended by reason of this provision and
the Members execution of the Appropriate Form to the extent necessary to give full effect to such
agreement.
7.2.7
Home Purchases with Mortgage
. A Member shall be entitled to a hardship
withdrawal under Section 7.2.3 if (a) he meets all requirements therefor other than the receipt of
all amounts available to him as a loan, (b) the need is for funds to purchase a principal residence
of the Member, (c) the obtaining of loans other than the mortgage loan in connection with such
purchase would disqualify the Member from obtaining the necessary amount of mortgage loan, and (d)
the Member demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Committee that the amount to be withdrawn for
the purpose of such purchase cannot be obtained from other resources that are reasonably available
to the Member (including assets of the Members spouse that are reasonably available to the
Member).
7.3
Loans during Employment
. Upon the application of a Member who has been a Member
for at least twelve months (prior to March 20, 2003, who had reached the first anniversary of his
start of work), who is a party in interest with respect to the Plan (within the meaning of
section 3(14) of ERISA), and who has not applied for a loan during the preceding six months, the
Committee or its delegate (in either case, the Loan Administrator) shall instruct the Trustee to
make a loan to such Member from his Accounts provided that such loan meets the requirements of
Section 7.4. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an Eligible Employee may apply for a loan
from his Rollover Account without regard to whether he has become a Member in accordance with
Section 2.1 or to the period, if any, for which he has been a Member. The loan request, which
shall specify the use to be made of the loan proceeds, shall be made on the Appropriate Form and
submitted to the Loan Administrator, together with such application fee as may be required under
procedures adopted by the Loan Administrator. The Loan Administrator shall notify such Member in
writing within a reasonable time of the approval or denial of such loan request, and such
notification shall be final. If a Member obtains a loan under this Section 7.3, his status as a
Member in the Plan and his rights with respect to his Plan benefits shall not be affected, except
to the extent that the Member has assigned his interest in his Accounts pursuant to the various
applicable provisions of Section 7.4, and except as provided in Section 7.11. All loans shall be
granted according to rules applicable to all Members on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. No
more than two loans may be outstanding at any time. The Committee may suspend authorization for
future loans to Members, but no such suspension shall affect any loan then outstanding under this
Section 7.3.
7.3.1 In applying the limitations on the amount of loans permitted under this Article VII, any
prior loan that is in default shall be treated as outstanding, and effective March 17, 2003, the
number of loans available to a Member shall be reduced by the number of prior loans currently in
default.
7.4
Loan Requirements
. A loan pursuant to Section 7.3 shall not be made to a Member
unless such loan meets all of the following requirements:
7.4.1
Amount
. Such loan must be in an amount of not less than one thousand dollars
($1,000), and shall not exceed the lowest of (a) fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), (b) one-half of
the Vested Percentage of the Members Account balances, or (c) such lesser
- 32 -
amount as may be determined by the Loan Administrator in the event that the Members Accounts
are invested (in whole or in part) in an Investment Fund that prohibits the liquidation of
investments to fund Member loans. The limitation under clause (a) or (b) above shall be reduced by
the outstanding balance (if any) of all other loans to the Member from (i) this Plan and (ii) all
other qualified employer plans (as described in section 72(p)(4) of the Code) which are
maintained by the Company or any related employer referred to in section 72(p)(2)(D) of the Code,
and (iii) any contract purchased under this Plan or a plan described in the preceding clause (ii)
(including any assignment or pledge with respect to such a contract). The fifty thousand dollars
($50,000) in clause (a) above shall be further reduced by the excess, if any, of the highest
outstanding loan balance of all loans described in the preceding sentence during the twelve (12)
month period preceding the loan, over the outstanding loan balance of all loans described in the
preceding sentence. If there is a loan from another qualified employer plan(as described in
clause (ii), above) currently outstanding, one-half the value of the Members vested interest under
the plan from which such loan was made shall be added to the amount determined under clause (b),
above, but the limitation under clause (b) shall in no event be less than the limit determined by
disregarding both loans from other plans and the value of the Members vested interest therein.
7.4.2
Adequate Security
. Such loan must be adequately secured. No more than one-half
of the value of the Members fully vested Accounts, including his Loan Account, may be assigned as
collateral security. If the Loan Administrator subsequently determines that the loan is no longer
adequately secured, additional security may be required.
7.4.3
Interest
. Such loan must bear interest, payable at quarterly intervals (or more
frequent intervals, if the Loan Administrator shall so require), at a rate commensurate with the
interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be made
under similar circumstances. The Loan Administrator shall at regular intervals (but not less
frequently than quarterly) determine such rate on the basis of a review of pertinent information.
7.4.4
Repayment Term
. Such loan must provide for substantially level amortization
(within the meaning of section 72(p)(2)(C) of the Code) with payments made at least quarterly for a
period to end no later than the earlier of:
(a) The expiration of a fixed term not to exceed four and one-half (4-1/2) years, or ten (10)
years in the case of a loan used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time
(determined at the time the loan is made) is to be used as the principal residence of the Member (a
principal residence loan); or
(b) The date on which distribution of the Members Accounts is made or otherwise commences
following the Members Termination of Employment.
7.4.5
Suspension During Leave of Absence
. Effective March 17, 2003, loan repayments
may be suspended under the Plan during an authorized leave of absence that is either unpaid or at a
rate of pay (after applicable employment tax withholding) that is less than the payments required
by the loan, for up to one year, provided that the loan, including interest accrued during the
period of absence, must be paid in full within five years from the
date of the
- 33 -
loan (ten years in the case of a principal residence loan). Notwithstanding the foregoing,
loan repayments may be suspended for a period which is greater than a year if the Member is
performing service in the uniformed services, as described in section 414(u)(4) of the Code. The
interest rate applied to a suspended loan during such period of military service may not exceed 6%.
After a suspension for military service the loan, including interest accrued during the period of
absence must be paid in full within a period that does not exceed five years (ten years in the case
of a principal residence loan) plus the period of military leave from the date of the loan. Once
repayments begin after any suspension under this Section 7.4.5, the loan may be repaid either (i)
in installments in the same amount as the original installments with a balloon payment at the end
of the required period, or (ii) by increased level installments which repay the entire amount by
the end of the required period.
7.4.6
Binding Agreement
. Such loan must be evidenced by a legally binding agreement,
either written or the legal equivalent thereof (which effective August 1, 2006 may consist of the
Members endorsement of the loan check after notice of the applicable loan terms), containing such
terms and provisions as the Loan Administrator shall in its sole discretion determine. Prior to
August 1, 2006, but not thereafter (unless required under the terms of the Plans QDRO procedures),
the Loan Administrator may require a certification or representation from the Member that he is not
then legally married, or (b) consent by the Members spouse at the time of the making of the loan
in a notarized writing executed within the 90-day period before the making of the loan. The Loan
Administrator shall be entitled to rely on any such certification or representation with respect to
marital status made by a Member in his request for a loan, and the Plan, the Trustee, the
Committee, Employers, and their employees and agents shall be fully protected in respect of any
action taken or suffered by them in reliance thereon.
7.5
Loan Expenses
. The Loan Administrator may determine to charge any fees, taxes,
charges or other expenses (including, without limitation, any asset liquidation charge or similar
extraordinary expense) incurred in connection with a loan to the Accounts of the Member obtaining
such loan. Such charges shall be imposed on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.
7.6
Funding
.
7.6.1
Funding of Loans
. A Members loan shall be funded solely by reduction of the
Members Account balances as of the effective date of the loan. Unless the Member specifies a
different order, such reduction shall apply to the Members Accounts in the following order: (1)
Rollover Account; (2) Matching Account and (3) Elective Account. The loan obligation created
pursuant to Section 7.4.6 shall be held by the Trustee in a Loan Fund and allocated solely to the
Accounts of the Member who receives the loan. For all purposes hereunder, the value of such loan
obligation at any date shall be considered to be the unpaid principal amount of the note plus
accrued interest. Interest attributable to such notes shall be held in the Loan Fund until
reallocation pursuant to Section 7.7.
7.6.2
Loan Account
. A Loan Account shall be maintained for each Member who has been
granted a loan pursuant to Section 7.3, in which shall be entered the amount of such Members loan.
Such Loan Account shall remain in effect until such Members loan has been repaid and the amount in the Loan Fund attributable to his Loan Account
transferred to another Investment Fund.
- 34 -
7.7
Repayment
. The total amount of principal and interest payments on a Members loan
shall be allocated to the Members Accounts in proportion to the share of the loan funded from each
Account. Unless the Member specifies a different order, such payments shall be applied to restore
the Accounts in the following order: (1) Elective Account; (2) Matching Account; and (3) Rollover
Account. Payments of principal and interest on a Members loan shall be initially deposited in the
Loan Fund for allocation to such Members Loan Account and shall be reallocated as of the first
Valuation Date coincident with or next following such deposit to such other Investment Funds as the
Member shall have designated for future contributions pursuant to Section 5.2.
7.8
Valuation
. The value of that portion of a Members Accounts to be withdrawn
pursuant to Section 7.2 or that portion of a Members Accounts to be borrowed pursuant to Section
7.3 shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately following the date on which the
withdrawal or loan request is received by the Committee or the Loan Administrator, as the case may
be (or, if the Committee or Loan Administrator shall so direct, any later Valuation Date prior to
the distribution of funds).
7.9
Allocation among Investment Funds
. A Member may direct on the Appropriate Form,
at such time coincident with or following his loan or withdrawal request as the Committee or Loan
Administrator, as the case may be, may allow, and subject to the Committees or Loan
Administrators consent, the proportions in which any withdrawal pursuant to Section 7.2 or loan
pursuant to Section 7.3 shall be allocated among the Investment Funds; provided, however, that
failing such direction or consent, and in all cases on or after August 1, 2006, the allocation
shall be made pro rata among the Investment Funds in which each Account that is reduced to fund the
loan is invested.
7.10
Disposition of Loan Upon Certain Events
. Subject to the provision of Section
7.4.4 authorizing prepayment of a loan, in the event of the retirement, Termination of Employment,
Disability, or death of a Member before the Member repays all outstanding loans, the unpaid balance
of the loan shall be due and payable. If the loan is not repaid within 60 days following such
event, the Trustee shall reduce the value of the Members Loan Account by the amount of the
Members outstanding loan (including accrued interest), and before making a cash distribution to
the Member or his Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective October 19, 2005, if a
Member ceases to be an employee of the Company or any other Employer as a result of a sale of
assets or stock or similar corporate transaction, and the asset or stock purchase agreement or
similar agreement so provides, any loan note held in the Account of a Member affected thereby may
be transferred or rolled over from the Plan to another qualified plan maintained by the purchaser
of such stock or assets (or any affiliate thereof) in accordance with such procedures as the
Committee may establish therefor.
7.11
Withdrawals from Plan While Loan is Outstanding
. The amount otherwise available
for withdrawal from the Plan under Section 7.2 shall be reduced by the amount of any loan
outstanding at the time a withdrawal request is made.
- 35 -
7.12
Compliance with Applicable Law
. The Loan Administrator shall take such actions
as he may deem appropriate in order to assure full compliance with all applicable laws and
regulations relating to Member loans and the granting and repayment thereof.
7.13
Default
. A loan made pursuant to Section 7.3 shall be in default if a scheduled
payment of principal or interest is not received by the Loan Administrator within thirty (30) days
following the scheduled payment date. Upon such default, the outstanding principal amount and
accrued interest of the loan shall become immediately due and payable, and the Loan Administrator
may execute upon the Plans security interest in the Members Accounts to satisfy the debt;
provided, however, that the execution shall not occur until such time as the Members Account(s)
against which execution is proposed could be distributed to the Member consistent with the
requirements for qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code. Furthermore, the Loan
Administrator may take any other action he deems appropriate to obtain payment of the outstanding
amount of principal and accrued interest, which may include accepting payments of principal and
interest that were not made on schedule and permitting the loan to remain outstanding under its
original payment schedule. Any costs incurred by the Loan Administrator in collecting, or
attempting to collect, amounts in default shall be charged against the Members Accounts. If the
Loan Administrator is unable to obtain payment of the outstanding principal and accrued interest
(or, in his discretion, payment of only the overdue amount of such principal), the Loan
Administrator shall take such further action as he deems appropriate to prevent loss to the Plan as
a result of the default. Any discretion by the Loan Administrator in this regard shall be
exercised in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
7.14
Conversion of Loan to Hardship Distribution
. If a Member fails to make timely
repayment of a loan, the Loan Administrator, upon application of the Member, shall recharacterize
the loan as a hardship distribution, but only if the loan proceeds were used to meet a need set
forth in Section 7.2.3 and provided that the suspension requirements referred to in Section 7.2.6
are satisfied.
- 36 -
ARTICLE VIII
Payment of Benefits
8.1
Payment of Benefits
.
8.1.1
In General
. The amounts distributable to a Member pursuant to Section 7.1 on
Termination of Employment shall be paid in cash in a single sum, except as otherwise provided
below. Effective January 1, 2002, if the amount so distributable exceeds $5,000, the Member may,
in lieu of a single sum payment, elect to receive distribution either (a) in two or more payments,
at such times and in such amounts as he may elect, provided that each such payment other than the
last shall be not less than $1,000, or (b) in substantially equal installments over 5, 10, 15 or 20
years, to be made monthly, quarterly, or annually as the Member may elect. A Member may
prospectively revoke any election described in clause (a) or (b) above and substitute therefor a
different election of any of such forms, or an election of a single sum payment, which shall apply
to the then remaining balance in his Vested Accounts. Any undistributed balance of a Members
Accounts shall continue to be adjusted in accordance with Article V until distribution thereof is
completed. Distribution shall not be made without the Members consent, in writing or its
equivalent, prior to the time that distribution is required under Section 8.6 unless the total
vested balance of the Members Accounts (including his Rollover Account) does not exceed $5,000.
In the event that a Member is ineligible to, and/or does not elect to receive, distribution in two
or more payments or in installments as above provided, and the Committee determines that the vested
balance of the Members Accounts does not exceed $5,000, distribution of such vested balance shall
be made in a lump sum after (x) the Member has been notified that such a small benefit cashout is
to be made and of his right to receive such distribution as a direct rollover, (y) the Members
election to receive cash or a direct rollover is received or the time for making such election has
expired, and (z) the amount so distributable does not rise to more than $5,000 as of the date used
to review Account values for purposes of distribution under the procedures adopted by the Plan
recordkeeper. Except as the Member otherwise elects, expressly or by failure to request
distribution after receipt of notice advising of the right to so elect, distribution shall in all
events commence no later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the later of
his most recent Termination of Employment or his Normal Retirement Date, except to the extent a
contribution pursuant to Article III of the Plan which the Member is entitled to share in has not
yet been acquired by the Fund.
8.1.2
Default Rollover of Small Benefits Cashouts
. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
distributions to a Member on or after March 28, 2005 and prior to the Members Normal Retirement
Date, in the event that the amount of the distribution exceeds $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000,
and the Member does not make an election whether or not to directly rollover his distribution
within the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, such distribution shall be made to
an individual retirement account selected by the Committee and meeting the requirements for the
safe harbor regulations issued by the Department of Labor, 29 C.F.R. section 2520.404a-2 (or any
corresponding successor regulations)
8.1.3
Notice Period
. If a distribution is one to which sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of
the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the
- 37 -
notice required under Treas. Reg. section 1.411(a)-11(c) provided that: (a) the Committee
clearly informs the Member that the Member has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if
applicable, a particular distribution option), and (b) the Member, after receiving the notice,
affirmatively elects a distribution.
8.2
Death Benefits
.
8.2.1
In General
. In the event of the death of a Member prior to his Termination of
Employment, the balances in his Accounts shall be distributed to his Beneficiary. If the
Beneficiary is the Members spouse, the spouse shall be entitled to receive distribution beginning
within 90 days of the Members death if reasonably practicable and otherwise as soon as
practicable, or, if the Member had attained his Normal Retirement Date prior to his death,
beginning not later than 60 days following the close of the Plan Year in which his death occurs.
8.2.2
Installment Payments on Death
. If so elected by the Member prior to his death,
or thereafter by his Beneficiary, payments following a Members death may be paid in substantially
equal installments over 5, 10, 15, or 20 years from the Members death, to be made monthly,
quarterly or annually as specified in such election. Any amount so distributable shall be held in
the Members Accounts, invested pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.4, and adjusted as provided
in Section 5.5 until distribution is completed.
8.3
Non-Alienation of Benefits
. Except as otherwise required by a qualified domestic
relations order (as defined in section 414(p) of the Code), or by other applicable law recognized
as a permitted exception to this provision by section 401(a)(13) of the Code and regulations
thereunder, no benefit, interest, or payment under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, whether
voluntary or involuntary, and no attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign,
pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be valid nor shall any such benefit, interest, or payment
be in any way liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of
the person entitled to such benefit, interest, or payment or be subject to attachment, garnishment,
levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.
8.4
Doubt as to Right to Payment
. In the event that at any time any doubt exists as
to the right of any person to any payment hereunder or the amount or time of such payment
(including, without limitation, any case of doubt as to identity, or any case in which any notice
has been received from any other person claiming any interest in amounts payable hereunder, or any
case in which a claim from other persons may exist by reason of community property or similar
laws), the Committee shall be entitled, in its discretion, to direct the Trustee to hold such sum
as a segregated amount in trust until such right or amount or time is determined or until order of
a court of competent jurisdiction, or to pay such sum into court in accordance with appropriate
rules of law in such case then provided, or to make payment only upon receipt of a bond or similar
indemnification (in such amount and in such form as is satisfactory to the Committee).
8.5
Incapacity
. If any benefits hereunder are due to a legally incompetent person,
the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct that any distribution due such person be
- 38 -
made (a) directly to such person, or (b) to his duly appointed legal representative, and any
distribution so made shall completely discharge the liabilities of the Plan therefor.
8.6
Time of Commencement of Benefits
.
8.6.1 Subject to Sections 8.6.2 through 8.6.5, payment to a Member under this Article VIII
shall be made or commenced not later than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which
occurs the later of his most recent Termination of Employment or his Normal Retirement Date.
8.6.2 Distribution of the benefits of a Member shall be required hereunder (a) for a Member
who is a five percent (5%) owner with respect to the Plan Year in which he attained age 70-1/2, by
April 1 following such year, and (b) in any other case, by April 1 following the calendar year in
which the Member attains age 70-1/2 or terminates employment, whichever is later. Distributions
shall be made pursuant to this Section 8.6.2 as though the Member had retired.
8.6.3 If a Member receives a single sum distribution pursuant to Section 8.6.2, any
contributions made to the Plan subsequently (and any forfeitures in lieu thereof) allocable to the
Members Accounts shall be paid to the Member as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year
for which such contributions are made.
8.6.4 Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, in the event that the
amount of a payment required to commence on the date otherwise determined under this Plan cannot be
ascertained by such date, or if it is not possible to make such payment on such date because the
Committee has been unable to locate the Member (or, in the case of a deceased Member, his
Beneficiary) after making reasonable efforts to do so, a payment retroactive to such date may be
made no later than 60 days after the earliest date on which the amount of such payment can be
ascertained under this Plan or the date on which the Member (or Beneficiary) is located, whichever
is applicable.
8.6.5 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to distributions
under the Plan made for calendar years, 2001 and 2002, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution
requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code, including the incidental death benefit requirement,
in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001,
and for the calendar year 2003 in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9)
published on April 17, 2002, and thereafter in accordance with the final regulations under section
401(a)(9) published on June 15, 2004.
8.7
Payments to Minors
. If at any time a person entitled to receive any payment
hereunder is a minor, such payment may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be made for the
benefit of such minor to his parent, guardian or the person with whom he resides, or to the minor
himself, and the release of any such parent, guardian, person or minor shall be a valid and
complete discharge for such payment.
8.8
Identity of Proper Payee
. The determination of the Committee as to the identity
of the proper payee of any payment and the amount properly payable
shall be conclusive, and payment in accordance with such determination shall constitute a complete
discharge of all obligations on account thereof.
- 39 -
8.9
Inability to Locate Distributee
. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
in the event that the Committee cannot locate any person to whom a payment is due under this Plan,
the benefit in respect of which such payment is to be made shall be forfeited at such time as the
Committee shall determine in its sole discretion (but in all events prior to the time such benefit
would otherwise escheat under any applicable law); provided, that such benefit shall be reinstated
if such person subsequently makes a valid claim for such benefit prior to termination of the Plan.
8.10
Estoppel of Members and Their Beneficiaries
. The Employer, Committee and Trustee
may rely upon any certificate, statement or other representation made to them by any employee,
Member, spouse or other beneficiary with respect to age, length of service, leave of absence, date
of Termination of Employment, marital status or other fact required to be determined under any of
the provisions of this Plan, and shall not be liable on account of the payment of any moneys or the
doing of any act in reliance upon any such certificate, statement or other representation. Any
such certificate, statement or other representation made by an employee or Member shall be
conclusively binding upon such employee or Member and his spouse or other beneficiary, and such
employee, Member, spouse or beneficiary shall thereafter and forever be estopped from disputing the
truth and correctness of such certificate, statement or other representation. Any such
certificate, statement or other representation made by a Members spouse or other beneficiary shall
be conclusively binding upon such spouse or beneficiary, and such spouse or beneficiary shall
thereafter and forever be estopped from disputing the truth and correctness of such certificate,
statement or other representation.
8.11
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
.
8.11.1
Definition
. For purposes of this Section 8.11, Qualified Domestic Relations
Order means any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement) made
pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property law) which relates to
the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property to a spouse, former spouse,
child or other dependent of a Member and which creates or recognizes the existence of a right of
(or assigns such a right to) such spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent (the Alternate
Payee) to receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Member under the
Plan. A Qualified Domestic Relations Order must clearly specify the amount or percentage of the
Members benefits to be paid to the Alternate Payee by the Plan (or the manner in which such amount
or percentage is to be determined). A Qualified Domestic Relations Order (a) may not require the
Plan (i) to provide any form or type of benefits or any option not otherwise provided under the
Plan, (ii) to pay benefits to an Alternate Payee under such order which are required to be paid to
another Alternate Payee under another such order previously filed with the Plan, or (iii) to
provide increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial equivalents), but (b) may require
payment of benefits to the Alternate Payee under the order (i) at any time after the date of the
order, (ii) as if the Member had retired on the date on which such payment is to begin under such
order (taking into account only the benefits in which the Member is then vested) and (iii) in any
form in which such benefits may be paid to the Member.
- 40 -
8.11.2
Distributions
. The Committee shall recognize and honor any judgment, decree or
order entered on or after January 1, 1985 under a state domestic relations law which the Committee
determines to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order in accordance with such reasonable procedures
to determine such status as the Committee shall establish. Without limitation of the foregoing,
the Committee shall notify a Member and the person entitled to benefits under a judgment, decree or
order which purports to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order of (a) the receipt thereof, (b) the
Plans procedures for determining whether such judgment, decree or order is a Qualified Domestic
Relations Order and (c) any determination made with respect to such status. During any period
during which the Committee is determining whether any judgment, decree or order is a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order, any amount which would have been payable to any person pursuant to such
order shall be separately accounted for (and adjusted to reflect its appropriate share of the
Investment Adjustment as of each Valuation Date pursuant to Article V) pending payment to the
proper recipient thereof. Any such amount, as so adjusted, shall be paid to the person entitled to
such payment under any such judgment, decree or order if the Committee determines such judgment,
decree or order to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order within 18 full calendar months
commencing with the date on which the first payment would be required to be made under such
judgment, decree or order. If the Committee is unable to make such a determination within such
time period, payment under the Plan shall be as if such judgment, decree or order did not exist and
any such determination made after such time period shall be applied prospectively only.
Distribution to an Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall be made on a
pro rata basis from the Members Accounts in such manner as the Committee shall direct.
8.11.3
Alternate Payees Beneficiary
. In the event that an Alternate Payee is
entitled under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order to designate a Beneficiary for the Alternate
Payees interest in the Plan and fails to do so or such designation fails to be effective (such as
by reason of the prior death of the designated individual and the absence of any effective
alternative designation), the Alternate Payees Beneficiary with respect to such interest shall be
the Alternate Payees estate.
8.12
Benefits Payable Only from Fund
. All benefits payable under this Plan shall be
paid or provided solely from the Fund, and neither any Employer nor its shareholders, directors,
employees or the Committee shall have any liability or responsibility therefor. Except as
otherwise provided by law, no Employer assumes any obligations under this Plan except those
specifically stated in the Plan.
8.13
Prior Plan Distribution Forms
. The portions of the Accounts of Members
attributable to balances transferred from prior plans will be eligible for installment or annuity
forms of distributions that were available under such plans if distribution in respect thereof is
to commence as of a date on or before February 1, 2002, and the Members vested Accounts at
termination of employment exceed $5,000. Otherwise, all amounts distributable to a Member whose
employment terminates for any reason shall be paid in accordance with the foregoing provisions of
this Article VIII.
8.14
Restrictions on Distribution
. Effective January 1, 2002, a Members Elective
Account shall not be distributable prior to his severance from employment, disability, death, or
attainment of age 59-1/2 except in cases of (a) hardship to the extent provided in
- 41 -
Section 7.2.3 or (b) a lump sum distribution made upon termination of the Plan without
establishment or maintenance of another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock
ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of the Code) within the meaning of applicable
regulations.
8.15
Direct Rollover of Eligible Rollover Distributions
. Notwithstanding any
provisions of this Plan that would otherwise limit a Distributees election under this Section
8.15, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have
any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid in a Direct Rollover directly to an Eligible
Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.
8.15.1
Definitions
. For purposes of this Section 8.15, the following terms shall have
the meanings specified below, effective January 1, 2002:
8.15.1.1
Eligible Rollover Distribution
. Any distribution of all or any portion of
the balance to the credit of a Distributee under the Plan, except that an Eligible Rollover
Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
periodic payments (not less frequent than annual) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
Distributee or the joint lives (or life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributees
Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such
distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; the portion of any distribution that
is not includible in gross income, unless the conditions of Section 8.15.4 are satisfied; any
deemed distribution occurring upon the Members Termination of Employment under which the Members
account balance is offset by the amount of an outstanding Plan loan; and any hardship withdrawal.
8.15.1.2
Eligible Retirement Plan
. An individual retirement account described in
section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the
Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, another employers qualified trust
described in section 401(a) of the Code, an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the
Code, or an eligible deferred compensation plan described in section 457(b) of the Code maintained
by a State, a political subdivision of a State, or any agency or instrumentality of a State or
political subdivision of a State and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred
into such plan from this Plan, that accepts a Distributees Eligible Rollover Distribution.
8.15.1.3
Distributee
. A Member, a Members surviving Spouse or a Members Spouse or
former Spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (as defined in
section 414(p) of the Code and Section 8.11.1).
8.15.1.4
Direct Rollover
. A payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan
specified by a Distributee, in the manner prescribed by the Committee.
8.15.2
Limitation
. No more than one Direct Rollover may be elected by a Distributee
for each Eligible Rollover Distribution.
8.15.3
Default Procedure
. If a Member (or other Distributee, if applicable) does not
make a timely election whether or not to directly roll over his Eligible
- 42 -
Rollover Distribution within a reasonable period permitted by the Committee for making such
election, such distribution shall be made directly to the Member (or other Distributee, if
applicable). Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective March 28, 2005, such Eligible Rollover
Distributions made to a Member prior to Normal Retirement Date that exceed $1,000 but do not exceed
$5,000 will be automatically rolled over to an individual retirement account, as described in
Section 8.1.2.
8.15.4
After-Tax Employee Contributions
. An Eligible Rollover Distribution may
include after-tax employee contributions if the Eligible Retirement Plan is either:
(a) an individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code or an individual
retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code; or
(b) an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code or another employers qualified
trust described in section 401(a) of the Code, which agrees to separately account for such
after-tax employee contributions (and the earnings thereon).
8.16
Receipt of ESOP Beneficiarys Account
. Effective March 17, 2003, the Plan shall
accept a direct trust-to-trust transfer from the Arrow Electronics Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) of
the cash proceeds allocable to all or a portion of an account in the ESOP of a deceased member of
the ESOP upon election by a beneficiary of such ESOP to make such a transfer in accordance with
applicable provisions of the ESOP. Upon such transfer, the ESOP beneficiary directing such
transfer shall be treated as a Beneficiary under this Plan, the amount transferred shall be
credited to an Account under this Plan in the name of the deceased Member that is allocable to such
Beneficiary, and such Beneficiary shall have same right to direct the initial investment of the
amount transferred as applies in the case of amounts received as a direct rollover to a Rollover
Account. Thereafter, the Beneficiary shall have the same rights with respect to such Account that
generally apply to Beneficiaries under the Plan, including the right to receive distribution at the
times and in the forms available under Section 8.2 and the right to change the investment with
respect to such Account as described in Section 5.3.
- 43 -
ARTICLE IX
Beneficiary Designation
9.1
Designation of Beneficiary
. Subject to the further provisions of this Article IX,
each Member may designate, at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe, a
Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (who may be any one or more members of his family or any other
persons, executor, administrator, any trust, foundation or other entity) to receive any benefits
distributable hereunder to his Beneficiary after the death of the Member as provided herein. Such
designation of a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall not be effective for any purpose unless and
until it has been filed by the Member with the Committee, provided, however, that a designation
mailed by the Member to the Committee prior to death and received after his death shall take effect
upon such receipt, but prospectively only and without prejudice to any payor or payee on account of
any payments made before receipt by the Committee.
9.2
Spouse as Presumptive Beneficiary
. Notwithstanding Section 9.1 (but subject to
the provisions of Section 9.5), a Members sole Beneficiary shall be his surviving spouse, if the
Member has a surviving spouse, unless the Member has designated another Beneficiary with the
written consent of such spouse (in which consent such Beneficiary is specified by name or class,
and the effect of such designation is acknowledged) witnessed by a notary public or Plan
representative. Any such consent shall be irrevocable. The Committee may, in its sole discretion,
waive the requirement of spousal consent if the Committee is satisfied that the spouse cannot be
located, or if the Member can show by court order that he has been abandoned by the spouse within
the meaning of local law, or if otherwise permitted under applicable regulations.
9.3
Change of Beneficiary
. A Member may, from time to time in such manner as the
Committee shall prescribe, change his designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, but any such
designation which has the effect of naming a person other than the surviving spouse as sole
Beneficiary is subject to the spousal consent requirement of Section 9.2.
9.4
Failure to Designate
. If a Member has failed effectively to designate a
Beneficiary to receive the Members death benefits, or a Beneficiary previously designated has
predeceased the Member and no alternative designation has become effective, such benefits shall be
distributed to the Members surviving spouse, if any, or if no spouse survives the Member, to the
Members estate.
9.5
Effect of Marriage, Divorce or Annulment, or Legal Separation
. This Section 9.5
shall be effective in determining the identity of a Participants Beneficiary at any time on or
after September 1, 2006. In accordance with Section 1.50 but subject to the following provisions
of this Section 9.5, the term spouse for purposes of this Article IX means the individual to whom
the Member is married on the date of reference, determined under applicable state law, except than
no individual of the same gender as the Member shall be deemed such a spouse. Notwithstanding the
foregoing:
9.5.1 If a court of competent jurisdiction has issued a legal separation order, the parties to
whom that order pertains shall not be deemed to be married to each other,
- 44 -
even if their marriage has not been annulled or terminated by divorce; provided, however, that
to the extent that a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as defined in Section 8.11 (QDRO)
specifies that a former spouse (or legally separated spouse) of the Member is to be treated as the
Members spouse, such specified former spouse (or legally separated individual) shall be treated as
the Members spouse under the Plan to the extent required in such QDRO, to the exclusion of any
subsequent spouse.
9.5.2 Except to the extent otherwise provided in an applicable QDRO, a designation of the
Members spouse as Beneficiary will automatically be cancelled if the marriage terminates by
divorce or is annulled or such a legal separation order is issued unless the designation clearly
states that the individual named as Beneficiary is to continue as such following termination of the
marriage or such separation.
9.5.3 Nothing herein shall prohibit a spouse from disclaiming the benefit to which he or she
would otherwise be entitled as the Members sole Beneficiary, in whole or in part, in which event
the Beneficiary with respect to the interest so disclaimed shall be determined as if the spouse had
predeceased the Member.
9.5.4 Upon the marriage of a Member, any designation of Beneficiaries made by the Member prior
to the date of the marriage shall become null and void as of the date of the marriage. Subsequent
divorce, legal separation or dissolution of the marriage shall not reinstate any designation that
became null and void as of the date of such marriage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the
Employer, the Trustee or Committee, nor any other fiduciary, shall be liable for, and each of them
shall be fully protected, as to amounts paid to one or more Beneficiary(ies) of the Member
subsequent to the marriage of the Member and after the death of the Member, but prior to their
receipt of effective written notification of the marriage.
9.6
Proof of Death, etc
. Before making distribution to a Beneficiary, the Committee
may require such proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive all or part
of the death benefit of a deceased Member as the Committee may deem desirable. The Committees
determination of the fact of death of a Member and of the right of any person to receive
distributions as a result thereof shall be conclusive upon such person or persons having or
claiming any right in the Fund on account of such Member.
9.7
Discharge of Liability
. If distribution in respect of a Members Accounts is made
to a person reasonably believed by the Committee or his delegate (taking into account any document
purporting to be a valid consent of the Members spouse, or any representation by the Member that
he is not married) to properly qualify as the Members Beneficiary under the foregoing provisions
of this Article IX, the Plan shall have no further liability with respect to such Accounts (or the
portion thereof so distributed).
- 45 -
ARTICLE X
Administration of the Plan
10.1
Committee
. The provisions of this Article X are effective July 17, 2002. The
Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors shall appoint a Management Pension
Investment and Oversight Committee (the Committee), which shall consist of not less than three
persons to serve at the pleasure of the Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors.
Any vacancy on the Committee, arising for any reason whatsoever, shall be filled by the Corporate
Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. The Committee shall hold meetings upon such
notice, at such place or places, at such time or times and in such manner (including meetings in
which members may participate through teleconferencing or similar means) as it may from time to
time determine. A majority of the members of the Committee at the time in office shall constitute
a quorum for the transaction of business, and action by a majority of those present at any meeting
at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee. The Committee may also act
without a meeting by instrument in writing signed by a majority of the members of the Committee, or
by one or more members to whom the Committee has previously delegated the authority to take such
action. Effective September 21, 2004, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors shall
succeed to the duties of the Corporate Governance Committee under this Section 10.1.
10.2
Named Fiduciary
. The named fiduciary under the Plan shall be the Committee,
which shall have authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan
except that the Committee shall have no authority or responsibility with respect to those matters
which under any applicable trust agreement, insurance policy or similar contract are the
responsibility, or subject to the authority, of the Trustee, any insurance company or similar
organization. The members of the Committee shall have the right, by written instrument executed by
them or otherwise, to allocate fiduciary responsibilities among themselves, and any one or more of
such members may designate other persons to carry out fiduciary or other responsibilities under the
Plan.
10.3
Powers and Discretion of the Named Fiduciary
. The Committee shall have all
powers and discretion necessary or helpful for carrying out its responsibilities, including,
without limitation, the power and complete discretion:
(a) to establish such rules or procedures as it may deem necessary or desirable;
(b) to employ such persons as it shall deem necessary or desirable to assist in the
administration of the Plan;
(c) to determine any question arising in the administration, interpretation and application of
the Plan, including without limitation questions of fact and of construction;
- 46 -
(d) to correct defects, rectify errors, supply omissions, clarify ambiguities, and reconcile
inconsistencies to the extent it deems necessary or desirable to effectuate the Plan or preserve
qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code;
(e) to decide all questions relating to eligibility and payment of benefits hereunder,
including, without limitation, the power and discretion to determine the eligibility of persons to
receive benefits hereunder;
(f) to establish procedures for determining whether a domestic relations order is a qualified
domestic relations order (QDRO) as described in Section 8.11 and for complying with any such
QDRO;
(g) to direct the Trustee with respect to benefits payable under the Plan (including, without
limitation, the persons to be paid or methods of payment) and all distributions of the assets of
the Fund;
(h) to make a determination as to the rights of any person to a benefit and to afford any
person dissatisfied with such determination the right to an appeal;
(i) to determine the character and amount of expenses that are properly payable by the Plan as
reasonable administration expenses, and to direct the Trustee with respect to the payment thereof
(including, without limitation, the persons to be paid and the method of payment);
(j) to compromise or settle claims against the Plan and to direct the Trustee to pay amounts
required in any such settlements or compromise;
(k) to determine the method of making corrections necessary or advisable as a result of
operating defects in order to preserve qualification of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code
pursuant to procedures of the Internal Revenue Service applicable in such cases (such as those set
forth in Revenue Procedure 2002-47 and similar guidance); and
(l) to make appropriate provision for the investment and reinvestment of the Fund, including,
as named fiduciary with respect to the control and management of the assets of the Plan, to appoint
in its discretion an investment manager or managers (as defined in section 3(38) of ERISA) to
manage (including the power to acquire and dispose of) any assets of the Plan.
The determinations of the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons to the maximum
extent permitted by law. The expenses of the Committee and all other expenses of the Plan shall be
paid by the Fund to the extent not paid by the Company, and such expenses shall include any
expenses authorized by the Board of Directors as necessary or desirable in the administration of
the Plan.
10.4
Advisers
. Any named fiduciary under the Plan, and any fiduciary designated by a
named fiduciary to whom such power is granted by a named fiduciary under the Plan, may employ one
or more persons to carry out such responsibilities as may be
specified by such fiduciary and to render advice with regard to any responsibility such fiduciary has under
the Plan.
- 47 -
10.5
Service in Multiple Capacities
. Any person or group of persons may serve in more
than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.
10.6
Limitation of Liability; Indemnity
.
10.6.1 Except as otherwise provided by law, if any duty or responsibility of any person
serving as a named fiduciary has been allocated or delegated to any other person in accordance with
any provision of this Plan, then such fiduciary shall not be liable for any act or omission of such
other person in carrying out such duty or responsibility.
10.6.2 Except as otherwise provided by law, no person who is a member of the Committee or is
an employee, director or officer of any Employer who is a fiduciary under the Plan or the trust
thereunder, or otherwise has responsibility with respect to administration of the Plan or trust,
shall incur any liability whatsoever on account of any matter connected with or related to the Plan
or trust or the administration thereof, unless such person shall have acted in bad faith or been
guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence in respect of his duties, actions or omissions in
respect of the Plan or trust.
10.6.3 The Company shall indemnify and save harmless each Committee member and each employee,
director or officer of any Employer serving as a trustee or other fiduciary from and against any
and all loss, liability, claim, damage, cost and expense which may arise by reason of, or be based
upon, any matter connected with or related to the Plan or trust or the administration thereof
(including, but not limited to, any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in
investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or in
settlement of any such claim whatsoever), unless such person shall have acted in bad faith or been
guilty of willful misconduct or gross negligence in respect of his duties, actions or omissions in
respect of the Plan or trust.
10.7
Reliance on Information
. The Committee and any Employer and its officers,
directors and employees shall be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates,
opinions and reports furnished by any accountant, trustee, insurance company, counsel or other
expert who shall be engaged by an Employer or the Committee, and the Committee and any Employer and
its officers, directors and employees shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or
suffered by them in good faith in reliance thereon, and all action so taken or suffered shall be
conclusive upon all persons affected thereby.
10.8
Subcommittees, Counsel and Agents
. The Committee may appoint from its members
such subcommittees (of one or more such members), with such powers as the Committee shall
determine. The Committee may employ such counsel (including legal counsel, who may be counsel for
the Company or an Employer), accountants, and agents and such clerical and other services as it may
require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan, and may charge the fees, charges and costs
resulting from such employment as an expense to the Fund to the extent not paid by the Company.
Unless otherwise required by law, persons employed by the Committee as counsel, or as its agents or
otherwise, may include members of the Committee, or
- 48 -
employees of the Company. Persons serving on the Committee, or on any such subcommittee shall
be fully protected in acting or refraining to act in accordance with the advice of legal or other
counsel.
10.9
Funding Policy
. The Committee shall establish and carry out, or cause to be
established and carried out by those persons (including, without limitation, any trustee) to whom
responsibility or authority therefor has been allocated or delegated in accordance with the Plan or
the Trust Agreement, a funding policy and method consistent with the objectives of the Plan and the
requirements of ERISA. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is recognized that
Members (and their Beneficiaries) have many differing individual financial situations, and the
funding policy of the Plan is therefore to allow Members and their Beneficiaries to choose, from a
broad range of diversified investment options, the Investment Fund or Investment Funds which they
believe best suit their individual objectives. In the event of the elimination of a preexisting
Investment Fund option or a merger or spin-off of assets from another plan into this Plan, the
foregoing principle shall not preclude the adoption of mapping rules under which assets previously
invested for the benefit of the Member or Beneficiary in one or more investment options that are no
longer available are transferred to specific Investment Funds under this Plan, subject to the right
of Members (or Beneficiaries) to then reallocate their accounts among Investment Funds. The Plan
is intended to satisfy the requirements of section 404(c) of ERISA with respect to investment
elections by Members or their Beneficiaries if reasonably practicable, but (as provided in
accordance with applicable law) any failure to meet any of such requirements shall create no
adverse inference with respect to the compliance by the Plan and its fiduciaries with such general
requirements as prudence and diversification. To the extent permitted by law, none of the Company,
any Employer, the Committee, the Trustee nor any other fiduciary of the Plan shall be liable for
any loss resulting from a Members (or Beneficiarys) exercise of his right to direct the
investment of his Accounts.
10.10
Proper Proof
. In any case in which an Employer or the Committee shall be
required under the Plan to take action upon the occurrence of any event, they shall be under no
obligation to take such action unless and until proper and satisfactory evidence of such occurrence
shall have been received by them.
10.11
Genuineness of Documents
. The Committee, and any Employer and its respective
officers, directors and employees, shall be entitled to rely upon any notice, request, consent,
letter, telegram or other paper or document believed by them or any of them to be genuine, and to
have been signed or sent by the proper person, and shall be fully protected in respect of any
action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance thereon.
10.12
Members May Direct Investments
. The Committee shall permit, pursuant to
Sections 5.2 and 5.3, a Member or Beneficiary to exercise control over assets in his Accounts by
directing the Trustee with respect to the extent permitted by law and manner of investment of such
assets, and if a Member or Beneficiary exercises such control, then notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan or the Trust Agreement:
10.12.1 such Member or Beneficiary shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary under the Plan or
this Trust by reason of such exercise, and
- 49 -
10.12.2 no person who is otherwise a fiduciary (including, without limitation, the Trustee and
any Committee member) shall be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, which results from
such Members or Beneficiarys exercise of control.
10.13
Records and Reports
. The Committee shall maintain or cause to be maintained
such records, as it deems necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of the Plan.
10.14
Recovery of Overpayments
. Without limiting the generality of the Committees
power and discretion under Section 10.3(d) to rectify errors and supply omissions, in the event
that the Committee determines that overpayments have been made to a Member or his spouse or
Beneficiary, the Committee shall take such steps as it shall deem appropriate under the relevant
facts and circumstances to recover such payments, with or without interest, and in case repayment
is not otherwise made, to offset the amount to be recovered against subsequent payments otherwise
becoming due to or in respect of such Member, spouse or Beneficiary at such time and to such extent
as it shall deem appropriate.
- 50 -
ARTICLE XI
The Trust Agreement
11.1
The Trust Agreement
. Effective July 17, 2002, the Committee, on behalf of the
Company and each other Employer, shall have power to appoint and remove a Trustee and to enter into
or amend a Trust Agreement with the Trustee providing for the establishment of a Fund hereunder.
The Trust Agreement shall be deemed to form a part of this Plan, and any and all rights which may
accrue to any person under this Plan shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of such Trust
Agreement. Copies of the Trust Agreement shall be filed with the Committee and, upon reasonable
application and notice, shall be made available for inspection by any Member.
11.2
No Diversion of Fund
. The Fund shall in no event (within the taxable year or
thereafter) be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Members and
their Beneficiaries (including the payment of the expenses of the administration of the Plan and of
the Trust Fund), except that at the Committees request:
(a) A contribution that is made by an Employer by a mistake of fact may be returned to such
Employer within one year after the payment of the contribution; and
(b) A contribution that is conditioned upon its deductibility under section 404 of the Code
pursuant to Section 3.10 may be returned to the contributing Employer, to the extent that the
contribution is disallowed as a deduction, within one year after such disallowance.
11.3
Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee
. The Trustee will hold and invest all
funds as provided herein and in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee will make, at the direction of
the Committee, all payments to Members and their Beneficiaries.
The Trustee shall not be required to make any payment of benefits or distributions out of the
Fund, or to allocate or reallocate any amounts, except upon the written direction of the Committee.
The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any action by the Board of Directors or of the
Termination of Employment of any Member, unless it shall be given written notice of such event by
the Committee.
-51-
ARTICLE XII
Amendment
12.1
Right of the Company to Amend the Plan
. The Company shall have the right at any
time and from time to time to amend any or all of the provisions of this Plan by resolution of the
Board of Directors, by action of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, or effective
July 17, 2002, by action of the Company Representative, and all Employers and Members (and their
Beneficiaries) shall be bound thereby. Except as provided in Section 12.3, no such amendment shall
authorize or permit any part of the Fund to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the
exclusive benefit of the Members and their Beneficiaries, nor shall any amendment reduce any amount
then credited to the individual accounts of any Member, reduce any Members vested interest in his
account, or affect the rights, duties and responsibilities of the Trustee without his written
consent.
12.2
Plan Merger
. The Plan may be amended in accordance with Section 12.1 to provide
for the merger of the Plan, in whole or in part, or a transfer of all or part of its assets, into
or to any other qualified plan within the meaning of section 401(a) of the Code, including such a
merger or transfer in lieu of a distribution which might otherwise be required under the Plan. In
the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other
plan, each Member shall be entitled to a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or
transfer (if such other plan then terminated) which is equal to or greater than the benefit he
would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if
the Plan had then been terminated).
12.3
Amendments Required by Law
. All provisions of this Plan, and all benefits and
rights granted hereunder, are subject to any amendments, modifications or alterations which are
necessary from time to time, (a) to qualify the Plan under section 40l(a) of the Code, (b) to
continue the Plan as so qualified, or (c) to comply with any other provision of law. Accordingly,
notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Company may amend, modify or alter the Plan
with retroactive effect in any respect or manner necessary to qualify the Plan under section 40l(a)
of the Code, to continue the Plan as so qualified, or to comply with any other provision of
applicable law.
12.4
Right to Terminate
. The Plan may be terminated at any time by resolution of the
Board of Directors, provided that no such action shall permit any part of the corpus or income of
the Fund to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Members
and their beneficiaries under the Plan and for the payment of the administrative costs of the Plan.
12.5
Termination of Trust
. If the Plan is terminated pursuant to Section 12.4, and
the Board of Directors determines that the Fund shall be terminated, all of the Members Accounts
shall be nonforfeitable, the Fund shall be revalued as if the termination date were a Valuation
Date, and the current value of all Accounts shall be distributed in accordance with Article VII, as
if such Plan termination were a Termination of Employment, but only to the extent permitted under
Section 8.14; provided, however, that the value of such Accounts shall be adjusted to reflect the
expenses of termination to the extent such expenses are not paid by the
-52-
Company. Until all Accounts are fully distributed, any remaining Accounts held in the Fund
shall continue to be adjusted in accordance with Article V, and to reflect the expenses of
termination.
12.6
Continuation of Trust
. If the Plan is terminated by the Board of Directors but
the Board of Directors determines that the Fund shall be continued pursuant to its terms and the
provisions of this Section 12.6, no further contributions shall be made, the Members Accounts
shall be nonforfeitable, and the Fund shall be administered as though the Plan were otherwise in
full force and effect. If the Fund is subsequently terminated, the provisions of Section 12.5
shall then apply.
12.7
Discontinuance of Contributions
. Any Employer may at any time, by resolution of
its board of directors, completely discontinue its participation in and contributions under the
Plan, either completely or with respect to any specified group of its employees, and unless
otherwise agreed to by the Board of Directors or the Company Representative, shall discontinue its
participation and all contributions if it ceases for any reason to be a member of a controlled
group of trades or businesses including the Company, within the meaning of section 414(b) or 414(c)
of the Code. The Committee shall make such current or deferred distributions with respect to the
Members affected by such discontinuance as it shall deem appropriate and in accordance with the
Plan and applicable law, or the Committee may, subject to Section 12.2, direct that the portion of
the Trust Fund allocable to such Members be transferred to a successor qualified plan or funding
medium covering such Members. If such Employer completely discontinues contributions under the
Plan, either by resolution of its board of directors or for any other reason, and such
discontinuance is deemed a partial termination of the Plan within the meaning of section 411(d)(3)
of the Code, the amounts credited to the Accounts of all affected Members (other than Members who,
in connection with the discontinuance of Employer contributions, transfer employment to an Employer
which continues to contribute under the Plan) shall be nonforfeitable.
-53-
ARTICLE XIII
Miscellaneous Provisions
13.1
Plan Not a Contract of Employment
. Neither the establishment of the Plan created
hereby, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any Fund or Account, nor the payment of any
benefits hereunder, shall be construed as giving to any Member or other person any legal or
equitable right against any Employer, any officer or employee thereof, the Board of Directors or
any member thereof, the Committee or any Trustee, except as provided herein and under no
circumstances shall the terms of employment of any Member be in any way affected hereby.
13.2
Merger
. The merger or consolidation of the Company with any other company or the
transfer of the assets of the Company to any other company by sale, exchange, liquidation or
otherwise, or the merger of this Plan with any other retirement plan, shall not in and of itself
result in the termination of the Plan, or be deemed a Termination of Employment of any employee.
13.3
Claims Procedure
. The Committee shall establish a claims procedure in accordance
with applicable law, under which any Member or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied
shall have a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review of the decision denying such claim.
13.4
Controlling Law
. The validity of this Plan or of any of its provisions shall be
determined under, and shall be construed and administered according to, the laws of the State of
New York (without regard to its choice of law principles), except to the extent preempted by ERISA,
or any other applicable laws of the United States of America. No action (whether at law, in equity
or otherwise) shall be brought by or on behalf of any person for or with respect to benefits due
under this Plan unless the person bringing such action has timely exhausted the Plans claim review
procedure. Any action (whether at law, in equity or otherwise) must be commenced within three (3)
years from the earlier of (a) the date a final determination denying such benefit, in whole or in
part, is issued under the Plans claim review procedure and (b) the date such persons cause of
action first accrued.
13.5
Separability
. If any provision of the Plan or the Trust Agreement is held
invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions
of the Plan or the Trust Agreement, and the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be construed and
enforced as if such provision had not been included therein.
13.6
Captions
. The captions contained herein are inserted only as a matter of
convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, enlarge or describe the scope or intent
of the Plan nor in any way shall affect the Plan or the construction of any provision thereof.
13.7
Usage
. Whenever applicable, the masculine gender, when used in the Plan, shall
include the feminine or neuter gender, and the singular shall include the plural.
-54-
ARTICLE XIV
Leased Employees
14.1
Definitions
. For purposes of this Article XIV, the term Leased Employee means
any person (a) who performs or performed services for an Employer or Affiliate (hereinafter
referred to as the Recipient) pursuant to an agreement between the Recipient and any other person
(hereinafter referred to as the Leasing Organization), (b) who has performed such services for
the Recipient or for the Recipient and related persons (within the meaning of section 144(a)(3) of
the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and (c) whose
services are (effective January 1, 1997) performed under primary direction or control by the
Recipient.
14.2
Treatment of Leased Employees
. For purposes of this Plan, a Leased Employee
shall be treated as an employee of an Affiliate whose service for the Recipient (including service
during the one-year period referred to in Section 14.1) is to be taken into account in determining
compliance with the service requirements of the Plan relating to participation and vesting.
However, the Leased Employee shall not be entitled to share in contributions or forfeitures under
the Plan with respect to any service or compensation attributable to the period during which he is
a Leased Employee, and shall not be eligible to become a Member eligible to accrue benefits under
the Plan unless and except to the extent that he shall at some time, either before or after his
service as a Leased Employee, qualify as an Eligible Employee without regard to the provisions of
this Article XIV (in which event, status as a Leased Employee shall be determined without regard to
clause (b) of Section 14.1, to the extent required by applicable law).
14.3
Exception for Employees Covered by Plans of Leasing Organization
. Section 14.2
shall not apply to any Leased Employee if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan
of the Leasing Organization meeting the requirements of section 414(n)(5)(B) of the Code and Leased
Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate nonhighly compensated
work force (as defined in section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code) of all Employers and Affiliates.
14.4
Construction
. The purpose of this Article XIV is to comply with the provisions
of section 4l4(n) of the Code. All provisions of this Article shall be construed consistently
therewith, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no individual shall be treated as
a Leased Employee except as required under such section.
-55-
ARTICLE XV
Top-Heavy Provisions
15.1
Determination of Top-Heavy Status
.
15.1.1
Applicable Plans
. For purposes of this Article XV, Applicable Plans shall
include (a) each plan of an Employer or Affiliate in which a Key Employee (as defined in Section
15.1.2 for this Plan, and as defined in section 416(i) of the Code for each other Applicable Plan)
participates during the five (5)-year period ending on such plans determination date (as
described in Section 15.1.4 below) and (b) each other plan of an Employer or Affiliate which,
during such period, enables any plan in clause (a) of this sentence to meet the requirements of
section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. Any plan not required to be included under the preceding
sentence may also be included, at the option of the Company, provided that the requirements of
sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code continue to be satisfied for the group of Applicable Plans
after such inclusion. Applicable Plans shall include terminated plans, frozen plans, and to the
extent that benefits are provided with respect to service with an Employer or an Affiliate,
multiemployer plans (described in section 414(f) of the Code) and multiple employer plans
(described in section 413(c) of the Code) to which an Employer or an Affiliate makes contributions.
15.1.2
Key Employee
. For purposes of this Article XV, Key Employee for any Plan
Year shall mean an employee (including a former employee, whether or not deceased) of an Employer
or Affiliate who, at any time during a given Plan Year (or, for Plan Years beginning prior to
January 1, 2002, any of the four (4) preceding Plan Years), is one or more of the following:
(a) An officer of an Employer or Affiliate having Total Earnings greater than:
(i) for Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002, fifty percent (50%) of the dollar amount
in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year; and
(ii) for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, $130,000 (as adjusted under section
416(i) of the Code);
provided that the number of employees treated as officers shall be no more than fifty (50) or, if
fewer, the greater of three (3) employees or ten percent (10%) of the employees (exclusive of
employees described in section 414(q)(5) of the Code).
(b) For Plan Years ending prior to January 1, 2002, one of the ten (10) employees (i) having
Total Earnings from the Employer or Affiliate of more than the dollar amount described in Section
6.2 and (ii) owning (or considered as owning, within the meaning of section 416(i) of the Code),
the largest percentage interests in value of an Employer or Affiliate, provided that such
percentage interest exceeds one-half percent (.5%) in value. If two employees have the same
interest in the Employer or Affiliate, the employee having greater Total Earnings shall be treated
as having a larger interest.
-56-
(c) A person owning (or considered as owning, within the meaning of section 416(i) of the
Code) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer or Affiliate, or stock
possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the
Employer or Affiliate (or having more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits interest in
any Employer or Affiliate that is not a corporation, determined under similar principles).
(d) A one percent (1%) owner of an Employer or an Affiliate having Total Earnings of more than
one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000). One percent (1%) owner means any person who would
be described in paragraph (c) of this Section 15.1.2 if one percent (1%) were substituted for
five percent (5%) in each place where it appears in paragraph (iii).
15.1.3
Top Heavy Condition
. In any Plan Year during which the sum, for all Key
Employees (as defined in Section 15.1.2 for this Plan and as defined in section 416(i) of the Code
for each other Applicable Plan) of the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under all
Applicable Plans which are defined benefit plans (determined based on the actuarial assumptions set
forth in the top-heavy provisions of such plans) and the aggregate of the accounts under all
Applicable Plans which are defined contribution plans, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum
determined for all members in such plans (but excluding members who are former Key Employees), the
Plan shall be deemed Top-Heavy.
15.1.4
Determination Date
. The determination as to whether this Plan is Top-Heavy
for a given Plan Year shall be made on the last day of the preceding Plan Year (the Determination
Date); and other plans shall be included in determining whether this Plan is Top-Heavy based on
the determination date as defined in Code section 416(g)(4)(C) for each such plan which occurs in
the same calendar year as such Determination Date for this Plan.
15.1.5
Valuation
. The value of account balances and the present value of accrued
benefits for each Applicable Plan will be determined subject to Code section 416 and the
regulations thereunder, as of the most recent Valuation Date occurring within the l2-month period
ending on the applicable determination date for such plan.
15.1.6
Distribution within Determination Period
. Subject to Section 15.1.7,
distributions from the Plan or any other Applicable Plan on account of severance from employment,
death, or disability, made during the one (1)-year period ending on the applicable determination
date and other distributions from the Plan or any other Applicable Plan during the five (5)-year
period ending on the applicable determination date (or, prior to January 1, 2002, all distributions
from the Plan during the five (5)-year period ending on the applicable determination date) shall be
taken into account in determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy.
15.1.7
No Services within Determination Period
. Benefits and distributions shall not
be taken into account with respect to any individual who has not rendered any services to any
Employer or Affiliate at any time during the one (1)-year period (or prior to January 1, 2002
during the five (5)-year period) ending on the applicable Determination Date.
-57-
15.1.8
Compliance with Code Section 416
. The calculation of the Top-Heavy ratio,
and the extent to which distributions, rollovers and transfers are taken into account will be made
in accordance with Code section 416.
15.1.9
Deductible Employee Contributions
. Deductible employee contributions will not
be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy ratio.
15.1.10
Beneficiaries
. The terms Key Employee and Member include their
beneficiaries.
15.1.11
Accrued Benefit Under Defined Benefit Plans
. Solely for purposes of
determining whether this Plan or any other Applicable Plan is Top-Heavy for a given Plan Year,
the accrued benefit under any defined benefit plan of a Member other than a Key Employee shall be
determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all
defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate, or (b) if there is no such
method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than at the slowest accrual rate permitted
under the fractional accrual rule of section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.
15.2
Provisions Applicable in Top-Heavy Plan Years
. For any Plan Year in which the
Plan is deemed to be Top-Heavy, the following provisions shall apply to any Member who has not
terminated employment before such Plan Year:
15.2.1
Required Allocation
. The amount of Employer contributions and forfeitures
which shall be allocated to the account of any active Member who (a) is employed by an Employer or
Affiliate on the last day of the Plan Year and (b) is not a Key Employee shall be (i) at least
three percent (3%) of such Members Total Earnings for such Plan Year up to the Compensation Limit
of the Plan Year (as defined in Section 1.13 hereof), or, (ii) if less, an amount equal to such
Total Earnings multiplied by the highest allocation rate for any Key Employee. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, the allocation rate for each individual Key Employee shall be determined by
dividing the employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to such Key Employees account
(including Elective Contributions) under all Applicable Plans, considered together by his Total
Earnings up to such Compensation Limit; provided, however, that clause (ii) above does not apply if
this Plan enables a defined benefit plan required to be so aggregated under Section 15.1.1 above to
meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. The minimum allocation provisions
of this Section 15.2.1 shall, to the extent necessary, be satisfied by special Employer
contributions made by the Employer for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the minimum
allocations otherwise required by this Section 15.2.1 shall not be required to be made for any
Member (y) if such Member is covered under a defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or an
Affiliate which provides the minimum benefit required under section 416(c)(1) of the Code, and/or
(z) to the extent that the minimum allocation otherwise required by this Section 15.2.1 is made
under another defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate. In addition,
any minimum allocation required to be made for a Member who is not a Key Employee shall be deemed
satisfied to the extent of the benefits provided by any other qualified plan maintained by an
Employer or an Affiliate. Elective Contributions by a non-Key Employee shall be disregarded in
determining the amount of contributions required to be allocated for his benefit under this
-58-
Section 15.2.1, but for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, Matching
Contributions by a non-Key Employee shall be taken into account.
15.2.2
Vesting
. Any Member shall be vested in the aggregate of his Matching Accounts
on a basis at least as favorable as is provided under the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Employment
|
|
Percentage Vested
|
Less Than 2 Years
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
2 Years But Less Than 3
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
3 Years But Less Than 4
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
4 Years But Less Than 5
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
5 Years But Less Than 6
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
6 Years Or More
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
In any Plan Year in which the Plan is not deemed to be Top-Heavy, the minimum vested
percentage of any Matching Account shall be no less than that which was determined as of the last
day of the last Plan Year in which the Plan was deemed to be Top-Heavy. The minimum vesting
schedule set out above shall apply to all benefits within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7)
except those attributable to employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the
effective date of this Article XV and benefits accrued before the Plan became Top-Heavy. Any
vesting schedule change caused by alterations in the Plans Top-Heavy status shall be deemed to
result from a Plan amendment giving rise to the right of election required by Code section
411(a)(10)(B).
15.2.3
Bargaining Unit Employees
. The provisions of Sections 15.2.1 and 15.2.3 shall
not apply to any employee included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining
agreement if, within the meaning of section 416(i)(4) of the Code, retirement benefits were the
subject of good faith bargaining.
-59-
ARTICLE XVI
Catch-Up Contributions
16.1
General
. Effective October 1, 2002, all employees who are eligible to make
Elective Contributions under this Plan and who have attained or are projected to attain age 50
before the close of the Plan Year (Catch-up Eligible Members) shall be eligible to make catch-up
contributions in excess of an otherwise applicable statutory or Plan limit in accordance with, and
subject to the limitations of this Article XVI.
16.2
Method of Contribution
. Contributions intended to qualify as Catch-up
Contributions shall be made in accordance with such procedures as the Committee may specify from
time to time. Such procedures shall, without limitation, permit a Catch-up Eligible Member for a
calendar year to elect to make Elective Contributions in excess of any percentage limit lower
than 75% otherwise applicable under Section 3.1.1, in an amount for each pay period equal to the
total amount of catch-up contributions permitted for the calendar year under Section 16.4 divided
by the number of payroll periods (or remaining payroll periods) applicable to the Member in such
year, or in any greater amount the Member may specify that the Committee determines is permitted
under such procedures, and to suspend and reinstate such elections in accordance with such
procedures.
16.3
Ineligibility for Matching Contributions
. Catch-up Contributions, and any
amounts so designated under Section 16.2 (whether or not they qualify as Catch-up Contributions
under Section 16.6) shall not be eligible for Matching Contributions.
16.4
Limit on Catch-Up Contribution
. The total amount of Catch-up Contributions
allowed for any Plan Year for any Member under this Plan and any similar contributions under any
other plan of an Employer or Affiliate shall not exceed the limit applicable under the following
table:
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Year
|
|
Limit
|
2002
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
2003
|
|
$
|
2,000
|
|
2004
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
2005
|
|
$
|
4,000
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
5,000
|
|
The limit for 2007 and thereafter shall be the limit for 2006, as adjusted for cost of living
increases in accordance with section 414(v) of the Code.
16.5
Treatment of Catch-up Contributions
. Contributions made pursuant to a Members
election under Section 16.2 shall be credited to the Members Elective Account and shall be
treated as Elective Contributions, except to the extent that a different treatment is specified in
this Article XVI.
16.6
Qualification as Catch-up Contributions
. Elective Contributions made pursuant to
Section 16.2 shall be treated as Catch-up Contributions for the Plan Year to the extent that (i)
the Members Elective Contributions for the year exceed the Elective Deferral
-60-
Limit for the corresponding calendar year or (ii) as of the end of the year, the total amount
of Elective Contributions made pursuant to such election and under Section 3.1 exceeds the
applicable percentage limit under Section 3.1.1 multiplied by the Members total Compensation for
the entire Plan Year or portion thereof during which the Member was eligible to make Elective
Contributions. To the extent a Catch-up Eligible Member has not made the maximum amount of
Catch-up Contributions permitted for a Plan Year, any Excess Contributions otherwise distributable
to the Member under Section 3.3 in order to comply with ADP test limits shall be recharacterized as
Catch-up Contributions to the maximum extent permitted under Section 16.4.
16.7
Catch-up Contributions Disregarded for Certain Purposes
. Elective Contributions
qualifying as Catch-up Contributions under Section 16.6 shall not be taken into account for
purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the regular dollar limitations of Code section
402(g) (Sections 1.19 and 3.1.6) and Code section 415 (Section 3.3.5 and Article VI). The Plan
shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements
of Code section 401(k)(3) (such as Section 3.3), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by
reason of the making of such Catch-up Contributions.
-61-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC. has caused this instrument to be executed by its
duly authorized officer, and its corporate seal to be hereunto
affixed, this 1 day of January
2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATTEST:
|
|
|
|
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Peter S. Brown
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
/s/ Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
|
-62-
SUPPLEMENT NO. 1
In connection with the acquisition by the Company of the electronics distribution businesses
of Ducommun Incorporated (the Ducommun Acquisition), the Plan is amended in the following
respects:
S1.1 In the case of any individual who became an Eligible Employee on or about January 11,
1988 in connection with the Ducommun Acquisition, and who remained an Eligible Employee
continuously from that time through December 31, 1989, the term Year of Service shall include,
effective on and after January 1, 1990, any Plan Year (i) during which such Eligible Employee was
employed by Ducommun and (ii) which would have been a Plan Year of Employment had such Eligible
Employee been employed instead by an Employer.
S1-1
SUPPLEMENT NO. 2
In connection with the acquisition by the Company of all of the issued and outstanding shares
of common stock of Lex Electronics Inc., which at the time of such acquisition owned all of the
issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Almac Electronics Corporation, the Plan is amended
in the following respects:
S2.1 As used in this Supplement No. 2, the following terms have the meanings set forth in this
Section S2.1.
(a) Lex Plan means the Lex Service (U.S.) Performance Incentive Plan (named the Lex
Electronics (U.S.) Performance Incentive Plan prior to September 18, 1991).
(b) Lex Transferee means an individual who becomes an Eligible Employee on or about
September 27, 1991 in connection with the Acquisition.
S2.2 Any Lex Transferee who on September 27, 1991 was eligible to become a member of the Lex
Plan pursuant to section 2.01 thereof shall become a Member of the Plan immediately upon becoming
an Eligible Employee. Any other Lex Transferee shall become a Member of the Plan in accordance
with Section 2.1. For purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 2.1, the following
provisions shall apply:
(a) A Lex Transferee who would have become eligible for membership in the Lex Plan pursuant to
section 2.01 thereof upon completion of a 12-month computation period in which he was credited with
1,000 hours of service shall be credited with Hours of Service under the Plan equal in number to
the number of hours of service credited to him under the Lex Plan during the computation period in
effect on September 27, 1991.
(b) A Lex Transferee who would have become eligible for membership in the Lex Plan pursuant to
section 2.01 thereof upon completion of six months of service within the meaning of section 1.35 of
the Lex Plan shall be credited under the Plan with the period of service credited to him under the
Lex Plan as of September 27, 1991, converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals
190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours, and one day equals 10 Hours.
S2.3 For purposes of determining a Lex Transferees Years of Service, he shall be credited
with the number of full years of service credited to him as of September 27, 1991 for purposes of
vesting under the Lex Plan and with any fractional year thus credited to him, which fractional year
shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours, one week
equals 45 Hours, and one day equals 10 Hours.
S2-1
SUPPLEMENT NO. 3
In connection with the acquisition by the Company of certain assets of Zeus Components, Inc.
(the Zeus Acquisition), the Plan is amended in the following respects:
S3.1 In the case of an individual who becomes employed by an Employer or Affiliate on or about
May 19, 1993 in connection with the Zeus Acquisition (a Zeus Transferee), service with Zeus
Components, Inc. shall be treated for purposes of Section 2.1 as though it were service with an
Employer or Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be
converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equal 190 Hours, one week equals 45 Hours
and one day equals 10 Hours.
S3.2 A Zeus Transferee who, taking account of Section S3.1, satisfies the eligibility
requirements set forth in Section 2.1 on May 19, 1993 shall become a Member on such date.
S3.3 In the case of a Zeus Transferee who continues to be employed by an Employer or Affiliate
through December 31, 1994, service with Zeus Components, Inc. shall be treated, on and after
January 1, 1995, as service with an Employer or Affiliate for purposes of determining such Zeus
Transferees Years of Service under the Plan. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of
elapsed time shall be converted to Hours of Service on the basis that one month equal 190 Hours,
one week equals 45 Hours and one day equals 10 Hours.
S3-1
SUPPLEMENT NO. 4
In connection with the acquisition by Arrow Electronics, Inc. of all of the issued and
outstanding shares of common stock of Gates/FA Distributing, Inc. (the Gates Acquisition), the
Plan is amended as follows:
S4.1 In the case of an individual who becomes an employee of an Employer or Affiliate on or
about September 23, 1994 in connection with the Gates Acquisition, service with Gates/FA
Distributing, Inc. shall be treated, for purposes of Section 2.1 and for purposes of determining
such individuals Years of Service under the Plan, as though it were service with an Employer or
Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to
Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours of Service, one week equals 45 Hours
of Service and one day equals 10 Hours of Service. An individual described in this Section S4.1
shall become a Member on the first Entry Date on or after January 1, 1995 on which he has satisfied
the requirements of Section 2.1.
S4.2 On or about March 1,1996, participant accounts in the Gates/FA Distributing, Inc. 401(k)
Plan (the Gates Plan) shall, to the extent attributable to employee salary deferrals, be
transferred to Elective Accounts under the Plan. Other amounts in participant accounts under the
Gates Plan shall, to the extent not distributed to Members, be transferred to Rollover Accounts
under the Plan.
S4-1
SUPPLEMENT NO. 5
In connection with the acquisition by Arrow Electronics, Inc. of all of the issued and
outstanding shares of common stock of Anthem Electronics, Inc. (the Anthem Acquisition), the Plan
is amended as follows:
S5.1 In the case of an individual who becomes an employee of an Employer or Affiliate on or
about November 20, 1994 in connection with the Anthem Acquisition, service with Anthem Electronics,
Inc. shall be treated, for purposes of Section 2.1 and for purposes of determining such
individuals Years of Service under the Plan, as though it were service with an Employer or
Affiliate. For this purpose, any service measured in terms of elapsed time shall be converted to
Hours of Service on the basis that one month equals 190 Hours of Service, one week equals 45 Hours
of Service and one day equals 10 Hours of Service. An individual described in this Section S5.1
shall become a Member on September 1, 1995 if he has then satisfied the requirements of Section
2.1, and otherwise on the first Entry Date thereafter on which he has satisfied such requirements.
S5.2 On or about October 1, 1995, participant accounts in the Anthem Electronics, Inc. Salary
Savings Plan (the Anthem Plan) shall, to the extent attributable to employee salary deferrals, be
transferred to Elective Accounts under the Plan. Other amounts in participant accounts in the
Anthem Plan shall, to the extent not distributed to Members, be transferred to Rollover Accounts
under the Plan. Amounts required to be distributed in order to satisfy nondiscrimination testing
of the Anthem Plan for 1995 may be paid from the Plan.
S5-1
SUPPLEMENT NO. 6
TO THE
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Former Members of the Capstone Electronics Profit-Sharing Plan
Effective as of December 31, 1996, the Capstone Electronics Profit-Sharing Plan (the Capstone
Plan) merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded in all respects the terms of
the Capstone Plan. This Supplement No. 6 provides for such merger (the Merger) and sets forth
special provisions of the Plan that apply to former members of the Capstone Plan.
S6.1
Special Definitions
. For purposes of this Supplement 6:
S6.1.1
Capstone
means Capstone Electronics Corp., a Delaware corporation.
S6.1.2
Capstone Account
means the account maintained under the Capstone Plan for
each Capstone Member immediately prior to the Merger.
S6.1.3
Capstone Member
means a member of the Capstone Plan who had an undistributed
Capstone Account immediately prior to the Merger or who was eligible under section 4.2 of the
Capstone Plan to share in the Capstone Plan contribution (if any) made with respect to the 1996
Plan Year.
S6.1.4
Capstone Plan
means the Capstone Electronics Profit- Sharing Plan, as in
effect prior to the Merger.
S6.1.5
Capstone Trust Fund
means the trust fund maintained under the Capstone Plan
immediately prior to the Merger.
S6.2
Membership in Plan Effective December 31, 1996
. Capstone Members will become
Members of the Plan effective on December 31, 1996.
S6.3
Merger
. Effective as of December 31, 1996, the Capstone Plan and Capstone Trust
Fund are merged into this Plan and the trust thereunder, respectively, and the terms of this Plan
supersede in all respects the terms of the Capstone Plan with respect to the Capstone Accounts.
All persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest
under the Capstone Plan prior to December 31, 1996 shall, on and after December 31, 1996, be
entitled to benefits provided solely from this Plan (including this Supplement No. 6), in lieu of
any and all interest which they had or may have had under the Capstone Plan.
S6.4
Transfer of Capstone Trust Fund
. The assets held by the trustees of the Capstone
Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on December 31, 1996 or as soon as
S6-1
practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on December
31, 1996, such trustees shall hold such assets, as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and
expenses attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is
completed.
S6.5
Allocation to Accounts
. Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect of a
Members Capstone Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Members existing Matching
Account (if any) and otherwise to a Matching Account of such Member established to receive the
transferred funds.
S6.6
Investment of Transferred Accounts
. Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect
of a Members Capstone Account pursuant to Section S6.4 shall be invested in the same Investment
Funds in the same proportions as the Members Capstone Account was invested immediately prior to
such transfer. Thereafter, the Member may change the percentage of his Matching Account that is
invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of the Plan.
S6.7
Credit Under the Plan for Years of Service with Capstone
. A Capstone Members
Years of Service under the Plan shall be the service credited to such Member for vesting purposes
under the Capstone Plan as of December 31, 1996 plus any additional service credited under the
rules of this Plan for periods before or after January 1, 1997 but without duplication.
S6.8
Pre-Merger Elections and Designations
. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan, (a) elections as to timing or form of benefit made, (b) designations of beneficiaries
made, and (c) provisions that became applicable based on a failure to make an available election or
designation, under the Capstone Plan on or before December 31, 1996, shall be given effect with
respect to Capstone Members who retired or terminated employment under the terms of the Capstone
Plan, or died, on or before December 31, 1996, and distribution shall be made in respect of such
Members in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Capstone Plan as in effect at the
relevant time or times prior to such date.
S6.9
Beneficiary Designation
. Beneficiary designations made under the Capstone Plan
on or before December 31, 1996 by Capstone Members shall be given effect as if made under the Plan,
unless and until superseded by a different actual or deemed designation (such as may occur on
marriage of a single Member) under this Plan.
S6.10
Contributions
. Prior to the filing deadline for its 1996 federal income tax
return, Capstone may, in its sole discretion, make a contribution to the Capstone Plan with respect
to each Capstone Member who was eligible to share in such a contribution under section 4.2 of the
Capstone Plan, by paying such contribution into the Plan as the continuation of the Capstone Plan
by reason of the Merger. Such contribution shall be allocated among such Capstone Members in
accordance with the provisions of the Capstone Plan governing contributions for the 1996 Year and
accounted for under the Plan in the Members Matching Account.
S6-2
S6.11
Capstone Plan Amended
. The provisions of this Supplement 6 shall be treated as
an amendment to and part of the Capstone Plan, effective December 31, 1996, to the extent necessary
to give full effect to this Supplement
S6-3
SUPPLEMENT NO. 7
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable to
Former Employees of Farnell Electronic Services
In connection with the acquisition by the Company of all the issued and outstanding shares of
common stock of Farnell Holding, Inc. (the Farnell Acquisition), which wholly owns Farnell
Electronics, Inc., of which Farnell Electronic Services is a division, the Plan is amended in the
following respects:
S7.1
Special Definitions
. For purposes of this Supplement No. 7:
S7.1.1
Elective Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Elective Account to
which elective deferrals made under the Farnell Plan are transferred.
S7.1.2
Farnell
means Farnell Electronic Services.
S7.1.3
Farnell Account
means an account maintained under the Farnell Plan
immediately prior to the Farnell Plan Termination containing elective deferrals, matching
contributions, profit-sharing contributions and rollover contributions, as applicable, for a
Farnell Member.
S7.1.4
Farnell Member
means a participant in the Farnell Plan who had an
undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Farnell Plan Termination.
S7.1.5
Farnell Plan
means the Farnell Electronic Services 401(k) Savings Plan as in
effect prior to the Farnell Plan Termination.
S7.1.6
Farnell Plan Termination
means the termination of the Farnell Plan effective
March 24, 2000.
S7.1.7
Farnell Transferee
means a Farnell Member who becomes employed by an Employer
on or about May 26, 1997 in connection with the Farnell Acquisition.
S7.1.8
Farnell Trust Fund
means the trust fund maintained under the Farnell Plan
immediately prior to the Farnell Plan Termination.
S7.1.9
Rollover Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Rollover Account to
which, with respect to Farnell Transferees, matching, profit-sharing and rollover contributions but
not elective deferrals made under the Farnell Plan were transferred and, with respect to all other
Farnell Members, elective deferrals, matching contributions, profit-sharing contributions and
rollover contributions made under the Farnell Plan were transferred.
S7-1
S7.2
Membership in Plan
. Each Farnell Transferee shall become a Member of the Plan on
May 26, 1997. On March 24, 2000, each other Farnell Member shall also become a Member, but solely
with respect to such Members Rollover Subaccount, and shall be treated for all purposes of the
Plan as a Member who has terminated employment.
S7.3
Transfer of Farnell Trust Fund
. The assets held by the trustees of the Farnell
Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on March 24, 2000 or as soon as practicable
thereafter. If and to the extent such transfer is not completed on March 24, 2000, such trustees
shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable
thereto, as an additional trustee under the Plan, until such transfer is completed.
S7.4
Allocation of Transferred Accounts
. Funds transferred to the Trustee shall be
allocated as follows: in respect of a Farnell Transferees Farnell Account, to such Farnell
Members Elective or Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable; in respect of all other Farnell Accounts,
to a Rollover Subaccount.
S7.5
Investment of Transferred Assets
. Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to
Section S7.3 shall be invested in Fidelity Retirement Government Money Market Fund. Thereafter,
the Member may change the portion of his Accounts that are invested in each Investment Fund in
accordance with Article V of the Plan.
S7.6
Credit Under the Plan for Service with Farnell
. Eligibility to participate,
Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account
employment with Farnell prior to May 26, 1997 as if Farnell had been an Affiliate for the period
during which it maintained the Farnell Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting
purposes under the Farnell Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the
Farnell Plan or this Plan. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by Farnell to
compute Hours of Service in order to determine the Years of Service to be credited to such former
employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment
with Farnell.
S7.7
Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002
. Any individual who
is a Farnell Transferee at the time of his termination of employment, and any other Farnell Member
who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts exceeding $5,000 and who
elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on or before
February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the vested amounts
held in his Elective and Rollover Subaccounts:
(a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in
the form of a Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity (
i.e.
, an annuity for the life of the
Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of
the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of
an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor
Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form
of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a
unisex basis;
S7-2
(b) a series of installment payments made on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis over a
reasonable fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member;
(c) a single sum payment.
S7.8
Withdrawals During Employment
.
S7.8.1
Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age
. A Farnell Transferee who is
employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month
period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to
his Rollover Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
S7.8.2
Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2
. After attaining age 59-1/2, a
Farnell Transferee who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than
once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit
amounts attributable to his Elective and Rollover Subaccounts (including investment earnings
allocable thereto).
S7-3
SUPPLEMENT NO. 8
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Employees of Consan, Incorporated
Effective as of July 3, 2000, the Consan, Incorporated 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the Consan
Plan) merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the Consan Plan.
This Supplement No. 8 provides for such merger (Merger) and sets forth special provisions that
apply to employees of Consan, Incorporated on and after its adoption of this Plan effective April
26, 1997.
S8.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Supplement No. 8:
S8.1.1 Consan means Consan, Incorporated.
S8.1.2
Consan Account
means an account maintained under the Consan Plan immediately
prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals for a Consan Member.
S8.1.3
Consan Member
means a participant in the Consan Plan who had an undistributed
account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.
S8.1.4
Consan Plan
means the Consan, Incorporated 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan as in
effect prior to the Merger.
S8.1.5
Consan Trust Fund
means the trust fund maintained under the Consan Plan
immediately prior to the Merger.
S8.1.6
Elective Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Elective Account to
which elective deferrals made under the Consan Plan are transferred.
S8.2
Continuation of Consan Contributions Under This Plan
. Consan maintained a
program of making elective deferral contributions through the Consan Plan through April 25, 1997,
and effective April 26, 1997, transferred such program to this Plan by becoming an Employer under
this Plan, making contributions herewith in lieu of contributions under the Consan Plan and
arranging for the merger of the Consan Plan with this Plan.
S8.3
Membership in Plan Effective April 26, 1997
. Each Consan Member who is employed
by an Employer on April 26, 1997 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other
employee of Consan who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age
and 90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S8.9) shall
become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer,
which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each Consan Member who is not then
employed by an Employer shall become a
S8-1
Member on July 3, 2000, but solely with respect to his Consan Account unless he otherwise
qualifies as Member under the Plan.
S8.4
Merger
. Effective July 3, 2000, the Consan Plan and the Consan Trust Fund are
merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the Consan Plan. All
persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under
the Consan Plan immediately prior to July 3, 2000 shall, on and after July 3, 2000, be entitled to
benefits solely from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 8), in lieu of any and all interest
which they had or may have had under the Consan Plan.
S8.5
Transfer of Consan Trust Fund
. The assets held by the trustees of the Consan
Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on July 3, 2000 or as soon as practicable
thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on July 3, 2000, such
trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses
attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
S8.6
Allocation of Transferred Accounts
. Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect
of a Members Consan Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Members Elective
Subaccount.
S8.7
Investment of Transferred Assets
. Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to
Section S8.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S8.8. Thereafter, a Member may change
the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of
the Plan.
S8.8
Fund Mapping
. The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the
transfer pursuant to Section S8.5:
|
|
|
From the Consan Plan Funds
|
|
Into Investment Fund
|
Janus Fund
|
|
Fidelity Magellan
|
|
|
|
Acorn International
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt.
Money Market
|
|
|
|
Fidelity Asset Manager
|
|
Fidelity Asset Manager
|
|
|
|
Fidelity Short Term Bond
|
|
Fidelity Intermediate Bond
|
|
|
|
General American Life Ins
Contract
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt.
Money Market
|
S8.9
Credit Under the Plan for Service with Consan
. Eligibility to participate, Hours
of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account
employment with Consan prior to April 26, 1997 as if Consan had been an Affiliate for the period
during which it maintained the Consan Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes
under the Consan Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules
S8-2
under the Consan Plan or this Plan. Such employee shall be credited with (i) a number of
Years of Service equal to the number of 1-year periods of service that was credited as of April 25,
1997 to him under the elapsed time method employed by the Consan Plan plus (ii) for any additional
fractional part of the year credited to him as of April 25, 1997, a number of Hours of Service for
the 1997 Plan Year equal to 190 Hours of Service for each month or part of a month during which
such employee completes one Hour of Service, for the purposes of determining Years of Service to be
credited to him and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his
employment with Consan.
S8.10
Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002
. Any individual who
is a Consan Member at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and
any other Consan Member who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts
exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of
a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to
the amounts held in his Elective Subaccount:
(a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in
the form of a Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity (
i.e.
, an annuity for the life of the
Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of
the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of
an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor
Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form
of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a
unisex basis;
(b) a series of installment payments made over a fixed period of time not exceeding the life
expectancy of the Member; or
(c) a single sum payment.
S8.11
Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2
. After attaining age 59-1/2, a
Consan Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once
in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts
attributable to his Elective Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
S8.12
Right to Elect to Defer Distributions Until Age 70-1/2
. A Consan Member who
hereunder may elect a distribution of his benefit amounts attributable to his Consan Account
(including investment earnings allocable thereto) on account of a separation from service may elect
to defer such distribution until he attains age 70-1/2.
S8.12.1
Consan Plan Amended
. The provisions of this Supplement No. 8 shall be treated
as an amendment to and a part of the Consan Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to
this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of
the Consan Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the Consan Plan for periods prior to
July 3, 2000 to the extent necessary for the Consan Plan to meet applicable requirements of all
provisions of law that became effective since the last
S8-3
determination letter with respect to the Consan Plan, including, without limitation, the
Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and
Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of
1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of
2000, effective as of their respective effective dates; such Plan provisions include, without
limitation, the following:
(a) Sections 1.13 and 1.44, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to
any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
(b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the
Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective
January 1, 2001;
(c) Section 1.26, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January
1, 1997;
(d) Section 3.3.4, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the
amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first
to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective
January 1, 1997;
(e) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military
service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;
(f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000
annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1), effective January 1, 1995;
(g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to
limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;
(h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of
eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January
1, 1999;
(i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules, effective January 1,
1997; and
(j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of leased employee as defined under section
414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997.
S8-4
SUPPLEMENT NO. 9
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Employees of Richey Electronics, Inc
.
Effective as of May 1, 1999, the Richey Electronics, Inc. Employee Retirement Plan (the
Richey Plan) merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the Richey
Plan. This Supplement No. 9 provides for such merger (Merger) and sets forth special provisions
that apply to employees of Richey Electronics, Inc.
S9.1
Special Definitions
. For purposes of this Supplement No. 9:
S9.1.1
Elective Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Elective Account to
which elective deferrals made under the Richey Plan are transferred.
S9.1.2
Matching Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Matching Account to
which matching contributions made under the Richey Plan are transferred.
S9.1.3
Richey
means Richey Electronics, Inc.
S9.1.4
Richey Account
means an account maintained under the Richey Plan immediately
prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions, and rollover
contributions (as applicable) for a Richey Member.
S9.1.5
Richey Member
means a participant in the Richey Plan who had an undistributed
account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.
S9.1.6
Richey Plan
means the Richey Electronics, Inc. Employee Retirement Plan as in
effect prior to the Merger.
S9.1.7
Rollover Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Rollover Account to
which rollover contributions made under the Richey Plan are transferred.
S9.1.8
Richey Trust Fund
means the trust fund maintained under the Richey Plan
immediately prior to the Merger.
S9.2
Richey Plan Superseded By This Plan
. Richey maintained a program of making
elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the Richey Plan.
Effective January 8, 1999, the Company acquired Richey and its employees transferred to the employ
of the Company. As of that date, the Company adopted the Richey Plan and through March 31, 1999
continued the Richey program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching
contributions for Richey Members through the Richey Plan. Effective April 1, 1999, the Company
transferred such program to this Plan, by making such contributions
S9-1
hereunder in lieu of contributions under the Richey Plan and by arranging for the merger of
the Richey Plan with this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.
S9.3
Merger
. Effective May 1, 1999, the Richey Plan and the Richey Trust Fund are
merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the Richey Plan. All
persons (including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under
the Richey Plan prior to May 1, 1999 shall, on and after May 1, 1999, be entitled to benefits
solely from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 9), in lieu of any and all interest which they
had or may have had under the Richey Plan.
S9.4
Transfer of Richey Trust Fund
. The assets held by the trustees of the Richey
Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on May 1, 1999 or as soon as practicable thereafter.
If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on May 1, 1999, such trustees shall hold
such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as
an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
S9.5
Allocation of Transferred Accounts
. Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect
of a Members Richey Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Members Elective, Matching,
and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.
S9.6
Investment of Transferred Assets
. Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to
Section S9.4 shall be invested in accordance with Section S9.7. Thereafter, a Member may change
the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of
the Plan.
S9.7
Fund Mapping
. The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the
transfer pursuant to Section S9.4:
|
|
|
From the Following Richey Plan Funds
|
|
Into Investment Fund
|
Fidelity Fund
|
|
Fidelity Spartan U.S. Equity Index Fund
|
|
|
|
Fidelity Investment Grade Bond Fund
|
|
Fidelity Intermediate Bond Fund
|
|
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Growth Fund
|
|
Same fund
|
|
|
|
Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund
|
|
Fidelity Magellan
|
|
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt Money Market
|
|
Same fund
|
S9.8
Credit Under the Plan for Service with Richey
. Eligibility to participate, Hours
of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account
employment with Richey prior to April 1, 1999 as if Richey had been an Affiliate for the period
during which it maintained the Richey Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes
under the Richey Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the Richey Plan or
this Plan. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by Richey to compute Hours of
Service in order to determine the Years of Service to be credited to such
S9-2
employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his
employment by Richey.
S9.9
Vesting of Matching Subaccounts
. The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed by
Richey shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective May 1, 1999.
S9.10
Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002
. Any individual who
is a Richey Member at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and
any other Richey Member who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts
exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of
a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to
the vested amounts held in his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts:
(a) a series of installment payments made over a fixed period of time not exceeding the life
expectancy of the Member; or
(b) a single sum payment.
S9.11
Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2
. After attaining age 59-1/2, a
Richey Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once
in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts
attributable to his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts (including investment earnings
allocable thereto).
S9.12
Richey Plan Amended
. The provisions of this Supplement No. 9 shall be treated
as an amendment to and a part of the Richey Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to
this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of
the Richey Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the Richey Plan for periods prior to
May 1, 1999 to the extent necessary for the Richey Plan to meet applicable requirements of all
provisions of law that became effective since the last determination letter with respect to the
Richey Plan, including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as
GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job
Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of
1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as of their respective effective
dates; such Plan provisions include, without limitation, the following:
(a) Sections 1.13 and 1.44, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to
any salary reductions under sections 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
(b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the
Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective
January 1, 2001;
(c) Section 1.26, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January
1, 1998;
S9-3
(d) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military
service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;
(e) Section 3.3.3, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the
amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first
to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective
January 1, 1997;
(f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000
annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1) of the Code, effective January 1, 1995;
(g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to
limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;
(h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of
eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January
1, 1999;
(i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules, effective January 1,
1997; and
(j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of leased employee as defined under section
414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997;
provided, however, in determining the permitted actual deferral percentage and contribution
percentage for highly compensated employees for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1997
for periods prior to May 1, 1999, the applicable plan year for non-highly compensated employees
shall be the immediately preceding plan year.
S9-4
SUPPLEMENT NO. 10
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Employees of Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc
.
Effective as of August 1, 2000, the Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc. 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan (the SBM Plan) merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the
terms of the SBM Plan. This Supplement No. 10 provides for such merger (Merger) and sets forth
special provisions that apply to employees of Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc. on or after
its adoption of this Plan effective July 1, 1999.
S10.1
Special Definitions
. For purposes of this Supplement No. 10:
S10.1.1
Elective Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Elective Account to
which elective deferrals made under the SBM Plan are transferred.
S10.1.2
Matching Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Matching Account to
which matching contributions made under the SBM Plan are transferred.
S10.1.3
Rollover Subaccount
means a subaccount with a Members Rollover Account to
which rollover contributions made under the SBM Plan are transferred.
S10.1.4
SBM
means Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc.
S10.1.5
SBM Account
means an account maintained under the SBM Plan immediately prior
to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions and rollover contributions (as
applicable) for an SBM Member.
S10.1.6
SBM Member
means a participant in the SBM Plan who had an undistributed
account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.
S10.1.7
SBM Plan
means the Scientific & Business Minicomputers, Inc. 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan as in effect prior to the Merger.
S10.1.8
SBM Trust Fund
means the trust fund maintained under the SBM Plan
immediately prior to the Merger.
S10.2
Continuation of SBM Contributions Under This Plan
. SBM maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the SBM Plan through June 30, 1999, and effective July 1, 1999, transferred such program to this Plan by becoming an Employer under this Plan, making contributions herewith in lieu of
S10-1
contributions under the SBM Plan and arranging for the merger of the SBM Plan with this Plan
as soon as practicable thereafter.
S10.3
Membership in Plan Effective July 1, 1999
. Each SBM Member who is employed by
an Employer on July 1, 1999 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other employee of
SBM who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age and 90-day
waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S10.9) shall become a
Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer, which date
shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each SBM Member who is not then employed by an
Employer shall become a Member on August 1, 2000, but solely with respect to his SBM Account unless
he otherwise qualifies as Member under the Plan.
S10.4
Merger
. Effective August 1, 2000, the SBM Plan and the SBM Trust Fund are
merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the SBM Plan. All persons
(including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the SBM
Plan prior to August 1, 2000 shall, on and after August 1, 2000, be entitled to benefits solely
from the Plan (including this Supplement No. 10), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or
may have had under the SBM Plan.
S10.5
Transfer of SBM Trust Fund
. The assets held by the trustees of the SBM Trust
Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on August 1, 2000 or as soon as practicable thereafter.
If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on August 1, 2000 such trustees shall hold
such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as
an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
S10.6
Allocation of Transferred Accounts
. Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect
of a Members SBM Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Members Elective, Matching,
and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.
S10.7
Investment of Transferred Assets
. Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to
Section S10.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S10.8. Thereafter, the Member may
change the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with
Article V of the Plan.
S10.8
Fund Mapping
. The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the
transfer pursuant to Section S10.5:
|
|
|
From the Following SBM Plan Funds
|
|
Into Investment Fund
|
Guaranteed Certificate
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
|
|
|
|
Short Term Fund I
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
|
|
|
|
Maxim Bond Index
|
|
Fidelity Intermediate Bond
|
|
|
|
Maxim Loomis Sayles Corp. Bond
|
|
Fidelity Intermediate Bond
|
S10-2
|
|
|
From the Following SBM Plan Funds
|
|
Into Investment Fund
|
Maxim US Govt. Mortgage Sec.
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
|
|
|
|
Maxim Global Bond
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
|
|
|
|
Maxim Money Market
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
|
|
|
|
Maxim Index European
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
|
|
|
|
Fidelity Advisor Overseas
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
|
|
|
|
Maxim Invesco ADR
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
|
|
|
|
Putnam Global Growth
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt. Money Market
|
|
|
|
AIM Charter
|
|
Fidelity Magellan
|
|
|
|
Orchard Index 500
|
|
Fidelity Spartan US Equity Index
|
|
|
|
Maxim Founders Growth & Income
|
|
Fidelity Spartan US Equity Index
|
|
|
|
American Century Ultra
|
|
Fidelity Magellan
|
|
|
|
AIM Weingarten
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Growth
|
|
|
|
Maxim Growth Index
|
|
Fidelity Magellan
|
|
|
|
Fidelity Advisor Equity Income
|
|
Fidelity Equity Income
|
|
|
|
Fidelity Advisor Growth Opp.
|
|
Fidelity Magellan
|
|
|
|
Putnam Fund for Growth & Income
|
|
Fidelity Equity Income
|
|
|
|
Maxim Value Index
|
|
Fidelity Equity Income
|
|
|
|
AIM Constellation
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Growth
|
|
|
|
Maxim T. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Growth
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profile Series I
|
|
Fidelity Magellan
|
|
|
|
Profile Series II
|
|
Fidelity Asset Management: Growth
|
|
|
|
Profile Series III
|
|
Fidelity Asset Management.
|
|
|
|
Profile Series IV
|
|
Fidelity Asset Management:
|
|
|
|
Profile Series V
|
|
Fidelity Asset Management: Income
|
|
|
|
Orchard Index 600
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Growth
|
S10-3
|
|
|
From the Following SBM Plan Funds
|
|
Into Investment Fund
|
Maxim Ariel Small-Cap Value
|
|
Fidelity Value
|
|
|
|
Maxim Loomis Sayles Small-Cap Value
|
|
Fidelity Value
|
S10.9
Credit Under the Plan for Service with SBM Eligibility to Participate
.
Eligibility to participate, Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be
determined by taking into account employment with SBM prior to July 1, 1999 as if SBM had been an
Affiliate for the period during which it maintained the SBM Plan, and any additional period
credited for vesting purposes under the SBM Plan and not disregarded under the break in service
rules under the SBM Plan or this Plan. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by
SBM to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such
employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment
with SBM.
S10.10
Vesting of Matching Subaccount
. The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed
by SBM shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective August 1, 2000.
S10.11
Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002
. Any individual who
is a SBM Member at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and any
other SBM Member who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who has vested Accounts exceeding
$5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of a date on
or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to the vested
amounts held in his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts:
(a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in
the form of a Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity (
i.e.
, an annuity for the life of the
Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of
the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of
an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor
Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form
of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a
unisex basis;
(b) a series of installment payments made on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis over a
reasonable fixed period of time not exceeding the life expectancy of the Member; or
(c) a single sum payment.
S10.12
Withdrawals During Employment
.
S10.12.1
Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age
. An SBM Member who is
employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month
period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to
his Rollover Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
S10-4
S10.12.2
Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2
. After attaining age 59-1/2,
an SBM Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once
in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts
attributable to his Elective and Matching Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable
thereto).
S10.12.3
SBM Plan Amended
. The provisions of this Supplement No. 10 shall be treated
as an amendment to and a part of the SBM Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this
Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and amendment of the
SBM Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the SBM Plan for periods prior to August 1,
2000 to the extent necessary for the SBM Plan to meet applicable requirements of all provisions of
law that became effective since the last determination letter with respect to the SBM Plan,
including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the
Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of
1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the
Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as of their respective effective dates; such
Plan provisions include, without limitation, the following:
(a) Sections 1.13 and 1.44, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to
any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
(b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the
Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective
January 1, 2001;
(c) Section 1.26, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January
1, 1997;
(d) Section 3.3.3, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the
amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first
to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective
January 1, 1997;
(e) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military
service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;
(f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000
annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1), effective January 1, 1995;
(g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to
limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;
S10-5
(h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of
eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January
1, 1999;
(i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules, effective January 1,
1997; and
(j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of leased employee as defined under section
414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997.
S10-6
SUPPLEMENT NO. 11
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Employees of Support Net, Inc.
Effective as of April 1, 2000, the Support Net, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the Support Net Plan)
merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the Support Net Plan.
This Supplement No. 11 provides for such merger (Merger) and sets forth special provisions that
apply to employees of Support Net, Inc. on and after its adoption of this Plan effective January 1,
2000.
S11.1
Special Definitions
. For purposes of this Supplement No. 11:
S11.1.1
Elective Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Elective Account to
which elective deferrals made under the Support Net Plan are transferred.
S11.1.2
Matching Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Matching Account to
which matching contributions made under the Support Net Plan are transferred.
S11.1.3
Rollover Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Rollover Account to
which rollover contributions made under the Support Net Plan are transferred.
S11.1.4
Support Net
means Support Net, Inc.
S11.1.5
Support Net Account
means an account maintained under the Support Net Plan
immediately prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions and rollover
contributions (as applicable) for a Support Net Member.
S11.1.6
Support Net Member
means a participant in the Support Net Plan who had an
undistributed account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.
S11.1.7
Support Net Plan
means the Support Net, Inc. 401(k) Plan as in effect prior
to the Merger.
S11.1.8
Support Net Trust Fund
means the trust fund maintained under the Support Net
Plan immediately prior to the Merger.
S11.2
Continuation of Support Net Contributions Under This Plan
. Support Net
maintained a program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching contributions
through the Support Net Plan through December 31, 1999, and effective January 1, 2000, transferred
such program to this Plan by becoming an Employer under this Plan, making
S11-1
contributions herewith in lieu of contributions under the Support Net Plan and arranging for
merger of the Support Net Plan with this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.
S11.3
Membership in Plan Effective January 1, 2000
. Each Support Net Member who is
employed by an Employer on January 1, 2000 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any
other employee of Support Net who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the
minimum age and 90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section
S11.9) shall become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such
Employer, which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each Support Net Member who
is not then employed by an Employer shall become a Member on April 1, 2000, but solely with respect
to his Support Net Account unless he otherwise qualifies as a Member under the Plan.
S11.4
Merger
. Effective April 1, 2000, the Support Net Plan and the Support Net Trust
Fund are merged into this Plan and the trust thereunder, and the terms of this Plan supersede the
terms of the Support Net Plan. All persons (including current and former employees and their
beneficiaries) having an interest under the Support Net Plan immediately prior to April 1, 2000
shall, on and after April 1, 2000, be entitled to benefits solely from this Plan (including this
Supplement No. 11), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may have had under the
Support Net Plan.
S11.5
Transfer of Support Net Trust Fund
. The assets held by the trustees of the
Support Net Trust Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on April 1, 2000 or as soon as
practicable thereafter. If and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on April 1, 2000,
such trustees shall hold such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses
attributable thereto, as an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
S11.6
Allocation of Transferred Accounts
. Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect
of a Members Support Net Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Members Elective,
Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.
S11.7
Investment of Transferred Assets
. Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to
Section S11.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S11.8. Thereafter, a Member may change
the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of
the Plan.
S11.8
Fund Mapping
. The following fund mapping shall take place upon the transfer
pursuant to Section S11.5:
S11-2
|
|
|
From the Support Net Plan Funds
|
|
Into Investment Fund
|
EuroPacific Growth
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt
Money Market
|
|
|
|
The Growth Fund of America
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Growth
|
|
|
|
The Investment Co. of America
|
|
Fidelity Magellan Fund
|
|
|
|
Capital Income Builder
|
|
Fidelity Asset Manager Income
|
|
|
|
Cash Management Trust of America
|
|
Fidelity Retirement Govt.
Money Market
|
|
|
|
Washington Mutual Investors
|
|
Fidelity Equity Income Fund
|
|
|
|
The Bond Fund of America
|
|
Fidelity Intermediate Bond Fund
|
S11.9
Credit Under the Plan for Service with Support Net
. Eligibility to participate,
Hours of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account
employment with Support Net prior to January 1, 2000 as if Support Net had been an Affiliate for
the period during which it maintained the Support Net Plan, and any additional period credited for
vesting purposes under the Support Net Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules
under the Support Net Plan or this Plan. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by
Support Net to compute Hours of Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to
such employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his
employment with Support Net.
S11.10
Vesting of Matching Subaccount
. The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed
by Support Net shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective April 1, 2000.
S11.11
Withdrawals During Employment
.
S11.11.1
Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age
. A Support Net Member who
is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any six-month
period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to
his Rollover Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
S11.11.2
Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2
. After attaining age 59-1/2,
a Support Net Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than
once in any six-month period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit
amounts attributable to his Elective and Matching Subaccounts (including investment earnings
allocable thereto).
S11-3
S11.11.3
Support Net Plan Amended
. The provisions of this Supplement No. 11 shall be
treated as an amendment to and a part of the Support Net Plan to the extent necessary to give full
effect to this Supplement. The provisions of this Plan, in its capacity as a continuation and
amendment of the Support Net Plan, shall apply and be effective with respect to the Support Net
Plan for periods prior to April 1, 2000 to the extent necessary for the Support Net Plan to meet
applicable requirements of all provisions of law that became effective since the last determination
letter with respect to the Support Net Plan, including, without limitation, the Uruguay Round
Agreements Act (also referred to as GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment
Rights Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, the IRS
Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, effective as
of their respective effective dates; such Plan provisions include, without limitation, the
following:
(a) Sections 1.13 and 1.44, relating to compensation being determined before giving effect to
any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective January 1, 2001;
(b) Section 6.1.2, relating to earnings being determined for purposes of section 415 of the
Code before giving effect to any salary reductions under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, effective
January 1, 2001;
(c) Section 1.26, relating to the definition of highly compensated employee, effective January
1, 1997;
(d) Section 3.3.3, relating to the distributions of aggregate excess deferrals based on the
amount of contribution by or on behalf of each highly compensated employee and attributable first
to the highly compensated employee with the greatest dollar amount of elective deferrals, effective
January 1, 1997;
(e) Section 3.14, relating to contributions in respect of periods of qualified military
service as required under section 414(u) of the Code, effective December 12, 1994;
(f) Section 6.2, relating to the adjustment under section 415(d) of the Code of the $30,000
annual addition limitation under section 415(c)(1), effective January 1, 1995;
(g) Section 6.3, relating to limiting the application of section 415(e) of the Code to
limitation years beginning before January 1, 2000;
(h) Section 8.15, relating to exclusion of hardship distributions from the definition of
eligible rollover distribution in accordance with section 402(c)(4) of the Code, effective January
1, 1999;
(i) Section 13.4, relating to the repeal of the family aggregation rules, effective January 1,
1997; and
S11-4
(j) Section 14.1, relating to the definition of leased employee as defined under section
414(n) of the Code, effective January 1, 1997;
provided, however, in determining the permitted actual deferral percentages and contribution
percentages for highly compensated employees for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1997
for periods prior to April 1, 2000, the applicable plan year for non-highly compensated employees
shall be the immediately preceding plan year.
S11-5
SUPPLEMENT NO. 12
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS
SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable
to Former Participants in the VEBA Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan
Effective as of April 2, 2001, the VEBA Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan (the VEBA Plan) merged
into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan superseded the terms of the VEBA Plan. This Supplement
No. 12 provides for such merger (Merger) and sets forth special provisions that apply to former
participants in the VEBA Plan.
S12.1
Special Definitions
. For purposes of this Supplement No. 12:
S12.1.1
Elective Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Elective Account to
which elective deferrals made under the VEBA Plan are transferred.
S12.1.2
Matching Subaccount
means a subaccount within a Members Matching Account to
which matching contributions made under the VEBA Plan are transferred.
S12.1.3
Rollover Subaccount
means a subaccount with a Members Rollover Account to
which rollover contributions and after-tax contributions made under the VEBA Plan are transferred.
S12.1.4
VEBA
means Atlas Business Services, VEBA Electronics, Inc., Atlas Systems,
Wyle Electronics and Wyle Systems.
S12.1.5
VEBA Account
means an account maintained under the VEBA Plan immediately
prior to the Merger containing elective deferrals, matching contributions, rollover contributions
and after-tax contributions (as applicable) for a VEBA Member.
S12.1.6
VEBA Member
means a participant in the VEBA Plan who had an undistributed
account thereunder immediately prior to the Merger.
S12.1.7
VEBA Plan
means the VEBA Electronics Inc. 401(k) Plan as in effect prior to
the Merger.
S12.1.8
VEBA Trust Fund
means the trust fund maintained under the VEBA Plan
immediately prior to the Merger.
S12.2
VEBA Plan Superseded By This Plan
. VEBA maintained a program of making elective
deferral contributions and related matching contributions through the VEBA Plan. The Company
acquired VEBA effective January 16, 2000. During the period
S12-1
commencing on that date and through December 31, 2000, a number of VEBA employees transferred
to the employ of the Company. The remainder of VEBA employees transferred to the employ of the
Company effective January 1, 2001. As of January 16, 2000 and through December 31, 2000, the
Company adopted the VEBA Plan with respect to those VEBA Members who transferred to its employ and
continued the VEBA program of making elective deferral contributions and related matching
contributions for them through the VEBA Plan. Effective January 1, 2001, the Company adopted the
VEBA Plan with respect to all VEBA Members and effective the same date transferred the
above-described program of contributions to this Plan, by making such contributions hereunder in
lieu of contributions under the VEBA Plan and by arranging for the merger of the VEBA Plan with
this Plan as soon as practicable thereafter.
S12.3
Membership in Plan Effective January 1, 2001
. Each VEBA Member who is employed
by an Employer on January 1, 2001 shall become a Member of the Plan on that date. Any other
employee of VEBA who is employed by an Employer on such date who then satisfies the minimum age and
90-day waiting period requirements of Section 2.1 (after giving effect to Section S12.9) shall
become a Member on the first date that such employee receives Compensation from such Employer,
which date shall constitute the Entry Date for such employee. Each VEBA Member who is not then
employed by an Employer shall become a member on April 2, 2001, but solely with respect to his VEBA
Account unless he otherwise qualifies as a Member under the Plan.
S12.4
Merger
. Effective April 2, 2001, the VEBA Plan and the VEBA Trust Fund are
merged into this Plan, and the terms of this Plan supersede the terms of the VEBA Plan. All persons
(including current and former employees and their beneficiaries) having an interest under the VEBA
Plan prior to April 2, 2001 shall, on and after April 2, 2001, be entitled to benefits solely from
the Plan (including this Supplement No. 12), in lieu of any and all interest which they had or may
have had under the VEBA Plan.
S12.5
Transfer of VEBA Trust Fund
. The assets held by the trustees of the VEBA Trust
Fund shall be transferred to the Trustee on April 2, 2001 or as soon as practicable thereafter. If
and to the extent that such transfer is not completed on April 2, 2001 such trustees shall hold
such assets as adjusted for investment gain or loss thereon and expenses attributable thereto, as
an additional trustee under this Plan, until such transfer is completed.
S12.6
Allocation of Transferred Accounts
. Funds transferred to the Trustee in respect
of a Members VEBA Account shall be allocated under the Plan to such Members Elective, Matching,
and Rollover Subaccounts, as applicable.
S12.7
Investment of Transferred Assets
. Funds transferred to the Trustee pursuant to
Section S12.5 shall be invested in accordance with Section S12.8. Thereafter, the Member may change
the portion of his Account that is invested in each Investment Fund in accordance with Article V of
the Plan.
S12.8
Fund Mapping
. The following fund mapping shall become effective upon the
transfer pursuant to Section S12.5:
S12-2
|
|
|
From the Following VEBA Plan Funds
|
|
Into Plan Investment Funds
|
BT Investment Equity 500 Index
|
|
Spartan U.S. Equity Index
|
|
|
|
Dreyfus Premier Tech. Growth Fund
|
|
OTC Portfolio
|
|
|
|
GIC Account 1 VEBA
|
|
Retirement Govt M.M.
|
|
|
|
Mass Investors Growth Stock Fund
|
|
Magellan
|
|
|
|
Massachusetts Investors Trust
|
|
Magellan
|
|
|
|
MFS Bond Fund
|
|
Inter. Bond
|
|
|
|
MFS Capital Opportunities Fund
|
|
Magellan
|
|
|
|
MFS Emerging Growth Fund
|
|
OTC Portfolio
|
|
|
|
MFS Equity Income Fund
|
|
Equity Income
|
|
|
|
MFS Global Governments Fund
|
|
Retirement Govt M.M.
|
|
|
|
MFS Global Growth Fund
|
|
Retirement Govt M.M.
|
|
|
|
MFS Government Securities Fund
|
|
Inter. Bond
|
|
|
|
MFS High Income Fund
|
|
Retirement Govt M.M.
|
|
|
|
MFS Institutional Fixed Fund
|
|
Retirement Govt M.M.
|
|
|
|
MFS Midcap Growth Fund
|
|
OTC Portfolio
|
|
|
|
MFS Money Market Fund
|
|
Retirement Govt M.M.
|
|
|
|
MFS New Discovery Fund
|
|
OTC Portfolio
|
|
|
|
MFS Research Fund
|
|
Magellan
|
|
|
|
MFS Total Return Fund
|
|
Asset Manager
|
S12.9
Credit Under the Plan for Service with VEBA
. Eligibility to participate, Hours
of Service and Years of Service under the Plan shall be determined by taking into account
employment with VEBA prior to January 1, 2001 as if VEBA had been an Affiliate for the period
during which it maintained the VEBA Plan, and any additional period credited for vesting purposes
under the VEBA Plan and not disregarded under the break in service rules under the VEBA Plan or
this Plan. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by VEBA to compute Hours of
Service in order to determine Years of Service to be credited to such employee
S12-3
and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section 2.1 based on his employment with
VEBA.
S12.10
Vesting of Matching Subaccount
. The Matching Subaccount of a Member employed
by VEBA shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable effective April 2, 2001.
S12.11
Alternative Forms of Payment Preserved to February 1, 2002
. Any individual who
is a VEBA Member at the time of his termination of employment with an Employer or Affiliate, and
any other VEBA Member who is not employed by an Employer or Affiliate, who was a participant in the
Wyle Electronics Capital Accumulation Plan on or before June 30, 1996, who has vested Accounts
exceeding $5,000 and who elects on the Appropriate Form to receive a distribution commencing as of
a date on or before February 1, 2002 may on such form elect one of the following with respect to
the vested amounts held in his Elective, Matching, and Rollover Subaccounts:
(a) an annuity, which in the case of a married Member shall, except as provided below, be in
the form of a Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor Annuity (
i.e.
, an annuity for the life of the
Member with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse which is fifty percent of the amount of
the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Member and his spouse), and which in the case of
an unmarried Member, or of a married Member who has waived the Joint and Fifty-Percent Survivor
Annuity option with spousal consent in accordance with applicable regulations, shall be in the form
of a straight-life annuity, in each case to be provided by the purchase of an annuity contract on a
unisex basis;
(b) a series of installment payments over a reasonable fixed period of time not exceeding the
life expectancy of the Member; or
(c) a single sum payment.
S12.12
Withdrawals During Employment
.
S12.12.1
Withdrawals During Employment Irrespective of Age
. A VEBA Member who is
employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once in any one-year
period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts attributable to
his Rollover Subaccount (including investment earnings allocable thereto).
S12.12.2
Withdrawals During Employment After Age 59-1/2
. After attaining age 59-1/2,
an VEBA Member who is employed by an Employer or Affiliate may elect, no more frequently than once
in any one-year period, to withdraw from the Plan all or any portion of any of his benefit amounts
attributable to his Elective and Matching Subaccounts (including investment earnings allocable
thereto).
S12.12.3
VEBA Plan Amended
. The provisions of this Supplement No. 12 shall be treated
as an amendment to and a part of the VEBA Plan to the extent necessary to give full effect to this
Supplement.
S12-4
SUPPLEMENT NO. 13
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special provisions applicable to
Residents of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
S13.1
Purpose and Effect
. This Supplement 13, effective as of May 13, 1991, is
intended to comply with the requirements of the applicable provisions of the tax code of Puerto
Rico, currently Section 1165(a) and (e) of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the
PRIRC). The provisions of this Supplement 13 shall only apply to any resident of the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico (Supplement 13 Participant) who is employed by an Employer.
S13.2
Type of Plan
. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan be a profit sharing
plan as defined in Article 1165-1 of the Puerto Rico Income Tax Regulations and that it include a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Section 1165(e) of PRIRC.
S13.3
Compensation
. Compensation received from sources in Puerto Rico and which is
excludable from the gross income of a Supplement 13 Member under Section 933 of the Code shall be
considered Compensation under Section 1.13 of the Plan.
S13.4
Elective Contributions
. A Supplement 13 Participants Elective Contributions
under the Plan may not in any event exceed the lesser of ten percent (10%) of the Supplement 13
Participants Compensation or $7,500, as adjusted under PRIRC ($8,000 as of January 1, 1998).
S13.5
Average Deferral Percentage Limits
. In addition to the limitations described in
Section 3.3 of the Plan, the average deferral percentage (as defined in Section 3.3.2 of the
Plan) for Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Participants (as defined below) for each Plan Year shall
not exceed the limitations of Section 3.3 of the Plan applied by substituting the terms Highly
Compensated Supplement 13 Participants and Not Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Participants for
the terms Highly Compensated Employees and not Highly Compensated Employees, respectively.
S13.5.1 The average deferral percentage under this Section S13.5 shall be calculated without
regard to the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.
S13.5.2 For purposes of this Section S13.5, the term Highly Compensated Supplement 13
Participant means any Supplement 13 Member who is eligible to participate in the Plan and is more
highly compensated than two-thirds of all other Supplement 13 Participants eligible to participate
in the Plan and employed by the same Employer. Any other Supplement 13 Member is a Not Highly
Compensated Supplement 13 Participant.
S13-1
S13.5.3 For purposes of this Section S13.5, if more than one plan providing a cash or deferred
arrangement (within the meaning of Section 1165(e) of PRIRC) is maintained by the Employer or an
Affiliate, the average deferral percentage (as defined in Section 3.3.2 of the Plan) of any
Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Member who participates in more than one such plan or arrangement
shall be determined as if all such arrangements were a single plan or arrangement.
S13.5.4 If two or more plans are aggregated for purposes of Sections 1165(a)(3) or 1165(a)(4)
of PRIRC, such plans shall be aggregated for purposes of determining the average deferral
percentage of Supplement 13 Participants as if all such plans were a single plan.
S13.6
Distribution of Puerto Rico Excess Contributions
. Puerto Rico Excess
Contributions shall be determined by reducing the amount of Elective Contributions (and the amounts
taken into account as Elective Contributions) to be permitted on behalf of Highly Compensated
Supplement 13 Participants in the order of the average deferral percentages, beginning with the
highest of such percentages. To the extent permitted under applicable laws and regulations, Puerto
Rico Excess Contributions for a Plan Year, plus any income or minus any loss allocable thereto,
shall be distributed no later than the close of the following Plan Year. For purposes of this
Section S13.6, the term Puerto Rico Excess Contributions means the Elective Contributions by
Highly Compensated Supplement 13 Participants in excess of the limitations of Section 3.3 of the
Plan, as modified by Section S13.5.
S13.7
Matching Contributions Only for Permissible Elective Contributions
. To the
extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, no Matching Contributions shall be made with
respect to Puerto Rico Excess Contributions distributable pursuant to Section S13.6 or Elective
Contributions in excess of the limitations of Section S13.4.
S13.8
Contributions May Not Exceed Amount Deductible
. In no event shall Employer
contributions under Article III of the Plan for any taxable year exceed the maximum amount
(including amounts carried forward) deductible for that taxable year under Section 1023(n) of
PRIRC.
S13.9
Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility and Savings Plan Qualification
. Each
contribution by an Employer under Article III of the Plan is conditioned on the deductibility of
such contribution under Section 1023(n) of PRIRC for the taxable year for which contributed, and on
the initial qualification of the Plan under Section 1165(a) of PRIRC.
S13.10
Rollover Contributions
. Contributions by a Supplement 13 Member under Section
3.6 of the Plan are limited to amounts distributed from an employee retirement plan that also
qualifies under Section 1165(a) of PRIRC.
S13.11
Payment of Contributions
. Contributions to the Plan by an Employer engaged in
business in Puerto Rico shall be paid to the Trustee not later than the due date for filing its
Puerto Rico Income Tax Return for the taxable year in which such payroll period falls, including
any extension thereof.
S13-2
S13.12
Use of Terms
. All terms and provisions of the Plan shall apply to this
Supplement 13, except that where the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Supplement 13
conflict, the terms and provisions of this Supplement 13 shall govern.
S13-3
SUPPLEMENT NO. 14
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable to
Former Employees of Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc.
The following special provisions have been adopted in connection with the acquisition by the
Company of substantially all of the assets of Pioneer-Standards Industrial Electronics Division of
Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. (Pioneer) and the resulting transfer of certain employees of
Pioneer to the employ of the Company effective March 1, 2003.
S14.1
Date of Membership
. In the case of a Pioneer employee who became an Eligible
Employee as of March 1, 2003, in connection with the above-described acquisition (a Pioneer
Employee):
(a) A Pioneer Employee who had been continuously employed at Pioneer for at least three months
immediately prior to his transfer to the Company will become a Member effective March 1, 2003 if he
is then age 21 or older, and otherwise on the first Entry Date on which he is at least age 21 (and
remains an Eligible Employee).
(b) Any other Pioneer Employee who qualifies as a Regular Employee as defined in Section 2.1
will become a Member effective July 1, 2003 if he is then an Eligible Employee who is age 21 or
older, and otherwise on the first Entry Date on which he is at least age 21 (and remains an
Eligible Employee).
(c) A Pioneer Employee who is not described in paragraph (a) above and is not a Regular
Employee shall be entitled to become a Member only upon satisfying the requirements of the second
sentence of Section 2.1, applied without regard to his prior employment with Pioneer.
S14.2
Vesting
. Years of Service for a Pioneer Employee described in paragraph (a) or
(b) of Section S14.1 shall take into account his employment with Pioneer prior to March 1, 2003, as
follows:
(a) The Pioneer Employee shall be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each of January and
February of 2003 if he had any paid working hour with Pioneer in such month.
(b) A Pioneer Employee shall be credited with Years of Service for periods prior to January 1,
2003 equal to the number of full years of his most recent continuous period of employment with
Pioneer prior to January 1, 2003 plus any fraction of such a year in excess of 6 months.
S14-1
(c) A Pioneer Employee who was employed by the Company within 90 days prior to the
commencement of employment with Pioneer shall be entitled to reinstatement of his Years of Service
prior to such employment with Pioneer, whether or not such Years of Service would otherwise be
disregarded under any break rule of the Plan.
S14.3
Pioneer Records
. The Committee may use and rely upon records maintained by
Pioneer and apply such conventions it deems necessary or desirable to determine Years of Service to
be credited to such Pioneer Employee and his eligibility to participate in accordance with Section
2.1 and this Supplement 14 based on his employment with Pioneer.
S14.4
Rollover to Plan of After-Tax Contributions
. Notwithstanding Section 3.6 of the
Plan, in connection with the above acquisition, Pioneer Employees may make Rollover Contributions
to the Plan from the Retirement Plan of Pioneer-Standard Electronics Inc. that include after-tax
employee contributions.
S14.5
Rollovers of Loans
. A Pioneer Employees Rollover Contribution may include a
loan note if such note is transferred in a direct rollover to the Plan from the Retirement Plan of
Pioneer-Standard Electronics Inc., subject to any rules adopted by the Committee to ensure that any
such loan note has complied with the rules and regulations governing participant loans under Code
section 4975 and ERISA section 408(b)(1). Any loan note rolled over to the Plan pursuant to this
Section S14.5 shall be regarded as an outstanding loan for purposes of Section 7.3. For purposes
of this section, the term loan note includes any legally enforceable obligation to repay a
participant loan from another qualified plan.
S14-2
SUPPLEMENT NO. 15
TO
ARROW ELECTRONICS
SAVINGS PLAN
Special Provisions Applicable to Eligible Employees of RAD Technologies
Effective October 19, 2005, and without limiting the generality of Members rights otherwise
to make rollovers of eligible rollover distributions in accordance with Section 8.15, Members who
are Eligible RAD Employees shall have the opportunity to transfer the assets in their respective
Accounts, including any loan note therein, in a direct rollover to the RAD Technologies 401(k) Plan
and Trust.
S15.1
Special Definitions
. For purposes of this Supplement No. 15
S15.1.1
Eligible RAD Employee
means a former employee of the Company who became an
employee of RAD Technologies in connection with the sale of certain Company assets to RAD
Technologies effective [Lea, insert effective date of asset sale].
S15.1.2
RAD Plan
shall mean the RAD Technologies 401(k) Plan and Trust, as amended
from time to time.
S15.1.3
RAD Technologies
means RAD Technologies [LLC] [Lea, please confirm].
S15.2 A transfer of assets in connection with this Supplement 15 to the RAD Plan shall be made
in accordance with such procedures as the Committee shall establish for the purpose in accordance
with Sections 8.15 and 12.2.
S16-1
Exhibit 10
(n)
EXECUTION COPY
$1,000,000,000
AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT
among
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.,
THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS
The Several Banks
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
BNP PARIBAS and
WACHOVIA BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Syndication Agents
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
__________
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
as Arranger
Dated as of January 11, 2007
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.1 Defined Terms
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.2 Other Definitional Provisions
|
|
|
24
|
|
1.3 Accounting Determinations
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2. THE COMMITTED RATE LOANS
|
|
|
24
|
|
2.1 Committed Rate Loans
|
|
|
24
|
|
2.2 Procedure for Committed Rate Loan Borrowing
|
|
|
25
|
|
2.3 Repayment of Committed Rate Loans; Evidence of Debt
|
|
|
26
|
|
2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments
|
|
|
26
|
|
2.5 [reserved]
|
|
|
26
|
|
2.6 [reserved]
|
|
|
26
|
|
2.7 [reserved]
|
|
|
26
|
|
2.8 [reserved]
|
|
|
27
|
|
2.9 [reserved]
|
|
|
27
|
|
2.10 Commitment Increases
|
|
|
27
|
|
2.11 Refunding of Committed Rate Loans Denominated in Available Foreign
Currencies
|
|
|
28
|
|
2.12 Certain Borrowings of Committed Rate Loans and Refunding of Loans
|
|
|
30
|
|
2.13 Extension of Revolving Termination Date
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3. THE COMPETITIVE ADVANCE LOANS
|
|
|
32
|
|
3.1 Competitive Advance Loans
|
|
|
32
|
|
3.2 Procedure for Competitive Advance Loan Borrowing
|
|
|
32
|
|
3.3 Repayment of Competitive Advance Loans; Evidence of Debt
|
|
|
34
|
|
3.4 Prepayments
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 4. THE SWING LINE LOANS
|
|
|
34
|
|
4.1 Swing Line Loans
|
|
|
34
|
|
4.2 Procedure for Swing Line Borrowing
|
|
|
35
|
|
4.3 Repayment of Swing Line Loans; Evidence of Debt
|
|
|
35
|
|
4.4 Allocating Swing Line Loans; Swing Line Loan Participations
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 5. THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
|
|
|
37
|
|
5.1 L/C Commitment
|
|
|
37
|
|
5.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit under this Agreement
|
|
|
38
|
|
5.3 Fees, Commissions and Other Charges
|
|
|
39
|
|
5.4 L/C Participations
|
|
|
39
|
|
5.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Specified Borrowers
|
|
|
40
|
|
5.6 Obligations Absolute
|
|
|
41
|
|
5.7 Letter of Credit Payments
|
|
|
41
|
|
5.8 Application
|
|
|
41
|
|
-i-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
SECTION 6. LOCAL CURRENCY FACILITIES
|
|
|
42
|
|
6.1 Terms of Local Currency Facilities
|
|
|
42
|
|
6.2 Reporting of Local Currency Outstandings
|
|
|
43
|
|
6.3 Refunding of Local Currency Loans
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 7. THE TERM LOANS
|
|
|
45
|
|
7.1 Term Commitments
|
|
|
45
|
|
7.2 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing
|
|
|
45
|
|
7.3 Repayment of Term Loans
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 8. CERTAIN PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
|
|
|
46
|
|
8.1 Facility Fee; Utilization Fee; Other Fees; Other Payments
|
|
|
46
|
|
8.2 Computation of Interest and Fees
|
|
|
46
|
|
8.3 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments
|
|
|
47
|
|
8.4 Illegality
|
|
|
48
|
|
8.5 Requirements of Law
|
|
|
48
|
|
8.6 Taxes
|
|
|
50
|
|
8.7 Companys Options upon Claims for Increased Costs and Taxes
|
|
|
52
|
|
8.8 Break Funding Payments
|
|
|
53
|
|
8.9 Determinations
|
|
|
54
|
|
8.10 Change of Lending Office
|
|
|
54
|
|
8.11 Company Controls on Exposure; Calculation of Exposure; Prepayment if
Exposure exceeds Revolving Commitments
|
|
|
54
|
|
8.12 Conversion and Continuation Options
|
|
|
56
|
|
8.13 Minimum Amounts of Tranches
|
|
|
56
|
|
8.14 Interest Rates and Payment Dates for Term Loans and Committed Rate Loans
|
|
|
56
|
|
8.15 Inability to Determine Interest Rate
|
|
|
57
|
|
8.16 Optional Prepayments
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
58
|
|
9.1 Financial Condition
|
|
|
58
|
|
9.2 No Change
|
|
|
58
|
|
9.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law
|
|
|
58
|
|
9.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
|
|
|
59
|
|
9.5 No Legal Bar
|
|
|
59
|
|
9.6 No Material Litigation
|
|
|
59
|
|
9.7 No Default
|
|
|
59
|
|
9.8 Ownership of Property; Liens
|
|
|
60
|
|
9.9 Intellectual Property
|
|
|
60
|
|
9.10 Local Currency Facilities
|
|
|
60
|
|
9.11 Taxes
|
|
|
60
|
|
9.12 Federal Regulations
|
|
|
60
|
|
9.13 ERISA
|
|
|
61
|
|
9.14 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations
|
|
|
61
|
|
9.15 Subsidiaries
|
|
|
61
|
|
-ii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
9.16 Accuracy and Completeness of Information
|
|
|
62
|
|
9.17 Purpose of Loans; Commitments
|
|
|
62
|
|
9.18 Environmental Matters
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 10. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
|
|
|
63
|
|
10.1 Conditions to Closing Date
|
|
|
63
|
|
10.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 11. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
65
|
|
11.1 Financial Statements
|
|
|
66
|
|
11.2 Certificates; Other Information
|
|
|
67
|
|
11.3 Payment of Obligations
|
|
|
68
|
|
11.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence
|
|
|
68
|
|
11.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance
|
|
|
68
|
|
11.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions
|
|
|
68
|
|
11.7 Notices
|
|
|
69
|
|
11.8 Environmental Laws
|
|
|
69
|
|
11.9 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees
|
|
|
70
|
|
11.10 Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 12. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
70
|
|
12.1 Financial Condition Covenants
|
|
|
70
|
|
12.2 Limitation on Indebtedness of Subsidiaries
|
|
|
71
|
|
12.3 Limitation on Liens
|
|
|
71
|
|
12.4 Limitation on Fundamental Changes
|
|
|
73
|
|
12.5 Limitations on Payments
|
|
|
73
|
|
12.6 Limitations on Acquisitions
|
|
|
73
|
|
12.7 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses
|
|
|
74
|
|
12.8 Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 14. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT; THE SYNDICATION AGENTS; THE
ARRANGER
|
|
|
78
|
|
14.1 Appointment
|
|
|
78
|
|
14.2 Delegation of Duties
|
|
|
78
|
|
14.3 Exculpatory Provisions
|
|
|
78
|
|
14.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent
|
|
|
79
|
|
14.5 Notice of Default
|
|
|
79
|
|
14.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Banks
|
|
|
79
|
|
14.7 Indemnification
|
|
|
80
|
|
14.8 Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity
|
|
|
80
|
|
14.9 Successor Administrative Agent
|
|
|
80
|
|
14.10 The Arranger and Syndication Agents
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 15. MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
81
|
|
15.1 Amendments and Waivers
|
|
|
81
|
|
-iii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
15.2 Notices
|
|
|
84
|
|
15.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
|
|
|
85
|
|
15.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
85
|
|
15.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes
|
|
|
86
|
|
15.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments
|
|
|
87
|
|
15.7 Adjustments; Set-off
|
|
|
89
|
|
15.8 Power of Attorney
|
|
|
90
|
|
15.9 Judgment
|
|
|
90
|
|
15.10 Counterparts
|
|
|
91
|
|
15.11 Severability
|
|
|
91
|
|
15.12 Integration
|
|
|
91
|
|
15.13 GOVERNING LAW
|
|
|
91
|
|
15.14 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers
|
|
|
92
|
|
15.15 Acknowledgements
|
|
|
92
|
|
15.16 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL
|
|
|
93
|
|
15.17 USA Patriot Act
|
|
|
93
|
|
SCHEDULES
|
|
|
|
|
I
|
|
-
|
|
Banks and Commitments
|
II
|
|
-
|
|
Subsidiary Borrowers
|
III
|
|
-
|
|
Certain Information Concerning Swing Line
Loans and Letters of Credit
|
IV
|
|
-
|
|
Administrative Schedule
|
1.1
|
|
-
|
|
Existing Joint Ventures
|
5.1
|
|
-
|
|
Existing Letters of Credit
|
9.10
|
|
-
|
|
Outstanding Local Currency Loans
|
9.13
|
|
-
|
|
Excluded ERISA Arrangements
|
9.18
|
|
-
|
|
Environmental Matters
|
12.2
|
|
-
|
|
Existing Indebtedness
|
13(i)
|
|
-
|
|
Material Litigation
|
|
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Joinder Agreement
|
Exhibit B
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Schedule Amendment
|
Exhibit C
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Local Currency Facility Addendum
|
Exhibit D
|
|
-
|
|
[Reserved]
|
Exhibit E
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Borrowing Certificate
|
Exhibit F-1
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Company Guarantee
|
Exhibit F-2
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Subsidiary Guarantee
|
Exhibit G-1
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP
|
-iv-
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit G-2
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Opinion of Peter S. Brown
|
Exhibit G-3
|
|
-
|
|
Opinions Relating to Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers
|
Exhibit H
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Certificate Pursuant to Subsection 11.2
|
Exhibit I
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Assignment and Acceptance
|
Exhibit J-1
|
|
|
|
Form of Extension Request
|
Exhibit J-2
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Continuation Notice
|
Exhibit K
|
|
-
|
|
Form of New Bank Supplement
|
Exhibit L
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Revolving Commitment Increase Supplement
|
-v-
AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of January 11, 2007, among:
(i) ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC., a New York corporation (the
Company
);
(ii) the SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS (as hereinafter defined);
(iii) the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time
parties to this Agreement (the
Banks
);
(iv) BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, BNP PARIBAS AND WACHOVIA
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as syndication agents for the Banks hereunder (in such
capacity, the
Syndication Agents
); and
(v) JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent for the Banks hereunder
(in such capacity, the
Administrative Agent
).
W I
T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Company has requested the Banks to make available five-year revolving and term
credit facilities by amending and restating the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of
June 13, 2005, among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries, certain financial institutions,
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and others (as in effect on the date hereof,
the
Existing Credit Agreement
); and
WHEREAS, the Banks are willing to make such credit facility available upon and subject to the
terms and conditions hereafter set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the
parties hereto hereby agree that, effective as of the Closing Date (as defined below), the Existing
Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
1.1
Defined Terms
. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:
ABR
: for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the
Base CD Rate in effect on such day plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in
effect on such day plus
1
/
2
of 1%. For purposes hereof:
Prime Rate
shall mean the
rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank,
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
2
N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime
Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A. in connection with extensions of credit to debtors);
Base CD Rate
shall mean
the sum of (a) the product of (i) the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate and (ii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the CD Reserve
Percentage and (b) the CD Assessment Rate; and
Three-Month Secondary CD Rate
shall
mean, for any day, the secondary market rate for three-month certificates of deposit
reported as being in effect on such day (or, if such day shall not be a Business Day, the
next preceding Business Day) by the Board through the public information telephone line of
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current practices of the
Board, be published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) during the week
following such day), or, if such rate shall not be so reported on such day or such next
preceding Business Day, the average of the secondary market quotations for three-month
certificates of deposit of major money center banks in New York City received at
approximately 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on such day (or, if such day shall not be a
Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day) by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from three
New York City negotiable certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by
it. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD
Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on
the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate, the Three-Month Secondary CD Rate or the
Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
ABR Loans
: Loans denominated in Dollars the rate of interest applicable to
which is based upon the ABR.
Acceleration Date
: any date on which the Commitments shall have been
terminated and/or the Loans shall have been declared immediately due and payable pursuant to
Section 13.
Additional Local Currencies
: Australian Dollars, Singapore Dollars, New
Taiwan Dollars and any other available and freely convertible non-Dollar currency selected
by the Company and approved by the Administrative Agent in the manner described in
subsection 15.1(b).
Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA
: for any fiscal period, without duplication (a)
the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus (b) to
the extent deducted from earnings in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period,
the sum, in each case for such period, of income taxes, interest expense, depreciation
expense, amortization expense, including amortization of any goodwill or other intangibles,
minus (c) to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period,
non-cash equity earnings of unconsolidated Affiliates, plus (d) to the extent excluded in
determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, cash distributions received by the
Company from unconsolidated Affiliates plus (e) to the extent deducted from earnings in
determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, non-cash charges due to impairments
recorded in such period in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Boards Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, all as determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP plus (f)
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
3
gains or losses related to the early extinguishment of notes, bonds or other fixed
income obligations plus (g) gains or losses due to integration or restructuring charges to
the extent disclosed in public filings;
provided
that in determining Adjusted
Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters during which any
business is acquired by the Company, such Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA shall be measured on
a pro forma basis to include the consolidated EBITDA of the acquired business (determined
for such business in the manner Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA is determined for the Company,
as described above in this definition), plus identifiable, board-approved and publicly
announced acquisition-related synergies which are expected to be realized over a
twelve-month period following such acquisition.
Administrative Agent
: as defined in the preamble hereto.
Administrative Schedule
: Schedule IV to this Agreement, which contains
interest rate definitions and administrative information in respect of the Term Loans, each
Currency and each Type of Loan.
Affected Bank
: any Bank affected by the events described in subsection 8.4,
8.5 or 8.6, as the case may be, but only for the period during which such Bank shall be
affected by such events.
Affiliate
: as to any Person, (a) any other Person (other than a Subsidiary)
which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such Person or (b) any Person who is a director or officer of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person means the
power, directly or indirectly, either to (i) vote 10% or more of the securities having
ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (ii) direct or cause
the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or
otherwise.
Aggregate Revolving Committed Outstandings
: the aggregate outstanding
principal or face amount of the Committed Rate Loans, Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit
and Local Currency Loans hereunder.
Agreement
: this Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement, as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Allocable Share
: as to any Assenting Bank at any time, a fraction, the
numerator of which shall be the Commitment of such Assenting Bank then in effect and the
denominator of which shall be the aggregate of the Commitments of all Assenting Banks then
in effect.
Applicable Margin
: for each Type of Loan for any day, the rate per annum
determined based upon the Rating in effect on such date by both S&P and Moodys set forth
under the relevant column heading below opposite such Rating:
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applicable Margin
|
|
Applicable Margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in basis points)
|
|
(in basis points)
|
|
Applicable Margin
|
|
|
Rating
|
|
for Committed Rate
|
|
for Eurocurrency
|
|
(in basis points)
|
Level
|
|
(S&P/Moodys)
|
|
Eurocurrency Loans
|
|
Term Loans
|
|
for ABR Loans
|
I
|
|
Greater than or
equal to
BBB+/Baa1
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
|
|
40.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II
|
|
Greater than or
equal to BBB/Baa2
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
III
|
|
Greater than or
equal to BBB-/Baa3
|
|
|
42.5
|
|
|
|
60.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IV
|
|
Greater than or
equal to BB+/Ba1
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
70.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
V
|
|
Less than
BB+/Ba1
|
|
|
65.0
|
|
|
|
90.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
;
provided
that, in the event that the Ratings of S&P and Moodys do not coincide,
(i) the Applicable Margin set forth above opposite (A) the higher of such Ratings if at
least one Rating is within Level I III or (B) the lower of such Ratings if no Rating is
within Level I III, will apply if the Ratings differ by only one level, (ii) the
Applicable Margin consistent with the Rating one level above the lower Rating will apply if
the Ratings differ by two or more levels, and (iii), if there is no Rating in effect, the
Applicable Margin will be based on the Rating of less than BB+/Ba1.
Application
: an application, in such form as the Issuing Bank may specify
from time to time, requesting the Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit.
Arranger
: JPMorgan Securities Inc., as sole advisor, sole lead arranger and
sole bookrunner.
Arrow Note Documents
: the collective reference to the Indenture dated as of
January 15, 1997 between the Company and The Bank of New York (as successor to Bank of
Montreal Trust Company), as Trustee, all supplemental indentures in respect thereof, and all
notes issued thereunder and under any such supplemental indenture, as any such document may
be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.
Assenting Bank
: as defined in subsection 8.7(a).
Assignee
: as defined in subsection 15.6(c).
Assignment and Acceptance
: each Assignment and Acceptance, substantially in
the form of Exhibit I, executed and delivered pursuant to subsection 15.6(c).
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
5
Available Foreign Currencies
: (i) with respect to Committed Rate Loans and
Swing Line Loans, Pounds Sterling, euro, Hong Kong Dollars and Swedish Kroner, and any other
currency agreed upon by the Company, the Administrative Agent and all of the Banks, (ii)
with respect to Competitive Advance Loans, any currency agreed upon by the Borrower of such
Competitive Advance Loan and the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan and (iii)
with respect to Letters of Credit, Pounds Sterling and euro.
Banks
: as defined in the preamble hereto;
provided
, that unless the
context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Banks shall be deemed to include
any Conduit Bank.
Board
: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any
successor.
Borrowers
: the collective reference to the Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers
and the Local Currency Borrowers.
Borrowing Date
: any Business Day on which the Company or any Subsidiary
Borrower requests the Banks to make Loans hereunder.
Business
: as defined in subsection 9.18(b).
Business Day
: (a) when such term is used in respect of any amount
denominated or to be denominated in (i) any Available Foreign Currency, a London Banking Day
which is also a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banks are open for general
banking business in (x) the city which is the principal financial center of the country of
issuance of such Available Foreign Currency, (y) in the case of euros only, Frankfurt,
Germany (or such other principal financial center as the Administrative Agent may from time
to time nominate for this purpose) and (z) New York City and (ii) Dollars, a London Banking
Day which is also a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banks are open for general
banking business in New York City and (b) when such term is used for the purpose of
determining the date on which the Eurocurrency Rate is determined under this Agreement for
any Loan denominated in euro for any Interest Period therefor and for purposes of
determining the first and last day of any Interest Period, references in this Agreement to
Business Days shall be deemed to be references to Target Operating Days.
CD Assessment Rate
: for any day as applied to any ABR Loan, the annual
assessment rate in effect on such day that is payable by a member of the Bank Insurance Fund
maintained by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the
FDIC
) classified as
well-capitalized and within supervisory subgroup B (or a comparable successor assessment
risk classification) within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. § 327.4 (or any successor provision) to
the FDIC (or any successor) for the FDICs (or such successors) insuring time deposits at
offices of such institution in the United States.
CD Reserve Percentage
: for any day as applied to any ABR Loan, that
percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as prescribed by the
Board, for determining the maximum reserve requirement for a Depositary Institution (as
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
6
defined in Regulation D of the Board as in effect from time to time) in respect of new
non-personal time deposits in Dollars having a maturity of 30 days or more.
Capital Lease Obligations
: with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying
the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are
required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such
Person under GAAP; and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations
at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance
with GAAP.
Capital Stock
: any and all shares, interests, participations or other
equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent
ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, options
or rights to purchase any of the foregoing.
Change in Control
: one or more of the following events:
(a) less than a majority of the members of the Companys board of directors
shall be persons who either (i) were serving as directors on the Closing Date or
(ii) were nominated as directors and approved by the vote of the majority of the
directors who are directors referred to in clause (i) above or this clause (ii); or
(b) the stockholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for the
liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or
(c) a Person or group of Persons acting in concert (other than the direct or
indirect beneficial owners of the Capital Stock of the Company as of the Closing
Date) shall, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases,
privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, have become the direct or indirect
beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended from time to time) of securities of the Company representing 40%
or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities for the
election of directors or shall have the right to elect a majority of the board of
directors of the Company.
Closing Date
: the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in
subsection 10.1 shall be satisfied.
Code
: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Commitment
as to any Bank, the sum of the Term Commitment and the Revolving
Commitment of such Bank.
Committed Exposure
: as to any Bank, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar
Equivalent Amount of the principal amount of all outstanding Committed Rate Loans and Local
Currency Loans made by such Bank or its Local Currency Bank affiliates, agencies
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
7
or branches
plus
(b) such Banks Revolving Commitment Percentage of the
aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of the principal or face amount of all outstanding Swing
Line Loans and L/C Obligations.
Committed Rate Loan
: as defined in subsection 2.1; a Committed Rate Loan
bearing interest based upon the ABR shall be a
Committed Rate ABR Loan
, and a
Committed Rate Loan bearing interest based upon a Eurocurrency Rate shall be a
Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loan
.
Commonly Controlled Entity
: an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is
under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part
of a group which includes the Company and which is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.
Company
: as defined in the preamble hereto.
Company Guarantee
: the Guarantee of the Company, substantially in the form
of Exhibit F-1, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Competitive Advance Loan
: as defined in subsection 3.1.
Competitive Advance Loan Offer
: with respect to any Competitive Advance Loan
Request in any Currency, an offer from a Bank in respect of such Competitive Advance Loan
Request, containing the information in respect of such Competitive Advance Loan Offer and
delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time specified for a Competitive Advance
Loan Offer in respect of such Currency in the Administrative Schedule.
Competitive Advance Loan Request
: with respect to any Competitive Advance
Loan in any Currency, a request from the Specified Borrower in respect of such Loan,
containing the information in respect of such Competitive Advance Loan and delivered to the
Person, in the manner and by the time specified for a Competitive Advance Loan Request in
respect of such Currency in the Administrative Schedule.
Conduit Bank
: any special purpose corporation organized and administered by
any Bank for the purpose of making Loans and funding L/C Participant Obligations otherwise
required to be made or funded by such Bank and designated to the Administrative Agent and
the Borrower by such Bank in a written instrument;
provided
, that the designation by
any Bank of a Conduit Bank shall not relieve the designating Bank of any of its obligations
to fund a Loan or an L/C Participant Obligation under this Agreement if, for any reason, its
Conduit Bank fails to fund any such Loan or L/C Participant Obligation, and the designating
Bank (and not the Conduit Bank) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all
consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit
Bank, and
provided
,
further
, that no Conduit Bank shall (a) be entitled to
receive any greater amount pursuant to Section 8.5, 8.6, 8.8, or 15.5 than the designating
Bank would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such
Conduit Bank or (b) be deemed to have any Commitment.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
8
Continuation Notice
: as defined in Section 2.13(a).
Continuing Bank
: as defined in Section 2.13(a).
Consolidated Cash Interest Expense
: for any period, (a) the amount which
would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption interest expense or any
like caption on a consolidated income statement of the Company and its Subsidiaries minus
(b) the amount of non-cash interest (including interest paid by the issuance of additional
securities) included in such amount;
provided
that in the case of any Permitted
Receivables Securitization, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense shall be adjusted to
include (without duplication) an amount equal to the interest (or other fees in the nature
of interest or discount) accrued and paid or payable in cash for such period by the special
purpose entity to the Receivable Financiers under such Permitted Receivables Securitization.
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
: for any period, the ratio of (a)
Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period.
Consolidated Leverage Ratio
: on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated
Total Debt on such date to (b) Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date.
Consolidated Net Income
: for any fiscal period, the consolidated net income
(or loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries after excluding all unusual, extraordinary and
non-recurring gains and after adding all unusual, extraordinary and non-recurring losses, in
all cases of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis during the
relevant period in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Total Debt
: at the date of determination thereof, (i) all
Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding Indebtedness of the Company
owing to any of its Subsidiaries or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company owing to
the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company), as determined on a consolidated basis
in accordance with GAAP
plus
(ii) without duplication of amounts included in clause
(i) above, an amount equal to the aggregate unpaid amount of cash proceeds advanced by the
Receivables Financiers to the special purpose entity under any Permitted Receivables
Securitization at the date of determination.
Contractual Obligation
: as to any Person, any provision of any security
issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such
Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Credit Documents
: this Agreement, the Applications, the Subsidiary
Guarantees, the Company Guarantee and the Local Currency Facilities.
Currencies
: the collective reference to Dollars and Foreign Currencies.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
9
Default
: any of the events specified in Section 13, whether or not any
requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition,
has been satisfied.
Disposition
: with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and
leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof; and the terms
Dispose
and
Disposed of
shall have correlative meanings.
Dollar Equivalent Amount
: with respect to (i) the amount of any Foreign
Currency on any date, the equivalent amount in Dollars of such amount of Foreign Currency,
as determined by the Administrative Agent using the Exchange Rate and (ii) any amount in
Dollars, such amount.
Dollars
and
$
: dollars in lawful currency of the United States of
America.
Domestic Subsidiary
: as to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person organized
under the laws of a State of the United States or the District of Columbia.
Domestic Subsidiary Borrower
: each Subsidiary of the Company listed as a
Domestic Subsidiary Borrower in Schedule II as amended from time to time in accordance with
subsection 15.1(b)(i).
Environmental Laws
: any and all applicable foreign, Federal, state, local or
municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees,
requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including, without
limitation, common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of
conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time
hereafter be in effect.
ERISA
: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from
time to time.
euro
: the single currency of participating member states of the European
Union.
Eurocurrency Loan
: any Loan bearing interest based upon a Eurocurrency Rate.
Eurocurrency Rate
: in respect of Dollars and each Available Foreign
Currency, the rate determined as the Eurocurrency Rate for Dollars or such Available Foreign
Currency in the manner set forth in the Administrative Schedule.
European Subsidiaries
: as of any date, any Subsidiary of the Company that is
domiciled in Europe.
Event of Default
: any of the events specified in Section 13,
provided
that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both,
or any other condition, has been satisfied.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
10
Exchange Rate
: with respect to any Foreign Currency on any date, the rate at
which such Foreign Currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth on such date on page
3750 of the Telerate screen at or about 11:00 a.m. London time on such date. In the event
that such rate does not appear on page 3750 of the Telerate screen, the Exchange Rate with
respect to such Foreign Currency shall be determined by reference to such other publicly
available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative
Agent and the Company or, in the absence of such agreement, such Exchange Rate shall
instead be the Administrative Agents spot rate of exchange in the interbank market where
its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such Foreign Currency are then being
conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m., local time, at such date for the purchase of Dollars with
such Foreign Currency, for delivery two Business Days later;
provided
, that if at
the time of any such determination, no such spot rate can reasonably be quoted, the
Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method as it deems applicable to determine such
rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error (without prejudice to
the determination of the reasonableness of such method).
Existing Credit Agreement
: as defined in the recitals hereof.
Existing Joint Ventures
: the Persons specified on Schedule 1.1.
Existing Subsidiary Guarantee
: the Subsidiary Guarantee executed on February
22, 2001 by Support Net, Inc., an Indiana corporation, Gates/Arrow Distributing, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, and Mid Range Open Computing Alliance, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Exposure
: at any date, (a) as to all the Banks, the aggregate Dollar
Equivalent Amount of (i) the outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans then
outstanding and (ii) all L/C Obligations then outstanding, (b) as to any Bank, the aggregate
Dollar Equivalent Amount of (i) the outstanding principal amount of all Committed Rate
Loans, Local Currency Loans and Competitive Advance Loans made by such Bank or its Local
Bank affiliates, branches or agencies and (ii) such Banks Revolving Commitment Percentage
of the outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations and (c) as
to any Borrower, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of the outstanding principal amount
of all Revolving Loans to such Borrower then outstanding.
Extensions of Credit
: the collective reference to the making of any Loans
(including, without limitation, participating in any Swing Line Loans) and the issuance of,
or participation in, any Letters of Credit but excluding the continuation or conversion of
any Loan pursuant to a Notice of Conversion or a Notice of Continuation.
Extension Request
: as defined in subsection 2.13(a).
Facility Fee Rate
: a rate per annum determined based upon the Rating in
effect on such date by both S&P and Moodys set forth under the relevant column heading
below opposite such Rating:
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rating
|
|
Facility Fee Rate (in
|
Level
|
|
(S&P/Moodys)
|
|
basis points)
|
I
|
|
Greater than or equal to
BBB+/Baa1
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II
|
|
Greater than or equal to
BBB/Baa2
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
III
|
|
Greater than or equal to
BBB-/Baa3
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IV
|
|
Greater than or equal to
BB+/Ba1
|
|
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
V
|
|
Less than
BB+/Ba1
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
;
provided
that, in the event that the Ratings of S&P and Moodys do not
coincide, (i) the Facility Fee Rate set forth above opposite (A) the higher of such Ratings
if at least one Rating is within Level I III or (B) the lower of such Ratings if no Rating
is within Level I III, will apply if the Ratings differ by only one level, (ii) the
Facility Fee Rate consistent with the Rating one level above the lower Rating will apply if
the Ratings differ by two or more levels, and (iii), if there is no Rating in effect, the
Facility Fee Rate will be based on the Rating of less than BB+/Ba1.
Federal Funds Effective Rate
: for any day, the weighted average of the rates
on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged
by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a
Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected
by it.
Financing Lease
: any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations of
the lessee in respect of which are required in accordance with GAAP to be capitalized on a
balance sheet of the lessee.
Foreign Currencies
: the collective reference to the Available Foreign
Currencies and the Additional Local Currencies.
Foreign Currency Commitment
: as to any Bank and any Available Foreign
Currency, the obligation of such Bank to make Committed Rate Loans hereunder denominated in
such Available Foreign Currency in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding
not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Banks name on Schedule I under the caption
[Name of applicable Available Foreign Currency] Commitment Amount, as such amount may be
changed from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Foreign Currency Commitment Percentage
: as to any Bank and any Available
Foreign Currency at any time, the percentage which such Banks Foreign Currency Commitment
in such Available Foreign Currency then constitutes of the aggregate Foreign Currency
Commitments of all Banks in such Available Foreign Currency.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
12
Foreign Currency Exposure
: at any date, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent
Amount of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all Loans then outstanding which are
denominated in a currency other than Dollars and (b) all L/C Obligations then outstanding
which are denominated in a currency other than Dollars.
Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit
: at any date, (a) with respect to euros,
a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $300,000,000, (b) with respect to Pounds Sterling, a
Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $200,000,000, (c) with respect to Hong Kong Dollars, a
Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $100,000,000, and (d) with respect to Swedish Kroner, a
Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $100,000,000.
Foreign Subsidiary
: any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Foreign Subsidiary Borrower
: each Subsidiary of the Company listed as a
Foreign Subsidiary Borrower in Schedule II as amended from time to time in accordance with
subsection 15.1(b)(i);
provided
that with respect to any Subsidiary for which a
Foreign Subsidiary Opinion has not previously been delivered, if the aggregate Exposure of
such Subsidiary owing to all Banks exceeds $20,000,000 for a period of 30 consecutive days,
then, unless a Foreign Subsidiary Opinion is delivered within 30 days after the end of such
period, such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower 30 days after the
end of such period with respect to all Exposure of such Subsidiary owing to the Banks in
excess of $20,000,000.
Foreign Subsidiary Opinion
: with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower,
a legal opinion of counsel to such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower addressed to the
Administrative Agent and the Banks concluding that such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and the
Credit Documents to which it is a party substantially comply with the matters listed on
Exhibit G-3 hereto, with such deviations therefrom as the Administrative Agent shall consent
(such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).
Funding Office
: (i) for each Term Loan, Type of Committed Rate Loan and each
Currency, the Funding Office set forth in respect thereof in the Administrative Schedule and
(ii) for each Competitive Advance Loan, as agreed by the Borrower that borrows such
Competitive Advance Loan, the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan and the
Administrative Agent.
Funding Time
: (i) for each Type of Committed Rate Loan and Term Loan, and
each Currency, the Funding Time set forth in respect thereof in the Administrative Schedule
and (ii) for each Competitive Advance Loan, as agreed by the Borrower that borrows such
Competitive Advance Loan, the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan and the
Administrative Agent.
GAAP
: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of
America in effect from time to time.
Governing Documents
: as to any Person, the certificate or articles of
incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
13
Governmental Authority
: any nation or government, any state or other
political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial,
regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
Guarantee Obligation
: as to any Person (the
guaranteeing person
),
any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including, without
limitation, any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the
guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in
either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or
other obligations (the
primary obligations
) of any other third Person (the
primary obligor
) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without
limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to
purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect
security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any
such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary
obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to
purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of
any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such
primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such
primary obligation against loss in respect thereof;
provided
,
however
, that
the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or
collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of
any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated
or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee
Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be
liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless
such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be
liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation
shall be such guaranteeing persons maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect
thereof as determined by the Company in good faith.
Guarantor
: the Company or any Subsidiary in its capacity as a party to the
Company Guarantee or a Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be.
Hedging Agreements
: (a) Interest Rate Agreements and (b) any swap, futures,
forward or option agreements or other agreements or arrangements designed to limit or
eliminate the risk and/or exposure of a Person to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
Hedging Banks
: any Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates which from
time to time enter into Hedging Agreements with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Increasing Bank
: as defined in subsection 2.10(c).
Indebtedness
: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) the
principal amount of all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred
purchase price of property or services (other than current trade liabilities incurred in the
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
14
ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices), (b)
the principal amount of any other indebtedness of such Person which is evidenced by a note,
bond, debenture or similar instrument, (c) the portion of all obligations of such Person
under Financing Leases which must be capitalized in accordance with GAAP, (d) the principal
or stated amount of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers
acceptances or similar obligations issued or created for the account of such Person, (e) all
liabilities arising under Hedging Agreements of such Person, (f) the principal or stated
amount of all Guarantee Obligations of such Person (other than guarantees by the Company or
any Subsidiary in respect of current trade liabilities of the Company or any Subsidiary
incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary terms),
and (g) the principal amount of all liabilities secured by any Lien on any property owned by
such Person even though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the
payment thereof.
Insolvency
: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such
Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.
Insolvent
: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.
Interest Payment Date
: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March,
June, September and December and on the Term Loan Termination Date or Revolving Termination
Date, as applicable, (b) as to any Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan that is a Eurocurrency
Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest
Period, (c) as to any Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan that is a Eurocurrency Loan having an
Interest Period longer than three months, each day which is three months after the first day
of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, (d) as to any Swing Line
Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar month during which such Swing Line Loan is
outstanding, and (e) as to any Competitive Advance Loan, the date or dates set forth in the
applicable Competitive Advance Loan Request or otherwise agreed upon by the relevant
Borrower and Bank at the time the terms of such Competitive Advance Loan are determined as
provided in subsection 3.2.
Interest Period
: with respect to any Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan that
is a Eurocurrency Loan:
(i) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as
the case may be, with respect to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three
or six months thereafter, as selected by the relevant Borrower in its Notice of
Borrowing or Notice of Conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto;
and
(ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding
Interest Period applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending one, two, three or
six months thereafter, as selected by the relevant Borrower by a Notice of
Continuation with respect thereto;
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
15
provided
that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are
subject to the following:
(1) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business
Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day
unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into
another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the
immediately preceding Business Day;
(2) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the relevant
Termination Date shall end on such Termination Date; and
(3) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar
month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the
calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business
Day of a calendar month.
Interest Rate Agreement
: any interest rate protection agreement, interest
rate future, interest rate option, interest rate swap, interest rate cap or other interest
rate hedge or arrangement under which the Company is a party or a beneficiary.
Issuing Bank
: in respect of any Currency, each Bank listed as an Issuing
Bank in Schedule III in respect of such Currency.
Issuing Office
: in respect of each Issuing Bank, the Issuing Office set
forth for such Issuing Bank in Schedule III.
Joinder Agreement
: each Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A, from time to time executed and delivered hereunder pursuant to subsection 15.1
(b).
L/C Commitment
: the Dollar Equivalent Amount of $100,000,000.
L/C Obligations
: at any time, an amount equal to the sum of the Dollar
Equivalent Amount of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then
outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of
Credit which have not then been reimbursed pursuant to subsection 5.5(a).
L/C Participant
: in respect of each Letter of Credit, each Bank (other than
the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of Credit) in its capacity as the holder of a
participating interest in such Letter of Credit.
Letters of Credit
: as defined in subsection 5.1(b).
Lien
: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement,
encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference,
priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
16
agreement and any Financing Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any
of the foregoing).
Liquidity
: the sum of (a) cash and cash equivalents and short-term
investments convertible into cash within sixty (60) days held by the Company and its
Subsidiaries, plus (b) so long as the Company is able to satisfy the conditions to borrowing
set forth in subsection 10.2 (including, but not limited to, compliance with the financial
covenants pursuant to Section 12.1), the aggregate amount of Undrawn Commitments, plus (c)
any amount then available to the Company or its Subsidiaries under any Permitted Receivables
Securitization or other legally committed credit facilities (
provided
that, in the
case of this clause (c), the Company or the applicable Subsidiary is able to satisfy all
conditions to the availability of such financing).
Loan
: any Term Loan or Revolving Loan.
Loan Parties
: the Company and each Subsidiary of the Company which is a
party to a Credit Document.
Local Currency Bank
: any Bank (or, if applicable, any affiliate, branch or
agency thereof) party to a Local Currency Facility.
Local Currency Bank Maximum Borrowing Amount
: as defined in subsection
6.1(b).
Local Currency Borrower
: each Subsidiary of the Company organized under the
laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States that the Company designates as a Local
Currency Borrower in a Local Currency Facility Addendum.
Local Currency Facility
: any Qualified Credit Facility that the Company
designates as a Local Currency Facility pursuant to a Local Currency Facility Addendum or
that is set forth on Schedule 9.10.
Local Currency Facility Addendum
: a Local Currency Facility Addendum
received by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit C and conforming
to the requirements of Section 6.
Local Currency Facility Agent
: with respect to each Local Currency Facility,
the Local Currency Bank acting as agent for the Local Currency Banks party thereto.
Local Currency Facility Maximum Borrowing Amount
: as defined in subsection
6.1(b).
Local Currency Loan
: any loan made pursuant to a Local Currency Facility.
London Banking Day
: any day on which banks in London are open for general
banking business, including dealings in foreign currency and exchange.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
17
Material Adverse Effect
: a material adverse effect on (a) the business,
operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations
under this Agreement or other Credit Documents or (c) the validity or enforceability of this
Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or the rights or remedies of the
Administrative Agent or the Banks hereunder or thereunder.
Materials of Environmental Concern
: any gasoline or petroleum (including
crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic
substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental
Law, including, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and
urea-formaldehyde insulation.
Moodys
: Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
Multiemployer Plan
: a Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
New Bank
: as defined in subsection 2.10(b).
New Bank Supplement
: as defined in subsection 2.10(b).
Non-Excluded Taxes
: as defined in subsection 8.6.
Non-Extending Bank
: as defined in Section 2.13(a).
Notice of Borrowing
: with respect to a Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan of
any Type in any Currency, a notice from the Specified Borrower in respect of such Loan,
containing the information in respect of such Loan and delivered to the Person, in the
manner and by the time specified for a Notice of Borrowing in respect of such Currency and
such Type of Loan in the Administrative Schedule.
Notice of Continuation
: with respect to a Term Loan Eurocurrency Loan or
Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loan in any Currency, a notice from the Specified Borrower in
respect of such Loan, containing the information in respect of such Loan and delivered to
the Person, in the manner and by the time specified for a Notice of Continuation in respect
of such Currency in the Administrative Schedule.
Notice of Conversion
: with respect to a Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan in
Dollars which a Specified Borrower wishes to convert from a Eurocurrency Loan to an ABR
Loan, or from an ABR Loan to a Eurocurrency Loan, as the case may be, a notice from such
Borrower setting forth the amount of such Loan to be converted, the date of such conversion
and, in the case of conversions of ABR Loans to Eurocurrency Loans, the length of the
initial Interest Period applicable thereto. Each Notice of Conversion shall be delivered to
the Administrative Agent at its address set forth in subsection 15.2 and shall be delivered
before 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Business Day of the requested conversion in
the case of conversions to ABR Loans, and before 12:00
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
18
Noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the requested conversion in the
case of conversions to Eurocurrency Loans.
Notice of Local Currency Outstandings
: with respect to each Local Currency
Facility Agent, a notice from such Local Currency Facility Agent containing the information,
delivered to the Person, in the manner and by the time, specified for a Notice of Local
Currency Outstandings in the Administrative Schedule.
Notice of Prepayment
: with respect to prepayment of any Term Loan or
Committed Rate Loan of any Type in any Currency, a notice from the Specified Borrower in
respect of such Loan, containing the information in respect of such prepayment and delivered
to the Person, in the manner and by the time specified for a Notice of Prepayment in respect
of such Term Loan, Currency and such Type of Loan in the Administrative Schedule.
Notice of Swing Line Borrowing
: with respect to a Swing Line Loan of any
Type in any Currency, a notice from the Specified Borrower in respect of such Loan,
containing the information in respect of such Swing Line Loan and delivered to the Person,
in the manner and by the time agreed by the Company and the applicable Swing Line Bank in
respect of such Currency and such Type of Loan.
Notice of Swing Line Outstandings
: with respect to each Swing Line Bank, a
notice from such Swing Line Bank containing the information, delivered to the Person, in the
manner and by the time, specified for a Notice of Swing Line Outstandings in the
Administrative Schedule.
Notice of Swing Line Refunding
: with respect to each Swing Line Bank, a
notice from such Swing Line Bank containing the information, delivered to the Person, in the
manner and by the time, specified for a Notice of Swing Line Refunding in the Administrative
Schedule.
Objecting Bank
: as defined in subsection 15.1(e).
Offered Increase Amount
: as defined in subsection 2.10(a).
Participant
: as defined in subsection 15.6(b).
Payment Office
: (i) for each Term Loan, Type of Committed Rate Loan and each
Currency, the Payment Office set forth in respect thereof in the Administrative Schedule and
(ii) for each Competitive Advance Loan, as agreed by the Borrower that borrows such
Competitive Advance Loan, the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan and the
Administrative Agent.
Payment Time
: for each Term Loan, Type of Committed Rate Loan and each
Currency, the Payment Time set forth in respect thereof in the Administrative Schedule and
(ii) for each Competitive Advance Loan, as agreed by the Borrower that borrows such
Competitive Advance Loan, the Bank that makes such Competitive Advance Loan and the
Administrative Agent.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
19
PBGC
: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to
Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.
Permitted Acquisition
: on any date of determination, the acquisition of all
or part of any Person or business unit in any transaction or series of transactions by the
Company or any Subsidiary.
Permitted Joint Venture
: on any date of determination, a limited-purpose
corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other similar legal
arrangement (whether created by contract or conducted through a separate legal entity, but
excluding any Subsidiary) now or hereafter formed or invested in by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries with another Person or Persons in order to conduct a common venture or
enterprise with such Person or Persons.
Permitted Receivables Securitization
: any transaction involving one or more
sales, contributions or other conveyances by the Company or any Subsidiary of any
Receivables to a special purpose entity (which may be a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the
Company), which special purpose entity finances such sales, contributions or other
conveyances by in turn conveying an interest in such Receivables to one or more Receivable
Financiers,
provided
that such transaction shall not involve any recourse to the
Company or any Subsidiary (other than such special purpose entity) for any reason other than
(i) repurchases of non-eligible Receivables, (ii) indemnification for losses (including any
adjustments for dilutions), other than credit losses related to the Receivables conveyed in
such transaction and (iii) payment of costs, fees, expenses and indemnities relating to such
transaction.
Permitted Receivables Agreement
: the Transfer and Administration Agreement,
dated as of March 21, 2001, by and among the Company, Arrow Electronics Funding Corporation,
Bank of America, National Association, as the administrative agent for the conduit investors
and the alternate investors, and the other parties party thereto, as the same may have been
amended prior to and as in effect on the Closing Date.
Person
: an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock
company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other
entity of whatever nature.
Plan
: at a particular time, any employee benefit plan which is covered by
ERISA and in respect of which the Company or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such
plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an
employer as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
Pounds
,
Pounds Sterling
and
Sterling
: the lawful
currency of the United Kingdom.
Properties
: as defined in subsection 9.18(a).
Qualified Credit Facility
: a credit facility (a) providing for one or more
Local Currency Banks to make loans denominated in an Additional Local Currency to a Local
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
20
Currency Borrower, (b) providing for such loans to bear interest at a rate or rates
determined by the Company and such Local Currency Bank or Local Currency Banks and (c)
otherwise conforming to the requirements of Section 6.
Ratings
: the actual or implied senior unsecured non-credit enhanced debt
ratings of the Company in effect from time to time by Moodys or S&P, as the case may be,
the bank debt rating of the Company in effect from time to time by Moodys or the corporate
credit rating of the Company in effect from time to time by S&P.
Re-Allocation Date
: as defined in subsection 2.10(e).
Receivables
: all accounts receivable of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, and all proceeds thereof and rights (contractual and other) and collateral
related thereto.
Receivable Financier
: any Person (other than a Subsidiary or Affiliate of
the Company) that finances the acquisition by a special purpose entity of Receivables from
the Company or any Subsidiary.
Register
: as defined in subsection 15.6(d).
Regulation U
: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.
Reimbursement Obligation
: in respect of each Letter of Credit, the
obligation of the account party thereunder to reimburse the Issuing Bank for all drawings
made thereunder in accordance with Section 5 and the Application related to such Letter of
Credit.
Reorganization
: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that
such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.
Replacement Bank
: a bank or financial institution that assumes certain
Commitments and obligations and purchases certain Loans and rights pursuant to subsection
8.7(b) or 15.1(e).
Reportable Event
: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA,
other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under subsections
.13, .14, .16, .18, .19 or .20 of PBGC Reg. § 2615.
Required Banks
: at any time, Banks holding more than 50% of the aggregate
amount of the Term Loans and Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the Revolving
Commitments shall have expired or terminated, Banks holding more than 50% of the aggregate
amount of the Term Loans and the Exposure of all Banks at such time).
Requirement of Law
: as to any Person, the Governing Documents of such
Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court
or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or
any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
21
Responsible Officer
: as to any Person, the chief executive officer, the
chairman of the board, the president, the chief financial officer, the chief accounting
officer, any executive or senior vice president or the treasurer of such Person.
Restricted Payments
: as defined in subsection 12.5.
Revolving Borrowing Percentage
: (a) with respect to Committed Rate Loans
denominated in Dollars to be made by any Bank at any time, the ratio (expressed as a
percentage) of the amount of such Banks Undrawn Commitment at such time to the aggregate
amount of the Undrawn Commitments of all the Banks at such time;
provided
, that in
determining any Banks Undrawn Commitment for purpose of determining such Banks Revolving
Borrowing Percentage of any such Committed Rate Loans whose proceeds will be simultaneously
applied to repay Swing Line Loans or Local Currency Loans or to pay Reimbursement
Obligations, such Banks Revolving Commitment Percentage of the amount of such Swing Line
Loans and Reimbursement Obligations, and the amount of such Local Currency Loans owing to
such Bank, will not be considered Committed Exposure of such Bank (such Revolving Borrowing
Percentage of each Bank at any time to be calculated by the Administrative Agent on the
basis of its most recent calculations of the Undrawn Commitments of the Banks) and (b) with
respect to Committed Rate Loans denominated in any Available Foreign Currency to be made by
any Bank at any time, a percentage equal to such Banks Foreign Currency Commitment
Percentage in the Currency of such Committed Rate Loans.
Revolving Commitment
: as to any Bank, the obligation of such Bank to make
and/or acquire participating interests in Committed Rate Loans or Swing Line Loans hereunder
and/or under Local Currency Facilities and issue and/or acquire participating interests in
Letters of Credit hereunder in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount at any one time
outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Banks name on Schedule I under
the caption Dollar Revolving Commitment Amount, as such amount may be changed from time to
time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Revolving Commitment Increase Notice
: as defined in subsection 2.10(a).
Revolving Commitment Increase Supplement
: as defined in subsection 2.10(c).
Revolving Commitment Percentage
: as to any Bank at any time, the percentage
which such Banks Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate amount of the
Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or
terminated, the percentage which the amount of such Exposure with at such time constitutes
of the aggregate amount of the Exposure with of all the Banks at such time).
Revolving Commitment Period
: the period from and including the Closing Date
to and including the earlier of (i) the Revolving Termination Date and, (ii) such other date
on which the Revolving Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.
Revolving Loans
: any Committed Rate Loan, Competitive Advance Loan, Swing
Line Loan or Local Currency Loan.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
22
Revolving Termination Date
: January 11, 2012, as such date may be extended
pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof.
S&P
: Standard & Poors Ratings Group.
Schedule Amendment
: each Schedule Amendment, substantially in the form of
Exhibit B, executed and delivered pursuant to subsection 15.1.
Single Employer Plan
: any Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but
which is not a Multiemployer Plan.
Specified Borrower
: the collective reference to the Company and the
Subsidiary Borrowers.
Subsidiary
: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership or other entity of
which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than
stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of
a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such
corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which
is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both,
by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a Subsidiary or to
Subsidiaries in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.
Subsidiary Borrower
: the collective reference to the Foreign Subsidiary
Borrowers and the Domestic Subsidiary Borrowers.
Subsidiary Guarantee
: each of (a) the Existing Subsidiary Guarantee and (b)
each other Subsidiary Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2, to be executed
and delivered from time to time by any other Domestic Subsidiary pursuant to subsection
11.9, in each case, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
to time.
Swing Line Bank
: in respect of any Specified Borrower and any Currency, each
Bank listed as a Swing Line Bank in respect of such Specified Borrower and Currency in
Schedule III.
Swing Line Currency
: in respect of any Specified Borrower, the Currency set
forth for such Specified Borrower in Schedule III.
Swing Line Limit
: in respect of any Specified Borrower, the amount listed as
the Swing Line Limit in respect of such Specified Borrower in Schedule III, but not in any
case for all Specified Borrowers to exceed a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $200,000,000.
Swing Line Loan
: as defined in subsection 4.1.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
23
Swing Line Rate
: in respect of each Swing Line Currency for each Swing Line
Bank, the interest rate agreed from time to time between the Company and such Swing Line
Bank.
Target Operating Day
: any day that is not (a) a Saturday or Sunday, (b)
Christmas Day or New Years Day or (c) any other day on which the Trans-European Real-time
Gross Settlement Operating System (or any successor settlement system) is not operating (as
determined by the Administrative Agent).
Term Bank
: as defined in subsection 7.1.
Term Commitment
: as to any Bank, the obligation of such Bank, if any, to make a
Term Loan to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the
heading Term Commitment opposite such Banks name on Schedule I. The original aggregate amount
of the Term Commitments is $200,000,000.
Term Loans
: as defined in subsection 7.1.
Term Loan Termination Date
: January 11, 2012.
Term Percentage
: as to any Term Bank at any time, the percentage which such
Term Banks Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any
time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such
Banks Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term
Loans then outstanding).
Termination Date
. the Revolving Termination Date or Term Loan Termination
Date, as applicable.
Total Assets
: at a particular date, the assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Total Revolving Commitments
: at any time, the aggregate amount of the
Revolving Commitments then in effect.
Tranche
: the collective reference to Eurocurrency Loans of the same Type in
any Currency the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the
same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have
been made on the same day).
Transferee
: as defined in subsection 15.6(f).
Type
: in respect of any Loan, its character as a Term Loan, Committed Rate
Loan, Competitive Advance Loan or Swing Line Loan, as the case may be.
UCC
: the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the
relevant jurisdiction.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
24
Undrawn Commitment
: as to any Bank at any time, the amount of such Banks
Revolving Commitment
minus
the amount of such Banks Committed Exposure at such time
but not less than zero.
Uniform Customs
: the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits
(1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 as the same may be
amended from time to time.
1.2
Other Definitional Provisions
.
(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the
defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.
(b) As used herein and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant
hereto, accounting terms relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries not defined in subsection 1.1
and accounting terms partly defined in subsection 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the
respective meanings given to them under GAAP.
(c) The words hereof, herein and hereunder and words of similar import when used in
this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement, and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless
otherwise specified.
(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the
singular and plural forms of such terms.
(e) The phrases to the knowledge of the Company and of which any Subsidiary is aware and
phrases of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean to the actual knowledge of a
Responsible Officer of the Company or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be.
1.3
Accounting Determinations.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting
determinations for purposes of calculating or determining compliance with the terms found in
subsection 1.1 or the standards and covenants found in subsection 12.1 and otherwise to be made
under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent in all
material respects with that used in preparing the financial statements referred to in subsection
9.1. If GAAP shall change from the basis used in preparing such financial statements, the
certificates required to be delivered pursuant to subsection 11.2 demonstrating compliance with the
covenants contained herein shall set forth calculations setting forth the adjustments necessary to
demonstrate how the Company is in compliance with the financial covenants based upon GAAP as in
effect on the Closing Date.
SECTION 2. THE COMMITTED RATE LOANS
2.1
Committed Rate Loans
.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
25
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Bank severally agrees to make loans on a
revolving credit basis (
Committed Rate Loans
) to any Specified Borrower from time to time
during the Revolving Commitment Period;
provided
, that no Committed Rate Loan shall be made
by any Bank if, after giving effect to the making of such Loan and the simultaneous application of
the proceeds thereof, (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of all the Banks would exceed the
aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments, (ii) the aggregate amount of the Foreign Currency
Exposure in respect of any Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such
Currency (iii) in the case of Committed Rate Loans denominated in an Available Foreign Currency,
the aggregate principal amount of Committed Rate Loans outstanding to a Bank in such Currency would
exceed the Foreign Currency Commitment of such Bank in such Currency or (iv) the aggregate amount
of the Exposure of a Bank would exceed the Revolving Commitment of such Bank. During the Revolving
Commitment Period, the Specified Borrowers may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing,
prepaying the Committed Rate Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the
terms and conditions hereof.
(b) The Committed Rate Loans may be made in Dollars or any Available Foreign Currency and may
from time to time be (i) Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans, (ii) in the case of Committed Rate
Loans in Dollars only, Committed Rate ABR Loans or (iii) a combination thereof, as determined by
the relevant Specified Borrower and set forth in the Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion
with respect thereto;
provided
, that no Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loan shall be made
after the day that is one month prior to the Revolving Termination Date.
2.2
Procedure for Committed Rate Loan Borrowing
. Any Specified Borrower may request
the Banks to make Committed Rate Loans on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period
by delivering a Notice of Borrowing. Each borrowing of Committed Rate Loans (other than pursuant
to a Swing Line refunding pursuant to subsection 4.4, pursuant to subsection 5.5(c) or pursuant to
subsection 6.3) shall be in an amount equal to (a) in the case of Committed Rate ABR Loans,
$1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate undrawn
amount of the Revolving Commitments is less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount) and (b) in the
case of Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans, (i) if in Dollars, $5,000,000 or increments of $500,000
thereafter, and (ii) if in any Available Foreign Currency, an amount in such Available Foreign
Currency of which the Dollar Equivalent Amount is at least $5,000,000;
provided
, that any
borrowing of Committed Rate Loans may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused
balance of the Total Revolving Commitment. Upon receipt of any such Notice of Borrowing from a
Specified Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Bank that has a Revolving
Commitment in the relevant Currency of receipt of such Notice of Borrowing and of such Banks
Revolving Borrowing Percentage of the Committed Rate Loans
to be made pursuant thereto. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Bank that has a
Revolving Commitment in the relevant Currency will make its Revolving Borrowing Percentage of each
such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Specified Borrower at
the Funding Office, and at or prior to the Funding Time, for the Currency of such Loan in funds
immediately available to the Administrative Agent in the applicable Currency. The amounts made
available by each Bank will then be made available to such Specified Borrower at the Funding
Office, in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
26
2.3
Repayment of Committed Rate Loans; Evidence of Debt
.
(a) Each Specified Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative
Agent for the account of each Bank on the Revolving Termination Date (or such earlier date on which
the Loans become due and payable pursuant to Section 13), the then unpaid principal amount of each
Committed Rate Loan made by such Bank to such Specified Borrower. Each Specified Borrower hereby
further agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank, interest on the
unpaid principal amount of the Committed Rate Loans made to such Specified Borrower from time to
time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on
the dates, set forth in subsection 8.13.
(b) Each Bank shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts
evidencing indebtedness of each Specified Borrower to such Bank resulting from each Committed Rate
Loan of such Bank from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and
paid to such Bank from time to time under this Agreement.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to subsection 15.6(d), and
a subaccount therein for each Bank, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Committed
Rate Loan made hereunder and each Interest Period (if any) applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of
any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Specified Borrower
to each Bank under Committed Rate Loans and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the
Administrative Agent from each Specified Borrower in respect of Committed Rate Loans, and the
amount of each Banks share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Bank maintained pursuant to
subsection 2.3(b) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be
prima
facie
evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of each Specified Borrower therein
recorded;
provided
,
however
, that the failure of any Bank or the Administrative
Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner
affect the obligation of each Specified Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Committed
Rate Loans made to such Specified Borrower by such Bank in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.
2.4
Termination or Reduction of Commitments
. The Company shall have the right, upon
not less than five Business Days notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving
Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments. Any such
reduction shall be in an
amount equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof and shall reduce permanently the
Revolving Commitments then in effect;
provided
that the Revolving Commitments may not be
optionally reduced at any time to an amount which is less than the amount of the Exposure of all
the Banks at such time; and
provided
further
that the Revolving Commitments may not
be reduced to an amount which is less than $50,000,000 unless they are terminated in full.
2.5 [
reserved
].
2.6 [
reserved
].
2.7 [
reserved
].
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
27
2.8 [
reserved
].
2.9 [
reserved
].
2.10
Commitment Increases
. (a) At any time after the Closing Date, provided that no
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrowers may request an increase of
the aggregate Revolving Commitments in an aggregate amount up to $200,000,000 by notice to the
Administrative Agent in writing of the amount (the
Offered Increase Amount
) of such
proposed increase (such notice, a
Revolving Commitment Increase Notice
). Any such
Revolving Commitment Increase Notice must offer each Bank the opportunity to subscribe for its pro
rata share of the increased Revolving Commitments; provided, however, the Borrowers may, with the
consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
without offering to each Bank the opportunity to subscribe for its pro rata share of the increased
Revolving Commitments, offer to any bank or other financial institution that is not an existing
Bank the opportunity to provide a new Revolving Commitment pursuant to paragraph (b) below. If any
portion of the increased Revolving Commitments offered to the Banks as contemplated in the
immediately preceding sentence is not subscribed for by the Banks, the Borrowers may, with the
consent of the Administrative Agent as to any bank or financial institution that is not at such
time a Bank (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), offer to any existing
Bank or to one or more additional banks or financial institutions the opportunity to provide all or
a portion of such unsubscribed portion of the increased Revolving Commitments pursuant to paragraph
(b) below.
(b) Any additional bank or financial institution that the Borrowers select to offer the
opportunity to provide any portion of the increased Revolving Commitments, and that elects to
become a party to this Agreement and provide a Revolving Commitment, shall execute a New Bank
Supplement with the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit K
(a
New Bank Supplement
), whereupon such bank or financial institution (a
New
Bank
) shall become a Bank for all purposes and to the same extent as if originally a party
hereto and shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement, and Schedule I shall
be deemed to be amended to add the name and Revolving Commitment of such New Bank,
provided
that the Revolving Commitment of any such New Bank shall be in a principal amount not less than
$10,000,000.
(c) Any Bank that accepts an offer to it by the Borrowers to increase its Revolving
Commitment pursuant to this subsection 2.10 shall, in each case, execute a Revolving Commitment
Increase Supplement with the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of
Exhibit L (a
Revolving Commitment Increase Supplement
), whereupon such Bank (an
Increasing Bank
) shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement with
respect to the full amount of its Revolving Commitment as so increased, and Schedule I shall be
deemed to be amended to so increase the Revolving Commitment of such Bank.
(d) The effectiveness of any New Bank Supplement or Revolving Commitment Increase Supplement
shall be contingent upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such corporate resolutions of the
Borrowers and legal opinions of counsel to the Borrowers as the Administrative Agent shall
reasonably request with respect thereto.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
28
(e) (i) Except as otherwise provided in subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (e),
if any bank or financial institution becomes a New Bank pursuant to subsection 2.10(b) or any
Banks Revolving Commitment is increased pursuant to subsection 2.10(c), additional Committed Rate
Loans made on or after the date of the effectiveness thereof (the
Re-Allocation Date
)
shall be made in accordance with the pro rata provisions of subsection 5.3 based on the Revolving
Commitment Percentages (or relevant Foreign Currency Commitment Percentages, as the case may be) in
effect on and after such Re-Allocation Date (except to the extent that any such pro rata borrowings
would result in any Bank making an aggregate principal amount of Committed Rate Loans in excess of
its Revolving Commitment (or relevant Foreign Currency Commitment, as the case may be), in which
case such excess amount will be allocated to, and made by, the relevant New Banks and Increasing
Banks to the extent of, and in accordance with the pro rata provisions of subsection 5.3 based on,
their respective Revolving Commitments (or relevant Foreign Currency Commitments, as the case may
be)). On each Re-Allocation Date, the Administrative Agent shall deliver a notice to each Bank of
the adjusted Revolving Commitment Percentages after giving effect to any increase in the aggregate
Revolving Commitments made pursuant to this subsection 2.10 on such Re-Allocation Date.
(ii) In the event that on any such Re-Allocation Date there is an unpaid principal
amount of Committed Rate ABR Loans, the applicable Borrower shall make prepayments thereof
and one or more Borrowers shall make borrowings of Committed Rate ABR Loans and/or Committed
Rate Eurocurrency Loans, as the applicable Borrower shall determine, so that, after giving
effect thereto, the Committed Rate ABR
Loans and Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans outstanding are held as nearly as may be in
accordance with the pro rata provisions of subsection 5.3 based on such new Revolving
Commitment Percentage.
(iii) In the event that on any such Re-Allocation Date there is an unpaid principal
amount of Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans, such Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans shall
remain outstanding with the respective holders thereof until the expiration of their
respective Interest Periods (unless the applicable Borrower elects to prepay any thereof in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement), and on the last day of the
respective Interest Periods the applicable Borrower shall make prepayments thereof and the
applicable Borrowers shall make borrowings of Committed Rate ABR Loans and/or Committed Rate
Eurocurrency Loans so that, after giving effect thereto, the Committed Rate ABR Loans and
Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans outstanding are held by all of the Banks as nearly as may
be in accordance with the pro rata provisions of subsection 5.3 based on such new Revolving
Commitment Percentage.
(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection 2.10, no Bank shall have any
obligation to increase its Revolving Commitment unless it agrees to do so in its sole discretion.
2.11
Refunding of Committed Rate Loans Denominated in Available Foreign Currencies
.
(a) Notwithstanding noncompliance with the conditions precedent set forth in subsection 10.2,
if any Committed Rate Loans denominated in any Available Foreign Currency
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
29
(any such Loans,
Specified Loans
) are outstanding on (i) any date on which an Event of Default pursuant to
Section 13(g) shall have occurred with respect to the Company or (ii) any Acceleration Date, then,
at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the second Business Day immediately succeeding (x) the date
on which such Event of Default occurs (in the case of clause (i) above) or (y) such Acceleration
Date (in the case of clause (ii) above), the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have received
a notice from the Company pursuant to subsection 2.2 requesting that Committed Rate ABR Loans be
made pursuant to subsection 2.1 on such second Business Day in an aggregate amount equal to the
Dollar Equivalent Amount of the aggregate amount of all Specified Loans, and the procedures set
forth in subsection 2.2 shall be followed in making such Committed Rate ABR Loans. The proceeds of
such Committed Rate ABR Loans shall be applied to repay such Specified Loans.
(b) If, for any reason, Committed Rate ABR Loans may not be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of
this subsection 2.11 to repay Specified Loans as required by such paragraph, effective on the date
such Committed Rate ABR Loans would otherwise have been made, (i) the principal amount of each
relevant Specified Loan shall be converted into Dollars (calculated on the basis of the Exchange
Rate as of the immediately preceding Business Day) (
Converted Specified Loans
) and (ii)
each Bank severally, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall purchase in Dollars a
participating interest in such Converted Specified Loans in an amount equal to the amount of
Committed Rate ABR Loans which would otherwise have been made by
such Bank pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 2.11. Each Bank will immediately
transfer to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, the amount of its
participation, and the proceeds of such participation shall be distributed by the Administrative
Agent to each Bank having such Specified Loans in such amount as will reduce the amount of the
participating interest retained by such Bank in the Converted Specified Loans to the amount of the
Committed Rate ABR Loans which were to have been made by it pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
subsection 2.11. All Converted Specified Loans shall bear interest at the rate which would
otherwise be applicable to Committed Rate ABR Loans. Each Bank shall share on a
pro
rata
basis (calculated by reference to its participating interest in such Converted
Specified Loans) in any interest which accrues thereon and in all repayments thereof.
(c) If, for any reason, Committed Rate ABR Loans may not be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of
this subsection 2.11 to repay Specified Loans as required by such paragraph and the principal
amount of any Specified Loans may not be converted into Dollars in the manner contemplated by
paragraph (b) of this subsection 2.11, (i) the Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar
Equivalent Amount of such Specified Loans (calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate determined
as of the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which Committed Rate ABR Loans would
otherwise have been made pursuant to said paragraph (a)) and (ii) effective on the date on which
Committed Rate ABR Loans would otherwise have been made pursuant to said paragraph (a), each Bank
severally, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall purchase in Dollars a participating
interest in such Specified Loans in an amount equal to the amount of Committed Rate ABR Loans which
would otherwise have been made by such Bank pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 2.11.
Each Bank will immediately transfer to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds,
the amount of its participation, and the proceeds of such participation shall be distributed by the
Administrative Agent to each relevant Bank having Specified Loans in such amount as will reduce the
Dollar Equivalent Amount as of such date of the amount of the participating interest retained by
such
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
30
Bank in such Specified Loans to the amount of the Committed Rate ABR Loans which were to have
been made by it pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 2.11. Each Bank shall share on a
pro
rata
basis (calculated by reference to its participating interest in such
Specified Loans) in any interest which accrues thereon, in all repayments of principal thereof and
in the benefits of any collateral furnished in respect thereof and the proceeds of such collateral.
(d) If any amount required to be paid by any Bank to any other Bank pursuant to this
subsection 2.11 in respect of any Specified Loan is not paid to such Bank on the date such payment
is due from such Bank, such obligor Bank shall pay to such obligee Bank on demand an amount equal
to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal funds rate, as quoted by
such obligee Bank during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the
date on which such payment is immediately available to such obligee Bank, times (iii) a fraction
the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of
which is 360. A certificate of an obligee Bank submitted to any obligor Bank through the
Administrative Agent with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection (d) shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
2.12
Certain Borrowings of Committed Rate Loans and Refunding of Loans
.
(a) If on any Borrowing Date on which a Specified Borrower has requested the Banks (the
Specified Foreign Currency Banks
) to make Committed Rate Loans denominated in an
Available Foreign Currency (the
Requested Specified Loans
) (i) the principal amount of
the Requested Specified Loans to be made by any Specified Foreign Currency Bank
exceeds
the
unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Specified Foreign Currency Bank in the requested
Available Foreign Currency (before giving effect to the making and payment of any Loans required to
be made pursuant to this subsection 2.12 on such Borrowing Date) , (ii) the principal amount of
such Requested Specified Loan, when added to the outstanding principal amount of all other
Committed Rate Loans of such Specified Foreign Currency Banks denominated in the Available Foreign
Currency in which the Requested Specified Loans are to be made, does not exceed the aggregate
amount of such Specified Foreign Currency Banks Foreign Currency Commitments in such requested
Available Foreign Currency and (iii) the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the excess described in
the foregoing clause (i) is less than or equal to the aggregate unused amount of the Revolving
Commitments of all Banks other than such Specified Foreign Currency Banks (before giving effect to
the making and payment of any Loans pursuant to this subsection 2.12 on such Borrowing Date), each
Bank other than such Specified Foreign Currency Banks shall make a Committed Rate Loan denominated
in Dollars to the Company (or any Specified Borrower identified by the Company) on such Borrowing
Date, and the proceeds of such Committed Rate Loans shall be simultaneously applied to repay
outstanding Committed Rate Loans denominated in Dollars of such Specified Foreign Currency Banks in
each case in amounts such that, after giving effect to (1) such borrowings and repayments and (2)
the borrowing from such Specified Foreign Currency Banks of the Requested Specified Loans, the
excess described in the foregoing clause (i) will be eliminated. To effect such borrowings and
repayments, (x) not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on such Borrowing Date, the proceeds
of such Committed Rate Loans denominated in Dollars shall be made available by each Bank other than
such Specified Foreign Currency Banks to the Administrative Agent at its office specified in
subsection 15.2 in Dollars and in immediately available funds and the Administrative Agent shall
apply the proceeds of such Committed Rate
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
31
Loans denominated in Dollars toward repayment of
outstanding Committed Rate Loans denominated in Dollars of such Specified Foreign Currency Banks
(as directed by the Company) and (y) concurrently with the repayment of such Loans on such
Borrowing Date, (I) such Specified Foreign Currency Banks shall, in accordance with the applicable
provisions hereof, make the Requested Specified Loans in an aggregate amount equal to the amount
so requested by the relevant Specified Borrower and (II) the relevant Borrower shall pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Specified Foreign Currency Banks whose Loans to such
Borrower are repaid on such Borrowing Date pursuant to this subsection 2.12 all interest accrued on
the amounts repaid to the date of repayment, together with any amounts payable pursuant to
subsection 8.8 in connection with such repayment,
provided
that the Administrative Agent
shall have provided notice to the Company prior to the making of such Requested Specified Loans
that the making thereof would obligate the Company to pay amounts pursuant to subsection 8.8.
(b) If any borrowing of Committed Rate Loans is required pursuant to this subsection 2.12, the
Company shall notify the Administrative Agent in the manner provided for Committed Rate Loans in
subsection 2.3, except that the minimum borrowing amounts and threshold multiples in excess thereof
applicable to Committed Rate ABR Loans set forth in subsection 2.3 shall not be applicable to the
extent that such minimum borrowing amounts exceed the amounts of Committed Rate Loans required to be made pursuant to this subsection
2.12.
2.13
Extension of Revolving Termination Date
.
(a) The Company may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent in the form of Exhibit J-1
(the
Extension Request
) given no earlier than 60 days prior to each anniversary of the
Closing Date but no later than 45 days prior to each anniversary of the Closing Date, request that
the then applicable Revolving Termination Date be extended to the date that is one calendar year
after the then applicable Revolving Termination Date. Such extension shall be effective with
respect to each Bank that, by a written notice in the form of Exhibit J-2 (a
Continuation
Notice
) to the Administrative Agent given no later than 20 days prior to the then applicable
anniversary of the Closing Date, consents, in its sole discretion, to such extension (each Bank
giving a Continuation Notice being referred to herein as a
Continuing Bank
and each Bank
other than a Continuing Bank being referred to herein as a
Non-Extending Bank
), provided
that (i) such extension shall be effective only if the aggregate Revolving Commitments of the
Continuing Banks constitute at least a majority of the Total Revolving Commitments on the date of
the Extension Request, (ii) any Bank that fails to submit a Continuation Notice at least 20 days
prior to the then applicable anniversary of the Closing Date shall be deemed not to have consented
to such extension and shall constitute a Non-Extending Bank and (iii) the Company may give no more
than two Extension Requests during the term of this Agreement. No Bank shall have any obligation
to consent to any extension of the Revolving Termination Date. The Administrative Agent shall
notify each Bank of the receipt of an Extension Request promptly after receipt thereof. The
Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Banks no later than 15 days prior to the then
applicable anniversary of the Closing Date which Banks are Continuing Banks and which Banks are
Non-Extending Banks, and whether the Administrative Agent has received Continuation Notices from
Banks holding Revolving Commitments aggregating at least a majority of the Total Revolving
Commitments on the date of the Extension Request.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
32
(b) The Revolving Commitment of each Non-Extending Bank shall terminate at the close of
business on the Revolving Termination Date in effect prior to the delivery of such Extension
Request without giving any effect to such proposed extension. On such Revolving Termination Date,
the Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Non-Extending Bank, an
amount equal to such Non-Extending Banks Revolving Loans, together with accrued but unpaid
interest and fees thereon and all other amounts then payable hereunder to such Non-Extending Bank.
If, however, on or before the applicable Revolving Termination Date in effect immediately prior to
the effectiveness of the Extension Request pursuant to this Section 2.13, the Company obtains a
Replacement Bank pursuant to subsection 15.1(e) for any such Non-Extending Bank and such
Replacement Bank agrees to the extension of the Revolving Termination Date pursuant to this Section
2.13, then such Replacement Bank shall for all purposes of this Section 2.13 and this Agreement be
deemed to be a Continuing Bank, and the Revolving Loans of such Bank shall not be due and payable
pursuant to this Section 2.13(b).
SECTION 3. THE COMPETITIVE ADVANCE LOANS
3.1
Competitive Advance Loans
.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, any Specified Borrower may, from time to time
during the Revolving Commitment Period, request the Banks to offer bids, and any Bank may, in its
sole discretion, offer such bids, to make competitive advance loans (
Competitive Advance
Loans
) to such Specified Borrower on the terms and conditions set forth in such bids. Each
Competitive Advance Loan shall bear interest at the rates, be payable on the dates, and shall
mature on the date, agreed between such Specified Borrower and Bank at the time such Competitive
Advance Loan is made;
provided
, that (i) each Competitive Advance Loan shall mature not
earlier than 1 day and not later than 180 days, after the date such Competitive Advance Loan is
made and (ii) no Competitive Advance Loan shall mature after the Revolving Termination Date.
During the Revolving Commitment Period, the Specified Borrowers may accept bids from Banks from
time to time for Competitive Advance Loans, and borrow and repay Competitive Advance Loans, all in
accordance with the terms and conditions hereof;
provided
, that no Competitive Advance Loan
shall be made if, after giving effect to the making of such Loan and the simultaneous application
of the proceeds thereof, (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of all the Banks would exceed the
aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments, or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Foreign Currency
Exposure in respect of any Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such
Currency. Subject to the foregoing, any Bank may, in its sole discretion, make Competitive Advance
Loans in an aggregate outstanding amount exceeding the amount of such Banks Revolving Commitment.
(b) The Competitive Advance Loans may be made in Dollars or any Available Foreign Currency, as
agreed between the Specified Borrower and Bank in respect thereof at the time such Competitive
Advance Loan is made.
3.2
Procedure for Competitive Advance Loan Borrowing
. (i) Any Specified Borrower may
request Competitive Advance Loans by delivering a Competitive Advance Loan Request. The
Administrative Agent shall notify each Bank promptly by facsimile transmission of the contents of
each Competitive Advance Loan Request received by the Administrative Agent. Each Bank may elect, in
its sole discretion, to offer irrevocably to make one or more
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
33
Competitive Advance Loans to the
Specified Borrower by delivering a Competitive Advance Loan Offer to the Administrative Agent.
(a) Before the acceptance time set forth in the applicable Competitive Advance Loan Request,
the Specified Borrower, in its absolute discretion, shall:
(i) cancel such Competitive Advance Loan Request by giving the Administrative
Agent telephone notice to that effect, or
(ii) by giving telephone notice to the Administrative Agent immediately
confirmed in writing or by facsimile transmission, subject to the provisions of
subsection 3.2(c), accept one or more of the offers made by any
Bank or Banks pursuant to subsection 3.2(a) of the amount of Competitive
Advance Loans for each relevant maturity date and reject any remaining offers made
by Banks pursuant to subsection 3.2(a).
(b) The Specified Borrowers acceptance of Competitive Advance Loans in response to any
Competitive Advance Loan Request shall be subject to the following limitations:
(i) The amount of Competitive Advance Loans accepted for each maturity date
specified by any Bank in its Competitive Advance Loan Offer shall not exceed the
maximum amount for such maturity date specified in such Competitive Advance Loan
Offer;
(ii) the aggregate amount of Competitive Advance Loans accepted for all
maturity dates specified by any Bank in its Competitive Advance Loan Offer shall not
exceed the aggregate maximum amount specified in such Competitive Advance Loan Offer
for all such maturity dates;
(iii) the Specified Borrower may not accept offers for Competitive Advance
Loans for any maturity date in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the
maximum principal amount requested in the related Competitive Advance Loan Request;
and
(iv) if the Specified Borrower accepts any of such offers, it must accept
offers based solely upon pricing for such relevant maturity date and upon no other
criteria whatsoever and if two or more Banks submit offers for any maturity date at
identical pricing and the Specified Borrower accepts any of such offers but does not
wish to (or by reason of the limitations set forth in subsection 3.2(c)(iii) cannot)
borrow the total amount offered by such Banks with such identical pricing, the
Administrative Agent shall allocate offers from all of such Banks in amounts among
them
pro
rata
according to the amounts offered by such Banks (or as
nearly
pro
rata
as shall be practicable).
(c) If the Specified Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that a Competitive Advance
Loan Request is cancelled, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt telephone notice thereof to
the Banks.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
34
(d) If the Specified Borrower accepts one or more of the offers made by any Bank or Banks, the
Administrative Agent promptly shall notify each Bank which has made such a Competitive Advance Loan
Offer of (i) the aggregate amount of such Competitive Advance Loans to be made for each maturity
date and (ii) the acceptance or rejection of any offers to make such Competitive Advance Loans made
by such Bank. Before the Funding Time for the applicable Currency, each Bank whose Competitive
Advance Loan Offer has been accepted shall make available to the Administrative Agent for the
account of the Specified Borrower at the Funding Office for the applicable Currency the amount of
Competitive Advance Loans in the applicable Currency to be made by such Bank, in immediately
available funds.
3.3
Repayment of Competitive Advance Loans; Evidence of Debt
.
(a) Each Specified Borrower that borrows any Competitive Advance Loan hereby unconditionally
promises to pay to the Bank that made such Competitive Advance Loan on the maturity date, as agreed
by such Specified Borrower and Bank (or such earlier date on which all the Loans become due and
payable pursuant to Section 13), the then unpaid principal amount of such Competitive Advance Loan.
Each Specified Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of
the Competitive Advance Loans made by any Bank to such Specified Borrower from time to time
outstanding from the date thereof until payment in full thereof at the rate per annum, and on the
dates, agreed by such Specified Borrower and Bank at the time such Competitive Advance Loan is
made. All payments in respect of Competitive Advance Loans shall be made by such Specified
Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Bank that makes such Competitive
Advance Loan to the Payment Office and by the Payment Time for the applicable Currency.
(b) Each Bank shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts
evidencing indebtedness of each Specified Borrower to such Bank resulting from each Competitive
Advance Loan of such Bank from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest
payable and paid to such Bank from time to time in respect of Competitive Advance Loans. The
entries made in the accounts of each Bank maintained pursuant to this subsection 3.3(b) shall, to
the extent permitted by applicable law, be
prima
facie
evidence of the existence
and amounts of the obligations of each Specified Borrower therein recorded, absent manifest error;
provided
,
however
, that the failure of any Bank to maintain any such account, or
any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of each Specified Borrower to
repay (with applicable interest) the Competitive Advance Loans made to such Specified Borrower by
such Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
3.4
Prepayments
. Unless otherwise agreed by the Bank making a Competitive Advance
Loan, upon giving a Notice of Prepayment at the address and time specified in Schedule IV may be
optionally prepaid prior to the scheduled maturity date thereof.
SECTION 4. THE SWING LINE LOANS
4.1
Swing Line Loans
. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Specified
Borrower may borrow from such Specified Borrowers Swing Line Bank swing line loans (
Swing
Line Loans
) from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period in a Swing Line Currency
of such Specified Borrower;
provided
, that no Swing Line Loan shall be
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
35
made if, after giving effect to the making of such Loan and the simultaneous application of the proceeds thereof,
(i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of all the Banks would exceed the aggregate amount of the
Revolving Commitments, (ii) the aggregate amount of the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any
Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency, or (iii) the
aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans of such Specified Borrower
would exceed the Swing Line Limit for such Specified Borrower or the
Dollar Equivalent Amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans would exceed $200,000,000.
During the Revolving Commitment Period, the Specified Borrowers may borrow and prepay the Swing
Line Loans, in whole or in part, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.
4.2
Procedure for Swing Line Borrowing
.
(a) Any Specified Borrower may borrow Swing Line Loans during the Revolving Commitment Period
on any Business Day by giving a Notice of Swing Line Borrowing in respect of such Swing Line Loan.
Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, on the Borrowing Date of each Swing Line Loan, the
relevant Swing Line Bank shall make the proceeds thereof available to the relevant Specified
Borrower in immediately available funds in the applicable Currency in the manner from time to time
agreed by such Specified Borrower and such Swing Line Bank.
(b) Upon request of the Administrative Agent and on the last Business Day of each month on
which a Swing Line Bank has any outstanding Swing Line Loans, such Bank shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent a Notice of Swing Line Outstandings. The Administrative Agent will, at the
request of any Swing Line Bank, advise such Swing Line Bank of the Exchange Rate used by the
Administrative Agent in calculating the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Swing Line Loans of such Swing
Line Bank on any date.
4.3
Repayment of Swing Line Loans; Evidence of Debt
.
(a) Each Specified Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to its Swing Line Bank on
the Revolving Termination Date (or such earlier date on which such Swing Line Loans become due and
payable pursuant to subsection 4.4 or on which all the Loans become due and payable pursuant to
Section 13), the then unpaid principal amount of all Swing Line Loans made to such Specified
Borrower. Each Specified Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of all Swing Line Loans made to such Specified Borrower from time to time outstanding from
the date thereof until payment in full thereof at the Swing Line Rate for the Currency of such
Swing Line Loan, payable on the last Business Day of each calendar month on which such Swing Line
Loans are outstanding. All payments in respect of Swing Line Loans shall be made by such Specified
Borrower to its Swing Line Bank at the address set forth in Schedule III for such Swing Line Bank
and Swing Line Loans in such Currency.
(b) Each Swing Line Bank shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or
accounts evidencing indebtedness of each Specified Borrower to such Swing Line Bank resulting from
each Swing Line Loan of such Bank from time to time, including the amounts of principal and
interest payable and paid to such Swing Line Bank from time to time
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
36
under this Agreement. The entries made in the accounts of each Swing Line Bank maintained pursuant to this subsection 4.3(b)
shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be
prima
facie
evidence of the
existence and amounts of the obligations of each Specified Borrower therein recorded;
provided
,
however
, that the failure of any Swing Line Bank to maintain any such
account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of each Specified
Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Swing Line Loans made to such Specified Borrower
by such Swing Line Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
4.4
Allocating Swing Line Loans; Swing Line Loan Participations
.
(a) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, any Swing Line Bank may, in its
sole and absolute discretion, direct that the Swing Line Loans owing to it be refunded, by
delivering a Notice of Swing Line Refunding. Upon receipt of a Notice of Swing Line Refunding the
Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice of the contents thereof to the Banks and, unless an
Event of Default described in Section 13(g) in respect of the Company or the relevant Specified
Borrower has occurred, to the Company and the relevant Specified Borrower. Each such Notice of
Swing Line Refunding shall be deemed to constitute delivery by such Specified Borrower of a Notice
of Borrowing of Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans in the amount and Currency of the Swing Line
Loans to which it relates, for an Interest Period of one months duration. Subject to the terms
and conditions hereof, each Bank (including each Swing Line Bank in its capacity as a Bank having a
Commitment) hereby agrees to make a Committed Rate Loan to such Specified Borrower pursuant to
Section 2 in an amount equal to such Banks Revolving Borrowing Percentage of the aggregate amount
of the Swing Line Loans to which such Notice of Swing Line Refunding relates. Unless any of the
events described in Section 13(g) in respect of the Company or such Specified Borrower shall have
occurred (in which case the procedures of subsection 4.4(b) shall apply), each Bank shall make the
amount of such Committed Rate Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office, and
at or prior to the Funding Time, for the Currency of such Loan in funds immediately available to
the Administrative Agent. The proceeds of such Committed Rate Loans shall be immediately made
available to such Swing Line Bank by the Administrative Agent and applied by such Swing Line Bank
to repay the Swing Line Loans to which such Notice of Swing Line Refunding related.
(b) If prior to the time a Committed Rate Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to
subsection 4.4(a), one of the events described in Section 13(g) shall have occurred in respect of
the Company or the relevant Specified Borrower, each Bank (other than the relevant Swing Line Bank)
shall, on the date such Committed Rate Loan would have been made pursuant to the Notice of Swing
Line Refunding referred to in subsection 4.4(a) (the
Refunding Date
), purchase an
undivided participating interest in the outstanding Swing Line Loans to which such Notice of Swing
Line Refunding related, in an amount equal to (i) such Banks Revolving Commitment Percentage
times
(ii) the aggregate principal amount of such Swing Line Loans then outstanding which
were to have been repaid with Committed Rate Loans (the
Swing Line Participation Amount
).
On the Refunding Date, (x) each Bank shall transfer to such Swing Line Bank, in immediately
available funds, such Banks Swing Line Participation Amount, and upon receipt thereof such Swing
Line Bank shall, if requested by any Bank, deliver to such Bank a participation certificate dated
the date of such Swing Line Banks receipt of such funds and evidencing such Banks ownership of
its Swing Line Participation Amount and (y) the interest
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
37
rate on the applicable Swing Line Loan will automatically be converted to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate with an Interest Period of one
month plus the Applicable Margin for
Committed Rate Loans. If any amount required to be paid by any Bank to any Swing Line Bank
pursuant to this subsection 4.4 in respect of any Swing Line Participation Amount is not paid to
such Swing Line Bank on the date such payment is due from such Bank, such Bank shall pay to such
Swing Line Bank on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) (A) in the
case of any such payment obligation denominated in Dollars, the daily average Federal funds rate,
as quoted by such Swing Line Bank, or (B) in the case of any such payment obligation denominated in
an Available Foreign Currency, the rate customary in such Currency for settlement of similar
inter-bank obligations, as quoted by such Swing Line Bank, in each case during the period from and
including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately
available to the Swing Line Bank, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of a Swing
Line Bank submitted to any Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
(c) Whenever, at any time after any Swing Line Bank has received from any Bank such Banks
Swing Line Participation Amount, such Swing Line Bank receives any payment on account of the
related Swing Line Loans, such Swing Line Bank will distribute to such Bank its Revolving
Commitment Percentage of such payment on account of its Swing Line Participation Amount
(appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during
which such Banks participating interest was outstanding and funded);
provided
,
however
, that in the event that such payment received by such Swing Line Bank is required
to be returned, such Bank will return to such Swing Line Bank any portion thereof previously
distributed to it by such Swing Line Bank.
(d) Each Banks obligation to make Committed Rate Loans pursuant to subsection 4.4(a) and to
purchase participating interests pursuant to subsection 4.4(b) shall be absolute and unconditional
and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (i) any set-off,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Bank may have against any other Bank or
any Specified Borrower, or any Specified Borrower may have against any Bank or any other Person, as
the case may be, for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an
Event of Default; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries; (iv) any breach of this Agreement by any party hereto; or (v) any other
circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
SECTION 5. THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
5.1
L/C Commitment
. (a) As of the Closing Date, the existing letters of credit set
forth on
Schedule 5.1
shall be deemed Letters of Credit hereunder. Subject to the terms
and conditions hereof, each Issuing Bank agrees to issue letters of credit for the account of any
Specified Borrower on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period in such form as shall
be reasonably acceptable to such Issuing Bank;
provided
, that no Letter of Credit shall be
issued if, after giving effect thereto (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of all the Banks
would exceed the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments, (ii) the aggregate amount of the
Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
38
Exposure Sublimit for such Currency or (iii) the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed
$100,000,000.
(a) Each Letter of Credit shall:
(i) be denominated in Dollars or an Available Foreign Currency and shall be
either (A) a standby letter of credit issued to support obligations of a Specified
Borrower, contingent or otherwise, to provide credit support for workers
compensation, other insurance programs and other lawful corporate purposes (a
Standby Letter of Credit
) or (B) a commercial letter of credit issued in
respect of the purchase of goods and services in the ordinary course of business of
the Company and its Subsidiaries (a
Commercial Letter of Credit
; together
with the Standby Letters of Credit, the
Letters of Credit
) and,
(ii) expire no later than the earlier of 365 days after its date of issuance
and 5 Business Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date although any such Letter
of Credit may be automatically extended for periods of one year from the current or
any future expiration date of the Letter of Credit (unless the Issuing Bank elects
not to extend such Letter of Credit) and the extended maturity date is not beyond 5
Business Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date.
(b) Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and, to the extent not
inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of New York or, if acceptable to the Required Banks
and the relevant account party, the jurisdiction of the Issuing Office at which such Letter of
Credit is issued.
(c) No Issuing Bank shall at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder if
such issuance would conflict with, or cause such Issuing Bank or any Bank to exceed any limits
imposed by, any change after the date hereof in any applicable Requirement of Law.
5.2
Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit under this Agreement
. Any Specified
Borrower may from time to time request that an Issuing Bank issue a Letter of Credit by delivering
to such Issuing Bank at its Issuing Office an Application therefor (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent), completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Bank, and such other
certificates, documents and other papers and information as such Issuing Bank may reasonably
request. Upon receipt by an Issuing Bank of any Application, and subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, such Issuing Bank will process such Application and the certificates, documents
and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its
customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no
event shall any Issuing Bank be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than five Business
Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and
other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to
the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed by such Issuing Bank and such Specified
Borrower. Such Issuing Bank shall advise the Administrative Agent of the terms of such Letter of
Credit on the date of issuance thereof and shall promptly thereafter
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
39
furnish copies thereof and each amendment thereto to the Company and through the
Administrative Agent each Bank.
5.3
Fees, Commissions and Other Charges
.
(a) Each Specified Borrower for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder shall pay
to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Banks (including the Issuing Bank)
pro
rata
according to their Revolving Commitment Percentages, a letter of credit commission
with respect to each Letter of Credit, computed at a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for
Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans on the daily average undrawn face amount of such Letter of
Credit. Such commissions shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June,
September and December to occur after the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit and on the
expiration date of such Letter of Credit and shall be nonrefundable.
(b) In addition to the foregoing fees and commissions, each Specified Borrower for whose
account a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder shall (i) pay or reimburse the Issuing Bank for such
normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by such Issuing Bank in issuing,
effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering such Letter of Credit and (ii) pay the
Issuing Bank such other fees as shall be agreed by the Issuing Bank and such Specified Borrower.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, distribute to the
Issuing Bank and the Banks all fees and commissions received by the Administrative Agent for their
respective accounts pursuant to this subsection.
5.4
L/C Participations
.
(a) Each Issuing Bank irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant,
and, to induce the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant
irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from such Issuing Bank,
on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, for such L/C Participants own account and risk, an
undivided interest equal to such L/C Participants Revolving Commitment Percentage in such Issuing
Banks obligations and rights under each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank hereunder and
the amount of each draft paid by such Issuing Bank thereunder. Each L/C Participant
unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with each Issuing Bank that, if a draft is paid under any
Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank for which the Specified Borrower which is the account
party under such Letter of Credit has not reimbursed such Issuing Bank to the full extent required
by the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to such Issuing Bank upon demand at
such Issuing Banks Issuing Office an amount equal to such L/C Participants Revolving Commitment
Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, which is not so reimbursed.
(b) If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to any Issuing Bank pursuant to
subsection 5.4(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by
such Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit is not paid to such Issuing Bank on the date such
payment is due from such L/C Participant, such L/C Participant shall pay to such Issuing Bank on
demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) (A) in the case of any
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
40
such
payment obligation denominated in Dollars, the daily average Federal funds rate, as quoted by such
Issuing Bank, or (B) in the case of any such payment obligation denominated in an Available Foreign
Currency, the rate customary in such Currency for settlement of similar inter-bank obligations, as
quoted by such Issuing Bank, in each case during the period from and including the date such
payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Issuing Bank,
times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period
and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of an Issuing Bank submitted to any L/C
Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection shall be conclusive in the
absence of manifest error.
(c) Whenever, at any time after an Issuing Bank has made payment under any Letter of Credit
and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with
subsection 5.4(a) the Issuing Bank receives any payment related to such Letter of Credit (whether
directly from the account party or otherwise, including by way of set-off or proceeds of collateral
applied thereto by such Issuing Bank), or any payment of interest on account thereof, such Issuing
Bank will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof;
provided
,
however
, that in the event that any such payment received by such Issuing Bank shall be
required to be returned by the Issuing Bank, such L/C Participant shall return to such Issuing Bank
the portion thereof previously distributed by such Issuing Bank to it.
5.5
Reimbursement Obligation of the Specified Borrowers
.
(a) Each Specified Borrower for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder agrees to
reimburse the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of Credit on each date on which such Issuing
Bank notifies such Specified Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent at its address in
the Administrative Schedule for Notices of Borrowing for the applicable Currency) of the date and
amount of a draft presented under such Letter of Credit and paid by such Issuing Bank for the
amount of (i) such draft so paid and (ii) any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or expenses
incurred by such Issuing Bank in connection with such payment;
provided
if any Issuing Bank
shall notify the Specified Borrower of a drawing after 2:00 p.m. local time of such Issuing Banks
Issuing Office on the date of any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Specified Borrower will not
be required to reimburse such Issuing Bank until the next succeeding Business Day. Each such
payment shall be made to such Issuing Bank at its Issuing Office in the Currency in which payment
of such draft was made and in immediately available funds.
(b) Interest shall be payable on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by any Specified
Borrower under this subsection from the date such amounts become payable (whether at stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full at the rate which is (i) in the case
of such amounts payable in Dollars, 2% above the ABR from time to time and (ii) in the case of such
amounts payable in any other currency, 2% above the rate reasonably determined by
the Issuing Bank as the cost of funding such overdue amount from time to time on an overnight
basis.
(c) Each notice of a drawing under any Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars shall
constitute a request by the Specified Borrower for a borrowing pursuant to subsection 2.2 of
Committed Rate ABR Loans in the amount of such drawing plus any amounts payable pursuant
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
41
to
subsection 5.5(a)(ii) in respect of such drawing. The Borrowing Date with respect to such
borrowing shall be the date of such drawing.
5.6
Obligations Absolute
.
(a) The obligations of the Specified Borrowers under this Section 5 shall be absolute and
unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any set-off, counterclaim or
defense to payment which any Specified Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Bank or
any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit.
(b) Each Specified Borrower for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder also
agrees with the Issuing Bank in respect of such Letter of Credit that such Issuing Bank shall not
be responsible for, and such Specified Borrowers Reimbursement Obligations under subsection 5.5(a)
shall not be affected by, among other things, (i) the validity or genuineness of documents or of
any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent
or forged,
provided
, that reliance upon such documents by such Issuing Bank shall not have
constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank or (ii) any dispute between
or among such Specified Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to
which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or (iii) any claims whatsoever of any Specified
Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee.
(c) No Issuing Bank shall be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in
transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection
with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions caused by such Issuing Banks gross
negligence or willful misconduct.
(d) Each Specified Borrower for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued hereunder agrees
that any action taken or omitted by any Issuing Bank under or in connection with any Letter of
Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful
misconduct and in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform Customs, shall be
binding on such Specified Borrower and shall not result in any liability of such Issuing Bank to
such Specified Borrower.
5.7
Letter of Credit Payments
. If any draft shall be presented for payment to an
Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the account party
of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing Bank to the account party in
connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to
any payment obligation
expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents
(including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment
are in conformity with such Letter of Credit.
5.8
Application
. To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any
Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 5, the provisions of this
Section 5 shall apply.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
42
SECTION 6. LOCAL CURRENCY FACILITIES
6.1
Terms of Local Currency Facilities
.
(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Company may in its discretion from time
to time designate any Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of any jurisdiction
outside the United States as a
Local Currency Borrower
and any Qualified Credit Facility
to which such Local Currency Borrower and any one or more Banks (or its affiliates, agencies or
branches) is a party as a
Local Currency Facility
, with the consent of each such Bank in
its sole discretion, by delivering a Local Currency Facility Addendum to the Administrative Agent
and the Banks (through the Administrative Agent) executed by the Company, each such Local Currency
Borrower and each such Bank,
provided
, that on the effective date of such designation no
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Concurrently with the delivery of a Local
Currency Facility Addendum, the Company or the relevant Local Currency Borrower shall furnish to
the Administrative Agent copies of all documentation executed and delivered by any Local Currency
Borrower in connection therewith, together with, if applicable, an English translation thereof.
Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6 or in the definition of Qualified Credit Facility
in subsection 1.1, the terms and conditions of each Local Currency Facility shall be determined by
mutual agreement of the relevant Local Currency Borrower(s) and Local Currency Bank(s). The
documentation governing each Local Currency Facility shall (i) contain an express acknowledgement
that such Local Currency Facility shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6 and (ii)
designate a Local Currency Facility Agent for such Local Currency Facility. Each of the Company
and, by agreeing to any Local Currency Facility designation as contemplated hereby, each relevant
Local Currency Bank (if any) party thereto which is an affiliate, branch or agency of a Bank,
acknowledges and agrees that each reference in this Agreement to any Bank shall, to the extent
applicable, be deemed to be a reference to such Local Currency Bank. In the event of any
inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Local Currency Facility, the
terms of this Agreement shall prevail.
(b) The documentation governing each Local Currency Facility shall set forth (i) the maximum
amount (expressed in Dollars) available to be borrowed from all Local Currency Banks under such
Local Currency Facility (as the same may be reduced from time to time, a
Local Currency
Facility Maximum Borrowing Amount
) and (ii) with respect to each Local Currency Bank party to
such Local Currency Facility, the maximum Dollar Equivalent Amount
available to be borrowed from such Local Currency Bank thereunder (as the same may be reduced
from time to time, a
Local Currency Bank Maximum Borrowing Amount
).
(c) Except as otherwise required by applicable law, in no event shall the Local Currency Banks
party to a Local Currency Facility have the right to accelerate the Local Currency Loans
outstanding thereunder, or to terminate their commitments (if any) to make such Local Currency
Loans prior to the earlier of the stated termination date in respect thereof or the Revolving
Termination Date, except, in each case, in connection with an acceleration of the Loans or a
termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement,
provided
, that nothing in this paragraph (c) shall be deemed to require any Local Currency
Bank to make a Local Currency Loan if the applicable conditions precedent to the making of such
Local Currency Loan set forth in the relevant Local Currency Facility have not been satisfied.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
43
No Local Currency Loan may be made under a Local Currency Facility if (i) after giving effect thereto,
the conditions precedent in subsection 10.2 would not be satisfied or (ii) after giving effect to
the making of such Local Currency Loan and the simultaneous application of the proceeds thereof,
(A) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of all the Banks would exceed the aggregate amount of the
Revolving Commitments, or (B) the amount of such Local Currency Banks Committed Exposure would
exceed the amount of such Local Currency Banks Commitment.
(d) The relevant Local Currency Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent copies of
any amendment, supplement or other modification (including any change in commitment amounts or in
the Local Currency Banks participating in any Local Currency Facility) to the terms of any Local
Currency Facility promptly after the effectiveness thereof (together with, if applicable, an
English translation thereof). If any such amendment, supplement or other modification to a Local
Currency Facility shall (i) add a Local Currency Bank as a Local Currency Bank thereunder or (ii)
change the Local Currency Facility Maximum Borrowing Amount or any Local Currency Bank Maximum
Borrowing Amount with respect thereto, the Company shall promptly furnish an appropriately revised
Local Currency Facility Addendum, executed by the Company, the relevant Local Currency Borrower and
the affected Local Currency Banks (or any agent acting on their behalf), to the Administrative
Agent and the Banks (through the Administrative Agent).
(e) The Company may terminate its designation of a facility as a Local Currency Facility, with
the consent of each Local Currency Bank party thereto in its sole discretion, by written notice to
the Administrative Agent, which notice shall be executed by the Company, the relevant Local
Currency Borrower and each Local Currency Bank party to such Local Currency Facility (or any agent
acting on their behalf). Once notice of such termination is received by the Administrative Agent,
such Local Currency Facility and the loans and other obligations outstanding thereunder shall
immediately cease to be subject to the terms of this Agreement and shall cease to benefit from the
Company Guarantee.
6.2
Reporting of Local Currency Outstandings
. On the date of the making of any Local
Currency Loan having a maturity of 30 or more days to a Local Currency Borrower and on the last
Business Day of each month on which a Local Currency Borrower has any outstanding Local Currency
Loans, the Local
Currency Facility Agent for such Local Currency Borrower, shall deliver to the Administrative
Agent a Notice of Local Currency Outstandings. The Administrative Agent will, at the request of
any Local Currency Facility Agent, advise such Local Currency Facility Agent of the Exchange Rate
used by the Administrative Agent in calculating the Dollar Equivalent Amount of Local Currency
Loans under the related Local Currency Facility on any date.
6.3
Refunding of Local Currency Loans
.
(a) Notwithstanding noncompliance with the conditions precedent set forth in subsection 10.2,
if any Local Currency Loans are outstanding on (i) any date on which an Event of Default pursuant
to Section 13(g) shall have occurred with respect to the Company, (ii) any Acceleration Date or
(iii) any date on which an Event of Default pursuant to Section 13(a)(ii) shall have occurred and
be continuing for three or more Business Days and, in the case of clause
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
44
(iii) above, any Local
Currency Bank party to the affected Local Currency Facility shall have given notice thereof to the
Administrative Agent requesting that the Local Currency Loans (
Affected Local Currency
Loans
) outstanding thereunder be refunded pursuant to this subsection 6.3, then, at 10:00
A.M., New York City time, on the second Business Day immediately succeeding (x) the date on which
such Event of Default occurs (in the case of clause (i) above), (y) such Acceleration Date (in the
case of clause (ii) above) or (z) the date on which such notice is received by the Administrative
Agent (in the case of clause (iii) above), the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have
received a notice from the Company pursuant to subsection 2.2 requesting that Committed Rate ABR
Loans be made pursuant to subsection 2.1 on such second Business Day in an aggregate amount equal
to the Dollar Equivalent Amount of the aggregate amount of all Local Currency Loans (in the case of
clause (i) or (ii) above) or the Affected Local Currency Loans (in the case of clause (iii) above),
and the procedures set forth in subsection 2.2 shall be followed in making such Committed Rate ABR
Loans. The proceeds of such Committed Rate ABR Loans shall be applied to repay such Local Currency
Loans.
(b) If, for any reason, Committed Rate ABR Loans may not be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of
this subsection 6.3 to repay Local Currency Loans as required by such paragraph, effective on the
date such Committed Rate ABR Loans would otherwise have been made, (i) the principal amount of each
relevant Local Currency Loan shall be converted into Dollars (calculated on the basis of the
Exchange Rate as of the immediately preceding Business Day) (
Converted Local Currency
Loans
) and (ii) each Bank severally, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall
purchase in Dollars a participating interest in such Converted Local Currency Loans in an amount
equal to the amount of Committed Rate ABR Loans which would otherwise have been made by such Bank
pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 6.3. Each Bank will immediately transfer to the
Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation, and the
proceeds of such participation shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to each relevant
Local Currency Bank in such amount as will reduce the amount of the participating interest retained
by such Local Currency Bank in the Converted Local Currency Loans to the amount of the Committed
Rate ABR Loans which were to have been made by it pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 6.3.
All Converted Local Currency Loans shall bear interest at the rate which would otherwise be
applicable to Committed Rate ABR Loans. Each Bank shall share on a
pro
rata
basis
(calculated by reference to its
participating interest in such Converted Local Currency Loans) in any interest which accrues
thereon and in all repayments thereof.
(c) If, for any reason, Committed Rate ABR Loans may not be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of
this subsection 6.3 to repay Local Currency Loans as required by such paragraph and the principal
amount of any Local Currency Loans may not be converted into Dollars in the manner contemplated by
paragraph (b) of this subsection 6.3, (i) the Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar
Equivalent Amount of such Local Currency Loans (calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate
determined as of the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which Committed Rate ABR Loans
would otherwise have been made pursuant to said paragraph (a)) and (ii) effective on the date on
which Committed Rate ABR Loans would otherwise have been made pursuant to said paragraph (a), each
Bank severally, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall purchase in Dollars a
participating interest in such Local Currency Loans in an amount equal to the amount of Committed
Rate ABR Loans which would otherwise have been made by such Bank pursuant to paragraph (a) of
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
45
this subsection 6.3. Each Bank will immediately transfer to the Administrative Agent, in immediately
available funds, the amount of its participation, and the proceeds of such participation shall be
distributed by the Administrative Agent to each relevant Local Currency Bank in such amount as will
reduce the Dollar Equivalent as of such date of the amount of the participating interest retained
by such Local Currency Bank in such Local Currency Loans to the amount of the Committed Rate ABR
Loans which were to have been made by it pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subsection 6.3. Each
Bank shall share on a
pro
rata
basis (calculated by reference to its participating
interest in such Local Currency Loans) in any interest which accrues thereon, in all repayments of
principal thereof and in the benefits of any collateral furnished in respect thereof and the
proceeds of such collateral.
(d) If any amount required to be paid by any Bank to any Local Currency Bank pursuant to this
subsection 6.3 in respect of any Local Currency Loan is not paid to such Local Currency Bank on the
date such payment is due from such Bank, such Bank shall pay to such Local Currency Bank on demand
an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal funds rate,
as quoted by such Local Currency Bank during the period from and including the date such payment is
required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Local Currency Bank,
times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period
and the denominator of which is 360. A certificate of a Local Currency Bank submitted to any Bank
through the Administrative Agent with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection (d) shall
be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
SECTION 7. THE TERM LOANS
7.1
Term Commitments
. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Bank severally
agrees to make a term loan (a
Term Loan
; each Bank extending a Term Loan, a
Term
Bank
) to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the amount of the Term
Commitment of such Bank. The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurocurrency Loans (in one or
more Tranches) or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent
in accordance with Sections 7.2 and 8.12.
7.2
Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing
. The Borrower shall give the Administrative
Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 10:00
A.M., New York City time, one Business Day prior to the anticipated Closing Date) requesting that
the Term Banks make the Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed.
The Borrower may elect that all or a portion of the Term Loans made on the Closing Date bear
interest as provided in Section 8.14. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall
promptly notify each Term Bank thereof. Not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the
Closing Date each Term Bank shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office
an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such
Term Bank. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of the Borrower on the books of such
office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the
Administrative Agent by the Term Banks in immediately available funds.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
46
7.3
Repayment of Term Loans
. The Term Loans shall mature on the Term Loan Termination
Date.
SECTION 8. CERTAIN PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE LOANS AND
LETTERS OF CREDIT
8.1
Facility Fee; Utilization Fee; Other Fees; Other Payments
.
(a) The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank holding a
Revolving Commitment a facility fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to, but
excluding, the Revolving Termination Date, computed at the Facility Fee Rate in effect from time to
time on the average daily amount of the Revolving Commitment (used and unused) of such Bank during
the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March,
June, September and December and on the Revolving Termination Date or such earlier date on which
the Revolving Commitments shall terminate as provided herein, commencing on the first of such dates
to occur after the date hereof.
(b) The Company shall pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank holding
a Revolving Commitment a utilization fee of 0.10% per annum on such Banks Revolving Commitment
Percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal or face amount of Committed Rate Loans, Swing
Line Loans, Letters of Credit and Local Currency Loans for each day on which the Aggregate
Revolving Committed Outstandings are equal to or exceed 50% of the aggregate Revolving Commitments
and (ii) to the applicable Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum on
the undrawn and unexpired amount of each Letter of Credit, in each case payable quarterly in
arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving
Termination Date or such earlier date on
which the Revolving Commitments shall terminate as provided herein, commencing on the first of
such dates to occur after the date hereof or the issuance date, as relevant.
(c) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account and for the
account of the Arranger, the fees in the amounts and on the dates agreed to by such parties in
writing prior to the date of this Agreement.
8.2
Computation of Interest and Fees
.
(a) Facility and utilization fees and, whenever it is calculated on the basis of the Prime
Rate, interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year
for the actual days elapsed; and, otherwise, interest and Letter of Credit commissions shall be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent
shall as soon as practicable notify the relevant Specified Borrower and the Banks of each
determination of a Eurocurrency Rate. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate, the
Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business
on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds
Effective Rate, respectively. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the
relevant Borrower and the Banks of the effective date and the amount of each such change in
interest rate.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
47
(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Banks in the
absence of manifest error.
8.3
Pro Rata Treatment and Payments
.
(a) Each payment by the Company on account of any facility fee or utilization fee hereunder
and any reduction of the Revolving Commitments of the Banks shall be made pro rata according to the
respective Revolving Commitment Percentages of the Banks. Each disbursement of Committed Rate
Loans in any Currency shall be made by the Banks holding Revolving Commitments in such Currency pro
rata according to the respective Revolving Borrowing Percentages of such Banks. Each disbursement
of Term Loans shall be made by the Banks holding Term Commitments pro rata according to the
respective Term Percentages of such Banks. Each payment (including each prepayment) by any
Borrower on account of principal of and interest on any Loans in any Currency shall be made pro
rata according to the respective principal amounts of the Loans of such Currency of such Borrower
then due and owing to the Banks. All payments (including prepayments) to be made by any Borrower
hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees, Reimbursement Obligations or otherwise,
shall be made without set off or counterclaim. All payments in respect of Term Loans, Committed
Rate Loans or Letters of Credit in any Currency shall be made in such Currency and in immediately
available funds at the Payment Office, and at or prior to the Payment Time, for such Type of Loans
and such Currency, on the due date thereof. The Administrative Agent shall distribute to the Banks
any payments received by the Administrative
Agent promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder becomes due
and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be
payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.
(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Bank prior to a
Borrowing Date in respect of Term Loan or Committed Rate Loans that such Bank will not make the
amount that would constitute its Revolving Borrowing Percentage or Term Percentage, as applicable,
of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that
such Bank is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent
may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the relevant Borrower a corresponding
amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on
the Borrowing Date therefor, such Bank shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such
amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to (A) in the case of any such Term Loans or Committed
Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, the daily average Federal funds rate, as quoted by the
Administrative Agent, or (B) in the case of any Committed Rate Loans denominated in an Available
Foreign Currency, the rate customary in such Currency for settlement of similar inter-bank
obligations, as quoted by the Administrative Agent, in each case for the period until such Bank
makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the
Administrative Agent submitted to any Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this subsection
shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Banks Revolving Borrowing
Percentage or Term Percentage, as applicable, of such borrowing is not made available to the
Administrative Agent by such Bank within three Business Days of such Borrowing Date, the
Administrative
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
48
Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the
rate per annum applicable to Swing Line Loans in such Currency hereunder, on demand, from the
relevant Borrower.
8.4
Illegality
. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any
change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority
charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful for any Bank to
make or maintain Loans or to make or maintain Extensions of Credit to one or more Foreign
Subsidiary Borrowers or Local Currency Borrowers contemplated by this Agreement, the commitment of
such Bank hereunder to make Loans to such Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers or Local Currency Borrowers,
continue Loans to such Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers or Local Currency Borrowers as such, and
maintain Extensions of Credit to such Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers or Local Currency Borrowers
shall forthwith be cancelled to the extent necessary to remedy or prevent such illegality. Nothing
in this subsection 8.4 shall affect the obligation of the Banks to make and maintain Loans to the
Company.
8.5
Requirements of Law.
(a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law (other than the Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of the Banks) or in the
interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Bank or Issuing Bank
with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank
or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:
(i) shall subject any Bank or Issuing Bank or any corporation controlling such
Bank or from which such Bank obtains funding or credit to any tax of any kind
whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit or any Eurocurrency
Loan or Local Currency Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments
to such Bank or such corporation in respect thereof (except for Non-Excluded Taxes
covered by subsection 8.6 (including taxes excluded under the first sentence of
subsection 8.6(a)) and changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such
Bank or Issuing Bank or such corporation);
(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit,
deposit insurance, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by,
deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other
extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such
Bank or Issuing Bank or any corporation controlling such Bank or Issuing Bank or
from which such Bank obtains funding or credit which is not otherwise included in
the determination of the Eurocurrency Rate hereunder or the interest rate on such
Local Currency Loans under the relevant Local Currency Facility; or
(iii) shall impose on such Bank or Issuing Bank or any corporation controlling
such Bank any other condition;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Bank or Issuing Bank or such
corporation, by an amount which such Bank or Issuing Bank or such corporation deems to be
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
49
material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurocurrency Loans or Local
Currency Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit or to reduce any amount receivable
hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Company shall promptly pay such Bank or
Issuing Bank, within five Business Days after its demand, any additional amounts necessary to
compensate such Bank or Issuing Bank for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable, together
with interest on each such amount from the date due until payment in full at a rate per annum equal
to the ABR plus 2%. If any Bank or Issuing Bank becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts
pursuant to this subsection, it shall promptly notify the Company, through the Administrative
Agent, of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled. A certificate as to any
additional amounts payable pursuant to this subsection submitted by such Bank or Issuing Bank,
through the Administrative Agent, to the Company shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of Loans and
all other amounts payable hereunder.
(b) If any Bank shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement
of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by
such Bank or any corporation controlling such Bank or Issuing Bank with any request or directive
regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority
made subsequent to the date hereof does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on
such Banks or Issuing Bank or such corporations capital as a consequence of its obligations
hereunder or under any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Bank or Issuing Bank or
such corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration
such Banks or Issuing Bank or such corporations policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an
amount deemed by such Bank or Issuing Bank to be material, then from time to time, after submission
by such Bank or Issuing Bank to the Company (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written
request therefor (which written request shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), the
Company shall pay to such Bank or Issuing Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate
such Bank or Issuing Bank for such reduction.
(c) In addition to, and without duplication of, amounts which may become payable from time to
time pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subsection 8.5, each Borrower agrees to pay to each
Bank which requests compensation under this paragraph (c) by notice to such Borrower, on the last
day of each Interest Period with respect to any Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loan made by such Bank
to such Borrower, at any time when such Bank shall be required to maintain reserves against
Eurocurrency liabilities under Regulation D of the Board (or, at any time when such Bank may be
required by the Board or by any other Governmental Authority, whether within the United States or
in another relevant jurisdiction, to maintain reserves against any other category of liabilities
which includes deposits by reference to which the Eurocurrency Rate is determined as provided in
this Agreement or against any category of extensions of credit or other assets of such Bank which
includes any such Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans), an additional amount (determined by such
Banks calculation or, if an accurate calculation is impracticable, reasonable estimate using such
reasonable means of allocation as such Bank shall determine) equal to the actual costs, if any,
incurred by such Bank during such Interest Period as a result of the applicability of the foregoing
reserves to such Committed Rate Eurocurrency Loans.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
50
(d) A certificate of each Bank, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Bank or Local Currency Bank setting
forth such amount or amounts as shall be necessary to compensate such Bank, Issuing Bank, Swing
Line Bank or Local Currency Bank as specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, as the case may
be, and setting forth in reasonable detail an explanation of the basis of requesting such
compensation in accordance with paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, including calculations in detail
comparable to the detail set forth in certificates delivered to such Bank in similar circumstances
under comparable provisions of other comparable credit agreements, shall be delivered to the
relevant Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The relevant Borrower shall pay
each Bank, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Bank or Local Currency Bank the amount shown as due on any such
certificate delivered to it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.
(e) Failure or delay on the part of any Bank or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation
pursuant to this subsection shall not constitute a waiver of such Banks or the Issuing Banks
right to demand such compensation;
provided
that the Company shall not be required to
compensate a Bank or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this subsection for any increased costs or
reductions incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Bank or the Issuing Bank, as
the case may be, notifies the Company of the event giving rise to such increased costs or
reductions and of such Banks or the Issuing Banks intention to claim compensation therefor;
provided
further
that, if the event giving rise to such increased costs or
reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include
the period of retroactive effect thereof.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection, a Bank shall not be entitled
to compensation pursuant to this subsection in respect of any Competitive Advance Loan if the event
that would otherwise entitle it to such compensation shall have been publicly announced prior to
submission of the Competitive Advance Loan Offer pursuant to which such Loan was made.
(g) The agreements in this subsection shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the
payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
8.6
Taxes
.
(a) All payments made by any Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of,
and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or
other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter
imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding, in the
case of the Administrative Agent and each Bank, (i) net income taxes, capital taxes, doing business
taxes and franchise taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent or such Bank (including, without
limitation, each Bank in its capacity as an Issuing Bank or as a Swing Line Bank), as the case may
be, as a result of a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or
taxing authority imposing such tax and the Administrative Agent or such Bank (excluding a
connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such Bank having executed, delivered or
performed its obligations or
received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement) or any political subdivision or taxing
authority thereof or therein, (ii) taxes required to be withheld because of a failure to deliver
any
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
51
certificate described in this subsection 8.6 for any reason and (iii) any and all withholding
taxes payable with respect to payments under this Agreement made by the Company or by any
Subsidiary Borrower that was organized under the laws of the United States, other than any such
withholding taxes imposed as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws of any jurisdiction
affecting taxation (including any regulation or ruling proposed or promulgated by a taxing
authority thereof and any treaty provisions) or any change in the official application, enforcement
or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings or treaties or any other action taken by a
taxing authority or a court of competent jurisdiction, which change, amendment, application,
enforcement, interpretation or action becomes effective after the date hereof (all such
non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions and withholdings being
hereinafter called
Non-Excluded Taxes
). If any Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be
withheld from any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or any Bank hereunder, the amounts so
payable to the Administrative Agent or such Bank shall be increased to the extent necessary to
yield to the Administrative Agent or such Bank (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes) interest
or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this
Agreement. Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by any Borrower, as promptly as possible
thereafter such Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the
account of such Bank, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received
by such Borrower showing payment thereof. If such Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes
when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the
required receipts or other required documentary evidence, such Borrower shall indemnify the
Administrative Agent and such Bank for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become
payable by the Administrative Agent or such Bank as a result of any such failure. The agreements
in this subsection 8.6(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the
Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
(b) (i) Each Bank (including each Assignee) that is not incorporated under the laws of
the United States of America or a state thereof agrees that it will deliver to the Company
and the Administrative Agent concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement (or, in the
case of any Assignee, concurrently with the delivery of an Assignment and Acceptance) two
duly completed copies of (x) United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI or
successor applicable form, as the case may be, and (y) an Internal Revenue Service Form
W-8BEN or W-9 or successor applicable form, as the case may be. Each such Bank also agrees
to deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent two further copies of the said Form
W-8BEN or W-8ECI and Form W-8BEN or W-9, or successor applicable forms or other manner of
certification, as the case may be, on or before the date that any such form expires or
becomes obsolete or after the occurrence of any event (including, without limitation, a
change in such Banks lending office) requiring a change in the most recent form previously
delivered by it to the Company and the Administrative Agent, and such extensions or renewals
thereof as may reasonably be requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, unless in
any such case an event (including, without limitation, any change in treaty, law or
regulation) has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be
required which renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Bank from
duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Bank so advises the
Company and the Administrative Agent. Such Bank shall certify (x) in the case of a
Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, that it is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
52
without
deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (y) in the case of a
Form W-8BEN or W-9, that it is entitled to an exemption from United States backup
withholding tax.
(ii) Upon the written request of any Borrower, each Bank promptly will provide to such
Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, or file with the relevant taxing authority (with a
copy to the Administrative Agent) such form, certification or similar documentation (each
duly completed, accurate and signed) as is required by the relevant jurisdiction in order to
obtain an exemption from, or reduced rate of Non-Excluded Taxes to which such Bank or the
Administrative Agent is entitled pursuant to an applicable tax treaty or the law of the
relevant jurisdiction;
provided
,
however
, such Bank will not be required to
(x) disclose information which in its reasonable judgment it deems confidential or
proprietary or (y) incur a cost if such cost would, in its reasonable judgment, be
substantial in comparison to the cost of the Borrower under this subsection 8.6 of such
Banks failure to provide such form, certification or similar documentation. Such Bank
shall certify in the case of any such form, certification or similar documentation so
provided (to the extent it may accurately and properly do so) that it is entitled to receive
payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding, or at a reduced rate of
deduction or withholding of Non-Excluded Taxes.
(iii) A Bank shall be required to furnish a form under this paragraph (b) only if it
is entitled to claim an exemption from or a reduced rate of withholding under applicable
law. A Bank that is not entitled to claim an exemption from or a reduced rate of
withholding under applicable law, promptly upon written request of the applicable Borrower,
shall inform the applicable Borrower in writing.
(c) If any Bank is, in its sole opinion, able to apply for any tax credit, tax deduction or
other reduction in tax (a
Tax Benefit
) by reason of any increased amount paid by the
Company under this subsection 8.6, such Bank will use reasonable efforts to obtain such Tax Benefit
and, upon receipt thereof will pay to the Company such amount, not exceeding the increased amount
paid by the Company, as it considers, in its sole opinion, to be equal to the net after-tax value
to such Bank of the Tax Benefit or such part thereof allocable to such withholding or deduction,
having regard to all of such Banks dealings giving rise to similar credits and to the cost of
obtaining the same, less any and all expenses incurred by such Bank in obtaining such Tax Benefit
(including any and all professional fees incurred therewith);
provided
,
however
,
that (i) no Bank shall be obligated by this subsection 8.6 to disclose to the Company any
information regarding its tax affairs or computations, (ii) nothing in this subsection 8.6 shall
interfere with the right of each Bank to arrange its tax affairs as it deems appropriate and (iii)
nothing in this subsection 8.6 shall impose an obligation on a Bank to obtain any Tax Benefit if,
in such Banks sole opinion, to do so would (x) impose undue hardships, burdens or expenditures on
such Bank or (y) increase such Banks exposure to taxation by the jurisdiction in question.
8.7
Companys Options upon Claims for Increased Costs and Taxes
. In the event that any Affected Bank shall decline to make Loans pursuant to subsection 8.4
or shall have notified the Company that it is entitled to claim compensation pursuant to subsection
8.5 or 8.6, the Company may exercise any one or both of the following options:
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
53
(a) The Company may request one or more of the Banks which are not Affected Banks to take over
all (but not part) of any Affected Banks then outstanding Loans and to assume all (but not part)
of any Affected Banks Commitments, if any, and obligations hereunder, and if applicable, under any
Local Currency Facility. If one or more Banks shall so agree in writing (collectively, the
Assenting Banks
; individually, an
Assenting Bank
) with respect to an Affected
Bank, (i) the Commitments, if any, of each Assenting Bank and the obligations of such Assenting
Bank under this Agreement shall be increased by its respective Allocable Share of the Commitments,
if any, and of the obligations of such Affected Bank under this Agreement and if applicable, under
any Local Currency Facility and (ii) each Assenting Bank shall make Loans to the Company, according
to such Assenting Banks respective Allocable Share, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Loans and, if applicable, Local Currency Loans, of such
Affected Bank, on a date mutually acceptable to the Assenting Banks, such Affected Bank and the
Company. The proceeds of such Loans, together with funds of the Company, shall be used to prepay
the Loans, and if applicable, Local Currency Loans, of such Affected Bank, together with all
interest accrued thereon and all other amounts owing to such Affected Bank hereunder (including any
amounts payable pursuant to subsection 8.8 in connection with such prepayment), and, upon such
assumption by the Assenting Bank and prepayment by the Company, such Affected Bank shall cease to
be a Bank for purposes of this Agreement and shall no longer have any obligations or rights
hereunder (other than any obligations or rights which according to this Agreement shall survive the
termination of this Agreement).
(b) The Company may designate a Replacement Bank to assume the Commitments, if any, and the
obligations of any such Affected Bank hereunder and if applicable, under any Local Currency
Facility, and to purchase the outstanding Loans of such Affected Bank and such Affected Banks
rights hereunder and with respect thereto, without recourse upon, or warranty by, or expense to,
such Affected Bank (unless such Affected Bank agrees otherwise), for a purchase price equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Loans and, if applicable, Local Currency Loans, of such
Affected Bank plus (i) all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts owing to such
Affected Bank hereunder and (ii) any amount which would be payable to such Affected Bank pursuant
to subsection 8.8, and upon such assumption and purchase by the Replacement Bank, such Replacement
Bank, if it is not already a Bank, shall be deemed to be a Bank for purposes of this Agreement
and such Affected Bank shall cease to be a Bank for purposes of this Agreement and shall no
longer have any obligations or rights hereunder (other than any obligations or rights which
according to this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement).
8.8
Break Funding Payments
. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any
Eurocurrency Loan or Committed Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor
(including as a result of an Event of Default and as a result of the provisions of subsection 2.11
or 2.12), (b) the
conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor,
(c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Loan on the date specified in any notice
delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice is permitted to be revocable hereunder
and is revoked in accordance herewith), (d) the failure to borrow any Competitive Advance Loan
after accepting the Competitive Advance Loan Offer to make such Loan, or (e) the assignment as a
result of a request by the Company pursuant to subsection 8.7 of any Eurocurrency Loan other than
on the last day of an Interest Period therefor
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
54
or of any Competitive Advance Loan, then, in any
such event, the Company shall compensate each Bank for the loss, cost and expense attributable to
such event. In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, the loss to any Bank attributable to any such
event shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Bank to be equal to the excess, if
any, of (i) the amount of interest that such Bank would pay for a deposit equal to the principal
amount of such Bank denominated in the Currency of such Loan for the period from the date of such
payment, conversion, failure or assignment to the last day of the then current Interest Period for
such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the duration of the
Interest Period that would have resulted from such borrowing, conversion or continuation) if the
interest rate payable on such deposit were equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Currency for
such Interest Period,
over
(ii) the amount of interest that such Bank would earn on such
principal amount for such period if such Bank were to invest such principal amount for such period
at the interest rate that would be bid by such Bank (or an affiliate of such Bank) for deposits
denominated in such Currency from other banks in the eurocurrency market at the commencement of
such period. The Company shall also compensate each relevant Bank for any loss, cost or expense
suffered by such Bank as a result of the conversion, pursuant to subsection 2.11(b) or 7.3(b), of
the Currency in which a Loan is denominated, or the purchase or sale, pursuant to subsection
2.11(c) or 7.3(c), of a participating interest in any Loan. A certificate of any Bank setting
forth any amount or amounts that such Bank is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be
delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company shall pay such
Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
8.9
Determinations
. In making the determinations contemplated by subsection 8.5, 8.6
and 8.8, each Bank may make such estimates, assumptions, allocations and the like that such Bank in
good faith determines to be appropriate. Upon request of the Company, each Bank shall furnish to
the Company, at any time after demand for payment of an amount under subsection 8.5(a) or 8.8, a
certificate outlining in reasonable detail the computation of any amounts owing. Any certificate
furnished by a Bank shall be binding and conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
8.10
Change of Lending Office
. If an event occurs with respect to any Bank that
makes operable the provisions of subsection 8.4 or entitles such Bank to make a claim under
subsection 8.5 or 8.6, such Bank shall, if requested in writing by the Company, to the extent not
inconsistent with such Banks internal policies, use reasonable efforts to (a) designate another
office or offices for the making and maintaining of its Loans or (b) obtain a different source of
funds or credit, as the case may be, the designation or obtaining of which will eliminate such
operability or reduce materially the amount such Bank is so entitled to claim,
provided
that such designation or obtaining would not,
in the sole discretion of such Bank, result in such Bank incurring any costs unless the
Company has agreed to reimburse such Bank therefor.
8.11
Company Controls on Exposure; Calculation of Exposure; Prepayment if Exposure exceeds
Revolving Commitments
.
(a) The Company will implement and maintain internal accounting controls to monitor the
borrowings and repayments of Revolving Loans by the Borrowers and the issuance of and drawings
under Letters of Credit, with the object of preventing any request for an Extension of Credit that
would result in (i) the Exposure of the Banks being in excess of the
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
55
Revolving Commitments, or (ii)
the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency exceeding the Foreign Currency Exposure
Sublimit for such Currency, and of promptly identifying and remedying any circumstance where, by
reason of changes in exchange rates, (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure exceeds the Revolving
Commitments, or (ii) the amount of the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency exceeds
the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency. In the event that at any time the
Company determines that (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of the Banks exceeds the aggregate
amount of the Revolving Commitments by more than 5%, or (ii) the amount of the Foreign Currency
Exposure in respect of any Currency exceeds the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such
Currency, the Company will, as soon as practicable but in any event within five Business Days of
making such determination, make or cause to be made such repayments or prepayments of Revolving
Loans as shall be necessary to cause (i) the aggregate amount of the Exposure of the Banks to no
longer exceed the Revolving Commitments, and (ii) the amount of the Foreign Currency Exposure in
respect of any Currency not to exceed the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency.
(b) The Administrative Agent will calculate the aggregate amount of the Exposure of the Banks
from time to time, and in any event not less frequently than once during each calendar month. In
making such calculations, the Administrative Agent will rely on the information most recently
received by it from the Swing Line Banks in respect of outstanding Swing Line Loans, from Banks in
respect of outstanding Competitive Advance Loans, from Local Currency Facility Agents in respect of
outstanding Local Currency Loans and Issuing Banks in respect of L/C Obligations. Upon making each
such calculation, the Administrative Agent will inform the Company and the Banks of the results
thereof.
(c) In the event that on any date the Administrative Agent calculates that (i) the aggregate
amount of the Exposure of the Banks exceeds the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments by
more than 5%, or (ii) the Foreign Currency Exposure in respect of any Currency exceeds the Foreign
Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency, the Administrative Agent will give notice to such
effect to the Company. After receipt of any such notice, the Company will, as soon as practicable
but in any event within five Business Days of receipt of such notice, make or cause to be made such
repayments or prepayments of Loans as shall be necessary to cause (i) the aggregate amount of the
Exposure of the Banks to no longer
exceed the Revolving Commitments, or (ii) the Foreign Currency Exposure in any respect of any
Currency not to exceed the Foreign Currency Exposure Sublimit for such Currency.
(d) If at any time the Committed Exposure of any Bank exceeds such Banks Revolving
Commitment, upon demand of such Bank, the Company will within one Business Day prepay Revolving
Loans in such amounts that after giving effect to such prepayment the Committed Exposure of such
Bank does not exceed its Revolving Commitment.
(e) Any prepayment required to be made pursuant to this subsection 8.11 shall be accompanied
by payment of amounts payable, if any, pursuant to subsection 8.8 in respect of the amount so
prepaid.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
56
8.12
Conversion and Continuation Options
.
(a) By giving a Notice of Conversion, any Specified Borrower may elect from time to time (i)
to convert such Specified Borrowers Eurocurrency Loans in Dollars to ABR Loans or (ii) to convert
such Specified Borrowers ABR Loans to Eurocurrency Loans in Dollars. Upon receipt of any Notice
of Conversion the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Bank thereof. All or
any part of Eurocurrency Loans outstanding in Dollars or ABR Loans may be converted as provided
herein,
provided
that (i) no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurocurrency Loan when any
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Required
Banks have determined that such a conversion is not appropriate and (ii) no ABR Loan may be
converted into a Eurocurrency Loan after the date that is one month prior to the relevant
Termination Date.
(b) By giving a Notice of Continuation, any Specified Borrower may continue all or any part
of such Specified Borrowers Eurocurrency Loans as Eurocurrency Loans in the same Currency for one
or more different additional Interest Periods.
(c) Any Specified Borrower may convert Committed Rate Loans outstanding in Dollars or one
Available Foreign Currency to Committed Rate Loans in Dollars or a different Currency by repaying
such Loans in the first Currency and borrowing Loans of such different Currency in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Agreement.
(d) If any Specified Borrower shall fail to timely give a Notice of Continuation or a Notice
of Conversion in respect of any of such Specified Borrowers Eurocurrency Loans with respect to
which an Interest Period is expiring, such Specified Borrower shall be deemed to have given a
Notice of Continuation for an Interest Period of one month.
8.13
Minimum Amounts of Tranches
. All borrowings, conversions and continuations of
Term Loans and Committed Rate Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts
and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate
principal amount of (i) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, the Term Loans or Committed Rate Loans
comprising each Tranche in Dollars shall be not less than $5,000,000, (ii) in the case of ABR
Loans, the Term Loans or
Committed Rate Loans comprising each Tranche in Dollars shall not be less than $1,000,000 and
(iii) Committed Rate Loans comprising each Tranche in any Available Foreign Currency shall be not
less than the Dollar Equivalent Amount in such Currency of $5,000,000;
provided
that any
borrowing of Committed Rate Loans may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused
balance of the Total Revolving Commitments.
8.14
Interest Rates and Payment Dates for Term Loans and Committed Rate Loans
.
(a) Each Eurocurrency Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with
respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus
the Applicable Margin.
(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the
Applicable Margin.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
57
(c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Term Loan or Committed Rate Loan
or (ii) any interest payable thereon shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is
(x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant
to the foregoing provisions of this subsection plus 2% or (y) in the case of overdue interest, the
rate described in paragraph (b) of this subsection plus 2%, in each case from the date of such
non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).
(d) Interest on Term Loans and Committed Rate Loans shall be payable in arrears on each
Interest Payment Date;
provided
, that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this
subsection shall be payable from time to time on demand.
8.15
Inability to Determine Interest Rate
. If on or prior to the date on which the
Eurocurrency Rate is determined for any Interest Period in respect of any Eurocurrency Loan in any
Currency:
(a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be
conclusive absent manifest error) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant
market generally, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the
Eurocurrency Rate for such affected Currency or such affected Interest Period, or
(b) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Banks having Commitments
comprising at least 25% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments (or, in the case of Loans
denominated in an Available Foreign Currency, Banks having at least 25% of the Foreign
Currency Commitments in such Available Foreign Currency) that the Eurocurrency Rate
determined or to be determined for such affected Interest Period will not adequately and
fairly reflect the cost to such Banks (as conclusively certified by such Banks) of making or
maintaining their affected Term Loans or Committed Rate Loans during such affected Interest
Period,
the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Company and the
Banks as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (x) any Eurocurrency Loans
requested to be made in such affected Currency on the first day of such affected Interest Period
shall be made as ABR Loans in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent Amount, (y) any Term Loans or
Committed Rate Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such affected Interest
Period from ABR Loans to Eurocurrency Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (z) any
Eurocurrency Loans in such affected Currency that were to have been continued as such shall be
converted, on the first day of such Interest Period, to ABR Loans in Dollars in the Dollar
Equivalent Amount. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further
Eurocurrency Loans in such affected Currency shall be made, converted to or continued as such.
8.16
Optional Prepayments
. By giving a Notice of Prepayment, any Specified Borrower
may, at any time and from time to time, prepay the Term Loans or Committed Rate Loans made to such
Specified Borrower, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except as provided in
subsection 8.8). Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify
each relevant Bank thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
58
such notice shall
be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with any amounts payable pursuant to
subsection 8.8. Partial prepayments shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a
whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof or an aggregate principal Dollar Equivalent Amount of
at least $1,000,000 for Loans denominated in a Foreign Currency.
SECTION 9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Syndication Agents, the Administrative Agent and the Banks to enter into this
Agreement and to make the Loans and issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, the Company and
each Subsidiary Borrower (insofar as the representations and warranties by such Subsidiary Borrower
relate to it) hereby represents and warrants to each Agent, the Administrative Agent and each Bank
that:
9.1
Financial Condition
. The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and
its consolidated Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2005 and the related consolidated statements of
income and of cash flows for the fiscal year ended on such date, reported on by Ernst & Young LLP,
copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Bank or will be furnished to each Bank that
has not already received such copies, present fairly the consolidated financial condition of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of their
operations and their consolidated cash flows for the fiscal year then ended. The unaudited
consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region
as at September 30, 2006 and the related unaudited consolidating statement of operations and
retained earnings for the portion of the fiscal year ended on September 30, 2006, present fairly
the consolidating financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by
geographic region as at such date, and the consolidating results of their operations for the fiscal
year then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto,
have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods
involved (except as approved by such accountants or Responsible Officer, as the case may be, and as
disclosed therein). Neither the Company nor any of its consolidated Subsidiaries had, at the date
of the most recent balance sheet referred to above, any material Guarantee Obligation, contingent
liability or liability for taxes, or any long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term
commitment, including, without limitation, any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange
transaction, which is not reflected in the foregoing statements or referred to in the notes
thereto. During the period from September 30, 2006 to and including the date hereof there has been
no sale, transfer or other disposition by the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries of
any material part of its business or property and no purchase or other acquisition of any business
or property (including any Capital Stock of any other Person) material in relation to the
consolidated financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries at September 30,
2006 except as disclosed in writing to the Banks prior to the Closing Date).
9.2
No Change
Since December 31, 2005 there has been no development or event which
has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
9.3
Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law
. The Company and each of its
Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
59
jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the corporate or other power and authority, and the legal
right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct
the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or
other entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or
operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the
failure to be duly qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent
that the failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
9.4
Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations
. Each of the Company and
its Subsidiaries has the corporate or other power and authority, and the legal right, to make,
deliver and perform the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to borrow hereunder and has
taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions of
this Agreement and the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a
party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of,
any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings
hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of the Credit
Documents. This Agreement has been, and each other Credit Document to which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries is a party will be, duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company or such
Subsidiary, as the case may be. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Credit Document to
which it is a party when executed and delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries party thereto enforceable against the Company
or such Subsidiary, as the
case may be, in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement
is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
9.5
No Legal Bar
. The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, the borrowings hereunder and the use of
the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of the
Company or of any of its Subsidiaries (except for violations of Contractual Obligations which,
individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect) and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its or
their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual
Obligation, except for the Liens expressly permitted by subsection 12.3.
9.6
No Material Litigation
. No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before
any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened
by or against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of its or their respective
properties or revenues with respect to any of the Credit Documents or any of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby.
9.7
No Default
. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
60
9.8
Ownership of Property; Liens
. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good
record and marketable title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real
property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other property, except where
the failure to have such title or such leasehold interest, as the case may be, could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such property is subject to any Lien
except as permitted by subsection 12.3.
9.9
Intellectual Property
. Each of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns, or
is licensed to use, all domestic and foreign trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, technology,
know-how and processes necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted (the
Intellectual Property
) except for those the failure to own or license which could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been asserted and is
pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, has been threatened by any Person challenging or
questioning the use of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such
Intellectual Property which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor
does the Company know of any valid basis for any such claim. The use of such Intellectual Property
by the Company and its
Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person, except for such claims and
infringements that, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
9.10
Local Currency Facilities
. Schedule 9.10 sets forth, as of the Closing Date,
all Local Currency Facilities (including the Local Currency Borrower, Local Currency Banks, Local
Currency Facility Agent, Local Currency Facility Maximum Borrowing Amount and Local Currency Bank
Maximum Borrowing Amount with respect thereto).
9.11
Taxes
. Each of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries has filed or
caused to be filed all tax returns which, to the knowledge of the Company, are required to be filed
and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made
against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any
of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any unfiled tax returns for taxes, and
unpaid taxes, fees and other charges, (a) the amount or validity of which are currently being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity
with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Company or its consolidated Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, or (b) which in each case, individually or in the aggregate, would not cause the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries to have a liability in excess of $20,000,000 or the
Dollar Equivalent Amount thereof); no notice of tax Lien has been filed, and, to the knowledge of
the Company, no claim is being asserted by any taxing authority, with respect to any such tax, fee
or other charge except for claims the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP
have been provided on the books of the Company or its consolidated Subsidiaries, as the case may
be, and claims for amounts which, in the aggregate, do not exceed $20,000,000.
9.12
Federal Regulations
. No part of the proceeds of any Loans will be used for
purchasing or carrying any margin stock within the respective meanings of each of the quoted
terms under Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from
time to time hereafter in effect or for any purpose which violates the provisions of
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
61
the
regulations of such Board of Governors. If requested by any Bank or the Administrative Agent, the
Company will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Bank a statement to the foregoing effect
in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U-1 referred to in said Regulation U.
9.13
ERISA
. Each Plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) (or
403(a) as appropriate) of the Code and each related trust agreement, annuity contract or other
funding instrument which is intended to be tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code is so
qualified and tax-exempt and has been so qualified and tax-exempt during the period from its
adoption to date. No event has occurred in connection with which the Company or any Commonly
Controlled Entity or any Plan, directly or indirectly, could reasonably be expected to be
subject to any material liability under ERISA, the Code or any other law, regulation or
governmental order or under any agreement, instrument, statute, rule of law or regulation pursuant
to or under which the Company or a Subsidiary has agreed to indemnify or is required to indemnify
any person against liability incurred under, or for a violation or failure to satisfy the
requirements of, any such statute, regulation or order. No Reportable Event has occurred during
the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with
respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable
provisions of ERISA and the Code. The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single
Employer Plan maintained by the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity or for which the Company
or any Commonly Controlled Entity has or could have any liability (based on those assumptions used
to fund the Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this
representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to
such accrued benefits. Neither the Company nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete
or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan, and neither the Company nor any Commonly
Controlled Entity could reasonably be expected to become subject to any liability under ERISA if
the Company or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all
Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this
representation is made or deemed made. No such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or
Insolvent. The present value (determined using actuarial and other assumptions which are
reasonable in respect of the benefits provided and the employees participating) of the unfunded
liability of the Company and each Commonly Controlled Entity for benefits under all unfunded
retirement or severance plans, programs, policies or other arrangements (including, without
limitation, post retirement benefits to be provided to their current and former employees under
Plans which are welfare benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA)), whether or not funded
does not, in the aggregate, exceed $15,000,000 (excluding those arrangements set forth on Schedule
9.13).
9.14
Investment Company Act; Other Regulations
. Neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary of the Company is an investment company, or a company controlled by an investment
company, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is subject to regulation under any Federal or State
statute or regulation which limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.
9.15
Subsidiaries
. The outstanding stock and securities (or other evidence of
ownership) of the Subsidiaries, partnerships or joint ventures owned by the Company and its
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
62
Subsidiaries are owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens, warrants,
options or rights of others of any kind whatsoever except for Liens permitted by subsection 12.3.
9.16
Accuracy and Completeness of Information
. No document furnished or statement
made in writing to the Banks by the Company in connection with the negotiation, preparation or
execution of this Agreement or any
of the other Credit Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to
state any such material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not
misleading, in either case which has not been corrected, supplemented or remedied by subsequent
documents furnished or statements made in writing to the Banks. All other written information,
reports and other papers and data with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than
financial statements), furnished to the Banks by the Company, or on behalf of the Company, were (a)
in the case of those not prepared for delivery to the Banks, to the Companys knowledge, at the
time the same were so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects for the purposes for
which the same were prepared and (b) in the case of those prepared for delivery to the Banks, to
the Companys knowledge, complete and correct in all material respects, or have been subsequently
supplemented by other information, reports or other papers or data, to the extent necessary to give
the Banks a true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter in all material respects, it being
understood that financial projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that
actual results may differ from projected results.
9.17
Purpose of Loans; Commitments
. The proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit
shall be used by the Company for general corporate purposes of the Company and, to the extent
permitted hereunder, its Subsidiaries, including working capital in the ordinary course of
business, letters of credit, repayment, prepayment or purchase of long-term indebtedness and
acquisitions, and the Revolving Commitments may be used by the Company as backup for its commercial
paper program, as applicable.
9.18
Environmental Matters
. Except as set forth on Schedule 9.18 or insofar as there
is no reasonable likelihood of a Material Adverse Effect arising from any combination of facts or
circumstances inconsistent with any of the following:
(a) The facilities and properties owned or operated by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (the
Properties
) do not contain, and to the knowledge of the Company
or its Subsidiaries, have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern
in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute or constituted a violation of, or (ii)
could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental
Law.
(b) The Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance with all
applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under or to the knowledge
of the Company about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to
the Properties or the business operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the
Business
) which could materially interfere with the continued operation of the
Properties.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
63
(c) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of
violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding
environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the
Properties or the Business, nor does the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have
knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened.
(d) To the knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, Materials of
Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of from the Properties in
violation of, or in a manner or to a location which could reasonably be expected to give
rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of Environmental
Concern been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties
in violation of, or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability
under, any applicable Environmental Law.
(e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to
the knowledge of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened, under any Environmental
Law to which the Company or any Subsidiary is or will be named as a party with respect to
the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent
orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other analogous administrative or judicial
requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the
Business.
(f) There has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental
Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations of the
Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the Properties or otherwise in connection with
the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could reasonably give rise
to liability under any applicable Environmental Laws.
SECTION 10. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
10.1
Conditions to Closing Date
. The occurrence of the Closing Date, and the
agreement of each Bank to make the initial Extension of Credit requested to be made by it on or
after the Closing Date, shall be subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of
the following conditions precedent:
(a)
Credit Documents
. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this
Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company and each
Subsidiary that will be a Subsidiary Borrower party hereto on the Closing Date, with a
counterpart for each Bank, (ii) for the account of each Bank, an amended and restated
Company Guarantee executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with a
counterpart or conformed copy for each Bank and (iii) for the account of each Bank, an
amendment and restatement of each Existing Subsidiary Guarantee and any other Subsidiary
Guarantee, in each case executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company
or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, with a counterpart or conformed copy for each Bank.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
64
(b)
Corporate Proceedings of each Loan Party
. The Administrative Agent shall
have received, with a counterpart for each Bank, a copy of the resolutions, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors of each
Loan Party (except any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) authorizing (i) the execution,
delivery and performance of each Credit Document to which it is a party and (ii) in the case
of each Borrower (except any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower), the borrowings contemplated
hereunder, certified by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, or the Vice President and
General Counsel of such Loan Party as of the Closing Date, which certificate shall be in
form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall state that the
resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded.
(c)
Fees and Expenses
. The Administrative Agent shall have received the fees
and expenses to be received on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to subsection 8.1(c).
(d)
Legal Opinions
. The Administrative Agent shall have received, with a
counterpart for each Bank, the following executed legal opinions:
(i) the executed legal opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP,
counsel to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers, substantially in the form of
Exhibit G-1, with such modifications therein as shall be reasonably requested or
approved by the Administrative Agent; and
(ii) the executed legal opinion of Peter S. Brown, general counsel of the
Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2, with such modifications therein
as shall be reasonably requested or approved by the Administrative Agent.
Each such legal opinion shall cover such other matters incident to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as the Administrative Agent
may reasonably require.
(e)
No Material Litigation
. No litigation, inquiry, injunction or restraining
order shall be pending, entered or threatened (including any proposed statute, rule or
regulation) which in the reasonable judgment of any Bank could have a Material Adverse
Effect.
(f)
Existing Credit Agreement
. Any principal, interest, fees or other amounts
owing or accrued and unpaid under the Existing Credit Agreement to any Person which is a
Bank under (and as defined in) the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been paid in full to
such Person.
(g)
Additional Matters
. All corporate and other proceedings, and all
documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent.
10.2
Conditions to Each Extension of Credit
. The agreement of each Bank to make any
Extension of Credit requested to be made by it on any date (including, without
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
65
limitation, its initial Extension of Credit, but excluding any Committed Rate Loan made
pursuant to a Notice of Swing Line Refunding, pursuant to subsections 5.5(c) or 6.3 or pursuant to
subsection 8.12(c) if the Dollar Equivalent Amount thereof is not increased) is subject to the
satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a)
Representations and Warranties
. Each of the representations and
warranties made by the Company and its Subsidiaries in or pursuant to the Credit Documents
(other than subsection 9.2) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of
such date as if made on and as of such date except for representations and warranties
expressly stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations
and warranties are true and correct as of such earlier date.
(b)
No Default
. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on such date after giving effect to the Loans requested to be made on such date.
(c) [
reserved
].
(d)
Borrowing Certificate
. In the case of the first requested borrowing
subsequent to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received with a
counterpart for each Bank, a certificate of the Company, dated as of such date,
substantially in the form of Exhibit E, with appropriate insertions and attachments,
satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, executed by any Responsible
Officer of the Company.
(e)
Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers
. In the case of the first requested
borrowing by each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower, the Company shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent (i) on or prior to such date a copy of the resolutions, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors of such
Foreign Subsidiary Borrower authorizing (1) the execution, delivery and performance of each
Credit Document to which it is a party and (2) the borrowings contemplated hereunder,
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer of such
Foreign Subsidiary Borrower as of the Closing Date, which certificate shall be in form and
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall state that the resolutions
thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and (ii) five (5)
Business Days prior to such date any additional information requested by the Banks in
connection with Section 15.17.
Each borrowing by and Letter of Credit issued on behalf of any Borrower shall constitute a
representation and warranty by the Company and such Borrower as of the date of such Loan and/or
Letter of Credit that the conditions contained in this subsection 10.2 have been satisfied.
SECTION 11. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of
Credit remains outstanding and unpaid or any Loan or any other amount is owing to any Bank, any
Agent or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any Local Currency
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
66
Facility, the Company shall and (except in the case of delivery of financial information,
reports and notices) shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
11.1
Financial Statements
. Furnish to each Bank:
(a) as soon as available, but in any event within the earlier of (i) 120 days after
the end of each fiscal year of the Company or (ii) 30 days after the date on which such
financial statements are required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
under the Securities Act of 1933, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related
consolidated statements of operations and shareholders equity and of cash flows for such
year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year,
reported on without a going concern or like qualification or exception, or qualification
arising out of the scope of the audit, by Ernst & Young or other independent certified
public accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Required
Banks;
provided
that the Company may in lieu of furnishing such financial statements
furnish to each Bank its Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
successor or analogous Governmental Authority for such year;
(b) as soon as available, but in any event within the earlier of (i) 120 days after
the end of each fiscal year of the Company or (ii) 30 days after the date on which
consolidated financial statements for the relevant period are required to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, the unaudited
consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic
region as at the end of such year and the related unaudited consolidating statements of
operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region for such
year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year,
certified pursuant to subsection 11.2(b) by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting the
consolidating financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region;
(c) as soon as available, but in any event within the earlier of (i) 60 days after the
end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Company or (ii)
15 days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, the unaudited
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of
such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and
shareholders equity and of cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for
such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting
forth in each case in comparative form the figures for such quarter of the previous year,
certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting in all material respects when
considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);
provided
that the Company may in lieu of furnishing such unaudited consolidated balance sheet furnish
to each Bank its Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
successor or analogous Governmental Authority for the relevant quarterly period; and
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
67
(d) as soon as available, but in any event within the earlier of (i) 60 days after the
end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Company or (ii)
15 days after the date on which consolidated financial statements for the relevant period
are required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities
Act of 1933, the unaudited consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries by geographic region as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited
consolidating statements of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by
geographic region for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of
such quarter, in the case of the unaudited consolidating balance sheet setting forth in
comparative form the figures for the previous year (but not the corresponding figures for
such quarter of the previous year) and in the case of the statements of operations setting
forth in comparative form the figures for such quarter of the previous year, certified by a
Responsible Officer as fairly presenting the consolidating financial condition and results
of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries by geographic region (subject
to normal year-end audit adjustments);
the financial statements to be furnished pursuant to this subsection 11.1 shall fairly present the
consolidated (or consolidating by geographic region) financial position and results of operations
of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (subject, in the case of
subsections 11.1(c) and (d), to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of complete
footnotes) applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods
(except as approved by such accountants or Responsible Officer, as the case may be, and disclosed
therein).
11.2
Certificates; Other Information
. Furnish to each Bank:
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in
subsection 11.1(a), a certificate of the independent certified public accountants reporting
on such financial statements stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no
knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such
certificate;
(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in
subsections 11.1(a) and 11.1(b), a certificate of a Responsible Officer substantially in the
form of Exhibit H;
(c) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in
subsection 11.1(c), a certificate of a Responsible Officer (i) stating that, to the best of
such Responsible Officers knowledge, the Company has observed and performed all of its
covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to
which it is a party to be observed or performed by it, (ii) that such Responsible Officer
has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default
except as specified therein and (iii) setting forth calculations supporting compliance
with subsections 12.1(a) and (b);
(d) as soon as delivered, a copy of the letter, addressed to the Company, of the
certified public accountants who prepared the financial statements referred to in
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
68
subsection 11.1(a) for such fiscal year and otherwise referred to as a management letter;
(e) within five days after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and
reports which the Company sends to its stockholders generally, and within five days after
the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and reports which the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries may make to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
successor or analogous Governmental Authority;
(f) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in
subsections 11.1(a) and 11.1(c), a certificate of a Responsible Officer setting forth the
name of each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower and each outstanding Swing Line Loan, Competitive
Advance Loan, Local Currency Loan made and Letter of Credit issued to the Foreign Subsidiary
Borrowers as of the date of such financial statements; and
(g) promptly, such additional documents, instruments, legal opinions or financial and
other information as the Administrative Agent or any Bank may from time to time reasonably
request.
11.3
Payment of Obligations
. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before
maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its obligations of whatever
nature, including, without limitation, all obligations in respect of taxes, except where the amount
or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the
Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or where the failure to pay, discharge or
otherwise satisfy could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
11.4
Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence
. Continue to engage in
business of the same general type as now conducted by it and preserve, renew and keep in full force
and effect its corporate existence and take all reasonable action to maintain all rights,
privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business except as
otherwise permitted pursuant to subsection 12.4; comply with all Contractual Obligations and
Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
11.5
Maintenance of Property; Insurance
. Keep all property useful and necessary in
its business in good working order and condition, except where the failure to do so could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies
insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but
including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are
usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar
business; and furnish to each Bank, upon written request, full information as to the insurance
carried.
11.6
Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions
. Keep proper books of
records and account in which the entries are, in all material respects, full, true and correct in
conformity with sound business practice and all Requirements of Law shall be made of
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
69
all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities; and, upon reasonable notice under the
circumstances, permit representatives of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its
properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time
and as often as may reasonably be desired and to discuss the business, operations, properties and
financial and other condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries with officers and employees of
the Company and its Subsidiaries and with its independent certified public accountants.
11.7
Notices
. Promptly, after the Company becomes aware thereof, give notice to the
Administrative Agent and each Bank of:
(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may
exist at any time between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental
Authority, which in either case of clauses (i) or (ii), if not cured or if adversely
determined, as the case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect or cause a Default or an Event of Default;
(c) any litigation or proceeding affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i)
in which the amount involved is $20,000,000 or more and not covered by insurance or (ii) in
which injunctive or similar relief is sought which could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect;
(d) the following events: (i) the occurrence or expected occurrence of any Reportable
Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the
creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the
termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution
of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Company or any Commonly
Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the
terminating (other than a standard termination under Section 4041(b) of ERISA),
Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan; and
(e) any change, development or event involving a prospective change, which has had or
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this subsection shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible
Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the
Company proposes to take with respect thereto.
11.8
Environmental Laws
.
(a) Comply with, and take all reasonable efforts to ensure compliance by all tenants and
subtenants, if any, in all material respects with, all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and
comply in all material respects with and maintain, and undertake all reasonable efforts to ensure
that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
70
and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable
Environmental Laws.
(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial,
removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material
respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding
Environmental Laws except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and the pendency of such proceedings could not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.
11.9
Additional Subsidiary Guarantees
. In the event that any Domestic Subsidiary
(with assets accounting for more than 5% of Total Assets) which is not a Guarantor shall own any
assets or generate any revenues (excluding any Domestic Subsidiary the sole activities of which
consist of entering into one or more Permitted Receivables Securitizations), take all actions
necessary to cause such Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver a Subsidiary Guarantee, within
30 days of the occurrence of such event.
11.10
Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers
. Within 45 days after the Closing Date, the
Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) an executed Foreign Subsidiary Opinion of
counsel to each Foreign Subsidiary Borrower that is a party to this Agreement on the Closing Date
if the aggregate Exposure of such Subsidiary owing to all Banks as of the Closing Date exceeds
$20,000,000 and (ii) a copy of all documentation with respect to all Local Currency Facilities.
SECTION 12. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of
Credit remains outstanding and unpaid or any other amount is owing to any Bank, any Agent or the
Administrative Agent hereunder or under any Local Currency Facility:
12.1
Financial Condition Covenants
. The Company shall not:
(a)
Consolidated Leverage Ratio
. Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on the last
day of any fiscal quarter set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal
quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
Fiscal Quarter
|
|
Leverage Ratio
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
5.00 to 1.00
|
March 31, 2007
|
|
5.00 to 1.00
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
5.00 to 1.00
|
September 30, 2007
|
|
5.00 to 1.00
|
December 31, 2007 and thereafter
|
|
4.00 to 1.00
|
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
71
(b)
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
. Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage
Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending with any fiscal
quarter set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
Fiscal Quarter
|
|
Interest Coverage Ratio
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
2.50 to 1.00
|
March 31, 2007
|
|
2.50 to 1.00
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
2.50 to 1.00
|
September 30, 2007
|
|
2.50 to 1.00
|
December 31, 2007 and thereafter
|
|
3.00 to 1.00
|
12.2
Limitation on Indebtedness of Subsidiaries
. The Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, and the Subsidiaries shall not,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except (a) any
Indebtedness of Subsidiaries pursuant to any of the Credit Documents, (b) any Indebtedness of any
Domestic Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder so long as such Domestic Subsidiary shall have
executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Guarantee and such Subsidiary
Guarantee shall be in full force and effect, (c) cash pooling arrangements in connection with cash
management systems entered into by the Company or any Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business;
provided
that such arrangements do not have a negative balance, (d) Indebtedness
in respect of drafts on Italian banks with regard to working capital needs in the ordinary course
of business, (e) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition,
construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and
any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien
on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not
increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (
provided
that such Indebtedness is
incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction
or improvement), (f) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary owing to the Company or any other
Subsidiary, (g) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and specified on Schedule 12.2 and any
refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (without increasing the principal amount
thereof, or shortening the maturity of, the principal amount thereof), (h) Indebtedness consisting
of liabilities of any Subsidiary in respect of a Permitted Receivables Securitization in an
aggregate amount up to $550,000,000 and (i) any other Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000,000, in addition to Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in
existence on the Closing Date and specified on Schedule 12.2.
12.3
Limitation on Liens
. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Domestic Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien
upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
72
(a) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings,
provided
that adequate reserves with respect thereto are
maintained on the books of the Company or its Domestic Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in
conformity with GAAP;
(b) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens, repairmens or other like
Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more
than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(c) pledges or deposits in connection with workers compensation, unemployment
insurance and other social security legislation and deposits securing liability to insurance
carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements;
(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for
borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds
and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in
the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and
which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto
or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or such
Domestic Subsidiary;
(f) Liens created in connection with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section
12.2(h);
(g) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the
Company or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a
Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary;
provided
that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection
with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii)
such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary
and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such
acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be and extensions,
renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount
thereof;
(h) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Company
or any Subsidiary;
provided
that (i) such security interests and the Indebtedness
secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the
completion of such construction or improvement, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does
not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and
(iii) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Company
or any Subsidiary;
(i) any Lien on a bank account of the Company or any Subsidiary arising in connection
with the cash pooling arrangements referred to in Section 12.2(c);
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
73
(j) Liens arising out of any judgment or award (i) with respect to which an appeal or
proceeding for review is being prosecuted in good faith bv appropriate proceedings
diligently conducted, and with respect to which a stay of execution is in effect; and (ii)
that does not constitute an Event of Default under clause (i) of Section 13; and
(k) Liens (not otherwise permitted hereunder) which secure obligations not exceeding
(as to the Company and all Domestic Subsidiaries) a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to
$50,000,000 at any time outstanding.
12.4
Limitation on Fundamental Changes
. The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Domestic Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any merger, consolidation
or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or
dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or
substantially all of its property, business or assets, except:
(i) any Subsidiary may be merged or consolidated with or into the Company
(
provided
that the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation)
or with or into any one or more wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiaries; and
(ii) any Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or
all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) (a) to the Company or
any other wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary or (b) to any other Person if the Company
would be permitted to sell such assets directly to such Person under this Section
12.4.
12.5
Limitations on Payments
. For the period from and including the Closing Date until and including the first fiscal
quarter end on which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the period of four consecutive quarters
ending on such date is less than 3.5 to 1.0 (before and after giving effect to such restricted
payment), the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any payment
on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase,
redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Loan Party,
whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either
directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Loan Party
(collectively, Restricted Payments), except that (v) the Company or any Subsidiary may purchase
all or any portion of the minority equity interests in any Subsidiary less than wholly-owned
(directly or indirectly) by the Company, (w) any Subsidiary or Loan Party may make Restricted
Payments to any other Loan Party, (x) any Loan Party may make Restricted Payments consisting solely
of Capital Stock of any Loan Party, (y) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments with the proceeds
(with carryover of excess proceeds from the current fiscal year to the following fiscal year) from
the exercise of stock options in each fiscal year of the Borrower and (z) any Loan Party may make
payments related to restricted stock or performance shares for employee compensation and ESOP
related purchases in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30,000,000 in each fiscal year of the
Borrower.
12.6
Limitations on Acquisitions
. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, purchase any assets constituting a business unit of, or the Capital Stock
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
74
of, any Person, or make any investment in or loan or advance to any joint venture except for
investments in Existing Joint Ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000, Permitted
Joint Ventures and Permitted Acquisitions;
provided
that immediately prior to and after
giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition:
(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(b) such Permitted Joint Ventures and Permitted Acquisitions are funded (i) with common stock
of the Company; or (ii) cash or other consideration, so long as, at the time of and after giving
pro forma effect to such Permitted Joint Venture or Permitted Acquisitions funded with
consideration other than common stock of the Company, either (A) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is
less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 or (B) the Company has Liquidity of at least $450,000,000;
provided
that the criteria set forth under this clause (b)(ii) shall not be a condition to
consummation of Permitted Joint Ventures or Permitted Acquisitions for aggregate consideration not
exceeding $50,000,000 in each fiscal year of the Company.
12.7
Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses
. The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement
that prohibits or limits the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property or revenues, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, to secure the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Credit Documents, other
than (a) this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (b) conditions imposed by law, regulation,
court order, rule or decree, (c) agreements relating to Property encumbered by Liens permitted by Section 12.3 as long as such
agreements apply only to the Property encumbered by such Liens, any inventory or goods, the sale of
which may give rise to a Receivable (as such term is defined in the Permitted Receivables
Agreement) or the assignment of any right to receive income in respect of such inventory or goods,
(d) restrictions contained in the Arrow Note Documents or any other evidence of Indebtedness so
long as not materially more restrictive in the aggregate than the Arrow Note Documents, (e) any
agreement relating to Property of a Subsidiary that is in effect at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary (
provided
that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such
Person becoming a Subsidiary), (f) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant
to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or
substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (g) any agreement evidencing
Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted by Section 12.2 so long as such agreement does not
restrict any Lien securing any Property of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary, (h) agreements
with suppliers to the Company or any Subsidiary relating to any inventory supplied by such
suppliers and (i) any restrictions in Hedging Agreements that require the granting of liens to the
counterparty thereunder on an equal and ratable basis with Liens securing the obligations of the
Loan Parties under the Credit Documents.
12.8
Limitation on Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions
. The Company shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or suffer to exist or become effective
any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) make Restricted
Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed
to, the Company or any other Subsidiary, (b) make investments in the Company or any other
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
75
Subsidiary or (c) transfer any of its assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary, except for
such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing
under the Credit Documents, (ii) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to
an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially
all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (iii) conditions imposed by law, regulation,
court order, rule or decree, (iv) restrictions relating to any special purpose entity under any
Permitted Receivables Securitization, (v) any restriction imposed on any Subsidiary that is in
effect at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (
provided
that such restriction was not
entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary) and (vi) any restriction in any
agreement evidencing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted by Section 12.2.
SECTION 13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:
(a) (i) Any Specified Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any
Reimbursement Obligation owing by it when due (whether at the stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms hereof; or (ii) any Local Currency
Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of on any Local Currency Loan when due in
accordance with the applicable terms of the relevant Local Currency Facility; or (iii) any
Specified Borrower or Local Currency Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or
Local Currency Loan or any fee or any other amount payable hereunder or under
any Local Currency Facility, within five days after any such interest or other amount
becomes due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof; or
(b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Company or any
Subsidiary herein or in any other Credit Document or which is contained in any certificate,
document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection
with this Agreement or any such other Credit Document shall prove to have been incorrect in
any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or
(c) The Company or any Subsidiary shall default in the observance or performance of
any agreement contained in Section 12 and, with respect to subsections 12.2 and 12.3, such
default shall continue unremedied for a period of 20 days; or
(d) The Company or any Subsidiary shall default in the observance or performance of
any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document (other than as
provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue
unremedied for a period of 30 days after the Company has knowledge thereof; or
(e) Any of the Credit Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and
effect, or the Company shall so assert in writing (except for the termination of any Local
Currency Facility if all Local Currency Loans and other amounts owing thereunder are paid in
full); or
(f) The Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any
payment of principal of or interest of any Indebtedness (other than the Loans and
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
76
Reimbursement Obligations) or in the payment of any Guarantee Obligation or in connection
with any Permitted Receivables Securitization, in each case with an outstanding principal
amount in excess of a Dollar Equivalent Amount equal to $50,000,000 when due beyond the
period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such
Indebtedness or Guarantee Obligation was created; or (ii) default in the observance or
performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, Guarantee
Obligation or Permitted Receivables Securitization or contained in any instrument or
agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or
condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to
permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such
Guarantee Obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or
beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such
Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such Guarantee Obligation to
become payable; or
(g) (i) Any Specified Borrower, or any Subsidiary that, directly or indirectly,
accounts for more than 5% of Total Assets, at any date shall commence any case, proceeding
or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or
foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to
have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt
or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or
its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or
other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the
Company or any such Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Specified Borrower or any Subsidiary
any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A)
results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B)
remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall
be commenced against any Specified Borrower or any Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other
action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process
against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for
any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending
appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or
(h) (i) Any Person shall engage in any prohibited transaction (as defined in Section
406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any accumulated funding
deficiency (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with
respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of
the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with
respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be
appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event
or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of
the Required Banks, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title
IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of
ERISA, (v) the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable opinion
of the Required
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
77
Banks is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal
from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vi) any other event
or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i)
through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or
conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to subject the Company to any tax, penalty
or other liabilities in the aggregate material in relation to the business, operations,
property or financial or other condition of the Company; or
(i) One or more judgments or decrees (other than those related to material litigation
listed on Schedule 13(i);
provided
that the aggregate amount of such judgments shall
not exceed $50,000,000) shall be entered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of a Dollar
Equivalent Amount equal to $50,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not
have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry
thereof; or
(j) The Company Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee shall cease, for any reason, to
be in full force and effect (other than, in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantee, in
accordance with the terms thereof) or any Guarantor party thereto shall so assert; or
(k) A Change in Control shall occur;
then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or
(ii) of paragraph (g) above with respect to any Specified Borrower or Guarantor, automatically the
Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and
all other amounts owing under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all amounts of L/C
Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have
presented the documents required thereunder) shall become immediately due and payable and (B) if
such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken:
(i) with the consent of the Required Banks, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of
the Required Banks, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Company declare the
Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; and
(ii) with the consent of the Required Banks, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of
the Required Banks, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Company, declare the Loans
hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement
(including, without limitation, all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of
the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to
be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. With
respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have
occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to the preceding sentence, the applicable Borrower
shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Administrative Agent an
amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of Letters of Credit issued for its
account. Each Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing
Banks and the L/C Participants, a security interest in such cash collateral to secure all
obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Amounts held in
such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts
drawn under such
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
78
Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit
shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of
the applicable Borrower hereunder. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been
fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations
of the applicable Borrower hereunder shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such
cash collateral account shall be returned to the applicable Borrower. The Borrowers shall execute
and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Banks and the L/C
Participants, such further documents and instruments as the Administrative Agent may request to
evidence the creation and perfection of the within security interest in such cash collateral
account.
Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other
notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.
SECTION 14. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT; THE SYNDICATION AGENTS; THE
ARRANGER
14.1
Appointment
. Each Bank hereby irrevocably designates and appoints JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as the Administrative Agent of such Bank under this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents, and each such Bank irrevocably authorizes JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the
Administrative Agent for such Bank, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of
this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties
as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent
shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any
fiduciary relationship with any Bank, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities,
duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document
or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.
14.2
Delegation of Duties
. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties
under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and
shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The
Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or
attorneys in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.
14.3
Exculpatory Provisions
. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any
action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this
Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Persons own gross negligence or
willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Banks for any recitals,
statements, representations or warranties made by the Company or any officer thereof contained in
this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other
document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in
connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity,
effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit
Document or for any failure of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
79
The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Bank to ascertain or to inquire as to
the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this
Agreement (other than conditions precedent set forth in Section 10.1) or any other Credit Document,
or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Company.
14.4
Reliance by Administrative Agent
. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to
rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent,
certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message,
statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to
have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of
legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Company), independent accountants and
other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully
justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit
Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Banks or all of
the Banks, as may be required hereunder, as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the
Banks against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or
continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected
from liability to the Banks in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the
other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Banks or all of the Banks, as
may be required hereunder, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto
shall be binding upon all the Banks and their respective successors and assigns.
14.5
Notice of Default
. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the
Administrative Agent has received notice from a Bank or the Company referring to this Agreement,
describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a notice of default.
In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall
give notice thereof to the Banks. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to
such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Banks or all of
the Banks, as may be required hereunder;
provided
that unless and until the Administrative
Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated
to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of
Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Banks.
14.6
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Banks
. Each Bank expressly
acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees,
agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that
no act by the Administrative Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the
Company, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent
to any Bank. Each Bank represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and
without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the
business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company
and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents to which it is or will be a party. Each Bank also represents that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
80
Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own
credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and
the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself
as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the
Company and its Subsidiaries. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required
to be furnished to the Banks by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall
not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Bank with any credit or other information
concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or
creditworthiness of the Company and its Subsidiaries which may come into the possession of the
Administrative Agent and any Issuing Bank or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents,
attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.
14.7
Indemnification
. The Banks agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent and each
Issuing Bank in their respective capacities as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Company
and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), ratably according to their respective
Revolving Commitment Percentages or Term Percentages, as applicable, in effect on the date on which
indemnification is sought under this subsection (or, if indemnification is sought after the date
upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full,
ratably in accordance with their Revolving Commitment Percentages or Term Percentages, as
applicable, immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind
whatsoever which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment
of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or any
Issuing Bank in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the other Credit
Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or any
Issuing Bank under or in connection with any of the foregoing;
provided
that no Bank shall
be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the
Administrative Agents or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, gross negligence or willful
misconduct. The agreements in this subsection shall survive the payment of the Loans, the
Reimbursement Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder.
14.8
Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity
. The Administrative Agent and
its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business
with the Company and any of its Subsidiaries as though the Administrative Agent were not the
Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. With respect to its Loans
made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, the
Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents as any Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative
Agent, and the terms Bank and Banks shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual
capacity.
14.9
Successor Administrative Agent
. The Administrative Agent may resign as
Administrative Agent upon 10 days notice to the Banks;
provided
that any such resignation
shall
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
81
not be effective until a successor agent has been appointed and approved in accordance with
this subsection 14.9, and such successor agent has accepted its appointment. If the Administrative
Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents,
then the Required Banks shall appoint from among the Banks a successor administrative agent for the
Banks, which successor agent shall be approved by the Company (which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed or be required during the existence of an Event of Default),
whereupon such successor administrative agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the
Administrative Agent, and the term Administrative Agent shall mean such successor agent effective
upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agents rights,
powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further
act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this
Agreement. After any retiring Administrative Agents resignation as Administrative Agent, the
provisions of this subsection shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be
taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.
14.10
The Arranger and Syndication Agents
. Each Bank acknowledges that none of the
Arranger and the Syndication Agents, in such respective capacity, shall have any duties or
responsibilities, or shall incur any liabilities, under this Agreement or the other Credit
Documents.
SECTION 15. MISCELLANEOUS
15.1
Amendments and Waivers
.
(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may
be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this subsection.
The Required Banks may, or, with the written consent of the Required Banks, the Administrative
Agent may, from time to time, (i) enter into with the Loan Parties party thereto written
amendments, supplements or modifications to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents for the
purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any
manner the rights of the Banks or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on
such terms and conditions as the Required Banks or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be,
may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit
Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences;
provided
,
however
, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i)
reduce the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or reduce the stated rate of
any interest or fee payable hereunder or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof or
increase the aggregate amount or extend the expiration date of any Banks Commitment, in each case
without the consent of each Bank directly affected thereby, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any
provision of this subsection or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required
Banks, or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company of any of its rights and obligations
under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents or amend, modify or waive subsection 8.3(a) or
15.6(a), or amend, modify or waive any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage
of Banks required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or any determination granting
consent hereunder, or release any Subsidiary from its Subsidiary Guarantee or release the Company
from the Company
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
82
Guarantee, in each case without the written consent of all the Banks, or (iii)
amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 14 without the written consent of the then
Administrative Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall
apply equally to each of the Banks and shall be binding upon the Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers,
the Banks, the Syndication Agents, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans.
In the case of any waiver, the Company, the Banks and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to
their former position and rights hereunder and under any other Credit Documents, and any
Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right
consequent thereon.
(b) In addition to amendments effected pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (a), Schedules II,
III and IV may be amended as follows:
(i) (A) Schedule II will be amended to add Subsidiaries of the Company as
additional Subsidiary Borrowers upon (A) execution and delivery by the Company, any
such Subsidiary Borrower and the Administrative Agent, of a Joinder Agreement
providing for any such Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Borrower, and (B) delivery
to the Administrative Agent of (1) if reasonably requested by the Administrative
Agent, a legal opinion in respect of such additional Subsidiary Borrower and (2)
such other documents with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent shall
reasonably request. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 15.1(b)(i), if
at any time after the Closing Date the Company intends to amend Schedule II to add
an additional Foreign Subsidiary Borrower the Company shall, upon not less than 15
Business Days notice, deliver to the Administrative Agent a designation letter
duly executed by the Company and such respective Foreign Subsidiary which shall
designate such Foreign Subsidiary as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower for purposes of
this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of each
such designation by the Company and the identity of the respective Foreign
Subsidiary. If the Company shall designate as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower
hereunder any Subsidiary not organized under the laws of the United States or any
State thereof, any Bank may, with notice to the Administrative Agent and the
Company, fulfill its Commitment by causing an Affiliate of such Bank to act as the
Bank in respect of such Foreign Subsidiary Borrower.
(B) As soon as practicable after receiving notice from the Administrative Agent
of the Companys intent to designate a Foreign Subsidiary as a Foreign Subsidiary
Borrower, and in any event at least 10 Business Days prior to the delivery of an
executed Joinder Agreement pursuant to this Section 15.1(b)(i), for a designated
Foreign Subsidiary Borrower that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other
than of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, any Bank that may not
legally lend to, establish credit for the account of and/or do any business
whatsoever with such designated Foreign Subsidiary Borrower directly or through an
Affiliate of such Bank as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph (a
Protesting Bank
) shall so notify the Company and the Administrative Agent
in writing. With respect to each
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
83
Protesting Bank, the Company shall, effective on or
before the date that such designated Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall have the
right to borrow hereunder, (A) notify the Administrative Agent and such Protesting
Bank of the designation of a Replacement Bank to assume the Commitments, if any, and
the obligations of such Protesting Bank in accordance with clause (e) below, (B)
notify the Administrative Agent and such Protesting Bank that the Commitments of
such Protesting Bank shall be terminated; provided that such Protesting Bank shall
have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans
and/or L/C Obligations, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts
payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding
principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company or the relevant designated
Foreign Subsidiary Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), or (C) cancel its
request to designate such Foreign Subsidiary as a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower
hereunder.
(ii) Schedule II will be amended to remove any Subsidiary as a Subsidiary
Borrower upon (A) execution and delivery by the Company of a Schedule Amendment
providing for such amendment, (b) repayment in full of all outstanding Loans of such
Subsidiary Borrower and (c) cash collateralization of all outstanding Letters of
Credit issued for the account of such Subsidiary Borrower.
(iii) Schedule III will be amended to designate other Banks as additional or
replacement Swing Line Banks or additional Issuing Banks, upon execution and
delivery by the Company, the Administrative Agent and such additional or replacement
Swing Line Bank or additional Issuing Bank, as the case may be, of a Schedule
Amendment providing for such amendment. In the case of any replacement of a Swing
Line Bank pursuant to a Schedule Amendment, the existing Swing Line Bank replaced
pursuant thereto shall cease to be a Swing Line Bank upon the effectiveness of such
Schedule Amendment and the repayment of all Swing Line Loans owing to such replaced
Swing Line Bank.
(iv) Schedule III will be amended to change administrative information
(including the Swing Line Rate definition) with respect to Swing Line Banks or
Issuing Banks, upon execution and delivery by the Company, the Administrative Agent
and such Swing Line Bank or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, of a Schedule
Amendment providing for such amendment.
(v) Schedule IV will be amended to change administrative information contained
therein (other than any interest rate definition, Funding Time, Payment Time or
notice time contained therein) or to add Available Foreign Currencies (and related
interest rate definitions and administrative information), upon execution and
delivery by the Company and the Administrative Agent of a Schedule Amendment
providing for such amendment.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
84
(vi) Schedule IV will be amended to conform any Funding Time, Payment Time or
notice time contained therein to then-prevailing market practices, upon execution
and delivery by the Company, the Required Banks and the Administrative Agent of a
Schedule Amendment providing for such amendment.
(vii) Schedule IV will be amended to change any interest rate definition
contained therein, upon execution and delivery by the Company, all the
Banks and the Administrative Agent of a Schedule Amendment providing for such
amendment.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to each Bank of any amendment effect
pursuant to subsection 15.1(b).
(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection 15.1, any Local Currency Facility may
be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms so long as after giving
effect thereto either (i) such Local Currency Facility ceases to be a Local Currency Facility and
the Company so notifies the Administrative Agent or (ii) the Local Currency Facility continues to
meet the requirements of a Local Currency Facility set forth herein.
(e) The Company may designate a Replacement Bank to assume the Commitments, if any, and the
obligations of any Bank (an
Objecting Bank
) that is a Protesting Bank under clause (b)
above or refuses to consent to (x) an amendment, supplement or waiver that both requires the
consent of all the Banks in order to become effective and is acceptable to one or more other Banks
constituting the Required Banks or (y) any Extension Request, and to purchase the outstanding Loans
of such Objecting Bank and such Objecting Banks rights hereunder and with respect thereto, without
recourse upon, or warranty by, or expense to, such Objecting Bank (unless such Objecting Bank
agrees otherwise), for a purchase price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Loans of
such Objecting Bank plus (i) all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts owing to
such Objecting Bank hereunder and (ii) any amount which would be payable to such Objecting Bank
pursuant to subsection 8.8 (assuming that all Loans of such Objecting Bank were prepaid on the date
of such assumption), and upon such assumption and purchase by the Replacement Bank, such
Replacement Bank, if it is not already a Bank, shall be deemed to be a Bank for purposes of this
Agreement and such Objecting Bank shall cease to be a Bank for purposes of this Agreement and
shall no longer have any obligations or rights hereunder (other than any obligations or rights
which according to this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement).
15.2
Notices
. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties
hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly
provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or five
days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when
received, addressed as follows in the case of the Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers and the
Administrative Agent, and as set forth in Schedule I in the case of the other parties hereto, or to
such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future
holders of the Loans:
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
85
|
|
|
The Company:
|
|
Arrow Electronics, Inc.
|
|
|
50 Marcus Drive
|
|
|
Melville, New York 11747
|
|
|
Attention: Ira M. Birns
|
|
|
Telecopy: (631) 847-5379
|
|
|
Telephone: (631) 847-1657
|
|
|
|
The Administrative Agent:
|
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
|
|
|
270 Park Avenue, 4
th
Floor
|
|
|
New York, New York 10017
|
|
|
Attention: Peter Thauer
|
|
|
Telecopy: (212) 270-4584
|
|
|
Telephone: (212) 270-6289
|
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
|
|
|
1111 Fannin, 10
th
Floor
|
|
|
Houston, Texas 77002
|
|
|
Attention: Maria Giannavola
|
|
|
Telecopy: (713) 750-2629
|
|
|
Telephone: (713) 750-2358
|
|
|
|
The Subsidiary Borrowers:
|
|
c/o Arrow Electronics, Inc
|
|
|
50 Marcus Drive
|
|
|
Melville, New York 11747
|
|
|
Attention: Ira M. Birns
|
|
|
Telecopy: (631) 847-5379
|
|
|
Telephone: (631) 847-1657
|
;
provided
that any Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Continuation, Notice of Conversion,
Notice of Swing Line Outstandings, Notice of Swing Line Refunding, Notice of Local Currency
Outstandings, Notice of Prepayment, Notice of Swing Line or Borrowing, or any notice pursuant to
subsections 2.4, 5.2 or 8.16 shall not be effective until received.
15.3
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
. No failure to exercise and no delay in
exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Bank, any right, remedy, power or
privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude
any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
15.4
Survival of Representations and Warranties
. All representations and warranties
made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or statement
delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents and the making of the Loans hereunder and the issuance of Letters of Credit.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
86
15.5
Payment of Expenses and Taxes
.
The Company agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Arranger for all
its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development,
preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and
the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith,
and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,
including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent
and the Arranger, (b) to pay or reimburse each Bank and the Administrative Agent and any Issuing
Bank for all its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or
preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other
documents upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, including, without limitation, the fees and
disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and to the several Banks and any Issuing Bank
(including the allocated fees and expenses of in-house counsel), and (c) to pay, indemnify, and
hold each Bank, each Agent, the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and any Issuing Bank harmless
from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or
resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other taxes, if any, which may be payable or
determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or
administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or
modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Credit
Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Bank, each Agent,
the Arranger and the Administrative Agent and any Issuing Bank (and their respective directors,
officers, employees and agents) (collectively, the indemnified person) harmless from and against
any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution,
delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents
and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to the
use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any
Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of
the Properties (it being understood that costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
enforcement or preservation of rights under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be
paid or reimbursed in accordance with clause (b) above rather than this clause (d)) (all the
foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the indemnified liabilities),
provided
, that
the Company shall have no obligation hereunder to any indemnified person with respect to
indemnified liabilities to the extent such indemnified liabilities are found by final,
nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of such indemnified person. Without limiting the foregoing, and
to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company agrees not to assert and to cause its
Subsidiaries not to assert, and hereby waives and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries to waive, all
rights for contribution or any other rights of recovery with respect to all claims, demands,
penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature,
under or related to Environmental Laws, that any of them might have by statute or otherwise
against any indemnified person. Any payments required to be mad
e by the Company under this
subsection 15.5 shall be made within 30 days of the demand therefor. The agreements in this
subsection shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
87
15.6
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments
.
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any
affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) no Specified
Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the
prior written consent of each Bank (and any attempted assignment or transfer by a Specified
Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Bank may assign or otherwise
transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.
(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Bank may assign
to one or more assignees (each, an
Assignee
) all or a portion of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at
the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:
(A) the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld),
provided
that
no consent of the Company shall be required for an assignment to a Bank, an affiliate of a
Bank, an Approved Fund (as defined below) or, if an Event of Default under Section 13(a),
13(c) or 13(g) has occurred and is continuing, any other Person; and
(B) the Administrative Agent; and
(C) the Issuing Bank (in the case of assignments of the Revolving Loans)
(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Bank, an affiliate of a Bank or an
Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Banks
Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the
assigning Bank subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and
Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall
not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Company and the Administrative Agent
otherwise consent,
provided
that (1) no such consent of the Company shall be
required if an Event of Default under Section 13(a), 13(c) or 13(g) has occurred and is
continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Bank and its
affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;
provided
further
that after giving
effect to any such assignment, the transferor Banks aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount of
its Local Currency Bank Maximum Borrowing Amount under all Local Currency Facilities may not
exceed its Commitment hereunder;
(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of
$3,500; and
(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Bank, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent
an administrative questionnaire.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
88
For the purposes of this Section 15.6,
Approved Fund
means any Person (other than a
natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and
similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or
managed by (a) a Bank, (b) an affiliate of a Bank or (c) an entity or an affiliate of an entity
that administers or manages a Bank.
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) below, from
and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder
shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and
Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Bank under this Agreement, and the assigning Bank
thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be
released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and
Assumption covering all of the assigning Banks rights and obligations under this Agreement, such
Bank shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections
8.5, 8.6, 8.8 and 15.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Bank of rights or obligations under this
Agreement that does not comply with this Section 15.6 shall be treated for purposes of this
Agreement as a sale by such Bank of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance
with paragraph (c) of this Section.
(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Company, shall
maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a
register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks, and the Commitments of, and
principal amount of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Bank pursuant to the terms hereof
from time to time (the
Register
). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and
the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks may treat each Person whose
name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Bank hereunder for all purposes
of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for
inspection by the Company, the Issuing Bank and any Bank, at any reasonable time and from time to
time upon reasonable prior notice.
(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning
Bank and an Assignee, the Assignees completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee
shall already be a Bank hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)
of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this
Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the
information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of
this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(c) (i) Any Bank may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the
Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a
Participant
)
in all or a portion of such Banks rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a
portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it);
provided
that (A) such Banks
obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Bank shall remain solely
responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the
Company, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Banks shall continue to deal
solely and directly with such Bank in connection with such Banks rights and obligations under
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
89
this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which a Bank sells such a participation shall provide that
such Bank shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment,
modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement;
provided
that such agreement may
provide that such Bank will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment,
modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Bank directly affected thereby
pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 15.1 and (2) directly affects such
Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each
Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 8.5, 8.6 and 8.8 to the same extent as if
it were a Bank and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this
Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits
of Section 15.7(b) as though it were a Bank, provided such Participant shall be subject to Section
15.7(a) as though it were a Bank.
(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 8.5 or
8.6 than the applicable Bank would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation
sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the
Borrowers prior written consent. Any Participant that is a Non-U.S. Bank shall not be entitled to
the benefits of Section 8.6 unless such Participant complies with such Section.
(d) Any Bank may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of
its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Bank, including any pledge or
assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any
such pledge or assignment of a security interest;
provided
that no such pledge or
assignment of a security interest shall release a Bank from any of its obligations hereunder or
substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Bank as a party hereto.
(e) The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Bank, agrees to issue
Notes to any Bank requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (d)
above.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Bank may assign any or all of the Loans it may
have funded hereunder to its designating Bank without the consent of the Company or the
Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 15.6(b). Each of
the Company, each Bank and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute
against a Conduit Bank or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Bank any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state
bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest
maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Bank;
provided
, however, that each
Bank designating any Conduit Bank hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each
other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to
institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Bank during such period of forbearance.
15.7
Adjustments; Set-off
.
(a) If any Bank (a
benefitted Bank
) shall at any time receive any payment of all or
part of its Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations then due and owing to it, or interest thereon,
or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
90
off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 13(g), or otherwise), in a
greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Bank, if any, in
respect of such other Banks Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations then due and owing to it, or
interest thereon, such benefitted Bank shall purchase for cash from the other Banks a participating
interest in such portion of each such other Banks Loan or the Reimbursement Obligations owing to
it, or shall provide such other Banks with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds
thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such benefitted Bank to share the excess payment or
benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Banks;
provided
,
however
, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter
recovered from such benefitted Bank, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and
benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Each of the Company and
the Subsidiary Borrowers agrees that each Bank so purchasing a portion of another Banks Loan may
exercise all rights of payment (including, without limitation, rights of set-off) with respect to
such portion as fully as if such Bank were the direct holder of such portion.
(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Banks provided by law, each Bank shall have
the right, without prior notice to the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower, any such notice being
expressly waived by the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers to the extent permitted by applicable
law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Company hereunder or under this Agreement or
the other Credit Documents (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to
set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special,
time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or
claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured
or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Bank or any branch or agency thereof to or for the
credit or the account of the Company or such Subsidiary Borrower, as the case may be. Each Bank
agrees promptly to notify the Company and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and
application made by such Bank,
provided
that the failure to give such notice shall not
affect the validity of such set-off and application.
15.8
Power of Attorney
. Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby grants to the Company an
irrevocable power of attorney to act as its attorney-in-fact with regard to matters relating to
this Agreement, the Applications and each other Credit Document, including, without limitation,
execution and delivery of any amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications hereto or
thereto, receipt of any notices hereunder or thereunder and receipt of service of process in
connection herewith or therewith. Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby explicitly acknowledges that the
Administrative Agent and each Bank has executed and delivered this Agreement and each other Credit
Document to which it is a party, and has performed its obligations under this Agreement and each
other Credit Document to which it is a party, in reliance upon the irrevocable grant of such power
of attorney pursuant to this subsection 15.8. The power of attorney granted by each Subsidiary
Borrower hereunder is coupled with an interest.
15.9
Judgment
.
(a) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum
due hereunder in one currency into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
91
extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in
accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first
currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding the day on which final judgment is
given.
(b) The obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower in respect of any sum due to any
Bank or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the
Judgment Currency
) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents (the
Agreement
Currency
), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such
Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any sum adjudged to be so due in the
Judgment Currency such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with
normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount
of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Bank or the
Administrative Agent (as the case may be) in the Agreement Currency, the Company or such Subsidiary
Borrower (as the case may be) agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such
judgment, to indemnify such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) against such
loss, and if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to
any Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be), such Bank or the Administrative Agent
(as the case may be) agrees to remit to the Company or such Subsidiary Borrower (as the case may
be) such excess.
15.10
Counterparts
. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to
this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said
counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of
the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Company and the
Administrative Agent.
15.11
Severability
. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any
such prohibition
or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such
provision in any other jurisdiction.
15.12
Integration
. This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the
agreement of the Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers, the Syndication Agents, the Administrative
Agent and the Banks with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises,
undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Bank relative to
subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit
Documents.
15.13
GOVERNING LAW
. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN ANY
LOCAL CURRENCY FACILITY) AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN ANY LOCAL CURRENCY FACILITY) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
92
15.14
Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers
.
(a) Each of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(i) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding
relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or
for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the
non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York, the
courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and
appellate courts from any thereof;
(ii) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts
and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such
action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought
in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
(iii) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be
effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any
substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Company at its address
set forth in subsection 15.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative
Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;
(iv) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of
process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any
other jurisdiction; and
(v) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have
to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this subsection
any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
(b) Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent for service
of process in any proceeding referred to in subsection 15.14(a) and agrees that service of process
in any such proceeding may be made by mailing or delivering a copy thereof to it care of the
Company at its address for notice set forth in subsection 15.2.
15.15
Acknowledgements
. Each of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers hereby
acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the other Credit Documents;
(b) none of the Syndication Agents, the Administrative Agent or any Bank has any
fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers arising out
of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the
relationship between the Syndication Agents, the Administrative Agent and the
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
93
Banks, on one hand, and the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers, on the other hand, in connection
herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise
exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Banks or among the
Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Banks.
15.16
WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL
. THE COMPANY, THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS, THE SYNDICATION
AGENTS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE BANKS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT
AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
15.17
USA Patriot Act
. Each Bank hereby notifies each Borrower that pursuant to the
requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)
(the Act), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower,
which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will
allow such Bank to identify each Borrower in accordance with the Act.
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and
delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARROW ELECTRONICS, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
ARROW EUROPE GMBH
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
ARROW CENTRAL EUROPE GMBH
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
ARROW ELECTRONICS (UK) LTD.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
ARROW FRANCE S.A.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Peter S. Brown
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Peter S. Brown
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
ARROW NORDIC COMPONENTS AB
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Peter S. Brown
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Peter S. Brown
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
MICROTRONICA UK
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
B.V. ARROW ELECTRONICS DLC
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
ARROW ASIA PAC LTD.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
COMPONENTS AGENT (CAYMAN) LTD.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Paul J. Reilly
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
- 95 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, as an Agent and as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Peter B. Thauer
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Peter B. Thauer
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
- 96 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Syndication
Agent and as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Thomas R. Sullivan
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Thomas R. Sullivan
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Syndication
Agent and as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Ajit Goswami
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Ajit Goswami
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
BNP PARIBAS, as Syndication Agent and as a
Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Richard Dacosta
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Richard Dacosta
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Betangere Allen
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Betangere Allen
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
WACHOVIA BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Syndication Agent and as a
Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ C. Jeffrey Seaton
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
C. Jeffrey Seaton
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Managing Director
|
|
- 97 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Industrial et Commercial, as a Bank
(name of institution)
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Etienne Deslauriers
|
|
|
Name:
|
Etienne Deslauriers
|
|
|
Title:
|
Dpt Ingenierie et Montage Bancaire
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Michael Tailliez
|
|
|
Name:
|
Michael Tailliez
|
|
|
Title:
|
Dpt Ingenierie et Montage Bancaire
|
|
|
2007 Arrow Electronics Credit Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Alain Deoust
|
|
|
Name:
|
Alain Deoust
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Denise L. Alvarez
|
|
|
Name:
|
Denise L. Alvarez
|
|
|
Title:
|
Associate
|
|
- 99 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Lawrence Li
|
|
|
Name:
|
Lawrence Li
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
- 100 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD., as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Bertram Tang
|
|
|
Name:
|
Bertram Tang
|
|
|
Title:
|
Senior Vice President & Team Leader
|
|
- 101 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
MORGAN STANLEY BANK, as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Daniel Twenge
|
|
|
Name:
|
Daniel Twenge
|
|
|
Title:
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
- 102 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standard Chartered Bank, as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Maria Carolina Torres
|
|
|
Name:
|
Maria Carolina Torres A2390
|
|
|
Title:
|
Syndications, Capital Markets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Robert K. Reddington
|
|
|
Name:
|
Robert K. Reddington
|
|
|
Title:
|
AVP/Credit Documentation
Credit Risk Control
|
|
- 103 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
New York Branch, as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Chi-Cheng Chen
|
|
|
Name:
|
Chi-Cheng Chen
|
|
|
Title:
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
- 104 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
WILLIAM STREET COMMITMENT
CORPORATION (Recourse only to assets of
William Street Commitment Corporation),
as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Mark Walton
|
|
|
Name:
|
Mark Walton
|
|
|
Title:
|
Assistant Vice President
|
|
- 105 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank of China, New York Branch, as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Xiaojing Li
|
|
|
Name:
|
Xiaojing Li
|
|
|
Title:
|
General Manager
|
|
- 106 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
Danske Bank A/S, Denmark, Sweden Branch, as a
Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Bjorn Serrander
|
|
|
Name:
|
Bjorn Serrander
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Henrik Huttemeier
|
|
|
Name:
|
Henrik Huttemeier
|
|
|
|
|
|
- 107 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
KeyBank N.A., as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Daniel J. Fosina
|
|
|
Name:
|
Daniel J. Fosina
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President, Sr. Relationship Manager
|
|
- 108 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
North Fork Bank, as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Philip Davi
|
|
|
Name:
|
Philip Davi
|
|
|
Title:
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
- 109 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as a Bank
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jordan Fragiacomo
|
|
|
Name:
|
Jordan Fragiacomo
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
- 110 -